Prospectus

Undergraduate Prospectus

University of Bedfordshire

Together...

2013

Un

iversity of Bedfordsh

ire

ww

w.b

ed

s.ac.u

k U

ndergradu

ate Prosp

ectus 2

013

B22

At the University of Bedfordshire we have an ethos that places you, our students, first.

That’s not recruitment jargon, it’s a fact borne out by our successful graduates, who will testify to the career focused nature of the entire student experience. To provide this environment, we work tirelessly to ensure your course and your experience provide the perfect platform for you to go forward into employment and achieve your ambitions. Because behind every great success are great people. Be inspired at success.beds.ac.uk

...we achievegreat

www.beds.ac.uk

2

Generous financial support We value your education as much as you do, and have put £3m into scholarships and bursaries to prove it. That’s up to £9,000 per year of free cash available for every student to help towards their studies.

90% employment and/or further studyOur excellent employment record is a result of career-driven courses, great links with industry and professional bodies. Work starts with us.

High-quality teachingWorld-class research and industry experience means that our lecturers ‘know their stuff’. They’ve picked up a few National Teaching Fellowship Awards to prove they can pass that experience on to you.

www.beds.ac.uk/facebook @uniofbeds www.youtube.com/uobvideos

things.U

niv

ersi

ty o

f Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

3

£180m of industry-standard facilitiesOur facilities are designed around giving you the skills you need to succeed. Our £34m Campus Centre in Luton brings all student services and social and learning spaces together.

‘Real world’ learningOur progressive ethos means we have links with more than 4,000 organisations and our departments go to great lengths to ensure all your tasks and development will be relevant in the work place.

Great location, great social life So close to London and a phenomenal range of out-of-hours activities on our vibrant multicultural campuses means there’s loads of diverse activities for you to get involved in to maximise your student experience.

88

4

A message from our Vice ChancellorThe University of Bedfordshire is an exceptional place to study for an undergraduate degree. You may think “he would say that” but I make the point simply because students past and present genuinely believe it to be the case.

This prospectus covers the benefits and scope of study at Bedfordshire in depth, so I shall limit my welcome address to a few key points.

Firstly, the decision you are about to make is a life-changing one. From the day you arrive at our University we will help you develop and build on your confidence, independence and life experience. Academically you will be enthused by new learning, critical thinking and ideas sharing.

Living and working with a community of like-minded people is a great way to develop your skills, your personality and your outlook.

Secondly, you will have all the resources you need to make your undergraduate years a success. We are investing £180m in our facilities and buildings to create a student centred campus that blends social and learning spaces.

Thirdly, everything you do from this point on will have an impact on your future employment prospects. At the end of your study you should expect to join the 90 per cent of Bedfordshire graduates who have entered the workplace or taken the decision to undertake postgraduate study within six months of graduating (DLHE 2010).

The University of Bedfordshire has worked hard to make our campuses special places. Regardless of the campus you join, you will find yourself part of a highly supportive, multicultural learning community. And, regardless of the undergraduate course you choose, you will benefit from the experience and enthusiasm of the teaching staff and the camaraderie of fellow students.

Everyone here looks forward to welcoming you to the University of Bedfordshire and witnessing your social and academic development.

Professor Les Ebdon CBE DLVice Chancellor and Chief Executive

www.beds.ac.uk

“Our vision is of a world where all are able to benefit from transformational educational experiences.”

Learn new skills, achieve your goals.

Inside...

5

Why choose the University of Bedfordshire?

It’s all about you... 6Your career progression made easier 8High-quality teaching 10World-leading research 11Building first-class facilities for all our futures 12With you all the way 14Whichever campus you are at, you’ll be at the centre 16The best years of your life… 18What our students and graduates say 20Open days, University visits and advice sessions 22

What courses are on offer?

Art & Design 24Biological & Biomedical Science 38Business School 44 – Accounting & Finance 46 – Advertising, Marketing & Public Relations 50 – Business, Management & HRM 54Computer Science & Technology 62Education & Teaching 78English Language & Communication 88Law 98Media 102Creative & Performing Arts 118Nursing, Midwifery & Health 128Psychology 140Social Sciences 148PE, Sport & Exercise Science 160Tourism, Leisure & Events 172

What else you need to know to join us?

Getting started... 178Your degree 180Foundation degrees 181Part-time study 182Return to learning 183International 184Entry requirements 186Sorting out your finances 188Accommodation 190Learning resources 192Student life – Make the most of your Students’ Union 194Student life – Get involved 196How to apply 198Graduation 200Directions 201A-Z course index 202

Course entries by subject area start with Art & Design on page:

All you need to get started begins on page:

Why we believe it is all about you starts on page:

24

180

06

From 2 April 2012, the Undergraduate Prospectus 2013 will be available online for you to create a unique, personalised PDF of the courses and the parts of the University you are interested in only, sent on email to you within minutes. Go to www.beds.ac.uk

6 www.beds.ac.uk

It’s all about ‘you’...On the moneyWe offer one of the most generous packages of scholarships and bursaries in the UK.

88 per cent of our students received financial support from the University in 2010-11. That’s a bigger percentage than any other university according to the latest report from the Office For Fair Access which scored us highest across the sector.

In 2012 we have £3m worth of scholarships and bursaries. This means you could receive up to £9,000 to help towards your studies – money which you don’t pay back. For full details flick to page 188.

Personal support…Every student is given a personal tutor to provide advice and guidance on your

academic performance, health and wellbeing. They are here to help with their personal transition to university and can advise you about all the sources of support available.

A university of possibilities…The University of Bedfordshire provides students with their own Higher Education Achievement Report (HEAR). It offers a richer picture of your student achievement, going beyond the facts and figures of courses and grades. It will present university-verified information about placements and course-related awards which are not always part of grade calculations. It will include details of non-curricular activities which enhance your lifelong learning and employability.

The Bedfordshire Edge…This award is a new initiative aimed at recognising and accrediting students for their learning gained through participation in a range of activities – such as volunteering, part-time work, having active roles in clubs or societies, being a course representative – and many more.

At the University of Bedfordshire our entire mission is focused on the academic, career and life skills development of our students.

Find out what Bedfordshire can offer you at one of our Open Days – find the details on pages 22-23 and book your place at www.beds.ac.uk/opendays

“The Edge Award is a great way to help channel “extra-curricular” experiences in a positive way. It helps to focus these new talents into transferable skills for the workplace. Bourns strongly support The Bedfordshire Edge Award and can see great value to students who take advantage of applying for this initiative”. Sherida Carter, Human Resources Manager, UK & Ireland – Bourns Limited

7

It’s

all

abo

ut

‘yo

u’

A little help from your friends… participate in PALThe Peer Assisted Learning (PAL) scheme fosters cross-year support between students on the same course. It encourages students to support each other and learn co-operatively under the guidance of students from the year above.PAL has five main aims and is intended to help students:n Adjust quickly to university lifen Acquire a clear view of course

direction and expectationsn Improve study skills and adjust to

meet the requirements of higher education

n Enhance understanding of the subject of their course through collaborative group discussion

n Prepare better for assessed work and examinations

PAL sessions are informal and friendly with an emphasis on the group working co-operatively to discuss and explore ideas. Content for PAL sessions is based on existing course materials – handouts, notes, textbooks and set reading.

The lecturers are fantastic, absolutely brilliant, anything you need, meetings, tutorials, equipment, anything like that, they’ve got it! Plus, they don’t just lecture you, they’re in there getting involved with the practical work that you’re doing, and it’s really good!Lucy Dey – Performing Arts student

Our lecturers are international experts…we’re always in touch with them and if we have any questions the response time is brilliant!Nick Hamilton and Kendra Meyer – Psychology & Criminal Behaviour students

‘‘

‘‘’’

’’Throughout our prospectus look out for these ‘&you’ features which contain quotes from our students and graduates so you can hear all about their experiences first-hand.

Your degree is your passport to employment –and we make that transition easier.

Your career progression made easier

At the end of your time at Bedfordshire, you’ll want to put your degree to good use.

That’s why we place such importance on enhancing your employability and equipping you with the academic and interpersonal skills you need to succeed in the world of work.

From day one, and after you graduate, you can access a range of employability services to get your career moving and stay in tune with employer requirements.

We work closely with more than 4,000 UK organisations, including some of the major graduate recruiters at home

and abroad, such as the BBC, TUI and Channel 4.

Our degrees have a high level of involvement from

prospective employers and professional bodies – here are

just a few examples:

www.beds.ac.uk8

9

You

r ca

reer

pro

gre

ssio

n m

ade

easi

er

Careers and Employment Service (CES) You will have access to CES and its services focused on helping you enter and succeed in the workplace:

n Dedicated employability advisers for each academic department

n Employability Fellows who ensure that career-focused activities and study units are integrated into your teaching and learning in each subject area

n Access to a wealth of careers information and resources online

n ‘JobSavviGrad’ – our online opportunity search engine and application management system – which you can use throughout your time at University and after you graduate

n Help with securing graduate internships, part-time jobs and volunteering opportunities

n Employment-related events, competitions and careers fairs

n Different awards which show off your skills and ‘stand-out values’ when competing for jobs – the ‘Bedfordshire Edge’ is our new Employability Award, launched in 2011

n Chamber Futures – a new membership scheme giving students and graduates access to training and networking opportunities

Your personal developmentAcademic performance is one measure employers will use to weigh up your suitability for employment. Our strong vocational focus will help you develop the confidence, the ambition and the interpersonal and practical problem-solving skills to succeed – not only when you leave university, but for the rest of your life.

Great partnerships make for great career success…

Accreditation from professional bodies – which is the main route of entry into some professions – including:

n Practice placements in the community, local schools and hospitals

n Sandwich years

n Assessment centres experience and industry days

n Consultancy projects for real employers, including Cirkle PR and Kaizo

n Regular masterclasses and career guidance from industry professionals, prospective employers and graduates

Our graduates enjoy excellent employment rates, with 90%* either in work and/or further study within six months of graduating (DLHE 2010).90%

*Education (98%) Health (96%) Sport (95%)

There’s much more at www.beds.ac.uk/careers

10 www.beds.ac.uk

High-quality teachingBe taught by world-leadersThe high-quality of teaching is one of the biggest reasons students want to come here. Many of our high-calibre teaching staff have extensive industry experience and have received National Teaching Fellowship Awards for their outstanding contributions to teaching and learning.

Benefit from our investment£180m has been invested in new campus centres, teaching and learning facilities and state-of-the-art equipment at Luton and Bedford. This investment is a tangible demonstration of our commitment to providing the highest possible educational standards for every one of our students.

Bedfordshire Resources for Education Online (BREO) To complement face-to-face teaching, the University has made a multi-million pound investment to create structured learning activities to support your studies, available online through your computer or mobile phone.

Be part of our successThe quality of our teaching is independently assessed and audited. We have achieved some pretty impressive results over the past few years:

n We have been awarded top marks – a ‘confidence’ rating – in our most recent Quality Assurance Agency audit

n In 2010 Ofsted rated our Graduate Teacher Programme as outstanding

n The Government chose us as a Centre of Excellence in Teaching and Learning (CETL) in 2005, awarding us £3.3m over five years. This has allowed us to create a skills-rich curriculum focused on learner development and employability in an environment of social and creative learning spaces

Our staff have received a number of National Teaching Fellowship Awards for outstanding contributions to teaching and learning.

11

Hig

h-q

ual

ity

teac

hin

g /

/ Wo

rld

-lead

ing

res

earc

h

The University of Bedfordshire is much more than a place to study for an undergraduate degree. Our world-leading research enables you to take your learning to an even higher level.

World-leading research

Learn from the expertsWe have nine Research Institutes and many of our lecturers are world leaders in their fields. As a student, you will be exposed to the work that influences business and government policy and practice, so you can learn from the best or get involved in relevant research.

Our Research Institutesn Luton Institute of Research

in Applied Natural Sciences

n Institute for Research in Applicable Computing

n Research Institute for Media, Art and Design

n Institute for Health Research

n Institute of Applied Social Research

n Business and Management Research Institute

n Institute for Research in Education

n Institute for Sport and Physical Activity Research

n Institute for Tourism Research

International recognitionOur research is internationally recognised and focused on improving research quality, communicating research achievements and transferring knowledge. This ultimately helps ensure that you are highly employable after graduation.

We were commended in the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008 for “world-leading” research in earth systems and environmental science; social work, social policy and administration; sport, tourism and leisure; english language and literature; and communications, cultural and media studies.

The RAE also rated our research as “internationally excellent” in the areas of computer science and informatics, and business and management studies.

There’s much more at www.beds.ac.uk/research

“We work with public and private sector employers to develop commercially relevant courses which are underpinned by internationally recognised applied research. We deliver high-profile research projects which influence policy and practice. Our students benefit from the latest industry thinking and have a unique opportunity to engage with our cutting-edge research under the guidance of expert staff.”

Professor Carsten Maple, Pro-Vice Chancellor Research & Enterprise

Our Sports Science Centre is a training base for the 2012 Olympic athletes

12

13

Bu

ildin

g fi

rst-

clas

s fa

cilit

ies

for

all o

ur

futu

res

We are investing £180m in new facilities, creating one of the most modern and well-equipped universities in the UK.

Building first-class facilities for all our futures

Luton campus developmentsThe new facilities have to be seen to be believed. Our flagship £34m Campus Centre is a funky and functional development designed to bring all our student services, social and learning spaces, and a 240-seat lecture theatre under one roof. The striking building is already creating a strong sense of community for students.

Our new en-suite accommodation opened its doors in September 2011, featuring 578 fully furnished flats. Construction is underway on our £20m Postgraduate and Continuing Professional Development Centre scheduled to open early 2013.

Regardless of the degree you choose the facilities will be first class, including:

n New facilities in the Computing and Media departments (£12m)

n Business facilities including pioneering Business Pods (£1.2m) and a Law Moot Court (£180,000)

n Psychology, sport and exercise science, biomedical science and forensics laboratories (£700,000)

We also boast multi-camera HDTV and radio studios, sports science labs, and art and design studios.

Bedford campus developmentsBedford-based students also benefitted from £34m worth of investment, including:

n En-suite accommodation at Liberty Park (£20m)

n A Physical Education and Sports Science Centre (£8m)

n A Campus Centre (£6m)

The Campus Centre is home to a 280-seat theatre, which is the largest in the county, dance studios, a fair trade café and social space. Students develop their skills in specialist facilities that have been designed to reflect the real workplace.

Did you know?

n Our £8m Physical Education and Sports Science Centre is a training base for the 2012 Olympics

n Our muscle cellular and molecular physiology lab is the first of its kind in the UK

n BBC East have twice used our studio facilities to record and transmit The Politics Show using our TV students as part of their crew

n The Business Pods are the only one of their kind in the country and have been commended by the Government

Other developmentsOur healthcare students are based in £2m dedicated facilities at the Buckinghamshire campus (Aylesbury) and at our award-winning site in Bedfordshire (Butterfield Park, Luton) – fully equipped with contemporary clinical skills labs and on-site Learning Resources Centres.

14 www.beds.ac.uk

University is a life-changing experience, but we are with you all the way. At Bedfordshire we provide a welcoming and friendly environment complemented by outstanding support services for our students, which are accessible via our award-winning Student Information Desks (SiD).

With you all the way

Supportive SiDThe Student Information Desk (SiD) is the gateway to student services into one, convenient location. SiD desks are located across all our campuses where you can speak to someone face-to-face.

Each friendly SiD adviser will listen to your problem and endeavour to resolve it for you there and then, or assign it to someone who can. SiD delivers a range of services, from printing council tax letters to booking appointments, and

information, all in one place. SiD Online is a 24/7 support tool which enables you to view and update enquiries, log new enquiries and search a database of over 400 Frequently Asked Questions, via the internet.

n Help available with any aspect of your studies or personal life

n Easy access to health services and multi-faith networks

n SiD provides a gateway to support for students. You can also access SiD online 24/7

15

Wit

h y

ou

all

the

way

Amanda KrebsCustomer Service Manager (SiD)

See what else Amanda has to say: uob.cc/sid

The Student Information Desk (SiD) gives you access to information and support during your studies. The SiD team are here to help and they can deliver a range of services and information. There is a SiD on each campus and you can access SiD online 24/7 via BREO, E-Vision and via our website: www.beds.ac.uk/sid, and also by email: [email protected]

SiD Online is available 24/7 to make accessing our services as easy as possible.24/7

Supporting you through life’s difficultiesStudying in higher education is not only intellectually demanding. If your personal circumstances change during the course of your studies you can rest assured that our Engagement Team will be there to offer you independent advice and guidance.

You will also be assigned a personal tutor who will go the extra mile to help make your time at University a success.

Study supportOur Professional and Academic Development (PAD) team can help you if you are experiencing difficulties with your studies, or if you simply want to develop particular skills. From referencing and IT skills, to time management and preparing for exams, PAD is on hand to support you every step of the way.

Student Money AdviceThe Student Money Advice team offers one-to-one advice on money matters and available funding. A ‘drop-in’ service is available at the Luton and Bedford campuses, where you can speak to a dedicated student money adviser face-to-face.

Help to pursue your careerOur Careers and Employment Service offers a range of advice services to assist you in making career decisions including CV writing, completing application forms and help with interview techniques. To read more, see pages 8-9.

Prioritising health and wellbeingTo study at your best, your health must be at its best. Our Student Health Centres in Luton and Bedford offer appointments to see a doctor or a practice nurse.

Our Health and Wellbeing team is also on hand to discuss additional support issues and can provide services such as sign language interpreters, note-takers, dyslexia screening and support with mobility on campus.

We also provide free professional counselling at Luton and Bedford that is confidential and open to all students.

Practising your faithOur Spirituality and Faith teams – based in the Tree House at Luton and in SeedBeds at Bedford – welcome people of all faiths and beliefs. The chaplains and assistants can advise you on finding a faith community, a church, mosque, synagogue, temple or other places of worship.

Student services available to you…

‘‘

’’

16 www.beds.ac.uk

We are a modern and vibrant university with students from more than 100 countries, making it a truly exciting and diverse academic and social scene.

Whichever campus you are at, you’ll be at the Centre

Luton

Offers a winning combination of urban buildings, natural open spaces and landscaped parks. A short walk from campus brings you to many cool clubs. If culture not clubbing is your style, the town has everything from cinema to carnival to entertain you.

n The Galaxy Centre – which houses 11 cinema screens

n The hat Factory – Luton’s premier arts centre, and home to the Filmstock festival

n Luton International Carnival – held each May, this is the UK’s biggest one-day carnival

Getting there:n Frequent trains to/from London

(30 min)

n Excellent bus connections so you can go as far north as Glasgow and as far south as Plymouth

n Easy road access via M1 and A1

n Home to London Luton Airport (three miles from our Luton campus)

Arturo Amor Art & Design graduate

A place to learn Our facilities are second to none. You’ll learn in modern lecture theatres and use industry-standard equipment and facilities.

Brilliant buzzYour time at Bedfordshire will be one of the most memorable periods of your life. There’s always something happening on our campuses.

New things to experienceStudent life is as much about what you do outside university as what you do in it. Whatever your thing – sport, socialising, shopping or studying – you’ll find it here.

A home away from homeWe’ve invested millions in student accommodation at our Luton and Bedford campuses. Life on campus is better than it’s ever been. You’ll benefit from fully furnished state-of-the-art rooms with en-suite showers and high-speed internet.

And academic success...At the end of it all, you’ll have made friends for life, collected amazing memories, and earned an academic qualification that will kick-start your career. Your life really does start here.

The three best things about Beds?

For me, first is location: it is very close to London. Second, the friendliness. Third, it’s a multicultural environment! It was very interesting to find people from all over the world, just like us, living here and feeling so at home.

5 reasons to choose Beds

Luton

1

2

3

4

5

‘‘

’’

17

Wh

ich

ever

cam

pu

s yo

u a

re a

t yo

u’ll

be

at t

he

Cen

tre

Bedford

Is an idyllic riverside town. It’s student-friendly, with a lively mix of traditional town pubs, bars and restaurants, modern nightclubs, shops and heritage in addition to first-class sports facilities.

When you’re not hard at work there is loads to do…

n Get sporty – hone your sporting skills at a multitude of top-class sporting facilities and venues

n Resturants and bars – find your favourite among the huge range of restaurants and cafés or relax with friends at The Rose or The Litten Tree. Alternatively, there are the legendary student nights at Elements

n Entertainment and festivals – head to the historic Corn Exchange for everything from live comedy to classical music or sample some fine brews at the Bedford Beer and Cider Festival


(40 mins)

n Direct rail services from Leicester, Derby, Nottingham and Sheffield

n Excellent road links via M1 and A1

n Close to London Luton Airport (45 minutes from our Bedford campus)

Aylesbury

Our Aylesbury campus is based in the medieval county town bursting with culture, intercontinental cuisine and cool clubs.


(40 min)

n Well connected via A41, M40, M25

n Within easy reach of London Heathrow and London Luton Airport

London on our doorstep...All the attractions of London are only a 40-minute train journey away. The lower cost of living in Bedfordshire means you can treat yourself to the best of what the capital has to offer.

n The UK’s most exciting cityn One of the most popular tourist destinations in the worldn An infinite choice of entertainment, festivals and eventsn Some of the world’s best free museums and galleriesn Centuries of heritage and traditionn …and it’s right on our doorstep

“Considering that London is the hub of fun activities and the centre of major markets, it would be an understatement to say that I was thrilled when I found out its proximity to Luton and how easy it is to access from here!”

China Meregini Nursing Studies student

“The University values diversity and takes pride in its student-centred learning experience. We stand for

high-quality teaching, outstanding student support and excellent personal, career and professional development.”

Aylesbury

Bedford

James Armit – Director of Student Experience

There’s much more at www.beds.ac.uk/studentlife

18 www.beds.ac.uk

If you thought student life only consisted of books,

exams and assignments, then you need to read on!

The best years of your life…As one of our students, you’ll have the time of your life at Bedfordshire. You’ll gain your independence, make enduring friendships, and prepare yourself for a successful career.

From special Freshers’ events to welcome you and a vibrant Students’ Union, to a local thriving social scene that’ll keep you on your feet, we have everything in place to ensure you have an outstanding and fulfilling student life.

Hear from students past and present and get the lowdown on Bedfordshire’s stimulating student life.

19

Th

e b

est

year

s o

f yo

ur

life…“The student life here is fantastic!

It brings a lot of different personalities together and you find you get on with people you thought you never would

– that’s pretty fantastic!”

Emma Hoy

Psychology student

“The University is amazing! And you really have no idea just how

amazing until you get here. Truthfully, I’d recommend the University of

Bedfordshire to everyone!”Osman James Haque

Business Studies (International) student

“I love it here! It’s so diverse and there are people from all over

the world. Whatever you’re into, you’ll definitely find there’s something

here for you.”Luke Maitland

Biomedical Science student

“Freshers’ Week was great! It’s the best time to get to know everyone, make new friends and get to know the town – which was an unforgettable experience in itself. I met several fellow students – one year on

and we’re great friends!”

Matt Gear

TV Production student

“The social life here is awesome – every week there’s a themed night and ample opportunity for you to get dressed up and look silly! Since I’ve been here I’ve made best friends for life. The best time has got to be when we went to Dublin on a last minute deal – with London Luton Airport just around the corner, it worked out brilliantly!”Joe Cleghorn

Public Relations student

“I’ve made more friends than I planned to and that’s got to be a good thing – I’m generally shy! I joined the tennis club during Freshers’ Fayre and it’s been really good. It’s helped me to get fitter, meet new people, and discover even more sport that I like.”

Millicent Kinimah

Biomedical Science student

“My student experience was memorable! You work hard so it’s equally important to take the time out to ‘play hard’. Whether it’s dancing, being part of local events or keeping fit there is something to suit everyone’s taste here. I definitely loved it!”

Michelle Ramsumair

Advertising & Marketing graduate

www.beds.ac.uk20

21

Th

e b

est

year

s o

f yo

ur

life.

..

Students and graduates share their experiences of life at Bedfordshire...

“The lecturers are excellent, always ready

to help us improve and very motivating.”

Asad Bhatti Business Studies student

“The University has up-to-date, specialist facilities, which make studies enjoyable and give students the opportunity to use equipment that is being used by the people in the industry.”

Kamil Chryscionka Media Production graduate

“The skills I learnt at university were really useful and

the lecturers were amazing.”

Melvin Odoom Media Performance graduate

Radio DJ for Kiss100 and MTV Digs

“I am more confident and happy with who I am. Coming to the University was the best decision I have ever made.”

Caris Houlihan Interior Design student

“I chose the University of Bedfordshire because it is friendly, warm and welcoming and you will always find help when you need it.”

Timothy Cakebread Event Management student

22 www.beds.ac.uk

...University visits and advice services for schools and colleges

Don’t just read about our friendly, supportive atmosphere – experience it for yourself.

Open days...

“You have looked at a mountain of prospectuses and websites, now why not join the 12,000 visitors who enjoy our open days every year and sample student life at Bedfordshire?

Find out all about living and studying with us – meet students and graduates; ask staff your questions about courses and support; try out the equipment and facilities. And more importantly, really get stuck into your subjects of interest so you can pick the one that suits you and your career plans best.

So dig out your calendars and plan your visits early.

And if you’re unable to attend an open day, panic not – there are plenty of other ways you can visit us or get advice, be it campus tours, taster days, or we can even visit your school or college – so you won’t have to miss out!”

Lal JoshiHead of Student Recruitment

Essential in choosing where and what to study, open days offer the ideal opportunity to:

n Discover our welcoming and supportive atmosphere

n Get the low-down on individual courses from staff, students and graduates

n Take a student-led tour around the campus and try out our purpose-built facilities

n Receive specialist advice on topics such as funding and finance, admissions, disability support, careers, accommodation and the Students’ Union

Get the inside track from previous visitors and

student ambassadors: uob.cc/qr180

Choose the most convenient dates

from the list, reserve your place at:

www.beds.ac.uk/

opendays

Diary Dates 2012-13

7 July 2012 (Bedford – all courses)

14 July 2012 (Luton – all courses)

8 September 2012

(Bedford – Sports and Education

courses)

13 October 2012

(Luton and Bedford – all courses)

17 November 2012

(Luton and Bedford – all courses)

6 July 2013 (Bedford – all courses)

13 July 2013 (Luton – all courses)

23

Op

en d

ays

Campus toursUnable to make it to an open day? Book yourself in for one of our regular midweek campus tours held throughout the year:

www.beds.ac.uk/campustours T: +44 (0)1582 489052

Services for schools and collegesTaster days – these are hands-on, subject-specific days which enable you to get involved with a real-life project on the University campus – from pitching an idea in our unique boardrooms to creating a short animation with one of our motion capture suits as used in the film Stuart Little.

Advice services – we can visit your school or college to give you the inside track on the courses we offer, the UCAS application process, finance, and a host of other issues associated with going to university.

Why not ask your teachers or careers advisers to email us at [email protected]

UCAS fairsMeet our student advisers face-to-face at higher education fairs, hosted between March and July every year. These are ideal for discussing any questions or concerns you might have about going to university, and are an opportunity find out more about our courses.

See our fairs calendar at: www.beds.ac.uk or follow: @uobevents on twitter.

International fairsLiving abroad and unable to make it to Bedfordshire? Our international advisers visit schools all over the world and are delighted to meet students interested in studying with us.

Find out when we will be visiting your country at: www.beds.ac.uk/international

Nursing open daysTo find out more about the Nursing open days we host year-round at our dedicated centres, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/healthopenevents

At a glance...n Open days tell it like it is

n Subject-specific sessions bring courses to life

n Fairs, visits and online tours are yours for the asking

Davinia Dillon

The tutors on my course are still practising in the industry. At the Open Day I felt that this was where I belonged. Now I’m a Student Ambassador and my advice to you is make sure you too come to an Open Day – to truly see if a place feels right for you, you have to visit it. No websites or prospectuses can match that!

Media Performance studentStudent Ambassador

‘‘

’’

In the Division of Art and Design we pride ourselves on providing inspiring and

dynamic courses which push your creative thinking while

preparing you for employment through real-world projects,

professional practice and work placements.

Studying in the department will give you personal access to a young and creative team

of successful practitioners and academics who regularly

publish, design and exhibit nationally and internationally

in art and design and the creative industries.

All our undergraduate courses have strong relationships

with the creative industries and provide an inspiring,

empowering and enjoyable route to reaching the ultimate

attainment in your career aspirations.

Along with Media Arts and Production, Journalism

and Communications, and Performing Arts, we

are part of the Bedfordshire Institute of Media, Arts and

Performance. This means that you will benefit from

the creative synergies between art and design,

the performing arts, creative writing and

video production.

Art

& D

esig

n

24

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Art & Design

Caris HoulihanInterior Design student

What I enjoy most about this course is the freedom of expression, because it’s the best part of being a designer. The facilities are great. I have everything I need here. The University of Bedfordshire is a creative place and is willing to let you be creative. I would recommend this course because of the professional aspects.

Courses

28 Visual Art Practice

29 BA (Hons) Art & Design

29 BA (Hons) Fine Art

30 BA (Hons) Photography & Video Art

30 BA (Hons) Fashion Design (stage 3 only)

31 BA (Hons) Fashion Design

32 Spatial Design

33 BA (Hons) Interior Architecture

33 BA (Hons) Interior Design

34 Design for Communication

35 BA (Hons) Advertising Design

36 BA (Hons) Graphic Design

36 BA (Hons) Animation

37 BA (Hons) Illustration

181 Related foundation degrees

Have you also considered...?

52 BA (Hons) Advertising & Marketing Communications

68 BSc (Hons) Computer Animation

For up-to-date information on part-time study options see www.beds.ac.uk/parttime

‘‘’’

Art

& D

esig

n

25

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Why choose Art and Design at Bedfordshire?

Taught by artists, designers and guest lecturers who have practical experience of working on a range of industrial and public projects.

Staff regularly publish and exhibit their work.

Practice-based teaching and learning, providing hands-on experience of industry-standard technologies and software.

Dedicated studio spaces within a lively and stimulating studio environment.

We are a designated Apple Centre of Education Excellence.

Cross-disciplinary approach, with the opportunity to explore a range of creative media for specialist study.

Focus on professional practice and your personal development.

Excellent garment-making facilities and digital pattern-making with full access to digital photography, computer facilities and high-quality screen-printing.

Fashion design with a focus on technology.

Bedfordshire is one of the few universities in the UK to offer undergraduate BA Honours courses in both Interior Architecture and Interior Design.

Multi-disciplinary approach, with many opportunities for collaborative work.

Graduate employment success.

Award-winning teaching staff with extensive experience and innovative approaches to teaching.

Professional-quality facilities, including IT suites, television studios and a theatre.

Combines a strong theoretical input with a great depth of study, offering a wide range of career options.

The Art and Design curriculumThe curriculum is organised to equip you with a wide range of skills and you will benefit from working alongside students following different pathways.

There are three areas of the curriculum, each sharing common interests: Visual Art Practice, leading to BA (Hons) awards in either Fine Art, Photography and Video Art, Fashion Design or Art and Design; Spatial Design, leading to BA (Hons) awards in either Interior Design or Interior Architecture; and Design For Communication, leading to BA (Hons) awards in Graphic Design (covering print, moving image and new media), Illustration, Advertising Design or Animation.

Excellent facilitiesOur spacious art and design studios offer a friendly working environment in which resources are continually being upgraded. We offer:

n A water-based silkscreen studio

n Facilities for relief-printing and photo-etching

n Computer facilities for the production of photomechanical and digital processes

Students also benefit from our multi-million pound Media Arts Centre which includes multimedia computer suites and studios for animation, video editing, sound and design work.

Launch your careerFinal-stage students have the opportunity to showcase their work at the

University’s annual Art and Design Degree Show, where employers can see the work of future designers and artists.

As members of the Design and Art Direction (D&AD), students also have the opportunity to take part in the annual D&AD competition and exhibition. Some of our students have won awards and others have secured employment as a result of their final-year project.

Our Animation students also have the chance to take part in an ‘Oscar’ style awards ceremony in the final year. Entitled BAGSA, the Bedfordshire Animation Graduate Screening Awards presents the perfect opportunity to showcase your talent and gain recognition for your work.

World-class researchYou will benefit from a world-leading research culture, which has been described as ‘excellent’ in the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008.

Practising artists and designersMany of our lecturers regularly exhibit their work, including Eva Stenram – a lecturer in Fine Art, Photography and Video Art whose solo exhibition Per Pulveram Ad Astra was on show in a gallery in Leeds, and Noel Douglas – a lecturer in Graphic Design whose work is part of a permanent collection at the British Museum. So, by studying at Bedfordshire, you really will be learning from the best.

Art & DesignOur links with industry enable you to interact with leading companies such as Double Negative – the largest visual effects company in Europe. Their work includes the likes of Inception – Best Visual Effects Oscar winner – and Harry Potter films.

Art

& D

esig

n

26

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Q: What’s the contact time like between staff and students?

A: In your first year you have lectures, seminars, studio-based teaching and one-to-one tutorials that introduce you to a wide range of skills and practices in art and design. Our Key Skills programme which runs in year one and two gives you access to a range of skills from which to choose – including silkscreen printing, computer-aided design, life and technical drawing, printmaking, laser cutting, 3D modelling, typography, pattern cutting, and photography. (The list of skills expands each year as we respond to the needs of employers and the industry you hope to work for).

The skills and thinking you learn in your first year help develop your confidence and personal style, allowing you to enter the second year full of ideas and creative know-how.

Q: What do you enjoy most about Bedfordshire?

A: Students, students, students! Seeing the confidence and creativity grow over the three years they are with us, never fails to amaze and inspire me.

Q: Where have you worked before?

A: I have extensive experience of managing arts and design departments in the higher education sector. My previous role involved heading up the Design Department at Liverpool John Moores University.

Q: How do you help students get jobs after graduating?

A: The whole course evolves around the real world of work and helping you develop a professional CV from year one. In the third year we run a series of professional networking events with local and international companies – from local interior designers and representatives from McLaren Cars to internationally recognised design studios like Jonathon Barnbrook.

with: Colin Davies Head of Art & Design

Art

& D

esig

n

27Contact us: T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK/EU) T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (International) E: [email protected]

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Visual Art PracticeBA (Hons) Art & Design / Fine Art / Photography & Video Art / Fashion Design (stage 3 only)

Starts in: September

Location: Luton campus, Park Square

Duration: 3 years full-time

Assessment: By portfolio of practical work and display; written assignments; reflective studio journal. Final-stage assessment involves work for your Degree Show – a public exhibition of creative work

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 200 with at least 160 from two A levels, or an Access qualification, BTEC, Advanced Diploma or equivalent (see pages 186-187).

Students will be expected to attend a portfolio interview. Applicants applying for Fashion Design (stage three only) will be expected to have successfully completed a Foundation Degree (FdA) in Fashion Design or Higher National Diploma (HND) in Fashion Design or an FdA/HND in Fashion and Textile Design, where there has been an emphasis on fashion design.

Key features

n Emphasis on professional practice

n Develop knowledge and experience of using up-to-date technologies and software

n Emphasis on developing personal creativity and artistic expression

n Teaching staff are practising artists who regularly exhibit

About the courseThe BA Honours courses within Visual Art Practice give the opportunity to work creatively in many different ways. You will be actively encouraged to develop independent critical thinking as part of establishing your own artistic expression. The cross-disciplinary approach equips you with the skills for creative practice and employment in different media, and for learning beyond the confines of university.

Stage one promotes visual communication skills with studio activities and seminars, giving you a solid grounding in core practical and theoretical skills. You will also develop significant specialist skills and knowledge within your chosen BA course.

Lectures and seminars will introduce you to the key issues and concepts that inform contemporary visual art practice. You will be encouraged to analyse contemporary art and design to enable you to construct a meaningful context for your own work, and take intellectual ownership of your creative practice.

As you progress through your course to stages two and three, you will increasingly focus on your chosen specialism. See pages 29-30 to find out more about these specialist areas. You will gain experience in professional practice, including insights into careers in creative industries, strategies for self-employment and how to market yourself.

Your learning will be supported by a well-equipped Learning Resources Centre. You will also be able to take advantage of the excellent transport links between Luton and London to visit world-class galleries and museums.

Career opportunitiesGraduates of our Visual Art Practice courses have progressed to rewarding careers in creative industries, galleries and museums, public or community arts education, fashion design, documentary photography and post-production.

Areas of study include:

Introduction to digital media relevant to art and design (including video, photography and digital imaging)

Visual problem-solving and analysis

Visual communication skills (including drawing, screen-printing, the use of specialist imaging software and lens-based media)

Contextual studies and reflective practice

Art & DesignYou will be actively encouraged to develop independent critical thinking as part of establishing your own artistic expression.

28 For more reasons to study Art & Design at Bedfordshire, go to page 26 www.beds.ac.uk

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13A

rt &

Des

ign

// V

isua

l Art

Pra

ctic

e

Starts in:

Location:

Duration:

Assessment:

Entry requirements:

About the courseThis broad-based course helps you to explore a range of contemporary visual art practices. The course studies the application of art in design contexts and considers work where design problems are introduced into a fine art context.

You will be introduced to traditional practices such as photographic darkroom techniques and screen-printing as well as new technologies and media. You will learn about design and visual communication to help you explore and present creative ideas in a visually effective and personal way. As you develop your skills, you will be able to focus on the media that best suit your creativity.


Traditional media, such as painting, silkscreen printing, ‘wet’ photography, model-making, textiles and fibre-based materials

New media, including video, photography and digital imaging

Visual communication, including drawing, screen-printing, the use of imaging software and lens-based media

Contextual studies that link theory and practice in developing creative ideas

Art & Design BA (Hons) For more course info see:http://uob.cc/w201 | UCAS Code: W201

Did you know?Our well-qualified Art and Design staff are all practising artists and designers, and regularly exhibit their work – so you really will be learning from the best in the business.

Starts in:

Location:

Duration:

Assessment:

Entry requirements:

About the courseThis course focuses largely on contemporary 2D artistic practices from painting and printmaking to digital media installations.

You will be encouraged to consider, through practice, the context of a rapidly developing multicultural and predominantly urban and technology-based society, in which the traditional notions of artistic production are being continually challenged by new and exciting conceptual alternatives.

Through a wide-ranging programme of studio activities you will be encouraged to develop your own artistic interests. You will learn to think and work in an independent, creative and critical way, helping you to produce distinctively personal work.


Studio practice (embracing painting, drawing and printmaking, as well as video, photography, digital media and installation)

Visual communication skills (including drawing, screen-printing, the use of imaging software and lens-based media)

Contextual studies that link theory and practice in developing your creative ideas

Professional practice and personal development

Fine Art BA (Hons) For more course info see:http://uob.cc/w101 | UCAS Code: W101

Did you know?Our students are visited by artists and have also had the opportunity to visit practising artists in their studios.

For details see Visual Art Practice overview p.28



Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13A

rt &

Des

ign

// V

isua

l Art

Pra

ctic

e

Starts in:

Location:

Duration:

Assessment:

Entry requirements:

About the courseContemporary art practice embraces still and moving images, as well as digital media. By developing an approach to photography and video through ideas-based teaching, students gain skills and confidence to explore creative, editorial and documentary photography.

While digital techniques and technical skills in image manipulation, editing and after-effects are important, this course also embraces darkroom photography and places great emphasis on developing personal creativity.


Exploring creative approaches to still and moving photographic images

Using traditional photographic methods and processes alongside new media

Software-based post-production

Starts in:

Location:

Duration:

Assessment:

Entry requirements:

About the courseThe Fashion Design course offers an entry at stage three for applicants who have completed an appropriate foundation degree or HND.

You will be encouraged to experiment with design ideas, materials and garment-making processes, as well as developing an awareness of new textile technologies and processes.

There will be a focus on design and craft skills, enabling you to meet the challenges of designing and making for the clothing industry – in both UK and international contexts.


Developing and exploring creative approaches to the designing and making of garments

Researching contexts (including multicultural and international aspects that will support personal approaches to designing and making)

Digital pattern-cutting

Preparation of a garment collection for public display

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/w291 | UCAS Code: W291Fashion Design (stage 3 only) BA (Hons)

Did you know?“There is one sewing machine for every person on the course. In other universities you’ve got a good deal if you share one between two!”Farzad GhadialiFashion Design student

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/w600 | UCAS Code: W600Photography & Video Art BA (Hons)

Did you know?As members of the Design and Art Direction (D&AD), you can take part in the D&AD annual competition, which is a great addition to any CV.




Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13A

rt &

Des

ign

// V

isua

l Art

Pra

ctic

e

Ben HodsonPhotography & Video Art graduate Professional photographer

I wanted to train to be an artist; however, I love lens-based image creation so this course was a perfect match. Also, with the convergence of stills and video, the course was perfectly positioned to equip me with the skills I needed in this competitive and rapidly changing industry.

Starts in:

Location:

Duration:

Assessment:

Entry requirements:

Key featuresn Live industry projects with

professional fashion designers

n Specialist facilities in CAD and CAM

n Research trips abroad

n Graduate Fashion Show and Degree Show

About the courseThis course offers core skills for a career in fashion including design work, pattern-cutting and manufacturing. It also develops commercial fashion awareness, research skills and reflective learning. You

will explore inter-disciplinary activities such as photography, screen-printing, drawing and illustration.

A focus on fashion technology enables you to learn digital pattern-making and specialist CAD and CAM packages.

The course responds to real industry briefs as well as implementing live projects with fashion designers. There is a real emphasis on the relationship between fashion design practice and theory, and the exploration of your own creativity and learning.

Career opportunities Graduates have found careers as: fashion designers, pattern cutters, graders, production managers, garment and CAD/CAM technologists, merchandisers, forecasters, and textile designers.


Fashion design with a focus on technology

Manual and digital pattern-cutting and garment construction

Market research and trend research

Understanding consumers

Advanced studio practice

Fashion theory and practice

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/w231 | UCAS Code: W231Fashion Design BA (Hons)

Did you know?Each year Fashion Design students travel to European cities where they have the opportunity to research and experience events like Paris Fashion Week.


‘‘’’


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13A

rt &

Des

ign

Spatial DesignBA (Hons) Interior Architecture / Interior Design




Assessment: Critiques and presentations; portfolio assessments; written assignments; studio journal assessments. Final assessment involves a publicly showcased collection of creative work, supported by evidence of visual and contextual research and reflection


Students will be expected to attend a portfolio interview.

Key features

n Predominantly project-based course work

n Dedicated studio spaces within a dynamic and stimulating learning environment

n Training in industry-standard technologies and software packages

n Opportunities for overseas study through a successful and long-standing exchange programme

n Final-stage students can showcase their work online and at a graduate exhibition in London

About the courseYou will work in a vibrant, multi-disciplinary environment and have ready access to award-winning design, art and media tutors, as well as to major exhibitions and world-class examples of design and architecture in London.

You will learn how to think and work independently, to produce innovative design proposals, to showcase your work effectively in exhibitions, portfolios and online, and to function successfully in the professional world.

The Interior Architecture degree focuses on spatial manipulation and innovation, and on the fundamental restructuring of building interiors. A degree in Interior Architecture can be an excellent route to working overseas, particularly in Europe and the United States.

The Interior Design degree focuses on the materials, colours and textures of surfaces, furniture and lighting.

Both courses examine how people, activities and places interrelate. They also offer training in professional-standard presentation and communication techniques, using physical and digital resources.

Both courses seek innovative solutions to contemporary design problems. You will be challenged to develop expertise in space planning, ergonomics, design composition, colour theory, material properties, environmental control and design for sustainability.

Career opportunitiesOur students have progressed to successful careers in interior design, set design for television, exhibition design, furniture/lighting design, architectural model-making, architectural illustration, teaching, and the design of virtual environments.


Design practice

Set design for film and television

Design for animation

Exhibition design

3D model-making

Printmaking

Basic web page design

Life drawing

Digital imaging

Computer-aided design (CAD)

Digital film editing

Personal development and marketing techniques

Art & DesignYou will have the opportunity for overseas study through a successful and long-standing exchange programme.


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13A

rt &

Des

ign

// S

patia

l Des

ign

Starts in:

Location:

Duration:

Assessment:

Entry requirements:

About the courseThis course embraces a range of design considerations that can include the refurbishment of existing buildings, television, film and exhibition design, as well as virtual environments. The focus is on fundamental structuring or restructuring of building interiors involving spatial manipulation, conceptual, compositional and technical innovation. You will also study anthropomorphics, ergonomics, materials, structure, environmental control and sustainability. You will explore the design of interior environments in a wider urban (or suburban, or rural) context, developing

a creative and critical understanding of building structure and fabric.

The teaching is largely project-based and includes tuition in a wide range of presentation techniques including two and three-dimensional computer-aided design, digital image creation and manipulation, and video production and editing. You will also develop skills in physical and digital model-making. A degree in Interior Architecture can also be a route to working overseas.


Design practice

Exhibition design

3D model-making


Digital image creation and manipulation


Digital film editing

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/k120 | UCAS Code: K120Interior Architecture BA (Hons)

Did you know?Final stage students can showcase their work to talent scouts online and at a graduate exhibition in London, as well as at our very own Art and Design Degree Show.

Starts in:

Location:

Duration:

Assessment:

Entry requirements:

About the courseThis course involves design for a range of spaces. It encourages students to take creative risks and think radically in developing solutions. It embraces spatial design interests that include furnishings, lighting, branding, television, film and exhibition design.The teaching is largely project-based and focuses on the innovative use of materials, colour, surfaces, furniture and lighting. You will study colour theory, print-pattern design, silkscreen printing,

furniture, lighting and exhibition design. You will also study anthropomorphics, ergonomics, materials, structure, environmental control and sustainability.


Exhibition design

Set design for film and television

Design for animation

Branding

3D model-making



Digital image creation and manipulation

Video production and editing

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/w235 | UCAS Code: W235Interior Design BA (Hons)

Did you know?Our Art and Design courses have professional practice strands, and in the second year you can organise and produce work for your very own exhibition.

For details see Spatial Design overview p.32

For details see Spatial Design overview p.32


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13A

rt &

Des

ign

// S

patia

l Des

ign

Design for Communication BA (Hons) Advertising Design / Graphic Design / Animation / Illustration




Assessment: Portfolio of images; installation; DVD; CD-ROM and artefacts; written assignments; reflective studio journal. Final assessment involves a publicly showcased collection of creative work supported by evidence of visual and contextual research and reflection


Students will be expected to attend a portfolio interview.

Key features

n Focuses on personal creative development

n Practical experience of industry-standard technologies and software

n Opportunities to use cutting-edge techniques in areas such as design for mobile and new communication technologies, motion graphics, digital and hand-drawn animation

n Work with industry authored briefs

n Support to participate in national competitions

n Strong emphasis on environmentally and ecologically aware design

About the courseFrom the images we pass in the street, or see in print, to the communication devices we use, there is no escaping the influence of design and communications media. Design for Communication takes a critical approach to visual problem-solving and creative expression in this important aspect of society. Experimentation and creative research are of paramount importance in the teaching and learning philosophy.

The course places particular emphasis on the social and environmental impact of design and explores the role of the artist and designer.

You will be engaged primarily in resolving practical design problems in the studio. This work is underpinned by theoretical seminars, lectures and workshops. Whichever course you choose, our aim is to provide you with a range of fundamental research and analytical skills, such as using industry-standard software packages and production techniques.

You will be taught the relevant historical and critical frameworks to help you develop your creative identity.

Stages one and two promote visual communication skills with studio activities and seminars, giving you a solid grounding in core practical and theoretical skills. You will also develop your creativity and significant specialist skills and knowledge within your chosen BA course.

As you progress through the course to stages two and three, you will increasingly focus on your chosen specialism. See pages 35-37 to find out more about these specialist areas. You will gain experience in professional practice, including how to market yourself in readiness for careers in independent and commercial graphic communication.

Career opportunitiesOur graduates have successfully progressed into design in publishing, advertising, corporate design, exhibition design, public or community arts participation, design consultancy, museum and exhibition work, television, video and computer games, graphics, arts education and freelance creative practice. Many of our students have found careers in animation, working in feature and short-format entertainment motion. Graphic design for TV and video or for web and interactive design is another productive career path. Your specialist skills are also transferable to other disciplines, such as film and illustration.

Art & DesignFrom the images we pass in the street, or see in print, to the communication devices we use, there is no escaping the influence of design and communications media.

For more reasons to study Art & Design at Bedfordshire, go to page 26 www.beds.ac.uk

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13A

rt &

Des

ign

// D

esig

n fo

r Com

mun

icat

ion

34

Starts in:

Location:

Duration:

Assessment:

Entry requirements:

About the courseDesigners and advertisers need to understand marketing issues if they are to develop design solutions that communicate with their target audience. It is vital that students develop the transferable skills needed to work effectively in creative advertising teams, solve communication design problems and, perhaps most importantly, communicate their ideas with a good understanding of markets and branding.

The course integrates a graphic design practice with marketing and advertising theory – an approach that gives graduates

a diverse portfolio of skills that will open up career choices within design and marketing management. Students will also develop their technical and creative skills, becoming competent in a range of drawing, lens-based media, software applications for 2D graphics, 3D modelling and motion graphics.


Graphic design

Principles of marketing and PR

Understanding consumers

Brand management

Advertising theory and practice

Direct marketing

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/w213 | UCAS Code: W213Advertising Design BA (Hons)

Did you know?You can use a wide range of facilities, including our drawing studios, Mac rooms and animation suites.

For details see Design for Communication overview p.34

Natalie HenryAnimation student

I really like the practical side of the course. We use equipment such as Macs and Lightboxes, plus special cameras to take pictures of each frame of our drawings. The staff are good at encouraging us to get work experience and they’re always giving us the names of studios here in Luton and in London. You need to be dedicated as this is a time-consuming course but rewarding.

‘‘

’’


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13A

rt &

Des

ign

// D

esig

n fo

r Com

mun

icat

ion

Starts in:

Location:

Duration:

Assessment:

Entry requirements:

About the courseAnimation is an intensive, mainly studio-based practice. Drawing is an essential skill underpinning the learning of all forms of animation. The emphasis is on developing a strong technical and personal approach to drawing and story-telling. Art and film theory are central to developing students as both independent and commercial animators. You will work on a range of individual and group projects.

Animation is treated as an art form as well as an entertainment medium. You will have the opportunity to collaborate with other disciplines, including Interior Design and Music Technology.


Life drawing and observational drawing

Working in a motion capture lab

2D animation, computer-generated animation, stop motion and experimental techniques

Software: Maya (3D); Toon Boom studio (2D); Photoshop

Film theory and illustration techniques

Narrative creative and analytical writing

Production design

Professional practice

Animation BA (Hons) For more course info see:http://uob.cc/w615 | UCAS Code: W615

Did you know?You can work in our industry-standard multi-million pound Media Arts Centre, which houses multimedia computer suites and studios for animation work.


Starts in:

Location:

Duration:

Assessment:

Entry requirements:

About the courseThis course recognises the increasing information flow in the current world and the possibilities that digital media has created for producing, distributing and publishing graphic work. The course makes students aware of the changing significance of design in society, placing emphasis on the social, cultural and environmental aspects of design, and the designer as a maker of meaning in visual form.

Through a range of different personal and group projects you will engage with various aspects of graphic design practice such as typography, image production, illustration, editorial design and art direction.


Cultural design context

Creative typography drawing, photography and software such as Photoshop, InDesign, Illustrator and Fontlab

Editorial design; art direction

Printmaking and book binding

Design for communication technologies such as mobile phones and personal digital assistants (PDAs)

Working in a motion capture lab

Narrative and sequential-based storytelling


For more course info see:http://uob.cc/w211 | UCAS Code: W211Graphic Design BA (Hons)

Did you know?You can get involved in field trips to conferences, exhibitions and festivals abroad, every two years, as part of this course. Previous locations have included Berlin, Bratislava and Barcelona.



Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13A

rt &

Des

ign

// D

esig

n fo

r Com

mun

icat

ion

Starts in:

Location:

Duration:

Assessment:

Entry requirements:

About the courseThis course focuses on applied image making and illustration within the context of a rapidly developing multicultural and technology-influenced society. Working alongside Graphic Design students you will build the key skills of a designer and engage with different types of illustration, including illustration for books, editorial applications and various forms of sequential narrative.

You will also develop drawing skills that can then be applied in projects shared between the animation and graphics

courses to help you develop work in the field that is most relevant to your interests and strengths.

This combination of disciplines allows students to develop the skills to use illustration in a wide range of media such as video games, films, animation, advertising and publishing.


Sequential illustration

Creative typography

Visual communication using drawing, photography and software such as Photoshop and InDesign

Contextual studies


Printmaking and book binding

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/w220 | UCAS Code: W220Illustration BA (Hons)

Did you know?This course invites practising artists and designers to the University as visiting tutors, and promotes professional practice for employability.



Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13A

rt &

Des

ign

// D

esig

n fo

r Com

mun

icat

ion

Our staff have a wealth of research experience in

bioscience which enriches the student learning experience. We have run undergraduate

and postgraduate degrees in this subject area for over

30 years.

The Division of Science has benefited from the

University’s recent investment in the STEM areas (Science,

Technology, Engineering and Maths). STEM subjects

have been identified as areas of strategic investment by

successive governments, as they are seen as key

wealth-generating areas for the future.

The University has invested in new infrastructure and

recruited staff from leading universities to support

science. This investment in teaching provides a high

quality environment for our students in which they will be

taught by experienced staff who are dedicated to raising

the status of the Division both nationally and internationally.

Bio

log

ical

& B

iom

edic

al S

cien

ce

38

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Biological & Biomedical Science

Raimona PetersBiomedical Science student

See what else Raimona has to say at: uob.cc/qr36

Courses

41 BSc (Hons) Biological Science

42 BSc (Hons) Biomedical Science

43 BSc (Hons) Forensic Science



‘‘’’

The best thing about this course is being taught by tutors who are doing their own research and have achieved some really great things. I’d definitely recommend studying here. I really enjoy the lab experiments because we get to observe and use a wide range of equipment that will stand us in good stead for our future careers.

Bio

log

ical

& B

iom

edic

al S

cien

ce

39

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Why choose Biological and Biomedical Science at Bedfordshire?

More than 30 years’ experience in running bioscience courses.

Many former students have gone on to pursue national and international research.

You will be taught by leading researchers, and cover a breadth of subjects ranging from biology to the environment.

Teaching is underpinned by world-leading research.

Up-to-date, well-equipped labs offering a modern working environment and experience in techniques applicable to future employment.

Strong links with local hospital laboratories, national and international research centres and local police forces.

Contemporary coursesOur most popular degree is Biomedical Science, which focuses on the study of a range of laboratory sciences that are used to aid the investigation of human diseases.

The newly developed Biological Science course covers areas of current interest, such as health and the environment, the application of biotechnology and its impact on us.

The Forensic Science course is designed to provide a set of skills needed in crime scene investigation.

The course focuses on relevant topics in forensic and analytical science, combined with units that address psychological aspects of criminal behaviour which are crucial for a forensic investigation.

Excellent facilitiesAlongside the investment in staff, a £1m refurbishment has taken place, giving the division a set of modern, well-equipped laboratories, including:

n Two modern 50-seat teaching laboratories

n Two specialised research laboratories

n Labs dedicated to histopathology and mammalian cell culture

n Analytical equipment such as HPLC, mass spectrometry, uv-vis and fluorescent spectometers, an electron microscopy suite and a confocal microscope

World-leading researchWith areas recently rated as ‘world leading’ by the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008, the

University has an excellent reputation for research. Staff in the division have expertise in the areas of:

n Cell and molecular biology, relevant to cancer studies

n Immunology

n Pharmacology

n Cryopreservation

n Neuroscience

n Nutrition

n Enzymology and biophysics

Our research findings are published in prestigious, peer-reviewed scientific journals, and staff present their findings at national and international conferences. This provides our students with the latest insights into the advances achieved in these specialist areas. Each course not only provides a high quality of teaching, but also equips our graduates with the practical skills to ensure their future success.

Close industry linksStudents will be encouraged to secure short-term placements in biomedical science laboratories within the National Health Service. What’s more, the Forensic Science course has been designed with the help of the police force, so you can benefit from real forensic case studies and the involvement of police experts.

Professional accreditationThe Biomedical Science degree is accredited by the Institute of Biomedical Science (IBMS); see www.ibms.org for details.

Biological & Biomedical Science Sabrya Carim, Biomedical

Science 2011 graduate, was selected for a sought-after two-month internship at King’s College London, after graduating with First Class Honours.

Bio

log

ical

& B

iom

edic

al S

cien

ce

40

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Duration: 3 years full-time; part-time by arrangement

Assessment: Course work; essays; practical reports; exams

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 200, with at least 160 from two A levels, including a science subject at A2 or an Access qualification, BTEC, Advanced Diploma or equivalent (see pages 186-187).

Key featuresn A broad, skills-based degree giving

students a good base in the biological sciences

n Covers topical areas that affect our lives such as health and the environment, genetics, biochemistry and biotechnology

About the courseStage one: This is a foundation in the biological sciences covering microbiology, cellular chemistry and anatomy. You will also cover learning skills and career options, reflecting the emphasis on the employability of our graduates.

Stage two: Covers key areas of the biological sciences such as health and the environment, biochemistry and biotechnology. You will also study the interactions and effects on human health and our environment; the application of biology in industry; and the impact of an expanded human population upon our environment.

Stage three: Explores pathopharmacology and cell and molecular biology, which augment students’ appreciation of the biochemical and biological mechanisms related to health and disease.

Career opportunitiesCareer opportunities include research and development in academia and positions in a wide range of industries and government laboratories. Careers are also available in teaching, health and medical publishing, and medical sales. This course produces highly employable graduates in areas outside biological sciences.


Human anatomy and physiology

Biochemistry and genetics

Cell and molecular biology

Pharmacology

Biotechnology and environment

Biological Science BSc (Hons) For more course info see:http://uob.cc/c100 | UCAS Code: C100

Did you know?The final-year research project in your chosen subject can be linked to staff research.


A: Our BSc students typically have three days per week of contact time. In the final year, this increases to include 20-30 days of supervised laboratory work that contributes towards the final degree.

Q: What opportunities do students get that they may not find elsewhere?

A: The research experience that our staff bring to the classroom enriches course content. What’s more, our BSc (Hons) Biomedical Science is accredited by the Institute of Biomedical Science (IBMS).


A: Graduates from my division enjoy an employment rate above the already high University average. Students also receive advice from staff and the careers service.


A: I gained my post-doctoral experience at the Imperial Cancer Research Fund (now Cancer Research UK), the Ludwig Institute – a research institute affiliated with University College London – and I taught for 11 years at Imperial College London in the Division of Medicine.


A: There is a vibrant atmosphere. Research and teaching are equally valued and no two days are alike.

with: Professor Jan Domin Head of Science

See what else Jan has to say: uob.cc/qr35

Bio

log

ical

& B

iom

edic

al S

cien

ce


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Course work; essays; practical reports; exams

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 240, with at least 200 from two A levels, including a science subject at A2, or an Access qualification, BTEC, Advanced Diploma or equivalent (see pages 186-187).

Key featuresn Focus on understanding the

functioning of the human body

n Students gain laboratory experience by undertaking a research project, with the opportunity for some to be completed in NHS laboratories

About the courseOur multi-disciplinary approach allows you to investigate normal life processes and study the pathological changes that occur in human disease. The course also provides a sound theoretical and practical foundation in a range of laboratory sciences that are used to aid the diagnosis or investigation, of human diseases.

Final year units give experience in learning techniques, such as problem-based learning (PBL) for disease diagnosis, that are commonly used in medical schools. Guest lectures are provided by biomedical science experts from different institutes/hospital laboratories.

Career opportunitiesGraduates make contributions to medical knowledge, and to the development of future diagnostic techniques. Careers include NHS hospital laboratories, research laboratories and industries, or progression to a postgraduate degree or postgraduate entry into medical subjects. IBMS accreditation benefits careers in hospital pathology, microbiology, histology and biochemistry laboratories.


Pathology and physiology

Anatomy and medical physiology

Cellular pathology

Medical immunology

Medical microbiology

Clinical biochemistry

Applications of immunology and microbiology

Cellular chemistry and genetics

Human metabolism and genetics

Medical physiology and haematology

Biomedical Science BSc (Hons) For more course info see:http://uob.cc/bc99 | UCAS Code: BC99

Did you know?This course is accredited by the Institute of Biomedical Science (IBMS), which is the professional body for biomedical scientists in the UK (see www.ibms.org).

Work in our modern Science labs which have recently undergone a £1m refurbishment

Bio

log

ical

& B

iom

edic

al S

cien

ce

42 For more reasons to study Biological & Biomedical Science at Bedfordshire, go to page 40 www.beds.ac.uk

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Course work; exams

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 200, with at least 160 from two A levels, including a science subject at A2 or an Access qualification, BTEC, Advanced Diploma or equivalent (see pages 186-187).

Key featuresn Core training in biosciences with

an emphasis on forensic science

n Examines the psychology of criminal behaviour as it relates to forensics

About the courseAt stage one you will gain an introduction into the scientific disciplines related to forensic science, including chemistry, biochemistry and genetics, as well

as the psychology of the criminal mind.

At stage two you will study applied forensics in more detail. This includes a greater emphasis on laboratory analysis and preparation of evidence for court. In addition, topics such as cellular pathology, medical physiology and haematology put forensic science in a broader context as it relates to human biology.

At stage three you will study advanced forensic analysis, including recent advances in DNA analysis, toxicology, psychology, and forensic case studies.

Career opportunitiesThe course is designed to open up a range of opportunities in analytical and investigative science. These include working in research organisations and institutes, as well as in commercial laboratories, plus careers in teaching, scientific publishing and medical sales.


Forensic science

Crime scene management

Legal systems

Drug analysis and toxicology

Forensic skills in psychology

Human pathology

Anatomy and physiology

Psychology of the criminal mind

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/f410 | UCAS Code: F410Forensic Science BSc (Hons)

Did you know?This course has close links with the Bedfordshire and Northampton police forces, and frequently calls upon police experts to deliver specialist lectures.

Bio

log

ical

& B

iom

edic

al S

cien

ce


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Luton campusEmployability-driven business and management education

Based in dedicated business facilities, at the Luton campus the Business School is home to the pioneering Business Pods and the Gemini Suite – where students can learn about business through a project-based curriculum.

The Pods include a group work area, boardroom, brainstorming room and a chill-out area. Students take on the role of junior executives working on a series of projects for local business.

This problem solving approach gives invaluable real-world experience. This mix of teaching styles benefits students and is the ideal basis to begin a successful career in their chosen field.

All students on a business-related course use the Pods in their first and second years to develop their understanding of business as well as their managerial skills.

The high-tech Gemini Suite comprises of two rooms designed to encourage creativity, as well as facilitate project development.

Bedford campusNew state-of-the-art facilities

At our Bedford campus we are proud to offer brand-new, dedicated Business School facilities including a project room, board room and Creativity Pod, adjacent to our 70-seat lecture theatre. There is also a state-of-the-art library and a new social learning space, ‘the Hub’, where students can work together in less formal surroundings and exchange ideas.

Our staffA creative and practice-driven approach to business and management requires a blend of theory with practice – our staff are experienced in using this blend for a relevant education that is much sought after by leading recruiters. They engage in research, consultancy and training activity with leading global organisations.

World-leading research and consultancyOur Business and Management Research Institute has built its reputation around high-quality applied research. The Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008 described the University’s business and management research as ‘internationally excellent’.

The Business School has many SME (small and medium-sized enterprise) consultancy clients. It also works for the local authority and a number of multinationals, which reinforces our practice focus.

The Business School provides courses in Accounting and

Finance (see page 46), Advertising, Marketing and

Public Relations (see page 50), and Business, Management and Human Resource Management

(see page 54).

Business School students follow a common year of study

in year one giving them a strong foundation in business and management before they

choose their specialism for years two and three. Our

courses are offered at Luton and Bedford campuses – please

check on pages 46-61 individual course entries to determine

location. We offer a modern and flexible learning and teaching

environment, including our Business Pods at the

Luton campus.

Bu

sin

ess

Sch

oo

l

44

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Dr Sonal MinochaDean of the University of Bedfordshire Business School

Business SchoolCourses

46 Accounting & Finance

48 BA (Hons) Accounting

49 BSc (Hons) Accounting & Finance

49 BSc (Hons) International Finance & Banking

50 Advertising, Marketing & Public Relations

52 BA (Hons) Advertising & Marketing Communications

52 BA (Hons) Marketing

53 BA (Hons) Public Relations

54 Business, Management & HRM

56 BSc (Hons) Business Decision Management

57 BA (Hons) Business Management

58 BA (Hons) Business Studies

59 BA (Hons) Business Studies (e-Business)

59 BA (Hons) Business Studies (Finance)

60 BA (Hons) Business Studies (International)

60 BA (Hons) Business Studies (Marketing)

61 BSc (Hons) Human Resource Management

For up-to-date information on part-time study options see www.beds.ac.uk/parttime‘‘ ’’

At the University of Bedfordshire Business School we are reshaping business and management education for a truly global and employability-driven experience. Be a part of our present, so we can shape your future.

Bu

sin

ess

Sch

oo

l

45

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Accounting & FinanceCourses

BA (Hons) Accounting 48

BSc (Hons) Accounting & Finance 49

BSc (Hons) International Finance & Banking 49

Why choose Accounting and Finance at Bedfordshire?

Maximise exemptions from professional exams.

Practical and structured introduction to accounting without the pressure of repetitive learning for professional examinations.

Opportunity to develop a wide range of technical and employability skills.

Internationally recognised teaching standards.

State-of-the-art learning facilities.

Opportunity to develop knowledge and skills in the disciplines of accounting and finance in one structured degree.

Experienced teaching staff.


46

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13B

usi

nes

s S

cho

ol /

/ A

ccou

ntin

g &

Fin

ance

www.beds.ac.uk

Our accounting and finance courses have an international focus and offer excellent opportunities to gain relevant work experience so that you are well placed for a successful career in these professions.

Professional qualifications and exemptionsWe are proud to be amongst the few universities who can offer maximum ACCA exemptions for our BA (Hons) Accounting degree. Students gain exemptions from all nine papers. On successful completion of the course you will be eligible to enrol directly onto the professional level of the ACCA if you wish to further your studies in the profession.

Graduate employabilityOur graduates find employment in auditing, accounting practice, management accountancy, public sector accountancy, investment banking, financial management and management consultancy.

Excellent facilitiesWe have invested substantially in our facilities and financial programmes to support teaching and learning. In addition to the University’s unique Business Pods and the hi-tech Gemini Suite, we are

proud to be able to provide the following resources specific to the needs of prospective accounting and finance professionals:

n £50,000 EQL accounting and finance self-learning software

n A simulation financial trading room equipped with Reuters 3000 Extra system

n A £70,000-per-year subscription to Datastream and Reuters financial databases, which gives access to global and macro-economic data

n A license for EView in order to teach and enhance your quantitative skills

These learning tools will help you gain practical experience and give you a competitive advantage in an increasingly competitive field. For those of you who may want to continue your studies, the department offers a wide range of postgraduate degrees and research opportunities. No matter what your ambitions are, we are here to help you achieve them.

Research and consultancyStaff in the department have national and international research excellence in financial and management accounting,

corporate finance, corporate governance, asset pricing and market microstructure. It is the aim of the department to ensure that research and teaching complement each other. We provide the teaching and consultancy to a number of educational establishments in Europe, the Middle East, and the Far East. The Accounting degree is also delivered in both Singapore and Hong Kong in collaboration with Kaplan Asia Pacific Management Institute.

Q: What opportunities do Bedfordshire students get that they may not find elsewhere?

A: Our BA (Hons) Accounting graduates get maximum exemptions from ACCA (Association of Chartered Certified Accountants) so they are eligible to go directly to the professional level of the ACCA exam. A typical lecture will explore the theory of a subject area which is then reinforced with practical real world examples. Seminars offer students the opportunity to test their understanding of a subject area by attempting several questions, either on their own or in small groups.

Q: What do you think about the University’s facilities?

A: The facilities are great and getting better and better!

Q: How do you help students secure jobs after graduating?

A: In addition to their core studies, we equip students with the relevant skills set to enter the employment market through our Personal Development Unit.

Q: What advice would you give future students?

A: University is an experience of a lifetime – come prepared to have fun and to work hard.

with: Andrew Ekuban Academic Director (Undergraduate) Accounting & Finance

47

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13B

usi

nes

s S

cho

ol /

/ A

ccou

ntin

g &

Fin

ance


Location: Luton campus

Duration: 3 years full-time or 4 years full-time sandwich

Assessment: Coursework; exams


Applicants with other qualifications will be assessed individually by their Academic Director for Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL).This might include applicants with complete or partially complete Association of Accountancy Technicians (AAT), CAT, Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA) and the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA) exams. Overseas qualifications will be assessed in a similar way. In general, Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning (APEL) will not be allowed for any unit achieving ACCA exemption.

Key featuresn Opportunity to maximise

exemptions if you wish to gain a professional qualification

n Delivered by a team of highly qualified accountancy and finance practitioners

n Final year supervised research dissertation

n Graduates secure the maximum exemptions from ACCA and CIMA exams

About the courseThis course is designed for those interested in working in accountancy or in an accounting function in business or finance.

In the first stage the emphasis is on doing rather than listening, so you will spend most of your time working with the latest technology in a state-of-the-art learning environment.

This will lead on to advanced study involving financial and management accounting, taxation, financial management and auditing.

Career opportunitiesGraduates progress to careers in auditing, accounting practice, management accountancy, banking, financial management and management consultancy.


Accounting and financial reporting

Management accounting for decision-making

Tax computation and analysis

Financial and non-financial performance management

Auditing and corporate governance

Financial management

Accounting BA (Hons) For more course info see:http://uob.cc/n420 UCAS Code: N420 (sandwich course N403)

Did you know?Our Accounting degree will give you maximum ACCA exemption – nine professional papers, leaving you four papers away from gaining a full ACCA qualification.

Di WuAccounting student

I would like to do the ACCA qualification and work for a big company in the area of taxation. My course has given me the knowledge and confidence to do this, as well as exemption from ACCA which is fantastic!

‘‘’’

48

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

www.beds.ac.ukFor more reasons to study Accounting & Finance at Bedfordshire, go to page 46

Bu

sin

ess

Sch

oo

l //

Acc

ount

ing

& F

inan

ce






Applicants with other qualifications will be assessed individually by their Academic Director for Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL). This might include applicants with complete or partially complete AAT, CAT, ACCA, CIMA or other professional qualifications.

Overseas qualifications will be assessed in a similar way.

In general, Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning (APEL) will not be allowed for any unit achieving ACCA exemption.

Key featuresn A strong underpinning of theory

and practical analysis

n Opportunity to gain exemptions from professional examinations

n Supervised research project on a topical issue in accounting or finance

About the courseDuring stage one you will spend most of your time undertaking tasks that simulate the real business environment. You will acquire professional skills in communication, problem-solving, team-work and leadership.

At stage two you will study financial and management accounting and look at the role accountancy plays in corporate behaviour.

At stage three you will continue to develop your knowledge of regulatory and risk management aspects of the area to see how financial markets operate and what makes global financial markets crash.

Career opportunitiesGraduates progress to careers in accountancy, banking, financial management, corporate governance and management consultancy.


Accounting and financial reporting

Management accounting for decision-making

Tax computation and analysis

Banking and financial intermediation


For more course info see:http://uob.cc/n391 | UCAS Code: N391Accounting & Finance BSc (Hons)

Did you know?This course will give you exemptions from both accounting and finance professional qualifications.






Key featuresn Up-to-date qualification with a strong

underpinning of theory and practical analysis

n Exemptions from: the Securities and Investment Institute (SII); the Chartered Insurance Institute (CII); the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA); and the Chartered Institute of Management Accounting (CIMA)

n Delivered by a team of highly qualified researchers and practitioners in international finance

n A significant emphasis on corporate governance and financial regulation

About the courseThis course will introduce you to the theory of financial markets and the role they play in the macro-economy. You will then examine the role accountancy plays in corporate behaviour and look at how regulation can assist in financial intermediation.

The regulatory and risk management aspects are developed in the final year to see how traders manage risk, how share prices are determined, and what makes global financial markets crash.

Career opportunitiesGraduates progress to careers in banking, accountancy, corporate

governance, regulation, insurance, and international finance.


Banking and intermediation

Risk management

Financial markets and institutions

Financial regulation and corporate governance

Financial accounting and performance

Advances in banking

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/n390 | UCAS Code: N390International Finance & Banking

BSc (Hons)

Did you know?There are opportunities to visit the Bank of England in London and to write a dissertation under the supervision of one of the teaching team.

49

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Contact us: T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK/EU) T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (International) E: [email protected]

Bu

sin

ess

Sch

oo

l //

Acc

ount

ing

& F

inan

ce

Advertising, Marketing & Public RelationsCourses

BA (Hons) Advertising & Marketing Communications 52

BA (Hons) Marketing 52

BA (Hons) Public Relations 53

Related foundation degrees 181


BA (Hons) Journalism & Public Relations 108

BA (Hons) Media Practices & Public Relations 110

Why choose Advertising, Marketing and Public Relations at Bedfordshire?

Taught by award-winning staff with extensive academic and industry expertise.

Internship or study abroad options available.

Optional work placement year.

Work on real campaigns and present to external clients who may be potential employers.

Employability-focused and research-informed study units.


A: We offer employment-focused degrees that are creative and enjoyable, and are based on latest developments in the marketing, communications and public relations sectors.


A: Be intellectually curious! Students should be critical information-junkies, knowing what’s happening out there! They must have a ‘brand personality’, something that sets them apart from others; self-belief and determination also count for a lot in a competitive world. This is what we aim to deliver through our teaching.


A: We have a public relations student club, which promotes job opportunities; our advertising students develop creative portfolios to show potential employers; our final year students all get to present to external agency clients; we also encourage students to reflect on their strengths and weaknesses and practise applying for jobs as part of the assessment.

with: Rob Townsend Academic Director of Marketing


50

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13B

usi

nes

s S

cho

ol /

/ A

dver

tisin

g, M

arke

ting

& P

ublic

Rel

atio

ns

www.beds.ac.uk

Everything communicates: we take an integrated, cutting-edge approach to teaching and learning, and the curriculum across all three degree courses is exciting, lively and creative.

The Department of Marketing at Bedfordshire is committed to providing students with a revolutionary learning experience. Our industry-relevant curriculum is based on the latest thinking. Study takes place in state-of-the-art facilities and staff have extensive industry and research experience.

We maintain a strong focus on student employability. In the final year of study students have the opportunity to develop marketing and public relations solutions for top brands, which have previously included Walls Magnum, EA Games and Werthers. Students can also opt to take a paid work-placement in the third year to develop key business and interpersonal skills, and gain hands-on industry experience. Our graduates are well-placed to move into the competitive, global marketplace.

Theory and experienceOur courses give you a theoretical knowledge-base while focusing on ‘real work’ situations. The starting point for these courses is an integrated business core unit that majors on real-life business problems and solutions. Later you will have opportunities for hands-on experience through collaborative work with agencies plus the chance to design and pitch campaigns.

Professional qualificationsBoth the Marketing and the Advertising and Marketing Communications courses give exemptions from the Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM) professional qualifications.

The Public Relations degree is approved by the Chartered Institute of Public Relations (CIPR) awarding you full membership of the CIPR on successful completion of the course.

First-class facilitiesWe are committed to enhancing your university experience through the use of new learning spaces that have attracted praise from the Government. The Department has been instrumental in pioneering the new Business Pods – which include a teaching and group work space, brainstorming area, computer area, boardroom, and a comfortable social space with online access throughout.

We also use the Gemini Suite which is ideal for group activity. It has been designed to encourage creativity and has a relaxed atmosphere, comfortable seating, interactive white boards and other modern equipment designed to help you complete projects.

Graduate employabilityOur graduates impress employers with their breadth of knowledge and first-hand experience of planning campaigns, working in real office environments and developing effective marketing and public relations strategies. As a result of our collaboration with brand communications organisations, our graduates have received offers of internship and employment from a number of London-based and local agencies.

Career paths include marketing, brand management, advertising, account management and public relations roles in the commercial and public sectors.

51

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13B

usi

nes

s S

cho

ol /

/ A

dver

tisin

g, M

arke

ting

& P

ublic

Rel

atio

ns


Location: Luton campus, Vicarage Street


Assessment: Mostly practical assignments – individual and group; in-class tests; presentations; case-study writing; some exams


Key featuresn You will study the latest strategic

developments in many key sectors

n Possibility of transfer to our degrees in Advertising and Marketing Communications or Public Relations in the second half of stage two

n Marketing is studied in an international business context

About the courseThis course produces employable graduates who understand the dynamics of modern business marketing. During stage one you will relate marketing to finance, HRM and operations with specialist units in public relations and e-Business. During stage two you will look at key themes such as buyer behaviour, marketing research, branding, competition, media and communications. The final year combines all of the above in the form of integrated, practical assignments set in a contemporary strategic marketing context.

Career opportunitiesOpportunities exist in sales, brand management, business development, market research, communications and customer liaison.


Marketing management

Marketing communications

International business

Marketing in contemporary contexts

Marketing practice

Marketing data applications




Assessment: Mostly practical assignments – individual and group; creative portfolio work; in-class tests; presentations; case studies; writing; some exams


Key featuresn Study the latest strategic developments

in marketing communications

n Covers all the dynamic areas of advertising and marketing communications

n Participation in the annual Young Creatives’ Network (YCN) competition

About the courseAt stage one you will relate marketing to finance, HRM and operations with specialist units in public relations and e-business. At stage two, you will look at international business and marketing management, eg branding, buyer behaviour, distribution and competition.

These are studied alongside specialist units in marketing communications in which you will also be involved with media analysis and planning.

The final year combines all of the above in the form of active, integrated and practical assignments set in the contemporary strategic marketing context, and undertaken with the close involvement of external brand communications agencies.

Career opportunities Opportunities exist in advertising, corporate communications, sales, sales promotion, media planning and buying, brand management.


Public relations

Creating marketing communications

Marketing communications practice

Marketing in contemporary contexts

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/n500 UCAS Code: N500 (sandwich course N502)


Marketing BA (Hons)

Advertising & Marketing Communications BA (Hons)

Did you know?More than 50 per cent of the course is given over to strategic and creative planning in advertising, public relations, sales promotion, direct marketing, sponsorship, traditional and new media.

Did you know?The business world needs ‘T-people’, staff with a specialisation, but also a knowledge of several different areas of marketing and communications – precisely the type of graduates we aim to produce.

52

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

www.beds.ac.ukFor more reasons to study Advertising, Marketing & Public Relations at Bedfordshire, go to page 50

Bu

sin

ess

Sch

oo

l //

Adv

ertis

ing,

Mar

ketin

g &

Pub

lic R

elat

ions




Assessment: Project work; campaign assessment; including reports and presentations; exams in some areas

Entry requirements UCAS tariff score of 200 with at least 160 from two A levels, or an Access qualification, BTEC, Advanced Diploma or equivalent (see pages 186-187).

Key featuresn Chartered Institute of Public

Relations (CIPR) approved

n Close links with public relations (PR) agencies for work on real-life tasks

About the courseWe are one of the first UK universities to offer a course tailored to the needs of the public relations industry.

Developed with the CIPR, the course includes core business subjects modelled around real-life activities.

The final stage enables you to work on a real brief and present your work to senior management in a PR agency. This will put you in direct contact with professionals from the industry, providing a direct route into employment.As well as building your skills and confidence, you will learn how to run press conferences, handle interviews, and develop your presentation skills through pitching to industry ‘clients.’

Career opportunitiesOpportunities exist as an account executive with a PR agency or as a PR specialist in the public, private and voluntary sectors. Graduates have gone on to work in large organisations including M&S and VW, and have also found employment with PR agencies that we work with.


PR and the media

PR management and theory


PR practice

Marketing management

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/p210 UCAS Code: P210 (sandwich course P211)

Public Relations BA (Hons)

Did you know?Neville Hunt – Course Leader, Public Relations – was awarded the prestigious Norman Manners Award for PR Professional of the Year 2008 by CIPR for his outstanding contribution to the PR industry.

Andy CockburnPublic Relations graduate Senior Press Officer for TUI UK & Ireland

I studied for a degree in PR which put me in good stead for working in the industry. It was really well-balanced, mixing theory with a large number of practical elements.

‘‘ ’’

53

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13


Bu

sin

ess

Sch

oo

l //

Adv

ertis

ing,

Mar

ketin

g &

Pub

lic R

elat

ions

Business, Management & HRMCourses

BSc (Hons) Business Decision Management 56

BA (Hons) Business Management 57

BA (Hons) Business Studies 58

BA (Hons) Business Studies (e-Business) 59

BA (Hons) Business Studies (Finance) 59

BA (Hons) Business Studies (International) 60

BA (Hons) Business Studies (Marketing) 60

BSc (Hons) Human Resource Management 61

Related foundation degrees 181

Why choose Business, Management and HRM at Bedfordshire?

Exciting courses designed to develop practical and employability skills.

Taught in pioneering Pods – simulations of modern offices.

Relevant teaching – often with real briefs from the industry.

Innovative and supportive teaching focusing on the individual.

Opportunity to take a work placement in your second year.

Q: What opportunities does Bedfordshire offer that students may not find elsewhere?

A: We work closely with businesses to make sure our students get the best chance of securing the career they want, and work with our students to make sure they get the best out of their time with the University and achieve their desired degree.

Q: What’s the best thing about your job?

A: It’s fun working with enthusiastic staff and students, and rewarding knowing you are helping people achieve their ambitions.


A: Having worked at a number of other universities I can truthfully say that these are some of the best facilities in the sector.

Q: What advice would you give to future students?

A: Work hard and make the most of your time at Bedfordshire, it should be one of the best experiences of your life.

Q: What three words would you use to sum up the department?

A: Dynamic, innovative, student-focused.


with: Alan Murphy Head of Business Systems

54

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13B

usi

nes

s S

cho

ol /

/ B

usin

ess,

Man

agem

ent &

HR

M

www.beds.ac.uk

Our courses are designed and delivered in close collaboration with employers and professional organisations to ensure they have vocational relevance and meet the needs of today’s businesses. Our staff are dynamic, progressive and innovative, and experts in their fields.

Employment-focusedEach course has a strong focus on employability, with career management embedded in the courses. We facilitate links with professional bodies, hosting events to encourage students to network with employers. Student employability is maximised by introducing ‘real world’ projects, for real companies who feed back their assessment of a student’s performance. By setting tasks that reflect the commercial world and develop students’ confidence and professionalism in presenting their work, ideas and themselves, we provide students with the ‘edge’ when it comes to looking for a job.

Work placement yearAfter completing stage two, you will have the opportunity to do a work placement year, before completing stage three. The work placement year provides you with the opportunity to gain work

experience and an understanding of the world of work. You will receive help and instructions for obtaining a suitable work placement which will include preparing a CV, completing application forms and covering letters, and practising interview skills. The work placement will enable you to:

n Improve personal, interpersonal and business skills

n Prepare for a full-time career on completion of your degree

n Develop your awareness of professional working practice and increase your employability level

n Relate theory learnt in your first two years of study to practical issues

n Apply practical knowledge to learning in the final year of your degree

Strong professional linksThe department has strong links with professional bodies including the Chartered Management Institute (CMI), the Association for Project Management (APM) and the Chartered Institute for Personnel and Development (CIPD) – the professional body for HR.

Specialist facilitiesn Luton is home to the unique

21st-century office environment – the Business Pods – where students can learn about business through a student-focused, project-based curriculum

n Luton also boasts the high-tech Gemini Suite, which has two rooms designed to encourage creativity, as well as facilitate project development

n In Bedford a similar dedicated ‘Pod’-style teaching and learning environment is used and students have open access to the social learning space, the Learning Hub, with online access and meeting space

Research excellenceTeaching and curriculum development are underpinned by research. Staff are actively engaged in high-quality research and scholarship, which are applied and applicable to the needs of the business community. Research interests of staff members include information systems, e-business, knowledge management, operations and project management, supply chain management, and innovation in small and medium-sized Enterprises (SMEs).

55

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13B

usi

nes

s S

cho

ol /

/ B

usin

ess,

Man

agem

ent &

HR

M




Assessment: Group work; live projects; work-based learning; in-course tests; exams


Key featuresn Study of information management,

a growth area for employment

n Small group workshops

About the courseThe course meets the analytical needs of business. It focuses on ways an organisation uses its data to derive meaningful information to manage the business.

Challenging and fun learning with great emphasis on developing the

skills needed to be successful. You will produce management reports and plans, develop presentation skills and learn how to work effectively in groups.

Career opportunities General management, plus specialist roles in information management, data analysis, operations management, project management and web analytics.


Data analysis and decision making

Quantitative modelling

Marketing and HRM

Forecasting and simulation

Business systems, process and operations management

Database management

Statistics

Corporate strategy

Business forecasting and simulation

Project management

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/gn41 UCAS Code: GN41 (sandwich course NG25)

Business Decision Management BSc (Hons)

Did you know?Employers in the business decision management market are looking for graduates with strong analytical and numerical skills – this course will ensure you get just that.

Thomas Wiggins-WilsonBusiness Management graduate

The course revolves around the core aspects of everyday business, giving you a well-rounded education whilst at the same time equipping you with transferable skills and cutting edge knowledge that will help you to make your mark in the workplace.

‘‘’’

56

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

www.beds.ac.ukFor more reasons to study Business, Management & HRM at Bedfordshire, go to page 54

Bu

sin

ess

Sch

oo

l //

Bus

ines

s, M

anag

emen

t & H

RM


Location: Bedford campus

Duration: 3 years full-time or 4 years full-time sandwich, or 5-8 years part-time

Assessment: Essays; reports; portfolios; individual and group presentations; exams

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 200 with at least 160 from two A levels, or an Access qualification, BTEC, Advanced Diploma or equivalent. GCSE grade C in English and maths (see pages 186-187).

Consideration will be given to mature students without conventional qualifications, and business experience may be taken into account.

Key featuresn Vocational and practical learning

n Experienced and supportive staff provide learning opportunities in a professional but approachable environment

About the courseThis course develops your knowledge of business and management, whilst providing valuable practical skills in

marketing, accountancy, leadership and strategic decision-making. The content has been developed around employers’ requirements and you will acquire professional skills in communication, problem-solving, teamwork and leadership.

Stage one covers the foundations of business management, including an introduction to marketing, finance and law. Stage two enhances your knowledge and practical skills. You also have the chance to develop entrepreneurial skills and an understanding of workplace psychology.

The University provides support for you to undertake a year-long, paid work placement, which is recognised in the final award certificate. In the final stage you undertake independent research into a business management topic of your choice.

Career opportunitiesThe course prepares graduates for careers in the public or private sectors. Within six months, the vast majority of our graduates are either in employment or pursuing postgraduate courses.

Our Business Management graduates are highly rated by industry, and have

secured positions such as sales account manager and marketing communications manager. The development of entrepreneurial skills helps those who want to start their own businesses.


Strategic and change management

Human resource management

Marketing planning

e-Business

International operations

Accounting and financial management


Business Management BA (Hons)

Did you know?Develop professional skills through our links with the Chartered Management Institute, which supports this course with speakers and student prizes.

Students carry out project work in Business Pods designed to recreate a typical hi-tech office environment

57

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13


Bu

sin

ess

Sch

oo

l //

Bus

ines

s, M

anag

emen

t & H

RM




Assessment: Integrated project work; presentations; portfolios; in-course tests; exams


Key featuresn Practical and vocational with an

emphasis on ‘learning by doing’

n Option of a work-experience year

About the courseDesigned specifically to meet the needs of businesses, this course will give you a thorough grounding in the key disciplines. Learning will be challenging, varied and fun and will give you confidence to tackle the type of projects you can expect in your first job. You will also make extensive use of our modern technology.

We believe in ‘learning by doing’ and this is fundamental to the way we teach. Our focus is on nurturing practitioners, so you will be asked to produce business plans and market analyses. The analytical abilities and problem-solving skills this gives you will make you an attractive prospect to employers.

Good business people are great communicators. This course will help you to develop your presentation skills and learn how to work effectively in groups. Self-evaluation is an important part of the course, which is designed to help you learn in the most effective way for you.

Work experienceWe encourage and support you to complete a one-year work placement in the third stage of the course. Graduates with work experience generally find it easier to gain full-time employment, and usually benefit more from the final stage of their studies as they can relate the key concepts to their own experiences in the business environment.

SpecialismStages one and two of BA (Hons) Business Studies provide a shared grounding for all courses. At stage three you will be able to choose a specialism leading to one of the following degrees:

n BA (Hons) Business Studies (e-Business)

n BA (Hons) Business Studies (Finance)

n BA (Hons) Business Studies (International Business)

n BA (Hons) Business Studies (Marketing)

These courses are particularly useful to those students who have not yet decided what aspects of business appeals to them

most and therefore wish to gain subject knowledge in the first two years of their course before making a final year choice.

Career opportunitiesA wide range of management and analysis roles in all private and public organisations.


Decision making

Applied e-business

Marketing

Operations management

Human resource management

Problem-solving

Information systems

Corporate strategy

Accounting and financial management

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/N100 UCAS Code: N100 (sandwich course N101)

Business Studies BA (Hons)

Did you know?The revolutionary Business Pods, which simulate a real working environment, will allow you to take on a hands-on role in becoming a junior executive and carry out a series of projects for local organisations.

58

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

www.beds.ac.uk

Bu

sin

ess

Sch

oo

l //

Bus

ines

s, M

anag

emen

t & H

RM

For more reasons to study Business, Management & HRM at Bedfordshire, go to page 54

Starts in:

Location:

Duration:

Assessment:

Entry requirements:

About the courseFollowing on from the core teaching and learning at stages one and two, you will study specialists e-business units which explore the theory and practice of e and m-business in depth. This means that you will be equipped with practical knowledge of these important aspects of modern business which are increasingly found in all organisations.

Career opportunities A wide range of management, analysis, web design and e-marketing roles in the public and private sectors.


As per Business Studies plus:

m-Business (mobile-business)

Applied e-business

Starts in:

Location:

Duration:

Assessment:

Entry requirements:

About the courseThis course is designed to give you expertise in financial management, banking and intermediation, to meet the needs of modern businesses. Following on from the core teaching and learning at stages one and two, you will study specialist finance units in your final stage leading to a degree which identifies your expertise in finance.

Career opportunities A wide range of financial and analysis roles in public and private sectors involving finance, industry, local government and the National Health Service.




For more course info see:http://uob.cc/n190 | UCAS Code: N190


Business Studies (e-Business) BA (Hons)

Business Studies (Finance) BSc (Hons)

Did you know?Learn how businesses can utilise the latest technology to support e-Business and m-Business.

Did you know?The specialist finance units will equip you with the practical skills to succeed in a range of financial roles.

For details see Business Studies overview p.58


59

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13


Bu

sin

ess

Sch

oo

l //

Bus

ines

s, M

anag

emen

t & H

RM

Starts in:

Location:

Duration:

Assessment:

Entry requirements:

About the courseThis course will give you the expertise in international business and global marketing required by modern business. Following on from the core teaching and learning at stages one and two, you will study specialist international business-related units in your final stage leading to a degree which identifies your expertise in international business.

Career opportunities A wide range of management and analysis roles in industry, commerce and international organisations.



Global marketing

International business environment

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/n120 | UCAS Code: N120BA (Hons) Business Studies

(International) BA (Hons)

Did you know?“The Business Studies course offers such a great variety of study topics and pathways, and the International specialism is what attracted me from the very beginning.”Anna Konova Business Studies (International) graduate and visiting lecturer in Business at the University


Starts in:

Location:

Duration:

Assessment:

Entry requirements:

About the courseThe course focuses on marketing at national and international levels. It will give you a grounding in the key business disciplines during the first two stages, as in the Business Studies degree.

Following on from the core teaching and learning at stages one and two, you will study specialist marketing-related units in your final stage. Choosing two units from global marketing, marketing in a contemporary context and creating a business, will lead to a degree which identifies your expertise in marketing.

Career opportunities A wide range of management, marketing and analysis roles in the public and private sectors involving finance, industry, retail, local government and the NHS.



Global marketing

Marketing in a contemporary context

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/n501 | UCAS Code: N501Business Studies (Marketing) BA (Hons)

Did you know?Studying global marketing on this course will put you in good stead for working with international markets.


60

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

www.beds.ac.uk

Bu

sin

ess

Sch

oo

l //

Bus

ines

s, M

anag

emen

t & H

RM

For more reasons to study Business, Management & HRM at Bedfordshire, go to page 54




Assessment: Project work; presentations and reports; portfolios; computer-based tests; exams


Key featuresn Emphasis on problem-solving

n Lecturers active in the Charted Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) and undertake consultancy and research

n Progression to further professional qualifications

n An international dimension underpins global employment opportunities

n Learn how HRM works with other business disciplines while developing the specialist knowledge

n Develops transferable business skills

About the courseThe old models of work are being challenged. One thing does not change – people still need to be recruited, trained, motivated and paid to meet requirements of organisations around the world.

If that sounds like your kind of challenge, this degree will provide the insights you need to meet it. You will be taught by expert tutors in their field and carry out practical projects that emulate working as a professional manager. You will be offered the chance of a year’s paid work placement in a human resources management role.

At stage one you will join fellow students to study the full range of business subjects in our innovative Business Pods, before starting to explore exactly what is involved in HRM.

Stage two will cover every aspect of HRM professional practice: leadership and motivation, pay and reward, business systems, selection and recruitment, employee relations and employment law.

At stage three you will study strategic HRM, examine real firms with a view to solving people problems, and carry out an independent research project.

Career opportunitiesYou will be introduced from stage one to our professional body – (CIPD) – to learn about the opportunities available. You will be supported throughout the course in your job search.HRM is developing fast as a key discipline in emerging economies. Our recent graduates have developed successful careers both nationally and internationally.


Human resource development

Creativity, innovation and entrepreneurship

International business

Strategic management

Practical HRM

Global HRM


Human Resource Management BSc (Hons)

Did you know?Get a head start understanding the workings of the real world of HRM. In the final year of this course, students will work on real projects from businesses to get a practical insight into what HRM entails.

Ilja JanesHuman Resource Management student

The lecturers are brilliant. Many have helped people set up their own businesses and the models they teach are those actually used to get firms up and running. The give real-life examples, which make the subject easier to understand.

‘‘’’ 61

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13


Bu

sin

ess

Sch

oo

l //

Bus

ines

s, M

anag

emen

t & H

RM

Working with computers is an integral part of the

world in which we live. Few areas of our working and

personal lives today remain untouched by technology.

Well-engineered, reliable and usable systems are crucial to the survival of virtually

all organisations today, for the functioning of the global

economy and even for our entertainment. Computing is an inter-disciplinary subject,

with historical roots in maths, physics and electronics. It provides routes into a

variety of careers.

Those who can build and maintain computer systems

and software will be in continual demand in the

future. By studying with us students can benefit from

teaching that is underpinned by fundamental technological

innovation and sound engineering practice.

Co

mp

ute

r S

cien

ce &

Tec

hn

olo

gy

62

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Computer Science & Technology

Kirsty PullingerBuilding Technology (stage 3) student

Many of the assignments are set to simulate professional projects and we’ve taken on different roles such as project managers, surveyors and designers. I’ve enjoyed meeting other people who work in construction, particularly other women. It’s still quite a male-dominated industry so it’s been great meeting a larger mix of like-minded people.

Courses66 BSc (Hons) Artificial

Intelligence & Robotics67 BSc (Hons) Building Technology

(stage 3 only)67 BSc (Hons) Business

Information Systems68 BSc (Hons) Computer Animation

Technology69 BSc (Hons) Computer

Games Development70 BSc (Hons) Computer Networking71 BSc (Hons) Computer Science 71 BSc (Hons) Computer

Science & Robotics 72 BSc (Hons) Computer Science

& Software Engineering 72 BSc (Hons) Computer

Security & Forensics 73 BEng (Hons) Computer

Systems Engineering 74 BSc (Hons) Computing

& Mathematics 74 BSc (Hons) Construction

Management (stage 3 only) 75 BEng (Hons) Electronic Engineering 76 BSc (Hons) Information Systems 77 BSc (Hons) Software Engineering77 BEng (Hons) Telecommunications

& Network Engineering 181 Related foundation degrees


36 BA (Hons) Animation


‘‘’’

Co

mp

ute

r S

cien

ce &

Tec

hn

olo

gy

63

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Why choose Computer Science and Technology at Bedfordshire?

The department was nominated for the European Electronics Industry University Department of the Year Award.

Our degrees in Artificial Intelligence and Robotics, Computer Games Development, Computer Networking and Software Engineering gained Chartered Information Technology Professional status from the British Computer Society (BCS).

Accreditation from the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) is in the pipeline.

The teaching team has previous experience of working with industry and a clear vision about balancing theory with practice.

Teaching is underpinned by relevant research in the area of computer science, and by activity undertaken in our highly regarded Centre for Computer Graphics and Visualisation.

Industry links with local and regional partners provide students with professional and work placement opportunities.

Partnership with 7Safe, a world-renowned expert in computer forensics investigation and training.

State-of-the-art resources and facilities supported by dedicated technologists.

Many courses can lead to professional certifications in Networking and Security including Microsoft, Cisco and CompTIA.

Presentations from leading professional experts and visits to related organisations and companies.

Develop practical, industry-relevant skills.

We offer extra-curricular opportunities such as the annual Global Game Jam competition for game developers.

Study in an equality and diversity-aware environment.

Building core skillsStudents follow a common course in the first stage that establishes core skills and knowledge. There are also various specialisations which students can pursue within our courses such as artificial intelligence, games development, graphics, internet computing, robotics and telecommunications.

Career development opportunitiesYou can benefit from our close links with industry and gain valuable work experience through our pioneering Academic into Business Computing Centre (ABC). You will gain highly desirable skills through working on a range of real business projects in a supportive team environment. Also, any commercial project that you undertake gives you academic credit towards your degree, so you do not even need to worry about taking time out from your studies.

Professional supportThe department has close links with professional bodies including the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE), the IET and the BCS. Students can study for vocational certifications such as Microsoft MCP, Cisco CCNA and a range of CompTIA certifications alongside their degrees. What’s more, the BCS has recently accredited some of our most popular courses:

n Artificial Intelligence & Robotics

n Computer Games Development

n Computer Networking

n Computer Science

n Computer Security & Forensics (conditional)

Staff expertiseThe Department of Computer Science and Technology offers a wide range of staff expertise in computing, information systems, telecommunications and electronic engineering, and construction. There are eight professors leading key areas of expertise in computer graphics and visualisation, mobile network design

and optimisation, telecommunications, computer security, and parallel and distributed technologies.

Our courses are taught by leading experts. All academic staff undertake research activities and the vast majority hold a PhD. Many have industrial work experience and possess Chartered status from professional bodies. The research and industrial consultancy undertaken by the department is used to underpin the teaching of courses, giving students an excellent springboard to research industrial work.

Industry linksComputing does not just involve sitting in front of a PC all day. Our Computer Science and Technology students also benefit from a series of guest lectures and outward visits throughout their studies at Bedfordshire.

Our Computer Security and Forensics students have had the opportunity to hear from Richard Zwienenberg, Chief Research Officer for Norman Data Defence, who discussed malware detection. Students have also been able to attend sessions at Luton’s Magistrates’ Court, where they were able to experience courtroom procedure and see first-hand, the role of an expert forensic witness.

Our Animation students meanwhile, have benefited from a series of guest lectures, led by leading experts. One of our visiting lecturers has worked on Hollywood blockbusters such as Harry Potter and Aliens vs Predator, as well as Black Hawk Down, so you really will be learning from the best.

Exceptional facilitiesOur laboratories are extensively equipped and regularly modernised. Computers are replaced every three years and provide up-to-date software environments for all of our students.

We have recently invested £1m in providing additional hi-tech computing facilities and now have more than 450 computers and 18 labs, including:

Co

mp

ute

r S

cien

ce &

Tec

hn

olo

gy

64

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

n Dedicated graphics labs that include 29 Dell XPS machines with Intel Core 2 Duos, 4 gig of RAM, and GeForce 7900 SE graphics cards

n A test network lab for teaching networking and system administration

n A human computer interface lab for experiments to improve interaction between computers and users

n A biometric security and computer forensics lab with 3D face recognition, palm vein readers and other biometric authentication tools

We also have two brand-new labs to support the telecommunications, electronic and computer systems engineering courses. Equipment includes cutting-edge Rohde & Schwarz wireless measurement facilities, and a UoIP development network. We also have a suite of industrial-standard software and Cotex embedded systems development platforms.

We also boast a wide range of robotic equipment including, humanoid robots, robotic arms and two motion-capture suits.

World-leading researchThe University of Bedfordshire has been acclaimed as ‘internationally excellent’ in the areas of computer science and informatics, according to the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008.

The Institute for Research in Applicable Computing (IRAC) aims to develop leading-edge solutions to real-world problems by looking at both rigorous theoretical methods and applied approaches.

Research areas include:n Computer graphicsn Mobile network design and optimisationn Wireless sensor networksn Telecommunicationsn Graph theory

n Visual sensingn Fuzzy logicn CADn Semioticsn Object-oriented technologyn Internet and grid technologiesn Computer securityn Bio-informatics

Examples of companies and organisations we have worked with include Aircom, Ansys, Luton Borough Council, Cancer Research UK, the Metropolitan Police, NEC (Europe), Nokia, Philips and Sony Ericsson. These links have also greatly benefitted students through work experience and research-informed teaching.


A: Students normally have 16 hours of direct contact per week – which consists of a two-hour lecture and two-hour practical for each unit. Each member of the academic team also provides support via ‘surgery hours’. Typically, students attend three days per week for lecture and practical sessions, with the rest for guided studies.


A: At the University of Bedfordshire our students have access to a wide range of state-of-the-art facilities and emerging technologies, as well as specialist staff. We also offer a career-focused curriculum that is updated regularly to meet employers’ needs.


A: The facilities are excellent in many aspects – there is the new university Campus Centre, new student halls of residence, as well as brand-new, modern engineering and computing labs in the department.


A: Facilitating the transformation of students and seeing them succeed.


A: Before joining the University of Bedfordshire I worked in industry for eight years as a design and consultancy engineer.

with: Professor Yong Yue Head of Computer Science & Technology

See what else Yong has to say: uob.cc/qr59

Co

mp

ute

r S

cien

ce &

Tec

hn

olo

gy


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Course work; written exams; computer-based exams


Key featuresn Sound theoretical and conceptual

grounding in intelligent systems

n Develops technical skills required to control machines with software

n Ideal basis for a career in research or industry

n Involvement in the latest developments in artificial intelligence (AI) and robotics

About the courseAI has a long history starting with the great Greek philosophers, whilst robots are features of the modern era. The combination of the two aims to produce the next generation of human companions.

The course will provide you with sound theoretical and conceptual grounding in intelligent systems and is an ideal base for a career in research or industry. You will gain hands-on experience using a wide range of hi-tech robotic equipments, including humanoid robots, robotic arms and wheeled robotic platforms.

Career opportunitiesCareer opportunities exist in software and hardware industries, research and development, and industrial production. Completion of this course will also open up a variety of opportunities in computing as well as the electronics industry and academia.


Object-oriented programming

Software modelling

Concepts and technologies of AI

Mechatronic systems for robotics

Robot modelling and control

Advanced AI technologies

Robotic navigation and path planning

Social and professional project management

Computer security

Emerging systems

Project (in AI and robotics)

Artificial Intelligence & Robotics BSc (Hons)

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/gh76 | UCAS Code: GH76

Did you know?This is one of the very few courses which combine AI and robotics to meet today’s employer requirements.

Co

mp

ute

r S

cien

ce &

Tec

hn

olo

gy

66 For more reasons to study Computer Science & Technology at Bedfordshire, go to page 64 www.beds.ac.uk

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

We have a wide range of robotic equipment for you to use during your studies including humanoid robots (pictured right)



Duration: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time

Assessment: Practical work; exams; group and individual project work

Entry requirements: This course is only open for students currently studying on one of our Foundation Degrees in Building Technology, as a progression route. For a list of our foundation degrees, see page 181.

Key featuresn Active links with construction

companies which contribute to the development of course units

n Study the cutting-edge developments of innovative structures, new materials and processes

n Learn about the latest technologies and materials for sustainable buildings

n Develop managerial skills, plus knowledge of policies and regulations for future developments in construction

About the courseThis course equips you with the skills and knowledge needed to work in building technology. A range of teaching and learning methods are adopted, including an Honours project, which enables you to apply your knowledge and skills comprehensively, as well as gaining useful experience for your future employment.

Career opportunitiesGraduates can progress to work or pursue further study in a variety of settings, including quantity surveying, architecture, engineering, or project management. Careers are also available as a building control surveyor, building services manager, or site engineer or supervisor.


Building surveying

Contract, procurement and risk management

Construction project management

Emerging technologies and policy development in construction

Development of energy management spreadsheets

Honours project

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/k210Building Technology (stage 3 only)

BSc (Hons)

Did you know?You can work on, and examine, real case studies and projects which are brought in by industry professionals.




Assessment: Course work; reports; practical exercises; group work; written exams


Key featuresn Focus on information systems

engineering and application development for the modern business environment

n Series of talks and guidance offered by speakers and experts in businesses

n Develops business intelligence skills for various organisational settings –

either for your own business, or for managing the information needs of established companies

About the courseThis course is aimed at students who want to expand their entrepreneurial horizons in the IT-related business arena. It focuses on the use of IT to support the strategic, operational and tactical needs of business.

It offers a thorough grounding in modern business information tools, enhanced by knowledge of management, engineering and business intelligence techniques. An indispensable part of this course is the deployment of information systems for business analysis and intelligence.

Career opportunitiesPrepares students who wish to start their own business or manage the information assets of companies.


System analysis and design

Modern database practices

Business analysis

Decision support systems

Data mining techniques

Project management

Virtual management

Finance for business

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/gn51 | UCAS Code: GN51Business Information Systems BSc (Hons)

Did you know?Experience the best of two courses in one: Business and IT. You can also take advantage of our state-of-the-art labs and pods, and receive training from our highly recognised staff.

Co

mp

ute

r S

cien

ce &

Tec

hn

olo

gy


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Course work; computer generated imagery; written exams; group and individual project work


Key featuresn Develops core skills in the area

of computer animation and computer-generated imagery (CGI)

n Offers a hybrid of technical and creative approaches to learning computing

n Covers emerging digital media platforms, including mobile apps

About the courseThis course is designed to prepare students for professional employment or further academic development

in the constantly expanding area of computer animation.

Students on this course will have the opportunity to work in teams of modellers, animators and programmers. The course also builds upon the work of our highly regarded Centre for Computer Graphics and Visualisation (CCGV).

To support your studies we offer a wide range of industry-standard and commercial software such as 3D Studio Max and Maya, Microsoft Visual Studio, and Adobe Premiere, Photoshop and Flash. We also have two motion capture rigs: a five-camera optical rig from Motionanalysis and a Gypsy 5 mechanical rig from Animazoo. We are also equipped with mobile platform software development kits and devices.

Career opportunities A wide range of career opportunities are available, including technical direction for film and TV, software design, games development, product modelling and visualisation, or IT jobs in supporting the creative industries.


Programming computer graphics

3D modelling and animation

Digital media tools and production

Pre-production processes, and professional practice

Flash Actionscript programming

App development for mobile and tablet devices

Digital special effects, editing and composing for video

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/g455 | UCAS Code: G455Computer Animation Technology BSc (Hons)

Did you know?If you study on our Computer Animation course, you will learn how to create content for a range of emerging areas including mobile apps, casual games and game engines.

Co

mp

ute

r S

cien

ce &

Tec

hn

olo

gy


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Our labs are fully equipped with the latest animation tools




Assessment: Course work; written or computer-based exams


Key featuresn Learn how to program games in C++,

use relevant libraries such as OpenGL and DirectX, and apply industry-relevant, object-oriented principles

n Supported by TIGA-accredited Train2Game game developer materials

n Explore emerging game platforms including mobile, web and social/Facebook games

About the courseThis course is designed to provide you with the skills needed to build computer games and work in games and computer graphics. You will learn how computer game assets such as environments, character models and animations are created and how they are integrated into game code. You will learn how to develop games for a variety of platforms, including desktop, web browser, mobile and tablet.

You will develop skills to help you work in many areas of interactive media. You will graduate able to implement games code from scratch, understand and modify existing games code and apply and integrate different game technologies.

Career opportunitiesSuccessful graduates may gain employment in a technical role within the games development industry or in a related field. However, the skills developed are transferable to many other areas of information technology (IT).


Flash Actionscript programming

App development for mobile and tablet devices

Object-oriented programming with C++

2D and 3D computer games programming

Character modelling and animation

2D and 3D computer graphics

Social and professional project management

Game development using Unity and C# scripting

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/g453 | UCAS Code: G453Computer Games Development BSc (Hons)

Did you know?We have well-established industry links with a number of high profile developers, and have had guest lectures from, or visited, companies such as Kuju, Gusto Games, and Ninja Theory.

Tom DolbyComputer Games Development graduate Games Developer for AISolve

This course teaches you how to get making games, helps you familiarise yourself with industry tools and gets you used to co-ordinating projects and working in a team; something that is very difficult to get outside of actually working in the industry.

‘‘’’

Co

mp

ute

r S

cien

ce &

Tec

hn

olo

gy


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Course work; practical tests; exams; group and individual project work


Key featuresn A solid grounding in core computing

and information technology (IT) systems

n Use the latest commercial hardware and software systems in a dedicated test network laboratory

About the courseComputer networks form the backbone of modern information systems. As networks proliferate, there is a growing need for individuals who understand

their organisational benefits and how to implement them. This course focuses on the technical aspects of network design, network installation and configuration, systems administration, maintenance and management, as well as applications of contemporary technologies.

This course aims to develop competent professionals with the requisite skills to implement computer network infrastructures in all sectors of the community. Emphasis is placed on the development of strong technical skills in combination with the management of networks, implemented through design, client and business requirements.

Career opportunitiesGraduates will find employment with computer helpdesks and in network support; network security; network and systems engineering; systems, internet and network administration; network and information systems management; project management and other computing-related positions.


Programming, modelling and systems structure

Computer communications and systems architecture

Networking protocols, services and technologies

Wireless communication and networking

Modelling and simulation

Network management

Computer security and countermeasures

Project management

Cisco CCNA

CompTIA Network+ and Security+

Research methods and emerging technologies

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/g420 | UCAS Code: G420Computer Networking BSc (Hons)

Did you know?The department is a Cisco academy, enabling us to offer certification alongside academic qualifications.

Savvas DrousiotisComputer Networking student

I’ve always been fascinated by IT and I chose to study on the Computer Networking course because it is a developing area with a great future. The most challenging task I am facing is my final year undergraduate project as I need to do a lot of research and come up with an idea and development of an artefact.

‘‘’’

Co

mp

ute

r S

cien

ce &

Tec

hn

olo

gy


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Course work; written and computer-based exams


Key featuresn Designed to promote flexibility and

allow for a change in your final award during stage one of the course

n This course will enable you to design and build intelligent systems

n Path-planning and navigation of robots in both familiar and non-familiar environments

n Critical analysis of real-world problems

About the courseThe study of computer science provides a basis from which to progress to higher degrees or computing vocations.

The robotics element of this course seeks to explain what intelligence is and how different intelligent machines can be built. Our distinctive approach combines an investigation into computer studies and practical control processes while providing an underpinning of theoretical knowledge.

Career opportunitiesProspects for employment within the information technology (IT) industry and associated fields are good. In addition to general IT graduate trainee positions, this course offers specialist employment opportunities in mechatronics and robotic control, as well as work as a hardware or software engineer.


Software modelling

Object-oriented programming

Mechatronics systems

Robotics technology

Robotics and automation

Distributed software technology

Operating systems

Computer security






Key featuresn Covers essential areas such as

systems architecture and security

n Practical skills are acquired in a variety of modern programming languages

n Develops skills in systems modelling and software development

n Specialised equipment in areas such as biometrics, robotics and computer graphics

About the courseThis course shares a common first stage with our other BSc degrees in computer science to give you a foundation in the field. This will provide a platform for specialist study in the second and third stages during which you will learn key concepts such as systems architecture, databases, security and software engineering, as well as artificial intelligence.

At stage two you have a wide choice of options in which to apply your programming skills. The final-stage project enables you to focus on a specialist area.

Career opportunities Graduates find work in the computer industry, leading to long-term and specialised positions in fields that include programming, systems development, customer services and IT management.


Object-oriented modelling and program development

Social and professional issues in computing

Data communications

Software engineering

Security

Client and server architectures

Project management

Artificial intelligence

Comparative studies of software architecture

Distributed systems

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/gh46 | UCAS Code: GH46

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/g400 | UCAS Code: G400

Computer Science & Robotics BSc (Hons)

Computer Science BSc (Hons)

Did you know?Our highly qualified and experienced staff are at the top of their fields and engaged in leading research.

Did you know?Work in our modernised labs and gain essential hands-on experience of working with the very latest robots. You can also get involved in the latest developments in AI.

Co

mp

ute

r S

cien

ce &

Tec

hn

olo

gy


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Practical work; exams; written reports; presentations and a major project


Key featuresn Up-to-date, industrial and business-

related curriculum, underpinned by an active research group

n Can lead to exemption from British Computer Society professional examinations

n Designed to aid employment in the areas of incident response, computer forensics and security

About the courseThe huge increase in computer-based crime in recent years has led to the development of university courses designed to provide graduates who can harden computer systems – computer security.

There has also been an increase in demand for those who can investigate incidents and provide evidence, often in association with the police, to the Crown Prosecution Service and courts – computer forensics.

This course includes specialised areas of study in network security, systems hardening, the process of forensically gathering evidence and analysing captured data, and the legal requirements for those who work in computer security and forensics.

Career opportunities Opportunities are available within the security industries and services.

Many medium to large-sized companies are also increasingly concerned with security.


Cryptography and secure communications

Network security and countermeasures

Computer security and countermeasures

Security testing and forensic analysis

Wireless networking

Incident response

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/gf44 | UCAS Code: GF44Computer Security & Forensics BSc (Hons)

Did you know?Our students go on regular industry visits, including trips to Luton Magistrates’ Court to get a flavour of the security issues facing today’s society.






Key featuresn This course will enable you to analyse

and build a range of applications

n Emphasis on team-based approaches including agile teams and methods

n Features requirements management

About the courseThis joint BSc award covers two disciplines which are central to today’s

commercial and industrial activities. It shares a common first stage with our BSc degrees in Computer Science and other pathways, which provides a platform for specialist study in both disciplines at the second and third stages. Emphasis is given to the entire systems development life-cycle; object-orientation (OO) methods are comprehensively covered.

The focus is on providing vocationally skilled programmers and software engineers who have both a general overview of computer science and software engineering. Students gain a detailed knowledge and skills in areas such as internet programming, database applications, artificial intelligence and networking.

Career opportunitiesGraduates have progressed to careers as a computer programmer or software engineer (or trainee) in project

management, safety critical systems, software development, OO systems design and analysis. Other graduates have gone on to do further research or postgraduate study.


Software engineering management

System methodologies: Unified Modelling Language (UML), object-orientation (OO)

Risk management and quality issues

Development skills using a variety of tools (such as Microsoft’s .NET framework-building application)

Testing

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/gg46 | UCAS Code: GG46Computer Science

& Software Engineering BSc (Hons)

Did you know?The final-stage project enables you to take your specialist work to greater depth, leading to the possibility of future research.

Co

mp

ute

r S

cien

ce &

Tec

hn

olo

gy


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: One final exam and two assignments per unit which can take the form of an: artefact; case study; literature review; practical; presentation; report


Key featuresn Gain combined knowledge of

computer science and electronic engineering

n Development of capabilities and skills using computer techniques to solve real-world engineering problems, in terms of analysis, design, implementation, testing and management

n Opportunities for gaining hands-on experience in software and hardware toolkits that are commonly used in electronic engineering

About the courseThis multi-disciplinary course develops your engineering background, Digital Signal Processing (DPS) and embedded programming skills. The industry has experienced skills shortages in recent years and requires engineers with not only domain knowledge and skills, but also knowledge of modern computer techniques and programming skills.

The course is structured in units that will allow you to explore advanced computer and electronic engineering techniques. You will be able to apply these techniques to solve real-world engineering problems and develop communication and team-working skills.

Career opportunitiesCompletion of this course will open up career opportunities as an engineer

in the electronics industry, or as a software engineer within computer software companies that develop specific software for the above industry.


Computer system architecture and hardware

Signal processing and circuit analysis

Embedded systems development

Programming and software development

Artificial intelligence and emerging technologies

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/h650 | UCAS Code: H650Computer Systems Engineering

BEng (Hons)

Did you know?Gain access to our brand-new engineering lab which is equipped with industry-standard devices.

Laura CollinsComputer Security & Forensics student

I was thrilled to secure the year-long placement at CY4OR – a leading company specialising in uncovering digital evidence in cases of serious crime. I wouldn’t have done it without the amazing support of my inspirational lecturer. It’s great to see forensic investigations in action and to work with powerful software that recovers deleted files.

‘‘’’

Co

mp

ute

r S

cien

ce &

Tec

hn

olo

gy


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Practical work; exams; group and individual project work

Entry requirements: This course is only open for students currently studying on one of our Foundation Degrees in Building Technology, as a progression route. For a list of our foundation degrees, see page 181.

Key featuresn Develop high-level management skills

that are in demand in the construction industry, including managing resources and the economics of construction

n Active links with construction companies contributing to development of units

n Learn about new technologies, techniques and materials for sustainable buildings

n Gain a deep insight of policies and regulations that will enable you to manage construction in the future

About the courseThis course equips you with the skills and knowledge needed to work within construction management. A range of teaching and learning methods are adopted, including an Honours project, which enables you to apply your new-found knowledge and skills comprehensively, and gain useful experience for employment.

Career opportunities Completion of the course opens up a variety of opportunities in the construction industry and academia. In particular, BSc graduates can work or pursue further study in areas such as site supervision

and management, project management, maintenance management, and estates and facilities management, as well as postgraduate study in a relevant discipline.


Construction economics

Contract, procurement and risk management

Construction project management

Emerging technologies and policy development in construction

Honours project

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/k221Construction Management

(stage 3 only) BSc (Hons)

Did you know?Unlike many other universities, our course is delivered by professionals who are currently working in industry!






Applicants are also required to have a Grade C maths A level, or the equivalent point at International Baccalaureate in the science group due to the specialist nature of the maths taught.

Key featuresn Theoretical maths supported

by practical work

n Integrated approach to maths and computer science (ie number theory and security, object-orientation (OO) and mathematical modelling)

About the courseThis course shares a common first stage with our BSc degrees in computer science. The second and third stages focus on key elements of maths – such as logic and number theory – that feed into more applied areas of study, including computational maths and security.

The course goes on to cover topics in operations research, such as simulation and statistics. These are studied in the context of complementary topics in computer science, such as OO or artificial intelligence (AI).

Career opportunitiesGraduates find work in computer modelling, simulation and operational research, or as analysts, security theoreticians or applied statisticians.


Algebra, combinatorics and logic

Programming languages and object-oriented principles

Decision support systems and data mining

Concepts of AI

Systems integration

Synergies between maths and computer science

Research methodologies and emerging technologies

Project management and ethical issues

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/g4g1 | UCAS Code: G4G1Computing & Mathematics BSc (Hons)

Did you know?This course covers AI, games development, graphics, internet computing and robotics to help you decide what you want to specialise in.

Co

mp

ute

r S

cien

ce &

Tec

hn

olo

gy


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: One final exam and two assignments per unit which can take the form of an: artefact; case study; literature review; practical; presentation; report

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 200 with at least 160 from two A levels, including a maths, scientific or technical subject, or an Access qualification, BTEC, Advanced Diploma or equivalent (see pages 186-187).

Key featuresn Develop fundamental theoretical

knowledge and industry-related skills in electronics, signal processing, embedded systems, digital communications and software engineering

n Opportunity for participating in real-world research and development projects

About the courseThis multi-disciplinary course develops skills in analogue and digital electronics, signal processing, sensors, control systems and embedded programming. The course emphasises relevant techniques, algorithms, tools and skills that support research and development for real-life applications.

The course is structured in units that will allow you to gain fundamental theoretical knowledge and skills in electronic engineering. You will be able to apply these techniques to solve real-world engineering problems and develop team-working skills.

Career opportunitiesCompletion of this course will open up a wide range of career opportunities as an engineer or researcher in electronics, as well as many other opportunities within the telecommunications and IT industry.


Computer system architecture and hardware

Analogue and digital electronics


Embedded systems development

Sensors, power and control

Digital communications and software engineering

Emerging technologies

Engineering maths

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/h610 | UCAS Code: H610Electronic Engineering BEng (Hons)

Did you know?We have recently invested £1m in two brand-new engineering labs which boast a range of cutting-edge equipment. Additionally, £1m is being spent on a new electronic engineering lab.

Co

mp

ute

r S

cien

ce &

Tec

hn

olo

gy


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Course work; practical tests; exams and individual project work


Key featuresn Dynamic course, concentrating

on advanced systems development

n Develop skills in practical and professional project management

n Covers advanced IT concepts

n Develop information systems for real clients through the Academic into Business Computing (ABC) Centre

About the courseThere is a growing demand for those who can interpret the information needs

of organisations and translate them into business applications based on a solid grounding in core information systems, including current industrial standards. This course provides you with an understanding of information in organisations, the ability to exploit and integrate existing software. You will also learn to design and develop information systems, and the technical ability to interact with business analysts, computer programmers, software engineers and computer scientists.

You will apply web database management systems, decision support systems, data mining, the integration of industrial-standard technologies and distributed data, advanced information technology (IT) strategies, including grid and cloud computing.

Career opportunitiesGraduates have found work as systems architects, systems analysts, business analysts, systems developers, database administrators and project managers.


Advanced IT strategies and paradigms

Systems development

Modern database systems and web practices

Decision support systems and data mining

Aspects of security and networking

Social and professional IT project management

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/g500 | UCAS Code: G500Information Systems BSc (Hons)

Did you know?“The best thing about this course is learning about different methodologies. In Information Systems there is more than one right way of doing things.”

Mursheda BegumInformation Systems student

Co

mp

ute

r S

cien

ce &

Tec

hn

olo

gy


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13






Key featuresn Focus on large-scale software design,

development and deployment

n Emphasis on production of quality software systems

n Covers requirements gathering, tracing and management

n Study of agile methods

About the courseThis course shares a common first stage with our BSc degrees in computer science (and other pathways). This provides a platform for specialist study in the second and third stages during which you will learn the principles and practices of software engineering. Emphasis is given to the entire systems development life-cycle. The final-stage project enables you to take your specialist work to greater depth, leading to the possibility of future research.

You will gain management skills and knowledge of organisational contexts, and develop into a reflective practitioner.

Career opportunitiesThis course has a good track record of employability for graduates. Career opportunities include software engineering or trainee positions in project management, safety-critical systems, software development, as well as further research or postgraduate study.


Organisational contexts (large-scale projects)

Software engineering management

System methodologies

Risk management and quality issues

Development skills using a variety of tools

Testing

Requirements engineering

Security, trust, stress and client acceptance testing

Human factors

Modelling trust requirements across the software development lifecycle

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/g600 | UCAS Code: G600Software Engineering BSc (Hons)

Did you know?This course comprises projects or placements so that you can gain real-world experience.




Assessment: One final exam and two assignments per unit which can take the form of a case study; literature review; practical; presentation; reports

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 200 with at least 160 from two A levels, including a maths, scientific or technical subject, or an Access qualification, BTEC, Advanced Diploma or equivalent (see pages 186-187).

Key featuresn Develop knowledge and skills of

telecommunication systems, wireless networking, signal processing, maths, and programming

n Gain practical skills by using modern equipment, simulation and modelling tools in our brand-new engineering labs

About the courseThis course is designed to reflect the demands of today’s telecommunications and networking industry. It prepares graduates for employment in the telecommunication and networking industries, or for pursuing further study or research.

Telecommunications and Network Engineering is a challenging, enjoyable degree and could give you a competitive edge in the job market. In addition, the skills you will gain on this course are transferable and can enable you to pursue careers in a range of technology fields such as engineering, consultancy, managing and research.

Career opportunities Completion of this course will open up a wide range of career opportunities in the fields of telecommunications, research and development sectors and IT industry.



Microwave and optical communications

Wireless communications

Real-time communications

Programming and software development


Engineering maths

Telecommunications & Network Engineering BEng (Hons)

Did you know?You can work with wireless and wired telecommunications technologies in our brand-new lab, which is kitted out with cutting-edge communications measurement equipment.

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/h641 | UCAS Code: H641

Co

mp

ute

r S

cien

ce &

Tec

hn

olo

gy


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

The University of Bedfordshire is one of the largest providers of Initial Teacher Education (ITE) in the UK with a long

heritage of producing first-class teachers. We are committed to providing opportunities

for all and we encourage applications from students from a wide range of backgrounds.

We are driven by a philosophy of inclusion, of meeting individual needs and of encouraging all students to aspire to reach their potential

in a supportive environment.

We have over 500 successful partnerships with schools and colleges, with the aim of developing professionals who are representative of our local

and national populations, who will become role models to inspire future generations, and who

will have the confidence and flexibility to thrive in the 21st century.

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

g

78

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Education & Teaching

Charlotte JohnsonPrimary Education with QTS student

The greatest challenge I faced was my first placement. I had to take charge of a whole class of children on my own for the first time. It was daunting at first but the best experience ever. It has given me confidence that I can become a teacher – and it’s so rewarding.

Courses

81 BA (Hons) Applied Education Studies

82 BA (Hons) Childhood & Youth Studies

82 BA (Hons) Disability Studies

83 BA (Hons) Early Years Education

84 BA (Hons) Educational Practice (stage 3 only)

84 BA (Hons) Education Studies

85 BA (Hons) Physical Education with QTS (Secondary)

86 BEd (Hons) Primary with QTS

87 Certificate/PGCE Post-Compulsory Education (Diploma in Teaching in the Lifelong Learning Sector)



152 BA (Hons) Child & Adolescent Studies

154 BA (Hons)/BA Early Years Studies (stage 3 only)

122 BA (Hons) Education Studies & English

For up-to-date information on part-time study options see www.beds.ac.uk/parttime‘‘

’’E

du

cati

on

& T

each

ing

79

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Why choose Education and Teaching at Bedfordshire?

Academic staff are experts in their respective fields and bring a wealth of experience and knowledge.

We maintain strong partnerships with over 500 schools.

We have a high graduate employment rate.

Can lead to senior management posts in schools.

Opportunity to study part-time whilst working.

Vibrant student community.

A relevant and wide-ranging curriculum.

Clear link between theory and the world of disabled people.

Opportunities to extend students’ development into employment or further study.

Outstanding success of current and past students in progressing to teaching careers.

You will develop a reflective and evaluative approach to current practice in school.

The integration of theory with educational policy and practice underpins the learning on the course.

Each course has a clear focus on employability. High graduate employment rate.

In many areas course content exceeds basic requirements of the Teacher Training Agency.

Part-time opportunities to fit around work and personal commitments.

Our coursesMany of our students prefer to undertake a first degree and then train to teach. Courses in Education Practice, Early Years, Childhood and Youth, and Disability Studies offer the opportunity to take a degree with an education focus and, once it is completed, apply for a PGCE (Postgraduate Certificate in Education) with QTS or GTP (Graduate Training Programme) for which we were awarded a Grade One in the latest Ofsted inspection. Please see our postgraduate prospectus for further details or visit: www.beds.ac.uk/pgstudy.

Qualified Teacher StatusFor those wishing to become a primary teacher, the BEd course offers the opportunity to gain a degree and the award of QTS (Qualified Teacher Status). Similarly, the Secondary PE QTS degree enables candidates to study a first degree while qualifying to become a secondary PE teacher. Both degrees have a strong emphasis on employability, reflected in the very high rates of graduates with QTS quickly securing a first post.

Foundation degreeWe offer a two-year Foundation Degree in Educational Practice. Successful completion of the foundation degree can lead to a top-up degree within the University, giving students the opportunity to progress to a teacher education course and QTS. To find out more visit http://uob.cc/x900

Facilities and personal tutoringOur courses are taught at the Bedford and Putteridge Bury campuses, where students will benefit from recent major investments in facilities and learning resources. Students receive personalised tuition to help them achieve their full potential, with technology deployed to meet their individual needs. This enables staff to support students not only on campus, but also when working from home and in other locations. As a result, the completion rate for our courses is exceptional.

World-class teaching and researchIn our latest Ofsted inspection we were praised for our innovative practice and effective partnerships with schools. Many of our staff have previously held senior positions in schools, education authorities and Ofsted, while others bring experience in health, social work and youth work. Through the University’s Institute of Research in Education (IRED), staff are engaged in developing research across a range of education-related areas that underpin our undergraduate courses.

Work placement and employabilityOur graduates have excellent career prospects and enjoy a very high graduate employment rate:

n Some 98 per cent of our education graduates are in work and/or further study within six months of graduating (Destinations of Leavers from Higher Education 2010)

n We aim to produce first-class teachers and fulfil the recruitment needs of our partner and local schools

n We are continually forging new partnerships to ensure we deliver the highest level of training and teaching

n The wide scope of our courses opens up career opportunities in other areas, for example the National Health Service (NHS) and social work

n We offer opportunities to engage with prospective employers through placements across our 500 partnership schools, as well as in children’s centres, nurseries, youth clubs, extended schools provision and voluntary work organisations

n We have a wide range of postgraduate education courses available, offering progression routes for education professionals

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

g

80

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Starts in: September with induction unit

Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton or Bedford campus

Duration: Minimum 4 years part-time (extendable)

Assessment: Essays; case studies; presentations; research projects

Entry requirements: Candidates should be working or volunteering in schools, nurseries or educational settings for a minimum of one day a week in support roles and have a Headteacher’s reference. Qualification requirements are normally A levels, NEAB, NVQ level three, CACHE Diploma or equivalent in child/education-related subjects. Those without standard entry qualifications, but with relevant school experience, are invited to interview and may be admitted. All applicants should have GCSE grade C in English language or equivalent. To apply, call the course administrator on: +44 (0)1582 489030 or email: [email protected]

Key featuresn Progress to a career in education

n Develop knowledge in the core curriculum

About the courseThis course is for those who wish to pursue a career in teaching, and who currently work or volunteer in schools in support roles (such as nursery nurses, classroom assistants, instructors, classroom volunteers), or who can undertake regular work placements in schools. Attendance will include twilight sessions (4pm-8.30pm) one day per week and occasional Saturdays. An alternative day-release mode of attendance is also available one day per week between 9.30am and 3.30pm.

Career opportunitiesYou can apply for an employment-based route to Qualified Teacher Status, or for a PGCE course.


English, Mathematics and science

Skills for teachers

Educational research

Developing teaching and learning

Personalised learning (assessment, inclusion and diversity, etc)

Professional practice in school(s)

The wider curriculum

Applied Education Studies BA (Hons) For more course info see:http://uob.cc/da01 Apply direct to the University

Did you know?Many graduates have progressed into senior management roles with the help of expert tutoring and support from our teaching staff.

Q: What’s a typical week like for a student in this department?

A: Each week will bring a variety of learning opportunities. Tutors are keen to model best practice in enabling all of our students to benefit from a variety of learning opportunities. This includes the use of virtual learning environments as well as attending lectures, seminars, workshops and tutorials. Placements in schools and other settings offer our students the experience of observing and working alongside other professionals in education.


A: Student-focused. Dedicated. Innovative.


A: I began my career as a secondary and then primary teacher. My interest in and commitment to education led me to become a local authority adviser, Ofsted inspector and education consultant. Throughout, I had been involved in the training of teachers. Therefore, when the opportunity to work at a university became available I jumped at it.


A: I came to the University over three years ago, moving from the North West of England. I was attracted to Bedfordshire because it is an ambitious University. I was also impressed by its commitment to offer opportunities to students from all backgrounds and to help transform lives.

with: Paul Davies Associate Dean of Education, Sport & Tourism

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

g


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Duration: 3 years full-time or 5-8 years part-time

Assessment: Presentations; placement reports; essays; exams; web-based assessments

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 200-220 based on a minimum of two A levels, a BTEC, an Access qualification or equivalent. Applicants with other relevant qualifications or experience may apply (see pages 186-187).

Key featuresn Provides teaching and support that

enables students to gain a broad range of experiences

n Formal and informal work placements

About the courseStage one helps you to develop sociological, historical and psychological perspectives on the study of disability, and introduces you to the basic theories that underpin disability studies.

Stage two is one of consolidation, extension and increased depth of study, together with starting a process of application to the life experiences of disabled people.

Stage three includes study and learning experiences based in the workplace.

Career opportunitiesThis course offers a route towards teacher training and special needs teaching, careers in social work and geriatric care, the voluntary and charitable sectors, and posts with organisations such as Local Education Authorities (LEAs).


Delivery of learning to children with special educational needs

Development of disability studies

Children and disabled children’s lives over the past 300 years

Analysis of experiences during work placements

Understanding structures and processes underpinning provision in schools and social and community care

The relationship between the disabled community and other oppressed communities

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/l340 | UCAS Code: L340Disability Studies BA (Hons)

Did you know?This is the only undergraduate course on disability in the region.




Assessment: Essays; case studies; reports; presentations; film making, e-portfolios

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 200-220 based on a minimum of two A levels, a BTEC, an Access qualification, a CACHE Diploma or equivalent (see pages 186-187).

Key featuresn Designed for those working in the

fields of childhood or youth; for those with broader interests across the inter-disciplinary field of childhood and youth; and for those who wish to pursue a career in these areas

n Draws on disciplines such as education, sociology, psychology, philosophy, history and anthropology

About the courseThe course is designed to give students a broad theoretical understanding of the issues and influences shaping children and young people’s lives. Students explore ideas, theories and arguments through discussion and practical activities. Students will use e-portfolios, learn film making and undertake individual research based on their own interests.

Career opportunitiesGraduates are eligible to undertake further study for a professional qualification in areas such as youth work, social work, management of youth and community services, and educational welfare. The degree can also be used to progress into teaching via Reception/Key Stage One or Primary PGCE courses.


Social constructions of childhood

Family, community and culture

Youth culture

Research methods

21st century childhoods

Understanding the workplace

Gender, class, ethnicity and disability

Children and young people in the digital age

Childhood & Youth Studies BA (Hons) For more course info see:http://uob.cc/x310 | UCAS Code: X310

Did you know?This course provides a sound academic background for progressing to a vocational professional qualification.

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

g

82 For more reasons to study Education & Teaching at Bedfordshire, go to page 80

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

www.beds.ac.uk




Assessment: Essays; case studies; presentations; exams; design study; discussion boards

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 220, based on a minimum of 180 from two A levels, a BTEC, an Access qualification, a CACHE Diploma or equivalent (see pages 186-187). Mature students with appropriate experience but without the academic qualifications may be interviewed to assess suitability.

Key featuresn Natural route following stage three

diplomas in nursery/young child care and education

n Route to becoming a teacher by undertaking a one-year PGCE course after graduation

About the courseThe course takes an inter-disciplinary approach to the study of children from birth to eight years.

During stages one and two, you will look at the skills development and understanding of the child, and consider the child as a member of society. You will explore issues such as inclusion and disability, creativity in early years, development and learning processes, and the role of the adult in a child’s education.

In stage three, there is the opportunity to do a work placement and collect relevant data for analysis.

Career opportunitiesGraduates are well placed to enter a career that enables them to work with young children in areas such as community and social care settings, educational welfare, children’s centres or as senior play workers/co-ordinators/managers. The course can also be a route into teacher training courses.


Child development

Teaching and learning

The nature of the curriculum

Sociological perspectives on childhood

Creativity

Management in early years

Inclusion

Understanding the workplace

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/x311 | UCAS Code: X311Early Years Education BA (Hons)

Did you know?This popular course has the largest intake in the Department of Education Studies.

Students benefit from real-world teaching experience in a diverse mix of partner institutions

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

g


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Essays; presentations; case studies; seminar papers; exams

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 200-220 based on a minimum of two A levels, or an Access qualification, BTEC, CACHE Diploma or equivalent (see pages 186-187).

Key featuresn Broad curriculum in the field

of education

n Excellent prospects for progressing to primary teacher training courses

About the courseThis is a multi-disciplinary course during which, you will be encouraged to reflect on the educational experiences of yourself and others in society.

After a broad-based first year, introducing you to key higher education skills, educational theories and ideas, you will be able to focus on particular themes within the course, such as special educational needs and early years education.

If you intend to pursue a career in primary teaching, you will have a chance to gain vital school experience via the work placement in stage three and through volunteering opportunities within the University.

Career opportunitiesAs well as providing the background needed for application to teacher training, this course offers graduates

potential career options within a wide range of careers working with children and young people.


Inclusion, disability and special needs education

Education and technology

Early years education

The child and the curriculum

Educational research and key skills




Assessment: Essays; presentations; research projects

Entry requirements: This is a progression route for students currently studying on our Foundation Degree in Educational Practice or other educational programme with 240 CATS points.

Key featuresn Third-stage ‘top-up’ specifically

created for teaching assistants with foundation degrees to acquire graduate status

n One intensive day’s study per week at the University

n Offers access to teacher training courses and the widening professional roles arising out of the ‘Every Child Matters’ agenda

About the courseThis course builds on the vocational and academic background provided by a foundation degree in Education. It widens and deepens skills, knowledge and experience, enabling you to think critically and make judgments on education policy and practice.

You will undertake research in schools, informed by your review of educational, philosophical, psychological and sociological reading. Graduates can contribute to their institution’s improvement and take ownership of their professional development.

Career opportunities Opportunities are likely to be in the areas of education and support of children, young people and adults.

Successful completion of this course gives access to Qualified Teacher Status courses, and also allows graduates to work in social services, educational

welfare, community programmes, charities and further education, or go on to postgraduate study.


21st century childhoods

Teaching and learning processes

Classroom management

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/x301 | UCAS Code: X301

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/x300

Education Studies BA (Hons)

Educational Practice (stage 3 only) BA (Hons)

Did you know?Current and past students enjoy outstanding success in progressing to teaching careers.

Did you know?You will be taught by staff who have extensive industry experience in teacher training and education.

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

g

84 For more reasons to study Education & Teaching at Bedfordshire, go to page 80 www.beds.ac.uk

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Course work including practical; school experience; placements; exams

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 260-320 from at least two A levels, or a BTEC equivalent, including English language and maths. Key Skills at stage three do not replace the requirements for GCSEs (see pages 186-187).

Mature applicants with relevant experience, GCSE grades C in English and maths and evidence of successful study at A level standard (or its equivalent, eg Access) are welcome.

Suitable applicants are invited for an interview, a practical test for games, dance and gymnastics, and a written exam. We are looking for candidates who

demonstrate experience of working with or coaching children and young people; a specific grade in PE A level may be requested if studied. All candidates are expected to be competent swimmers. An offer of a place is subject to a Criminal Records Bureau and medical check.

Key featuresn A 100-year tradition of PE teaching

n Wide variety of activities and theoretical topics

About the courseThe course prepares you to teach in secondary schools, and tertiary and further education colleges. At each stage you will study practical, theoretical and professional areas. During stages one and two, students will follow a broad-based course structure. In stages three and four you can specialise by choosing options in practice to suit future career aspirations. In addition,

you will undertake placements in stages one, two and three. The professional element contains discrete areas within the physical education component, while the theoretical topics enable you to make an informed contribution to post-16 teaching.

Career opportunitiesGraduates are highly employable throughout the UK and abroad.


Professional studies

A range of practical areas

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/x1c6 | UCAS Code: X1C6Physical Education with QTS

(Secondary) BA (Hons)

Did you know?We have over 500 partner schools so we can provide you with work placements during your course.

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

g


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Luke Taylor Physical Education with QTS student

My course has been very exciting! The trip to Malawi was a really good way to help make a difference especially in a developing country, as well as an inspiring opportunity to put theory into practice.

‘‘’’




Assessment: Course work; timed exercises; presentations; assessment of practical teaching competence

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 280 points – with 240 from two A levels or equivalent, including BTEC National Diploma (Distinction, Merit, Merit), BTEC National Certificate and an A2 level, CACHE (Diploma grade: B) and Access courses. Five passes at GCSE (grades A-C) or equivalent, including English language, maths and science.

Applicants are expected to have undertaken ten days’ mainstream school experience within Key Stage one and Key Stage two at the time of application. Applicants may be considered if five days’ school experience has been taken in either Key Stage one or two with a further five days planned in the other Key Stage.

Key Skills at stage three is not a substitute for GCSE passes. Access course students must ensure the English, maths and science components are the equivalent of grade C at GCSE. Suitable applicants will be invited for an interview. An offer of a place is subject to a CRB (Criminal Records Bureau) and medical check.

Key featuresn Combines theoretical elements

and practical experience to develop confidence, creativity and competence in teaching skills

n School-based experience each year, in at least five schools over the whole course

About the courseThis course consists of four strands:

n Perspectives, values, principles and beliefs

n Learning and teaching: a maths and English, and curriculum focus

n Professional development portfolio (PDP)

Students can also focus on an area of special interest from stage three onwards, which may be curriculum or issues-based.

In addition to school placements, students undertake a placement in another learning environment, eg with an educational psychologist or in a school library service or museum.

Career opportunities Graduates are in great demand throughout the UK. Our employment rates are significantly higher than the national average.


Curriculum models

Practical experience

Subject areas

Maths and English for all

Optional elements at stages in the course, including early years, primary modern languages and subject groupings

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/x120 | UCAS Code: X120Primary with QTS BEd (Hons)

Did you know?Our heavily school-based approach to learning allows you to make a strong impression on prospective employers before you graduate.

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

g

86 For more reasons to study Education & Teaching at Bedfordshire, go to page 80 www.beds.ac.uk

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13


Location: Bedford campus; Bedford College; Barnfield College; Central Bedfordshire College; Grantham College; Leicester College; North Hertfordshire College; South Nottingham College; Tresham College of Further and Higher Education; University Centre Milton Keynes

Duration: 2 years part-time

Entry requirements: Certificate in Education: applicants must be teaching in post-compulsory (further, higher or adult) education for 75 hours per year minimum, with suitable qualifications in the subject they teach. BTEC (EDEXCEL) National Diploma, NVQ stage three, or equivalent required. GCSE maths and English language at grade C or equivalent. The application process will include an interview; documentary evidence will be required. If unavailable, a skills test must be undertaken. Those planning to work with under 16s must undergo a CRB check.

Professional Certificate in Education (PGCE): a Second Class Honours degree or above, and suitable qualifications (normally at NQF level three or above) in the subject they teach. Please note that this course is not applicable for international applicants.

Key featuresn Recognised teaching qualification in all

areas of post-compulsory education

n Accredited by the Learning and Skills Improvement Service (LSiS)

About the courseThe course is based around a spiral curriculum, demonstrating how the components are interlinked. Designed to be relevant to your work, you will develop an understanding of learning and teaching processes and management, and have the opportunity to apply theory to current practice.

Career opportunitiesA wide range of teaching careers in further, higher and adult education.

University DiplomasDiplomas fully endorsed from the LSiS:

n Teaching English (Literacy CPD) in the Lifelong Learning Sector

n Teaching English (ESOL CPD) in the Lifelong Learning Sector

n Teaching Maths (Numeracy CPD) in the Lifelong Learning Sector

Diplomas offered in some of our partner colleges:

n Information and Learning Technology in the Lifelong Learning Sector

n Tutoring Support and Guidance in the Lifelong Learning Sector

n Leadership and Management in Education

n Mentoring in Education

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/da02Apply direct to the University

Post-Compulsory Education (Diploma in Teaching in the Lifelong Learning Sector) Certificate/PGCE

Did you know?This course offers both general and subject-specific training for new and experienced teachers.

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

g


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

The Department of Language and Communication at Bedfordshire is proud to be a centre of high-quality teaching and research.

Language teacher education and intercultural communication are areas of research expertise; our Centre for Research in Language Learning and Assessment (CRELLA) was singled

out for praise in the Government’s latest Research Assessment Exercise 2008 as “internationally excellent”.

Our courses have a clear focus on English language and linguistics. The relationship between language and culture is established from the outset. Whether you opt for a pathway in translation

and interpreting, business, teaching or media, you will be encouraged to analyse the words and expressions people use in writing and speech.

The courses also develop effective communications and critical skills in a range of professional contexts.E

ng

lish

Lan

gu

age

& C

om

mu

nic

atio

n

88

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

English Language & Communication

Beata GorskaEnglish Studies with TEFL student

The structure of my course is very good. There is always time to study independently, and in a group. My dissertation was the most challenging aspect of my course, but finishing it was extremely rewarding.

Courses

91 BA (Hons) English Language Studies

92 BA (Hons) English Language for Business

93 BA (Hons) English Language Studies with Teaching English as a Foreign Language (TEFL)

94 BA (Hons) English for International Communication (stage 3 only)

Other courses:

95 University Certificate in ELT

96 General English Language Courses

97 International Undergraduate Foundation Course (IUFC)


‘‘’’

En

glis

h L

ang

uag

e &

Co

mm

un

icat

ion

89

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Why choose English Language and Communication at Bedfordshire?

Friendly atmosphere with experienced academics.

Multicultural environment.

Specialist facilities based in our dedicated Language Centre.

Explores the practical application of communication and linguistic theory.

Stimulating combination of theory and practical application.

Practical teaching experience as an inherent part of the course.

Unique in applying language skills to professional settings.

Possibility to progress to a Master’s level course in business, media or intercultural communications.

Our coursesWe offer three main undergraduate courses:

n BA (Hons) English Language Studies – a stimulating, descriptive and applied study of English in a range of social and professional settings

n BA (Hons) English Language for Business – for those with interests in English used in an international business context

n BA (Hons) English Language Studies with TEFL – for those keen to enter the world of English Language Teaching with an emphasis on Teaching English as a Foreign Language – now also known as English Language Teaching (ELT)

Over the duration of your course, you will study the main areas of English linguistics, ie the vocabulary, grammar and pronunciation of English and the different ways in which communication is achieved. At stage two, you will have the opportunity to select options that allow you to specialise in areas such as translation, teaching, media and business. For a more comprehensive grounding in language teaching, the TEFL (also known as ELT) pathway provides a practical and theoretical underpinning for most language teaching scenarios. For those interested in a career in primary and secondary education, the TEFL pathway serves as a robust basis for a PGCE.

The Department also offers preparation courses for University of Cambridge English exams. For those wanting a Cambridge English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) qualification, we are established as a centre for exams such as the First Certificate in English (FCE) and the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency (CPE).

First-class facilitiesStudents at the Luton campus benefit from a large Language Centre and an experienced, approachable team of tutors. Facilities and support include:

n Specialist language labs and an Assessed Practice Room

n Additional English language lessons

n Language clubs to discuss particular language issues

World-leading researchThe department is home to the Centre for Research in Language Learning and Assessment (CRELLA). In the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008, CRELLA’s research output was rated as “world leading” and “internationally excellent”. The research informs our courses and also offers scholars, examining boards and government organisations assistance in English language learning and assessment.

International Undergraduate Foundation CourseThis course prepares international students for entry to one of the University’s degree courses. We also have a language improvement and study skills pre-MBA (Master of Business Administration) pathway for prospective postgraduate MBA students.

Outstanding graduate successOur graduates enjoy an exceptionally high success rate – a large proportion graduate with First Class Honours or an Upper Second Class Honours degree.

English Language & Communication We hold monthly drop in sessions for students to discuss

language issues with other students and academic staff. The sessions cover questions on anything from communication and transcription to syntax and TEFL.

En

glis

h L

ang

uag

e &

Co

mm

un

icat

ion

90

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Assignments; in-class tests; presentations; exams


Key featuresn Attractive combination of theory

and practical application

n Stimulating content from a range of discipline areas including psychology, philosophy, sociology as well as linguistics

n Describes the nature of the English language and how it is used

About the courseDuring stage one you will examine the scope of linguistics and its origins, and regard the grammatical, pronunciation and lexical systems of English. In stage two, your understanding of linguistic and communication theory is developed through syntax, phonology and how these areas can be used in professional contexts. In the final stage you will combine theory with practice. You will also have the opportunity to write a dissertation based on a topic that interests you.

Career opportunitiesGraduates enter careers in local government, journalism and media, teaching, public relations, public services and other professional settings requiring good communication skills.


Words and grammar in speech and writing

Communication and meaning, accents, dialects

Critical reasoning and research skills

English Language Studies BA (Hons) For more course info see:http://uob.cc/q140 | UCAS Code: Q140

Did you know?This is the flagship course of the three degrees in the department. The two other courses, English Language with Business and English Language Studies with TEFL, are more specialised variants of this degree. The first year of all three degree courses is comparable, making it possible to change to one of the others if your priorities change.


A: Our courses provide a stimulating combination of theory and practical application. The friendly and supportive atmosphere in the department has been singled out for special mention each year in External Examiner reports. We have also been voted one of the top British universities for student satisfaction according to the The Independent’s Complete University Guide 2010 and 2011!


A: Each subject area is taught over two or three hours a week. In class there are plenty of opportunities for group discussion, questions and answers.

There are also weekly ‘drop in’ times when you can visit a lecturer for individual advice. The relationship between academics and students is one of the enduring impressions people have of our courses.

Q: What’s a typical week like for a student in this department?

A: Classes are normally held over three days. The rest of the week is for private study, conducting research, especially during the second and third years, and part-time jobs.


A: Approachable, experienced, open-minded.

with: Theodore Maniski Academic Director, BA English Language Suite

See what else Theodore has to say: uob.cc/qr89

En

glis

h L

ang

uag

e &

Co

mm

un

icat

ion


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13






Key featuresn Attractive combination of theory

and practice

n Explores the practical application of communication and linguistic theory in a business context

n Excellent choice for a business-related career that requires high-level communication skills

About the courseYou will study English language systems and how they are used for communication in a range of settings. Focusing on the different ways in which English is used in the commercial world, we can help develop your business-related interests in areas such as marketing, advertising or management.

Some units allow you to focus on the ways English is used in a range of professional contexts, including international business, commerce, industry, public services and other sectors where good communication skills are required.

Career opportunitiesGraduates progress into careers in business and commerce, especially in multinational organisations, trade and industry, public services and other

sectors where good communication skills are required.


Grammar, morphology and the lexicon

Business negotiation

The language of persuasion and manipulation

Conversation and text analysis

Pronunciation and speech styles

English Language for Business BA (Hons) For more course info see:http://uob.cc/nq13 | UCAS Code: NQ13

Did you know?Dissertations can cover topics such as advertising language and slogans.

The Assessed Practice Room allows you to record lessons and play back to identify areas of improvement

En

glis

h L

ang

uag

e &

Co

mm

un

icat

ion

92 For more reasons to study English Language & Communication at Bedfordshire, go to page 90 www.beds.ac.uk

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13






Key featuresn Excellent choice for a career in English

language teaching

n Train as an English language teacher as part of your degree

About the courseYou will study the structure of English, how it is used and how it may be taught. You will learn how to plan lessons for

different types of learners, creating and adapting materials as required. Different types of learners will be considered as well as the impact a learner’s cultural and linguistic background may have on their views of the role of the teacher and the learner.

During stage two, you will start teaching practice and broaden your understanding of how English works and how it is taught. In the final stage you will learn about second language acquisition, and produce an original piece of classroom-based research for your dissertation. You will also undertake a placement at a local school or college in order to experience the realities of the classroom first-hand.

Career opportunitiesComprehensive preparation for a career in ELT, teaching in general or any professional environment where effective communication and presentation skills

are needed. Many graduates decide to follow a PGCE, for which they are very well placed, and then go on to teach in the education sector.


Grammatical and lexical systems of English

Patterns of natural speech

Communication of meaning

TEFL materials development

Teacher and student motivation

Teaching and learning

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/eltefl | UCAS Code: QX31English Language Studies with

Teaching English as a Foreign Language (TEFL) BA (Hons)

Did you know?Bedfordshire graduates are currently teaching in more than 20 countries around the world.

Shaun ScottEnglish Language Studies student

My course isn’t just about grammar; it includes a whole array of subjects ranging from psycholinguistics to culture and communication. My tutors have been fantastic and have offered me support throughout.

‘‘’’

En

glis

h L

ang

uag

e &

Co

mm

un

icat

ion


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Duration: 1 year full-time

Assessment: Assignments; in-class tests; portfolios; presentations; exams

Entry requirements: This course is only for international students who have attained a level of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent. We accept students who have completed the first year of a degree in a related subject where English was the language of delivery, and those with HNDs in related subjects (see page 181).

Key featuresn Offers the opportunity to sit the

prestigious Cambridge ESOL Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) exam

n Develops communication skills in English to a level suitable for professional employment

About the courseThis course is for those considering a career that requires high-level English language skills and is unique in focusing on their application in the workplace. It delivers input on a wide range of tasks, such as producing CVs, working on a product launch and making presentations, as well as interpreting and translating.You will develop team-working skills as you engage in projects that replicate the world of work in this field. You will also investigate how culture affects the choice of language we use, particularly in international business. You will consider research strategies and learn how to analyse data. You will also prepare small-scale research projects in English.

Career opportunitiesGraduates may enter the world of international business and public services, as well as other sectors where good language skills are required.


Interpreting and translation

Cultural communication

Analysis of language style

Language and skills of professional presentations

Research strategies

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/da04 English for International

Communication (stage 3 only) BA (Hons)

Did you know?You will benefit from the chance to sit the prestigious Cambridge ESOL Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) exam.

The language labs provide computers and microphones so you can record and play back to support and improve spoken English

En

glis

h L

ang

uag

e &

Co

mm

un

icat

ion


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Starts in: Starts in June (full-time) or September (part-time)


Duration: 1 year part-time or 4-week intensive course in June

Assessment: Teaching practice; presentations; written projects

Entry requirements: A good level of general education and English. This course is aimed at those with a first degree, but also attracts applicants from less conventional backgrounds. Teaching experience and some grammatical awareness are an advantage.

Key featuresn Awards i-TEFL status, the benchmark

for entry-level teaching qualifications

n Suitable for native and non-native English speakers

About the courseEnglish Language Teaching (ELT) also known as TEFL (Teaching English as a Foreign Language) is offered as a four-week, full-time, intensive course

held every July, or as a part-time course running two evenings per week from September to June.The course is practical in orientation and is designed to develop your teaching skills to a level from which you can launch your career with confidence.Interactive workshops encourage you to draw on your own experience of language teaching and learning. The structure of the course addresses British Council expectations in terms of course content, duration and assessment.The assessed teaching practice component ensures that you can demonstrate you have previous practical teaching experience – something English Language Teaching (ELT) employers look for – along with the overall grade and tutors’ reports.

Career opportunitiesThe course is primarily aimed at those who are seeking a career in ELT for Continuing Professional Development purposes but is also relevant to other aspects of the ELT industry such as item-writing.



Teaching language skills

Using audio-visual aids

Syllabus and course design

Language awareness

Testing and assessment

TEFL methodology

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/elApply direct to the University

University Certificate in ELT

Did you know?If you want to improve your language skills, why not take up free English language lessons taught by our student teachers? We’ll even give a certificate for regular attendance.

En

glis

h L

ang

uag

e &

Co

mm

un

icat

ion


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Starts in: Various

Location: Luton campus, Vicarage Street or Bedford campus

Duration: 2, 4, 8 and 12 weeks full-time, 1 term part-time

Assessment: The pre-sessional English courses do not have a testing element. Our part-time courses have mid and end-point exams

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 200 with at least 160 from two A levels, or an Access qualification, Advanced Diploma or equivalent (see pages 186-187).

Key featuresn Courses offered at four levels

n Opportunities to take Cambridge ESOL exams

n Intensive English Language tuition which will make you an effective communicator for both University and in other contexts

About the coursesStudents entering the University who require English language top up prior to beginning their academic studies can join one of our suite of Pre-sessional English language courses. These courses aim to improve your written and spoken English. You will therefore enter your chosen course with the confidence to communicate effectively. All aspects of English are covered, including pronunciation, speaking, listening, reading, writing and grammar. Part-time English courses include preparation for one of the Cambridge ESOL exams, offering the chance to gain one of these prestigious English language qualifications. The exams are offered at the University twice a year, in June and December.

Part-time coursesFor those keen to raise their level of English by taking one of the Cambridge ESOL exams, these courses run on Tuesday and Thursday evenings for four hours per week and can be taken at intermediate, higher-intermediate

and advanced levels (subject to demand). These courses begin in September and February and run for 12 weeks in order to coincide with the December and June Cambridge ESOL exam sessions. Part-time students have full access to University facilities.

Writing for the Media Summer SchoolThis course considers the various written styles and genres that constitute what has become known as journalese.

English Language, Life and Culture Summer SchoolDesigned to practise and develop the range of communication skills required for the everyday life in the UK, this course includes the ability to differentiate between formal and informal English, communicate appropriately in a range of everyday situations, recognise a range of common idiomatic expressions as well as familiarity with typical patterns of lifestyle in the UK.

General English Summer SchoolFull-time summer school courses, which run for three weeks in July, are offered at higher levels. The courses involve 15 hours of tuition per week and cover conversation, listening, reading and writing skills.

English Language Assessment ServiceIf you do not already have a recognised English qualification, the General English teaching team offers a full assessment service – the Test of English Language Assessment Service (TELAS) – and is happy to make recommendations as to the amount and type of English language support you need.

Further English supportStudents from across the University can opt to take some General English units and gain credit points towards their degree. Topics include English for Academic Purposes and English for Business, as well as preparation for one of the Cambridge ESOL exams, such as the Certificate of Proficiency in English.

Career opportunitiesThese courses are relevant to careers in the public sector, education and care work, and also prepares you for further study at degree level in psychology or a related discipline. They equip you with a range of transferable skills that are deemed invaluable to employers, such as ICT, communication and presentation, knowledge and understanding, analysis and problem-solving.


Reading, writing, listening and speaking in English

Presentation skills

Exam training

Business English

Communicating in English both formally and informally

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/iApply direct to the University

General English Language Courses

Did you know?The British Council stated in its recent inspection of the department that “a positive and co-operative learning atmosphere was evident throughout”.

En

glis

h L

ang

uag

e &

Co

mm

un

icat

ion


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Starts in: September, January, April, June or August (subject to demand)


Duration: One academic year

Assessment: Presentations, exams, group work

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 200 with at least 160 from two A levels or an Access qualification, BTEC, Advanced Diploma or equivalent (see pages 186-187).

Key featuresn Includes an introduction to English

academic culture

n Instruction and practice in key study skills

n A foundation programme for students taking other courses

About the courseThis course is for students who are intending to take an undergraduate degree and have an IELTS score of around 4.5. It is a new and innovative international foundation course which we believe helps set the language and study skills in an easily understandable context. You will find the lessons and teaching staff dynamic and highly motivated. We have been delivering similar courses for many years and we have the experience to effectively help you achieve your aims.

The course aims to raise your level of English to the required level for acceptance on undergraduate courses, and to introduce you to the key study skills which you will need in order to cope with undergraduate level study at this or any other UK university.

Unlike many other courses with similar aims, this course introduces you to some aspects of UK academic culture early on, so that you gain some understanding of the values which underpin such issues as plagiarism and ownership of knowledge. Another feature which distinguishes this course from others is the attention paid to each individual student. Your tutor will work hard with you in class. You will also

be given individual support by colleagues in the Language Centre.

All of our courses are validated by the British Council accreditation scheme, whose last inspection stated that “a positive, co-operative learning atmosphere was evident throughout”. All aspects of the English language are covered and also their applications to the kind of tasks and work you can expect to be involved in as soon as you start your course. The course also gives you plenty of input and practice in presentation skills and technique, IT skills, group work, research skills and the preparation and drafting of extended pieces of written work.

The courses are delivered by well-qualified staff in an informal atmosphere. You will have the chance to discuss your individual needs and receive tailored advice in one-to-one sessions.


Written and oral English

Academic study skills, including presentations, essay-writing, reports, note-taking

Research skills

UK academic culture

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/da05Apply direct to the University

International Undergraduate Foundation Course (IUFC)

Did you know?All our General English Language Courses and the International Undergraduate Foundation Course are validated by the British Council/English UK Accreditation scheme which ensures high quality and relevance.

En

glis

h L

ang

uag

e &

Co

mm

un

icat

ion


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

At the University of Bedfordshire School of Law, we offer industry-standard

facilities, expose you to the latest developments in legal practices

and prepare you for a successful career in law.

Law is a vibrant, challenging and rewarding field of study. Many

employers consider the LLB to be one of the best qualifications available as it develops advanced research,

writing and analytical skills. Our LLB course satisfies the requirements

of the regulatory bodies of the legal profession (the Solicitors Regulation

Authority and the Bar Standards Board) and gives exemption from the academic stage of legal training upon

successful completion of the course. Subsequently, you can progress

straight to the next stage of required study for a career as a solicitor or

barrister, or postgraduate study.

Law

98

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Law

Andreas Costa YiannarosLaw graduate

The course enabled me to continue my studies in Public International Law. I am now writing my PhD in Public International Law and teaching at the University of Bedfordshire. I would recommend this University and course to anyone serious about pursuing a career in law.

Courses

101 LLB (Hons) Law


153 BA (Hons) Criminology

154 BA (Hons) Criminology & Sociology

146 BSc (Hons) Psychology & Criminal Behaviour

147 BSc (Hons) Psychology & Criminology


‘‘’’

Law

99

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Why choose Law at Bedfordshire?

Vibrant School of Law with friendly and accessible staff.

You will learn in a supportive and dynamic environment.

Enjoy an exciting range of optional units taught by experts in their fields.

Access to industry-standard Moot Court which provides the opportunity to simulate real court proceedings.

The School of LawInvesting in the future of our students, the School of Law has its own designated space and modern facilities. The school is a friendly and vibrant teaching unit, staffed by a team that prides itself on student-centred learning and the quality of its teaching. Studying Law at the University of Bedfordshire not only gives you an understanding of the law and the various legal systems, but also develops complementary skills including group-working, team-building, critical thinking and analytical ability.

Excellent facilitiesWe are proud to have invested in the industry-standard £180,000 Moot Court at the Luton campus, which is open to all our students on a law course, irrespective of which campus they may be based at, to ensure students benefit from a highly practical learning experience. We are close to Luton’s Crown and Magistrates’ courts and within easy reach of Bedford Magistrates’ Court, so you can step into the real world of law and get a taste for what the legal profession is really like.

Gaining experienceWe want to prepare you for a successful career in law, so we offer plenty of opportunities for you to develop and explore your practical and professional skills.

n You can attend career development days which are run each year to improve and enhance your career opportunities. These include developing interview skills and meeting with local legal professionals

n You can take part in the annual internal mooting competition and the winners are invited to represent the School of Law nationally

n The school is developing a Law Clinic led by a qualified solicitor which will enable students to participate in helping people with their legal problems

n You will have the opportunity to hear guest speakers and lecturers from outside the school covering a range of areas such as commercial law and professional experience to enhance your learning environment

n The University Law Society publishes its own magazine, which many of our students become involved with by submitting articles and reports. Being a member of the Law Society also helps you further your legal career by working with local solicitors and barristers. Students get opportunities to gain valuable work experience, enhance their skills and meet practising members of the profession – in other words, a great chance to network

Dynamic career pathsStudying Law at the University of Bedfordshire offers you a diverse learning experience to help develop your potential and increase your employability. Not only will we equip you to make it in the modern commercial world, but we will also provide you with lifelong skills.

Many of our graduates have gone on to achieve success as solicitors and barristers. Others have gone on to work in a variety of careers in commercial companies, local authorities, the civil service, the EU and its various institutions, banks, financial institutions, the police force, the probation service and general management.

Jonathan Goodman, who graduated from Bedfordshire with a First Class degree in LLB (Hons) Law, is now Joint Head of Chambers at 1 Gray’s Inn Square.

Law

Law

100

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13


Location: Bedford campus or Luton campus


Assessment: Course work; exams; individual and group presentations


Key featuresn Gives exemption from the academic

stage of training for a career as a barrister or solicitor

n Teaches core transferable skills in research, written and oral communication

n Completion of this course allows entry to the LLM offered at the University

About the courseThe LLB course will provide you with key communication and research skills, and an understanding of English and EU law. Alongside the core topics which satisfy the requirements of the Law Society and Bar Council, you will study optional units which will focus on areas including public international law; commercial law; company law; e-commerce; criminal evidence; and family law. Some optional units may be offered at one location only so please check which campus this will be based at.

Career opportunitiesGraduates will be prepared for a wide range of careers from solicitor to barrister, as well as work in commercial companies, local authorities, central government, the civil service, the police, financial institutions and international organisations. Postgraduate study is also available.


Criminal law

Contract law

Tort law

Land law

Public law

EU law

Legal education and practice

Law LLB (Hons) For more course info see:http://uob.cc/m100 | UCAS Code: M100

Did you know?The University has a vibrant student Law Society which encourages friendships and hosts many events throughout the year including the Law Society Annual Ball and trips to the London courts.


A: Specific units help students prepare job applications and CVs, and many of our students take part in work placements with local and national firms of solicitors or obtain work in barristers’ chambers or in-house legal teams.


A: Be challenged to be the best that you can be and aspire to achieve your goal of obtaining a Law degree and becoming a solicitor or barrister, or other legal professional.


A: Professional. Dedicated. Student-focused.

Q: What opportunities do University of Bedfordshire students get that they may not find elsewhere?

A: Our students have a unique opportunity to take advantage of the specialist Moot Court allowing them to participate in mock trials. It also provides students with the opportunity to engage in extracurricular activities such as the national mooting competition and law conferences.


A: The Law School itself benefits from our brand-new Moot Court, which is perfect for facilitating the development of legal skills on the Law degree and any Master’s degree in Law.

with: Chris Dixon Senior Lecturer

Law

101

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13


The Bedfordshire Institute for Media, Arts and

Performance aims to produce world-class practitioners

in the creative industries. We offer students excellent

facilities, innovative courses and committed teaching by professional practitioners

and established experts.

In addition, we offer a full range of extra-curricular

activities for our students to become involved in, including

presenting for the University’s radio station, Radio LaB;

organising the Luton Arts Festival; performing your creative writing at ‘open mic’ nights; or running

film festivals.

Our students can also benefit from the expertise of our

academic staff – and many even gain work experience

on projects that our staff are currently working on. Some of our students have found themselves working

on high-profile TV shows such as ITV’s Dancing on Ice, Britain’s Got Talent, and The

Brits to name just a few.

Med

ia

102

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Media

Melvin OdoomMedia Performance graduate Radio Presenter for KISS 100 Breakfast show and TV Presenter for MTV

Since graduating I’ve worked on Kiss and MTV Music Junkie where I got to interview Robbie Williams, Mr Hudson and Tinchy Stryder. The skills I learnt at University were really useful and the lecturers are amazing.

Courses

105 BA (Hons) Broadcast Journalism

106 BA (Hons) Creative Writing

106 BA (Hons) Creative Writing & Journalism

107 BA (Hons) Journalism

108 BA (Hons) Journalism & Public Relations

108 BA (Hons) Magazine Journalism

109 BA (Hons) Media Performance

110 BA (Hons) Media Practices (Mass Communications)

110 BA (Hons) Media Practices & Public Relations

112 BA (Hons) Media Production

113 BA (Hons) Media Production (Moving Image)

113 BA (Hons) Media Production (New Media)

114 BA (Hons) Media Production (Radio)

114 BA (Hons) Media Production (Scriptwriting)

115 BA (Hons) Multimedia Journalism

115 BA (Hons) Music Technology

116 BSc (Hons) Music Technology

116 BA (Hons) Sport Journalism

117 BA (Hons) Television Production



53 BA (Hons) Public Relations


‘‘’’

Med

ia

103

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Why choose Media at Bedfordshire?

Well-established department.

Teaching staff have previous and continuing experience in local, regional, national and international magazines, newspapers, the broadcast media and PR.

Strong professional awareness and close links with industry, giving opportunities to build professional contacts and experience.

Masterclasses and guest lectures from high-profile speakers and visits to working newsrooms.

Regular opportunities to attend media-related events and conferences, featuring international practitioners and theorists.

Get involved in press conferences, producing newspapers and online magazines, TV and radio reports.

Opportunities to collaborate with film and animation students.

Experience your chosen subject in-house and through external work experience.

Close to London, and the internationally renowned West End theatre scene, plus many broadcasting companies.

Work on Radio LaB, the University’s very own radio station – you can present and produce your own shows, and it provides an outlet for student music.

Very dynamic atmosphere with cultural events and research activity.

Emphasis on employability and transferable skills.

JournalismOffering both practical and reflective theoretical perspectives, our courses in journalism give you an in-depth understanding of the industry. You can specialise in sport journalism or develop your interest in magazine journalism. Or, you can combine creative writing with journalism to open up the opportunities for a professional writing career. We hold a series of ‘newsdays’ which are dedicated to reporting and breaking stories. Students also gain experience in reporting across a variety of media platforms.

MediaYou will reflect on current practice in order to become a more effective media communicator, as well as gaining a sound theoretical understanding. Since teamwork is such a vital element in the media, we encourage you to work to a deadline with a fixed budget and to share responsibilities as a team member. Our media courses offer you the chance to deploy your creative skills, refine your technical expertise, and develop a substantial portfolio of work, either hardcopy or show-reel.

FacilitiesYou will benefit from a multi-million pound Media Arts Centre based at the Luton campus, which houses:

n Fully equipped TV studio

n ‘White space’ rehearsal studio with audience facilities

n ‘Self op’ studio with green screen facilities

n Performance theatre with full lighting rig, control room and vision-mixing equipment

n New HD television multi-camera studio and location video recording equipment

n New multi-camera TV, theatre, self-operated studio, and rehearsal space

There are also two radio studios and ten digital video editing suites, plus creative writing labs, multimedia suites and studios for animation and design work. The ‘Media Hub’ at the Luton campus enables you to borrow a full range of the latest digital production equipment to help you complete practical assignments. You will also have access to the Press Association industry-standard news wires service.

World-leading researchYou will benefit from a world-leading research culture within the Research Institute for Media, Art and Design. Half our research was rated ‘world-leading’ or ‘internationally excellent’ and 95 per cent was judged as being of ‘international significance’ in the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008. With a mature research base in media, the work of the Institute underpins all of our undergraduate courses.

Industry linksWe have strong links with international companies such as JVC, as well as national organisations including the BBC and local newspapers. Most lecturers have worked, or continue to work, in journalism, broadcasting and film, in companies ranging from the BBC to Reuters.

There are opportunities for you to engage with professionals from all walks of creative life and we have a full programme of visiting speakers from the creative industries, who also contribute to our careers days; recent masterclasses have included workshop sessions with CBBC presenter and former Media Performance student, Gemma Hunt.

Med

ia

104

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Show reels of news, portfolios, recordings, features and magazines; essays; computerised exams; in-class assessment

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 240 with at least 200 from two A levels, or an Access qualification, BTEC, Advanced Diploma or equivalent. All applicants will attend an interview. Students are expected to have a good level of written English (see pages 186-187).

Key featuresn Practical editorial and production skills

n Final stage project or portfolio, building expertise and job contacts

n Regular news days

n Opportunity to work in our fully equipped TV studios

About the courseThe course studies magazine, TV production and radio journalism to equip you with cross-industry editorial and production skills. You will work in a news room with Press Association feeds and use the latest technology. You will have access to two radio studios, creative writing labs and multimedia suites. With a substantial emphasis on practical broadcasting work, we aim to prepare you for the rapidly developing job market. The course also examines journalism as a business and social force.

Career opportunitiesGraduates progress to careers in radio, TV broadcasting, publishing and press offices. With experience, you could become a studio-based presenter or a special news correspondent.

You could also choose to move into programme-making and producing, or into management.


Radio journalism

Reporting and writing

Sub-editing, layout and design

Specialist feature writing

Essential skills for journalists

Voice and presentation training

Audio editing

News and programme production

Broadcast Journalism BA (Hons) For more course info see:http://uob.cc/p503 | UCAS Code: P503

Did you know?You can work on Radio LaB – the University’s very own radio station, where you can present and produce your own shows.

Q: What’s a typical week like for a student?

A: Nothing is typical or routine – especially in media. You will have timetabled classes, but you will also want to get involved in all of the outside activities. Some of our students recently worked on an all-night election special, and some were involved in the BBC’s regional broadcast of The Politics Show, held at the University.


A: You will see your lecturer on a regular basis – in lectures, seminars and workshops. All of these sessions are there to guide you in your learning. For every hour you spend in a lecture or workshop, plan to spend two doing your own study or rehearsal.


A: They are of a professional standard. We’ve installed High Definition cameras and editing in the TV studio – much to the envy of our guest speakers!


A: We help our students through their final year projects – many staff have industry contacts and put students in touch with them at this stage. The biggest challenge is making sure our courses are relevant for the future. What you learn now is what the industry needs in three or five years’ time – ready for when you graduate.

with: Professor Alexis Weedon Head of Journalism & Communications

See what else Alexis has to say: uob.cc/qraw

Med

ia


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Written assignments; project work


Key featuresn Provides advice and guidance on

being published and finding outlets

n Opportunities to write creatively across a range of genres and media

About the courseTutors for this course are professional creative writers who all have print and broadcast expertise.

You will gain hands-on experience in a wide range of journalistic and creative work, including reporting, news and features, fiction, creative non-fiction and new media writing.

You will work with the latest technology in TV and radio studios, plus fully equipped edit suites. Our newsroom is equipped with Apple Mac computers and Press Association news feeds. You will have access to experienced writers, academics, research students and alumni who present readings, seminars and run in-house projects.

Career opportunitiesCareer opportunities available include print and new media journalism, as well as creative writing. Graduates also work in advertising, education, as well as in the arts and arts administration.

You might also consider going on to postgraduate study in any area of journalism, creative writing or professional writing.



Scriptwriting

Performance and innovative writing

Literary journalism


Fiction in a range of genres

Creative Writing BA (Hons)

Creative Writing & Journalism BA (Hons)

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/w800 | UCAS Code: W800

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/wp85 | UCAS Code: WP85

Did you know?Your final project will be devoted to creative writing or journalism, or to hybrid forms.



Duration: 3 years full-time or 6 years part-time

Assessment: Written assignments; project work


Key featuresn Opportunities to engage in cross-

media collaboration

n Advice and guidance on being published and finding outlets

n Specialist pathway in scriptwriting

n Unique unit in horror and dark fantasy

About the courseThis is a practical course with an emphasis on innovation and diversity. You will be encouraged to develop your own specialism within a variety of genres. You will have the opportunity to engage in cross-media and multimedia projects, as well as getting a strong grounding in web-based writing environments.

Experienced writers, academics, research students and alumni will present readings and seminars. We are also launching Divergence, an international online journal of innovative writing and text-based art. The University’s Creative Writing Society, run by students, hosts ‘open mic’ readings and publishes work online.

Career opportunitiesCreative Writing offers many career opportunities other than becoming a full-time writer. Advertising and copywriting are obvious examples, but graduates have also gone on to successful careers in TV script-editing,

music journalism and teaching. Creative Writing is a growth area of higher education worldwide. Many of our students go on to postgraduate study.


Innovative writing

Scriptwriting

Performance writing

Creative non-fiction

Collaboration

Horror and dark fantasy

Did you know?A large proportion of our students are returners to learning – some of whom are in their 60s, meaning you can benefit from mixing with people from all walks of creative life.

Med

ia

106 www.beds.ac.uk

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

For more reasons to study Media at Bedfordshire, go to page 104




Assessment: Portfolios of news; features and magazines; essays; computerised exams; in-class assessment


Key featuresn Practical multimedia journalism

n Experience of editorial and production skills for print and online journalism

n Final dissertation may be academic or practical, devoted to a project or portfolio, building expertise and job contacts

n Plenty of opportunity for work experience

n Innovative assessments

n Access to the Press Association industry-standard news wire service

About the courseThis multimedia course is taught by professionals with print, broadcast and academic expertise. You will gain experience of news gathering, reporting including location work and feature writing. You will work in radio studios and edit suites. Our newsroom is equipped with the latest Apple technology and Press Association news feeds. Course elements in production and publishing will develop cross-industry editorial and production skills. You will gain an understanding of the practice of entrepreneurial journalism as both a business and a social force.

Career opportunitiesPrint, broadcast media, online publishing, and press offices all require journalists at local, regional, national and international levels. Other career paths include research, sub-editing, production,

editorial, new media production, columnists in regional, national and international media companies.


Essential skills for journalists

Video skills and production

Online publishing

Magazine publishing

Feature writing


Law and public administration

Ethics

Radio

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/p500 | UCAS Code: P500Journalism BA (Hons)

Did you know?Experience practice-based journalism, which is challenging, demanding and taught by journalists who are actively involved in industry.

Med

ia


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Practical portfolios and production work; essays; presentations; computerised examinations


Key featuresn Provides insights into current

practices and future developments in the magazine industry

n Opportunities to acquire practical experience using industry software

n Focuses on the business aspects of the industry

n Develop as a multimedia practitioner – by studying print, online, radio and video, and working on real projects

n Work experience opportunities on national magazines

About the courseThis course combines an understanding of practical magazine journalism with an insight into the industry. This integrated approach means you are able to put your learned theory into creative practice.

It is the ideal opportunity to learn journalism in areas that constantly generate stories of national importance and interest. Not only will you gain expertise in magazine journalism, but experience a range of journalistic work, news gathering and writing.

Career opportunitiesThere are multiple opportunities open to magazine journalism graduates. The obvious openings are as news and

features journalists within magazines, online, print and in the broadcast media. There are also a range of roles in magazine publishing, journalism, media research, press office work and freelancing.



Online publishing

Multimedia options

Production design

Print production and design

Specialist and feature writing




Assessment: Practical portfolios and production work; essays; presentations


Key featuresn Provides insights into current

practices and future developments

n Relates the critical study of journalistic practices to public relations practice

n Includes a unit on career development

n Opportunity to study marketing and e-business

n Dedicated newsroom equipped with professional news feed and industry compatible software

About the courseThis course combines an understanding of practical journalism with an insight into public relations. The public relations part of the curriculum covers theoretical and practical aspects. It encompasses the full range of PR activities, as well as stressing the importance of an integrated approach. From the journalism curriculum you will gain experience of a range of journalistic work, including news gathering, news writing and feature writing. To enable you to develop cross-industry editorial and production skills, you will also study magazine, newsletter and newspaper publishing in print and online. This will have the added benefit of enhancing your communications skills.

Career opportunities Many companies employ journalism and PR graduates as an essential part of their

business. Former students now work in magazine publishing, sports journalism, media research, press offices and PR companies.


PR strategy


Media relations

Production design

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/p501 | UCAS Code: P501

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/pp25 | UCAS Code: PP25

Magazine Journalism BA (Hons)

Journalism & Public Relations BA (Hons)

Did you know?“The course taught me what to expect. I learnt to work on my own initiative, under pressure, and in a team.”Rebecca FindleyJournalism & Public Relations graduate, Press Officer for UNISON, the UK’s largest public sector union.

Did you know?You have the opportunity to work together to create your own publications for the audiences you want to reach in print and online.

Med

ia

108 www.beds.ac.uk

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

For more reasons to study Media at Bedfordshire, go to page 104




Assessment: Practical performance; presentations; essays; written exercises; journals

Entry requirements: Auditions and UCAS tariff score of 200 with at least 160 from two A levels, or an Access qualification, BTEC, Advanced Diploma or equivalent (see pages 186-187).

Key featuresn Prepares you to perform in TV, film,

stage, radio and new media

n Practical assessments and exercises enable the building of showreel material to showcase students’ talents

About the courseYou will work through many performance and production skills and techniques. Your practical work will be informed by the study of media and cultural theory. The course also covers the creative and technical aspects of radio programme making, directing, script development, performance management, and lighting for the stage and for the camera.

Masterclasses, run by leading figures from different areas of performance for the media, are organised across all stages of study to inform and develop your skills.

Career opportunitiesGraduates are working in front of the camera, presenting on CBBC, community channel local news, internet sports radio, and news programmes. Other graduates have gone on to work behind the camera as members of production teams or work at Radio 1,

Radio 1 Xtra, KISS and BBC Local Radio. We have good connections with local radio stations around the University, with students and graduates gaining work experience both in the BBC and commercial stations.


Performance techniques

Presenting for the camera

Acting for the camera

Stage and single camera directing

Exploring performance practices

Performance management

Theatre and single camera lighting

Radio (digital recording and editing)

Performance journeys from theory to practice

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/w430 | UCAS Code: W430Media Performance BA (Hons)

Did you know?“You are taught by industry professionals, so you know the teaching standards will be high.”Leah WoodleyMedia Performance graduate

Imran ChouduryJournalism student

I chose to study journalism at Bedfordshire because the University’s subject rankings looked good. I also went to an Open Day and was impressed by the Media department’s facilities. It just felt like a professional environment. ’’

‘‘M

edia


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Group presentations; practical work; reports; essays; exams; final year project; blogs; portfolio


Key featuresn Offers the opportunity to test out

media theories through practical work

n Communication skills as a major area of focus

n Opportunities for specialisation in the area of your choice: new media, scriptwriting, or radio

About the courseThis course will provide you with the

academic skills to analyse the media and the practical skills to work within it. The aim of the course is to enable you to become an effective media communicator and analyst.

You will choose a practical area (radio, scriptwriting or new media) and move from a basic to a broader production experience. You will look critically at aspects of the media (film, television, press, media institutions, new technologies) to understand how they work and their role in our lives. You will also produce a special project, choosing either to create a portfolio of work for job interviews, or to write a dissertation on an aspect of the media that you would like to explore in more depth.

Career opportunitiesCareer options include magazine and newspaper journalism, teaching, media research and production, local radio and photography.


Understanding the media

Television studies

Skills for media research

New technologies in the media

Working in the media

Film studies: Hollywood, European and World cinema

Radio, new media and scriptwriting

Arts and events management

Contemporary debates in the media




Assessment: Portfolios; written assessments such as reports and essays; oral presentations; exams; business plans; end of degree special project


Key featuresn Relates the critical study of media

practices to public relations practice

n Includes units which focus on career development and the work environment

About the courseThis course combines a thorough understanding of mass-media theory and

practices together with an insight into the workings of the public relations industry.

The public relations element of the curriculum covers both theoretical and practical aspects of PR. It embraces the complete range of public relations activities and stresses the importance of an integrated approach. The media practices curriculum will enable you to become an effective and responsible media analyst and communicator, and to understand the role of media in contemporary societies. You will study the practices involved in producing, describing, analysing and responding to the media.

Career opportunitiesMany companies employ media and PR graduates as an essential part of their business. Former media students now work in magazine publishing, journalism, media research and digital media production.


Media theory

Film and television studies

Analysis of the various creative industries

Marketing communications, PR skills and corporate strategy

Media institutions

Media and PR interface

Independent film production

Media Practices (Mass Communications) BA (Hons)

Media Practices & Public Relations BA (Hons)


For more course info see:http://uob.cc/p3p2 | UCAS Code: P3P2

Did you know?Media Practices focuses on producing graduates with the necessary practical and analytical skills to operate in the ever-changing, contemporary media landscape.

Did you know?Students on this course have access to our industry-standard facilities, and there is also a wide range of extra-curricular events and activities (arts festival, student film screenings, conferences) to complement your studies.

Med

ia

110 For more reasons to study Media at Bedfordshire, go to page 104 www.beds.ac.uk

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Half our research was rated ‘world-leading’ or ‘internationally

excellent’ and 95 per cent was judged as being of ‘international

significance’ in the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise

(RAE) 2008

Med

ia


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Production work; portfolios; presentations; journals; essays; computer-based exams


Key featuresn Practical, vocationally relevant

curriculum

n Excellent production facilities

n Lively, enthusiastic community of staff and students

n Units on career development and working in the media

n Hone essential skills in drama and documentary production

About the courseMedia Production is a well-established and successful course. The course covers both theory and practice, and you will learn to combine these elements to communicate effectively.

All students learn to make dramas and documentaries. You can also specialise in one of the areas of moving image, radio, new media or scriptwriting.

Media production is a social activity and is influenced by many cultural, economic and political factors. You will also study these factors, together with the history of the media, so that you can make really effective, powerful media products that communicate with their target audience.

To find out more about the specialist Media degrees you can study, please see pages 113-114.

Career opportunitiesCareer paths open to you include any industry that requires excellent communication and team-working skills. Many of our graduates have now progressed to successful careers in the UK and international media.


Documentary and drama production

Radio production

New media production

Scriptwriting

Video and audio techniques and skills


Media theory

Film studies

Media Production BA (Hons) For more course info see:http://uob.cc/p310 | UCAS Code: P310

Did you know?Media Production graduates often go on to work in radio production, digital media production, journalism, teaching, advertising, media, PR and television.

MediaThe fact that I had prior experience of working in a TV studio, which was available to us at any time, helped me to stand out from the other job applicants.

Adrian SinatraMedia Production graduate Assistant Producer for Live Interactive on Sky


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13M

edia

// M

edia

Pro

duct

ion

Starts in:

Location:

Duration:

Assessment:

Entry requirements:

About the courseMedia Production (Moving Image) draws on the strengths of the well-established and successful course in Media Production. It adds to the existing provision by providing an opportunity to specialise in drama and documentary production.

Media Production is a social activity and is influenced by many cultural, economic and political factors. You will study these factors, together with the history of the media, so that you can make effective, powerful media products that communicate with their target audience. The course covers theoretical and practical concepts,

and you will learn to combine these to communicate effectively.

All students have opportunities to visit and take part in international film festivals and media conferences held at the University, featuring international practitioners and academics.


Producing documentary and drama

Cinematography

Sound design

Post-production


Film studies

Starts in:

Location:

Duration:

Assessment:

Entry requirements:

About the courseMedia Production (New Media) focuses on the design and production of the digital technologies deployed by the media industries. It provides an opportunity to develop and hone production skills while studying, through both theory and reflective practice, the cultural significance of the widespread adoption of these technologies in wider society.

The emphasis of this course is on the production process. It will also provide a chance to explore the many

historical, social, economic and political factors that impact on these processes.

All students produce a wide variety of new media forms, such as blogs and websites plus presentations, dramas/documentaries, essays and reports.



Digital cultures

Future media

Film studies


Social, political, legal and economic factors in media production


For more course info see:http://uob.cc/pw36 | UCAS Code: PW36

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/pw3g | UCAS Code: PW3G

Media Production (Moving Image) BA (Hons)

Media Production (New Media) BA (Hons)

Did you know?You will participate in an exclusive premiere of final year students’ work, and receive feedback from industry insiders.

Did you know?Many graduates from Media Production have now progressed to successful careers in the UK and international media.

For details see Media Production overview p.112



Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13M

edia

// M

edia

Pro

duct

ion

Starts in:

Location:

Duration:

Assessment:

Entry requirements:

About the courseMedia Production (Radio) is focused on the production process. Radio production is a social activity and is influenced by many cultural, economic and political factors. You will study these factors, together with the history of the media, so that you can make a range of effective, powerful radio programmes and other media products.

The course covers theoretical and practical concepts, and you will learn to combine these elements for radio programmes, as well as essays, presentations, dramas and documentaries.


Radio production

Social, political, legal and economic factors in media production

Film studies




Media theory

Video and audio techniques and skills

Starts in:

Location:

Duration:

Assessment:

Entry requirements:

About the courseMedia Production (Scriptwriting) adds to the existing provision by providing an opportunity to focus on scriptwriting. The emphasis of this course is on the production process. Scriptwriting is a key pre-production activity and is influenced by many cultural, economic and political factors. You will study these factors, together with the history of the media, so that you can produce a range of effective, powerful scripts and other media products. The course covers theoretical and practical concepts, and you will learn to combine these elements

to communicate effectively. All students learn to write a variety of scripts as well as essays, presentations, dramas and documentaries.


Scriptwriting

Film studies

Creative writing theory and practice



For more course info see:http://uob.cc/pw38 | UCAS Code: PW38

Media Production (Radio) BA (Hons)

Media Production (Scriptwriting) BSc (Hons)

Did you know?“I did my first course unit in radio and became instantly hooked on becoming a radio broadcaster. The facilities are great.”Jack CornellMedia Production student

Did you know?You can write a full-length script for your special project, supervised by our scriptwriting expert!




Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13M

edia

// M

edia

Pro

duct

ion




Assessment: Online news sites; showreels of news; portfolios; recordings; features and magazines; essays; computerised exams; in-class assessment

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 240 with at least 200 from two A levels, or an Access qualification, BTEC, Advanced Diploma or equivalent (see pages 186-187). All applicants will attend an interview. Students are expected to have a good level of written English.

Key featuresn Practical editorial and production skills

for online, print, TV and radio journalism

n Gain an understanding of journalism as both a business and a social force

About the courseThis course is taught by a dedicated team of professionals with specific expertise in multimedia delivery, as well as broadcast, radio and academic expertise. You will gain experience of a wide range of journalistic work, including the newest digital platforms for journalists, online, live radio broadcasting and TV broadcasting.

During the course you will develop an understanding of the dramatic pace of change, both in the production of journalism and in the business models underlying it, driven by online developments.

Career opportunitiesToday’s journalists need fluidity to write and deliver news content in a variety of formats. Graduates from this course can progress into radio, TV broadcasting, publishing and press offices.




TV journalism and production

Radio journalism

Online publishing


For more course info see:http://uob.cc/p504 | UCAS Code: P504Multimedia Journalism BA (Hons)

Did you know?The last unit of the degree is a supervised project or portfolio of your work in any medium on a subject of your choice, allowing you to demonstrate your expertise to future employers.




Assessment: Practical course work; exams


Key featuresn Time split between practical work

and academic assignments

n Collaboration in media projects including film and animation

n The University’s own radio station broadcasts student music and offers an alternative application of sound technology not covered by many university courses

About the courseStage one: Covers composition using industry-standard software and computer programming. It gives an introduction to music theory and the theoretical foundations of music technology.

Stage two: Includes composing music for film and media. You will study recording and production and optionally software programming at a more advanced level. Students will cover different musical genres and practise music business skills.

Stage three: Collaborate with students from another media course and conduct your own research project.

Career opportunities Graduates can progress into: music and sound design for theatre, radio, television, museums, gaming content, software or new media; music technology journalism; management; and education. Computing

skills enable graduates to work outside the music industry.


Music software

Recording and production

Composing for film and media

Music theory

A wide range of musical repertoires

Critical listening skills

Music business

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/w390 | UCAS Code: W390Music Technology BA (Hons)

Did you know?Taught by experienced staff in an active media department, creating opportunities for collaborations that are not found in more traditional music departments.

Med

ia


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Live reporting; feature writing; interviews; portfolios; essays; computerised exams


Key featuresn Practical skills combined with in-depth

knowledge to give understanding and authority to your reporting

n Stage three can be devoted to a project or portfolio to take to interviews

n Options for experience within radio, television, print and online journalism

About the courseYou will gain experience of a wide range of journalistic work, including sports news reporting, news writing and feature writing.

To help you develop your cross-industry editorial and production skills, you will study the entrepreneurial aspect of the industry and its multimedia demands, and explore the sports and media industries as businesses and social forces. The course covers the history, governance and commercial development of all the world’s major sports. You will be engaged in live match reporting of a range of sports at a variety of local and regional sporting venues.

Career opportunitiesThe transferable skills which our journalism graduates acquire remain in demand. Career opportunities include publishing, copywriting, public relations work, in-house press office positions, sports journalism, media research and digital media.




Practical sports reporting

Sports media and culture

Sport and physical activity in society

Shorthand




Assessment: Practical course work; exams


Key featuresn Sound and music for media

n Cross-media collaborations

n Recording and production

n Sound processing and computer programming

About the courseStage one: Covers composition using industry-standard software and computer programming. It introduces music theory

and the theoretical foundations of music programming. You will learn mathematical foundations of computer music and work with students from other media courses to create radio programmes.

Stage two: Studies techniques of sound processing and how to implement them. Advanced level programming. Explore different musical genres and develop music business skills.

Stage three: Collaborate on a project (eg contribute sound or music for a computer game), and conduct your own research. You can also study the science of sound and how we hear (acoustics and psychoacoustics); or write computer programs that generate music.

Career opportunities Graduate careers can include: design, recording, production and mastering of music and sound; forensic audio including restoration and archiving; design and development of music software; and

music technology journalism. Computing skills enable graduates to work outside the music industry.


Music software development

Recording and production

Sound processing techniques

A wide range of musical repertoires

Critical listening skills

Music business

Industry-standard music software


For more course info see:http://uob.cc/w370 | UCAS Code: W370

Sport Journalism BA (Hons)

Music Technology BSc (Hons)

Did you know?The course is taught by highly experienced staff in an active media department, creating unique opportunities for cross-media collaborations that are not found in more traditional music departments.

Did you know?”What I like most about the course is going out into the streets and interviewing people. You gain hands-on experience and it gives you an idea of what you’re going into. You can then put your skills into action in a real environment.”Laura FirkinsSport Journalism student

Med

ia


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Practical production work; presentations; group work; individual work; essays; journals, computer-based assessment


Key featuresn Learn key production skills to turn

your ideas into actual projects

n Opportunities to develop a substantial portfolio of work

About the courseWith more than 500 UK satellite and cable television channels and 1,000 plus independent production companies, mainstream broadcasters, and the growing number of internet channels, TV is a fast-expanding growth area. This course enables you to study with industry practitioners in a modern, hi-tech environment.

The course explores a wide range of inter-connected disciplines. You will also study key issues in understanding television and other media. Your final year includes a major piece of independent work. The course suits people who want to work behind the camera and who enjoy being part of a team.

Career opportunitiesGraduates go on to production and technical jobs in television, film, new media, radio, commercial and corporate sectors of the industry.


Multi-camera television skills

Cinematography, sound design and editing effects

Location video production

Scriptwriting

Production and direction

Independent special project

Radio

Key themes and issues in television

Music video

TV drama

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/w610 | UCAS Code: W610Television Production BA (Hons)

Did you know?Many of our students secure jobs and work placements on high- profile shows including:

n Britain’s Got Talent

n The X Factor

n Masterchef Australia

n The Door

n Family Food Fight

n Britain’s Best Dish

n Ideal World Shopping Channel

n Comic Relief

n Dancing on Ice

n Peep Show

n Derren Brown

n The Real Hustle

n Supernanny

Gemma HuntMedia Performance graduate TV Presenter for CBBC

See what else Gemma has to say: uob.cc/qr108‘‘

’’

I have been working for over four years as a main presenter for CBBC and have also worked freelance for the BBC, GMTV and other independent companies. The University helped me no end with my personal performance and gave me confidence to work in such a hectic business.

Med

ia


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

The Division of Performing Arts and English is based at

our Bedford campus. It is a vibrant and creative division with an increasing portfolio

of undergraduate and postgraduate courses.

The diverse range of courses is supported by the

University’s on-campus theatre, which will help

students to channel their imagination and creative

energy into an outstanding artistic future. By studying

with us students can benefit from the strong focus on

employability which is incorporated into each of

our courses. Dance students have the opportunity to tour and perform in professional

regional venues as part of the University’s Dance Company; our Performing Arts students have the chance to perform in full-scale theatre productions;

and Theatre students set up and run their own small-scale

touring company.

Cre

ativ

e &

Per

form

ing

Art

s

118

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Creative & Performing Arts

Kirsty BrewerDance & Professional Practice graduateTeaching Assistant for DanceEast

This course prepared me for employment by allowing me to see the practical and theoretical elements involved. What I liked most about the course were the technique classes, as they enabled me to learn a range of different styles and strengthen my own technique.

Courses

121 BA (Hons) Dance & Professional Practice

122 BA (Hons) Education Studies & English

123 BA (Hons) English & Theatre Studies

124 BA (Hons) English Studies

125 BA (Hons) Performing Arts

126 BA (Hons) Theatre & Professional Practice


‘‘’’

Cre

ativ

e &

Per

form

ing

Art

s

119

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Why choose Creative and Performing Arts at Bedfordshire?

Staff have high-profile professional experience as performers, choreographers, artistic directors and dance practitioners.

Our excellent facilities include a suite of purpose-built dance studios, access to a large professionally equipped theatre and separate studio-theatre space.

Opportunity to tour and perform in professional regional venues as part of the University Dance Company.

Your experience is enhanced through input from visiting artists.

Academic staff with extensive teaching experience in schools.

Introduction to a wide range of literature in English.

Opportunity to gain vital school experience within the course, or through the volunteer programme at the University.

Work in our professionally equipped 280-seat theatre and 80-seat studio theatre.

Dedicated, research-active teaching team.

On-campus poetry readings and theatre performances as part of the University of Bedfordshire Theatre’s professional season.

Friendly campus with a lively Performing Arts Students’ Union society.

Supportive teaching in small groups.

Excellent preparation for a PGCE course, in Primary or Secondary Education.

Dance Our Dance course offers the opportunity to work with internationally recognised artists and lecturers. The focus is on contemporary dance training and education. The aim is to enhance your employability as a dancer and in the wider creative industries. Additionally, your experience on the course is enhanced through input from internationally significant visiting artists and by access to professional performance work.

EnglishOur English courses, which are held at the Bedford campus, build on the strengths gained from a long tradition of English teaching at Bedford, but also incorporate contemporary developments within the subject.

Performing ArtsPerforming Arts focuses on contemporary performance practice, enabling you to engage in the disciplines of dance and theatre, and to explore the range of possibilities in bringing the two subjects together. The course has a strong focus on studio-based and practice-led study in an environment that encourages the development of skilled practitioners.

TheatreStudying Theatre at Bedfordshire will provide you with the opportunity to immerse yourself in the process of theatre-making, predominantly as an actor, director, playwright and/or workshop facilitator. We also host a season of professional performance that will give you access to the latest touring work in theatre. And you can also get involved in workshops and talks from visiting artists and practitioners.

Fantastic facilitiesOur students have access to an excellent range of facilities, including a £4.5m 280-seat theatre, which is one of the largest in the county. It presents an opportunity for students to perform in professionally equipped surroundings and to experience the work of visiting artists as part of professional seasons of touring work. We also offer a range of cutting-edge facilities, including:

n Three large dance studios

n An 80-seat theatre studio

n Gallery space

Our English students have exclusive access to the Hockliffe Collection, one of the most important collections of 18th and 19th-century children’s books in Britain.

World-leading researchThe Division of Performing Arts and English has a strong research culture which develops and maintains the excellent quality of teaching in its subject areas.

The Centre for Applied Research in Dance (CARD) supports and promotes excellence in research in dance and knowledge transfer between the academic and professional domains within the subject. CARD also works with a range of regional and national professional dance companies and organisations such as Youth Dance England, National Dance Agencies and Arts Council England, who regularly provide workshops.

Creative & Performing Arts Dance at Bedford has an

international reputation for research in the areas of choreography and dance technology.

Cre

ativ

e &

Per

form

ing

Art

s

120

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Performance; practice-based assignments; course work; written assignments

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 240 with at least 200 from two A levels, or an Access qualification, BTEC, Advanced Diploma or equivalent (see pages 186-187).All successful applicants will be invited to attend an audition and interview.

Key featuresn Studio-based and practice-led learning

n Focus on the key areas of dance technique, performance, choreography, improvisation, and critical and cultural analysis

n Models of professional practice embedded to enhance students’ employment skills and entrepreneurial awareness

n On-campus access to current professional performance practice

n Builds on strong existing partnerships with national and regional dance agencies

About the courseThis innovative course engages with current ideas in dance. It emphasises your growth as an articulate dance artist through the key areas of dance technique, choreography, performance, improvisation, and critical and cultural analysis.

Engagement with professional practice is central to your learning experience and enhances future employability. Opportunities to engage with the dance profession will be supported through on-campus professional facilities and performances, and through strong links with regional and national dance and performing arts organisations.

Career opportunitiesGraduates have progressed to careers in performance, choreography, teaching, arts policy and community arts practice.

Graduates also have the chance to pursue further training or postgraduate study.


Dance technique

Performance

Composition and improvisation

Choreography

Critical and cultural analysis

New media and digital technology

Dance writing and seminar presentation

Marketing and entrepreneurship in dance

Leadership in dance education

Dance policy and infrastructure

Marketing and project management in dance

Dance on screen

Dance & Professional Practice BA (Hons) For more course info see:http://uob.cc/w590 | UCAS Code: W590

Did you know?Students have the chance to provide dance expertise and performances in industry, and have access to on-campus training opportunities through the University’s Dance and Performance Evening School.


A: The contact time varies from one course to another. In addition to lectures, seminars and practical workshops, students are expected to use their time for rehearsals and independent study.


A: I had a career as a professional dance artist and worked as a performer and choreographer with a range of companies, touring nationally and internationally. As Artistic Director of my own dance company, Ersatz Dance, I have direct experience of the profession and understand the challenges.


A: Students have access to world-leading experts who deliver their courses, and will work within state-of-the-art facilities that provide direct experience of the professional working environment.


A: Members of staff have extensive links with the creative industries, which provide students with direct access to industry specialists and develop entrepreneurial skills. Students are also supported through placements, work-based learning, developing a portfolio as well as audition techniques.

See what else Helen has to say: uob.cc/qr117

with: Professor Helen Bailey Head of Performing Arts & English

Cre

ativ

e &

Per

form

ing

Art

s

121

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Contact us: T: +44 (0) 1582 743500 (UK/EU) T: +44 (0) 1582 489326 (International) E: [email protected]




Assessment: Essays; individual and group projects; oral presentations; portfolios; phase tests; exams


Key featuresn Excellent progression route to a PGCE,

without having to commit to either Primary or Secondary Education

n Good grounding in English literature, a key National Curriculum subject

n New campus facilities and a friendly, collegiate environment

About the courseThis is a popular and prudent choice for students who intend to pursue a Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) following their BA degree.

It is also an increasingly attractive academic discipline in itself, offering students the opportunity to put their education in context.

Education Studies covers key educational ideas and theories, whilst English provides a good grounding in core English literature. It also covers creative writing, language and linguistics, children’s fiction, women and culture, and American, Irish and African literatures.

Stage one provides an introduction to the theories of education and literature, as well as the role of language in society and historical notions of childhood and the child.

In stages two and three, all students study Shakespeare, children’s fiction, the development of the curriculum and 21st century childhoods. Additionally they select options within Education Studies and English that are of most interest to them. Students also write a dissertation on a topic of their choice.

Career opportunitiesRecent graduates have begun careers in teaching at all levels, as well as in

librarianship, youth work and local government. Many progress to a PGCE in Primary or Secondary Education, both of which are offered at Bedfordshire.


The child and the curriculum

Language and linguistics

Early years education

Disability and special needs education

World literature in English

Social constructions of childhood

Language, ideology and power

Supporting early learning

Education Studies & English BA (Hons) For more course info see:http://uob.cc/xq33 | UCAS Code: XQ33

Did you know?Our students have access to the Hockliffe Collection, one of the most important and rare collections of 18th and 19th century children’s books in Britain.

The Hockliffe archive includes a wide range of library genres from fables and fairy tales to poetry and fiction

Cre

ativ

e &

Per

form

ing

Art

s

122

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

For more reasons to study Creative & Performing Arts at Bedfordshire, go to page 120 www.beds.ac.uk




Assessment: Essays; performance; group research; presentations; seminar papers; exams

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 200 with at least 160 from two A levels, or an Access qualification, BTEC, Advanced Diploma or equivalent (see pages 186-187). All suitable applicants will attend an audition and interview.

Key featuresn Course combines and integrates

the study of English and theatre

n Develops skills and knowledge in both subject areas

n Practice-led study of acting, directing, devising and creative writing

n Focus on literature from Renaissance to the present, avant-garde theatre, world literature, creative writing and film studies

About the courseThis course focuses on language, text and performance to develop skilled arts practitioners. You will engage with the major modes of literature, films, videos and actual live performances.

Stage one builds a foundation in the historical and theoretical study of literature and develops you as an actor/performer through workshops and productions. Stage two focuses on the making of performances as a director/deviser/writer and offers you the opportunity to specialise in a chosen area of English studies. In stage three of the course you will produce a dissertation through creative practice, in either theatre making or creative writing.

Delivered within a vibrant, creative department, the course builds upon the strengths gained from a long tradition of teaching English and theatre at our Bedford campus.

Career opportunitiesGraduates have progressed to careers in performance, journalism, teaching,

management, community arts practice and youth work. Other graduates have moved on to postgraduate study.


Acting, directing, devising

Creative writing

Production work

Literature in history

American, African and Irish literature

Film studies

Elizabethan and Jacobean drama

19th and 20th century literature

Children’s fiction

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/wq43 | UCAS Code: WQ43English & Theatre Studies BA (Hons)

Did you know?You will have access to our £4.5m 280-seat theatre – the largest in the region – plus three dance studios and an 80-seat studio theatre.

Luke JessopDance & Professional Practice student

This course is great for preparing you for employment and I think it’s a good stepping stone into the industry. I hope to be an independent choreographer or dancer, and the University has definitely helped me in getting the knowledge needed to work as a freelance artist.

‘‘’’C

reat

ive

& P

erfo

rmin

g A

rts


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Essays; oral presentations; phase tests; portfolios; exams


Key featuresn Opportunities to specialise in your

particular areas of interest and design a course that best fits your strengths and learning styles

n Enhances employability by providing valuable transferable skills

About the courseThis is a distinctive course comprising literature, language and creative writing. It enhances students’ self-development in terms of articulacy, cultural scale of reference, imaginative engagement and creative thinking.

Stage one provides a solid foundation, covering the main literary genres and periods, with language, identity and society, and with different kinds of writing.

Stage two features one compulsory area of study, the Middle Ages and the Renaissance. You will then choose from creative writing, language, film studies, canonical English literature or American literature.

The final stage brings the study of literature up to the present day. A dissertation on a chosen topic is compulsory, though this may be a piece of creative writing. Students on this course have access to the Hockliffe Collection – one of the most important collections of 18th and 19th century children’s books in Britain.

Career opportunitiesRecent graduates have gone on to careers in the media, publishing, marketing, public relations and arts administration. Many of our students go on to do a PGCE in either Primary

or Secondary Education, both of which are offered at Bedfordshire.


Language and linguistics

Film studies

Creative writing

American, Irish and African literatures

Children’s fiction

Practical writing

Elizabethan and Jacobean drama

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/q310 | UCAS Code: Q310English Studies BA (Hons)

Did you know?English at Bedfordshire consistently achieves outstanding scores in the National Student Survey, with 96 per cent of our students expressing overall satisfaction with the course in the most recent survey (2010).

English Studies student

Adele Marie Cook

‘‘’’

This course prepares you for employment by introducing you to a wide spectrum of possible careers. The practical writing unit is particularly useful for this. My advice to anyone thinking of studying here would be that it will be hard work, but it is a fantastic experience. You will discover things about yourself that you never knew and be a more confident person because of it.

Cre

ativ

e &

Per

form

ing

Art

s

124 For more reasons to study Creative & Performing Arts at Bedfordshire, go to page 120 www.beds.ac.uk

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Course work; practical

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff of 200 with at least 160 from two A levels, or an Access qualification, BTEC, Advanced Diploma or equivalent (see pages 186-187). All applicants will attend an audition and interview.

Key featuresn Practice-led study of theatre, dance

and performance

n Study of acting and dance techniques

n Creation of inter-disciplinary performance through the study of physical, devised and dance theatre

n On-campus access to current professional performing arts practice

n Prepares you for work in the performing arts industry

About the courseThis course focuses upon current practice in cutting-edge theatre, dance and inter-disciplinary performance. You will have the opportunity to work as a director, choreographer, actor, dancer, and project leader. The course aims to create innovative graduates, who are able to adapt their skills to different professional performance contexts.

Performance is at the heart of all learning and assessment. Our approach develops articulate, skilled practitioners. At stage one you will develop a common vocabulary for your studies across dance and theatre, culminating in an end-of-year performance. At stage two you will apply this knowledge to both the development of choreographic practice and a full-scale production of a dramatic text.

At stage three you will undertake an independent research project, alongside advanced study of performing, directing, choreography, and community performance practice. How to work as a professional in the performing arts

industry underpins practical elements of the course across all three stages.

Career opportunitiesGraduates have progressed to careers in acting, dance performance, teaching, small-scale touring, arts management, community arts and educational outreach, and technical theatre production. Performing Arts graduates also have the opportunity to pursue Master’s or PGCE study and research.


Acting and dance technique

Choreography and directing

Full-scale production work in dance, theatre and inter-disciplinary practice

Collaborative and devised performance

New writing for stage

Leadership in a community context

Performance integrating new technology

Theoretical subject-based knowledge

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/w403 | UCAS Code: W403Performing Arts BA (Hons)

Did you know?Students have the chance to work towards a NCFE Level One Certificate in Technical Theatre, enabling you to gain formal recognition of your skills and an additional qualification, alongside your academic studies.

Cre

ativ

e &

Per

form

ing

Art

s


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Course work; practical

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff of 200 with at least 160 from two A levels, or an Access qualification, BTEC, Advanced Diploma or equivalent (see pages 186-187). All suitable applicants will attend an audition and interview.

Key featuresn Introduces you to a broad range

of contemporary theatre practice

n Trains you to work as a creative theatre practitioner

n Emphasis on professional practice-led learning and teaching

n Helps you to develop a professional portfolio of work whilst you are studying

n You explore ways in which theatre can transform lives in community settings

n Taught by academic specialists and professional theatre-makers/performers

n A chance to perform in full-scale theatre productions, and to set up and run a small-scale touring company

About the courseThis course enables you to immerse yourself in the process of contemporary theatre-making, predominantly as an actor, director, playwright or workshop facilitator. You will be involved in professional practice from stage one, ensuring that you are fully prepared for your career as a performer or creative theatre practitioner.

Throughout stage one you will work as an actor and deviser on a range of public performance projects. You will start to develop your professional CV and your understanding of the theoretical concepts that underpin your work.At stage two you will have the opportunity to work as a director, to run a workshop with a local community

group, and to plan a season of work that will be realised in small-scale companies during stage three of your course.

Career opportunitiesGraduates of this course are employed as actors, teachers, educational outreach workers or specialist trainers, which may supplement their work as small-scale theatre directors, workshop programme creators, project managers or freelance directors.


Acting

Directing, devising, scriptwriting

Avant-garde theatre

Planning and running community-based workshops

Analysis, critical theory and interpretation of drama and theatre

Theatre production

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/w491 | UCAS Code: W491Theatre & Professional Practice BA (Hons)

Did you know?Students have the chance to perform in full-scale theatre productions during their studies.

Cre

ativ

e &

Per

form

ing

Art

s

126 For more reasons to study Creative & Performing Arts at Bedfordshire, go to page 120 www.beds.ac.uk

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

We host a professional season of performance on campus that will give you access to the latest touring work in dance, theatre, music, comedy, poetry and film. You can also get involved in workshops.

Cre

ativ

e &

Per

form

ing

Art

s


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Nursing-related courses at the University

of Bedfordshire show continued success, raking

joint first in the country for graduate prospects, achieving top marks in

The Independent’s Complete University Guide 2012.

The most recent Destinations of Leavers from

Higher Education Survey 2010 highlights our outstanding

graduate success – an impressive 96 per cent of our

health graduates entered employment and/or further

study within six months of graduation. For Child Nursing and Midwifery

courses employment rates are as high as 100 per cent.

Plus, we offer a friendly and supportive learning

environment, enabling you to learn, develop and reach

your potential.

Nu

rsin

g, M

idw

ifer

y &

Hea

lth

128

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Nursing, Midwifery & Health

Tanisha HectorChild Nursing student

Hear from other students and staff, visit: uob.cc/qr127

I chose Bedfordshire because it offers one of the best courses in the country for paediatric nursing. We spend a lot of time on the wards, so our experience is realistic and prepares us for work. Plus the lecturers are always willing to go the extra mile to help us out. Studying here has been a real confidence boost.

Courses

132 FdSc Assistant Practitioner

133 BSc (Hons) Midwifery: Registered Midwife

135 BSc (Hons) Nursing (Adult)

136 BSc (Hons) Nursing (Child)

136 BSc (Hons) Nursing (Mental Health)

137 DipHE Operating Department Practice (ODP)

138 Continuing Professional Development (CPD) – Diploma to Degree

139 (B.Ost/M.Ost) Bachelor/Master of Osteopathy



42 BSc (Hons) Biomedical Science


171 BSc (Hons) Sports Therapy


’’N

urs

ing

, Mid

wif

ery

& H

ealt

h

129

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Why choose Nursing, Midwifery and Health at Bedfordshire?

We are ranked joint first for nursing graduate prospects in the UK, achieving top marks in The Independent’s Complete University Guide 2012.

Excellent employment record – 96 per cent of healthcare students in work and/or further study (Destinations of Leavers from Higher Education 2010).

Close collaboration between lecturers, mentors and surgical service managers.

Taught by specialist practitioners.

Multi-professional learning integrated into all courses in the faculty.

Integrated theory and practice.

Local practice placements in Bedfordshire and Buckinghamshire.

University-based education delivered in modern, dedicated health environments.

State-of-the-art e-learning, including e-portfolios.

Outstanding educational support from lecturers.

Personal tutor for each student for the duration of the course.

Opportunity to experience a range of practice areas.

Culturally diverse student body.

Contemporary curriculumWe offer a wide range of employment-focused health courses, including Foundation Degrees, courses leading to professional registration and courses for continuing professional development at degree, Master’s and doctoral levels.

All courses are developed and run in collaboration with partners in health and social services in Bedfordshire and Buckinghamshire, and incorporate practice-based learning with a skills focus. They are informed by leading research undertaken by our staff, some of whom are based in the Institute of Health Research. The Institute has a national research profile in:

n Health inequalities

n Health policy

n Chronic disease management

n Organisational development

n Educational research

Pre-registration coursesThe University of Bedfordshire is the only provider of nursing and midwifery theory and practice in Bedfordshire and mid and south Buckinghamshire, and the key provider of operating department practice in Bedfordshire and the surrounding areas.

Courses leading to professional registration include:

n Midwifery

n Operating Department Practice

n Adult Nursing

n Child Nursing

n Mental Health Nursing

Placements to support these courses are offered in local hospitals and community settings within Bedfordshire and Buckinghamshire.

Fantastic facilitiesUniversity-based education takes place in £2m facilities at the new Buckinghamshire

campus (Aylesbury) and at the award-winning site in Bedfordshire (Butterfield Park, Luton). Fully equipped with contemporary purpose-built facilities, both campuses ensure a modern and vibrant environment for today’s approaches to teaching, providing health students with plenty of opportunities to develop and refine their clinical skills.

The campuses also host a mix of fully networked computer suites, each with its own Learning Resources Centre and a digital library boasting 2,000 health-related e-journals. Nursing students also have access to the NHS Trust Libraries.

The perfect balanceOur Nursing, Midwifery and Operating Department Practice courses provide students with a balanced curriculum whereby students spend 50 per cent of their time in practice and 50 per cent in the University. Successful completion of your course will enable you to take on the role within your chosen profession with confidence and register with the relevant regulatory body.

Teaching by professionalsStaff in the departments are experienced and dynamic. We have professors specialising in reflective practice, clinical leadership and minority ethnic diversity, particularly in relation to organ transplantation.

Staff are active members of government and professional groups and committees, such as:

n The All-Party Parliamentary Group on Maternity

n The Department of Health Organ Donation Task Force

n The Health Professions Council

n The Patient Safety Agency

n The Nursing and Midwifery Council Heads of Midwifery (Education and Service)

Nu

rsin

g, M

idw

ifer

y &

Hea

lth

130

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Wide range of subjectsOther interests include spinal cord injury, medical ethics, genetic markers in cardiology, privacy and dignity, drug calculation and administration, service users’ feedback, gastro-intestinal nursing, clinical teaching, and current innovations in learning and teaching.

Tuition feesStudents on the Midwifery and Nursing degrees may receive an NHS means-tested bursary. Bursary arrangements for the Operating Department Practice course are currently under review. Tuition fees are met by a contract with the Strategic Health Authority (subject to governmental review).

For more details, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/money

Continuing Professional Development (CPD)A range of degrees and stand-alone courses are offered to meet continuing professional development needs. These courses are planned and developed in partnership with practitioners, NHS Trust managers and other agencies – a process which encourages inter-professional collaboration while maintaining the courses’ relevance to current practice and partnership working. Course outcomes are mapped against the NHS Knowledge and Skills Framework and occupational standards, along with the competencies and skills that students develop in practice.

See page 138 or visit: www.beds.ac.uk/postqualify for more information.

Foundation DegreesA range of Foundation Degrees is available, offered at the University or in partnership with local further education colleges, including:

n Assistant Practitioner (page 132)

Courses with collaborative partnersThe University of Bedfordshire also offers courses in partnership with the British School of Osteopathy (BSO).

These include:

n B.Ost Ostepathy (page 139)

n M.Ost Osteopathy (page 139)

For more information, contact:British School of Osteopathy (BSO) www.bso.ac.uk +44 (0)20 7089 5316

Q: What unique opportunities does studying Health at Bedfordshire offer?

A: We focus on the acquisition of professional skills, so our courses are developed with practice placement providers and delivered in new facilities. What’s more, student intakes here are smaller compared to many universities, which means that we get to know all our students well and are able to offer them extra support. Plus, a personal tutor guides them through their course.

Q: How do you help students secure jobs after graduation?

A: Most of our students secure their first job choice as a result of their studies here. We also link in with our clinical partners and have an award-winning careers service.

Q: How do you rate the facilities?

A: They are top notch and getting better by the day – we have recently opened a modern simulation lab at our Luton site, and have specialist skills labs in Aylesbury and Luton.

Q: Describe a typical week for a healthcare student.

A: Classroom-based education can be delivered any time between 9.30am and 6pm (usually 9.30am-4.30pm). In practice, students experience a real shift pattern, with occasional start times as early as 7am and sometimes working through the night.


A: Come to one of our open days. These offer an opportunity to find out more about our courses, visit the facilities and meet staff and current students.

with: Anthony McGrath Acting Head of Acute Health Care

Nu

rsin

g, M

idw

ifer

y &

Hea

lth

131

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Contact us: T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK/EU) E: [email protected]

Starts in: September or March

Location: University campuses in Aylesbury and Luton


Assessment: Exams; portfolio; presentation; reports; case study

Entry requirements: You must have one of the following: four GCSEs at grades A*-C; NVQ level two in a health-related subject; a portfolio of evidence demonstrating skills in maths and writing and experience of caring, communications and team-working.You should also be employed as a healthcare assistant band two, three or four, and agree with your line manager that you are able to undertake the course. Successful applicants will be invited for an interview.

Key featuresn Provides academic credit which

enables progression onto professional health and social care degrees

n Practice assessments follow the Knowledge and Skills Framework, an occupational standard for the NHS

About the courseThis course prepares you to practise safely and effectively in a changing healthcare context, thus maintaining a high quality of service and ensuring the protection of your customers.

You will benefit from a range of personalised learning approaches, including simulated clinical environments, workshops and personal study in the University’s specialist facilities. However, the majority of your practical skills will be developed through personal tutor supervision at your current place of work.

Career opportunitiesOn completion of this course you will be qualified to work as an assistant

practitioner in any hospital department within the NHS or independent healthcare sector, supporting and assisting colleagues who have professional registration.


Learning and practising in care environments

Care skills for assistant practitioners

Life sciences

Performing in professional environments

Customer care

Assistant Practitioner FdSc For more course info see:http://uob.cc/aspra Apply direct to the University

Did you know?The majority of your learning takes place in your current working environment, so you can enhance your skills and continue to practise at the same time.

Nu

rsin

g, M

idw

ifer

y &

Hea

lth

132 For more reasons to study Nursing, Midwifery & Health at Bedfordshire, go to page 130 www.beds.ac.uk

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Starts in: September (3-year course) or March (18-month course)

Location: University campuses in Aylesbury or Luton, with hospital sites in Luton, Bedford, Aylesbury and High Wycombe

Duration: 3 years full-time (45 weeks per year) or 18 months full-time (78 weeks)

Assessment: Case studies; written and oral exams; reflective essays; presentations; practical exams (OSCEs)

Entry requirements: Five GCSEs grades A*-C, including English, maths and a science subject and 240 UCAS tariff points, which must include a minimum of two A levels or their equivalent; or an Access to Healthcare and Social Studies course (with at least 80 per cent of the assessments at level three); or a BTEC National Diploma in Health and Social Care (equivalent to 240 tariff points) and evidence of recent study which includes a written assessment. Plus, preferably, three months’ relevant work experience. If you are already a registered adult nurse and have 60 credits at level two, preferably with at least six months’ experience as a nurse, you can apply for the 18-month course.

Short-listed applicants will be invited for an interview.

Key featuresn Practice fully supported by mentors,

practice educators and lecturers

n Students on the three-year course may receive an NHS means-tested bursary; tuition fees are met by a contract with the Strategic Health Authority

About the courseThis course equips you with the knowledge and skills to give effective care to childbearing women and their families in an ever-changing society. You will learn how to be responsive to the socio-economic, cultural, physical and psychological needs of women. You will develop these skills through role play and scenario-based learning.

The course also prepares you for your wider role in public health within primary and secondary care settings, including the promotion of sexual health. To acquire these profession-specific skills, you will spend half your time in practice and half in the University. Due to the professional nature of the qualification, the curriculum spans 45 weeks of the year.

Career opportunitiesOur graduates are working as midwives in a variety of clinical settings, including hospitals, the community and birth centres.

There are opportunities to advance in clinical practice or research in areas such as teenage pregnancy and infant feeding, specialist ultrasound midwives, independent midwives and midwife consultants. Midwives can choose to develop their public health role or specialise in neonatal care.


Normal childbearing processes

Public health

Promoting women’s health

Acute and emergency midwifery care

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/b711 | UCAS Code: B711Midwifery: Registered Midwife BSc (Hons)

Did you know?Placements start in the community with one-to-one support and guidance from a named community midwife; from there you will be placed in delivery suites and maternity wards and briefly in mental healthcare.

Lois CurrumsMidwifery graduate

I decided to take my placement in Ghana which took me out of my usual environment and comfort zone. The experience showed me you can take midwifery knowledge anywhere, and do a good job even with limited resources.

‘‘’’

133Contact us: T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK/EU) E: [email protected]

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13N

urs

ing

, Mid

wif

ery

& H

ealt

h

Starts in: September and/or March

Location: University campuses in Aylesbury and Luton, with hospital sites in Luton, Bedford, Aylesbury and High Wycombe


Assessment: Professional portfolios; reflective journals; case studies; presentations; written, oral and practical exams

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 200 with at least 160 from two A levels or an equivalent qualification, or an AVCE Double Award, an Access qualification (successfully completed with at least 30 merits), or equivalent qualifications such as Irish Leaving Certificate, Scottish Highers, International Baccalaureate or BTEC National Diploma. All applicants need to demonstrate their literacy and numeracy by attaining at least a grade C in English and maths at GCSE or equivalent for example level two adult literacy and numeracy. Short-listed applicants will be invited for an interview. The applicants’ numeracy and literacy skills will be tested at interview stage.

Key featuresn Supported practice placements in

partnership with local NHS Trusts

n Evidence-based practice, inter-professional working, research, patient safety, diversity and ethics spiral throughout the course

n First year shared by all nursing students irrespective of their field of practice

About the courseIf you care about people, enjoy being with them, and value challenging yet rewarding work, nursing is an ideal career choice. Almost nothing beats the sense of fulfilment that comes from helping someone to successfully manage a difficult life event.

These courses develop the skills and knowledge necessary for meeting the diverse and changing health needs of people from a range of communities.

Success will result in your being awarded a degree with Honours, as well as achievement in the proficiencies required by the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC) to be eligible for Registration as an Adult, Child, or Mental Health Nurse on Part One of the Council’s Register.

The course is divided into three stages. Stage one introduces you to the fundamentals of nursing in a range of settings. In the second and third years,

you will specialise in your chosen field of nursing.

Practice-based education accounts for 50 per cent of the course. During this time you will be supported by University staff and practice-based mentors.

Career opportunities As a Registered Nurse, you will be able to work in a range of healthcare environments, including the community, and residential and hospital settings.

Nursing Adult, Child, Mental Health BSc (Hons)


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13N

urs

ing

, Mid

wif

ery

& H

ealt

h //

Nur

sing

Adu

lt, C

hild

, Men

tal H

ealth

Starts in:

Location:

Duration:

Assessment:

Entry requirements:

About the courseFollowing the integrated first year of the course, you will spend two years acquiring the specialist knowledge and skills needed to nurse adults in a variety of practice settings such as in a hospital or in the community. These skills include being able to assess the needs of and to plan, implement and evaluate the nursing care for those individuals under your care who have long or short-term physical illnesses.

You will gain experience in medical and surgical nursing; care of older people; community nursing; an introduction to working in the operating department and the accident and emergency department or trauma unit.


Professional practice, legislation and ethics

Management and care of patients with long-term conditions

Acute healthcare such as surgery, medical, coronary and intensive care

Patient-centred care

Health research and evidence-based care

Leadership and management

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/b740 | UCAS Code: B740Nursing (Adult) BSc (Hons)

Did you know?Course developed in partnership with NHS Trusts in Bedfordshire and Buckinghamshire.

For details see Nursing overview p.134

Ade ShokoyaMental Health Nursing student

I chose Bedfordshire because I was impressed with what I saw. The learning environment prepares you for the world of work and everyone is friendly.

‘‘’’


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13N

urs

ing

, Mid

wif

ery

& H

ealt

h //

Nur

sing

Adu

lt, C

hild

, Men

tal H

ealth

Starts in: September only

Location:

Duration:

Assessment:

Entry requirements:

About the courseThe relationship between the person with a mental illness and the nurse is central to the care the nurse provides, hence the course emphasises the development of appropriate communication and interpersonal skills. Following the integrated first year of the course, you will spend two years acquiring the specialist knowledge and skills needed to work as a mental health nurse in a variety of practice settings such as hospitals, prisons, service users’ homes, residential centres, specialist clinics and other community settings.



Therapeutic models and interventions in mental health nursing

Care delivery in mental health nursing

Patient-centred care



Political contexts of care

Reflective practice

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/b760 | UCAS Code: B760Nursing (Mental Health) BSc (Hons)

Did you know?We believe that your learning should be inclusive and occur within the culture of higher education using practice as an integral part of the educational process.

Starts in: September only

Location:

Duration:

Assessment:

Entry requirements:

About the courseFollowing the integrated first year of the course, you will spend two years acquiring the specialist knowledge and skills needed to care for children, young people and their families in a variety of hospital and community practice settings. You will learn about the development and care of healthy children and young people as well as the nursing of sick children and adolescents aged 0-18 years who require acute or long-term care.



Supporting parenting

Safeguarding and promoting the welfare of children and young people

Nursing children and young people who are ill or disabled



Working with families and carers

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/b730 | UCAS Code: B730Nursing (Child) BSc (Hons)

Did you know?As a children’s nurse you will play a key part in helping families deal with their crises.




Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13N

urs

ing

, Mid

wif

ery

& H

ealt

h //

Nur

sing

Adu

lt, C

hild

, Men

tal H

ealth


Location: Luton campus, Butterfield Park


Assessment: Formal exams; learning contracts; seminars; case studies; assessment in practice

Entry requirements: You must have one of the following: five GCSEs grades A*-C**, including English and maths; an Access to Health and Social Care course; a BTEC, HND, GNVQ stage three or equivalent; satisfactory completion of an entrance examination.

**If you do not have GCSE grade C or above in English and maths, you will need evidence of equivalent numeracy and literacy qualifications – for example, Key Skills level two in numeracy and literacy. Short-listed applicants will be invited for an interview.

Key featuresn e-Learning to enhance classroom-

based activities

n Evidence-based care

n Students may apply current research in practice

About the courseOperating department practitioners work alongside doctors and their nursing colleagues as part of an inter-professional team delivering expert patient care in all aspects of the peri-operative experience. This course covers all aspects of peri-operative and critical care.

Most training will be in real work situations. Within the theatre, you will be supported and assessed by clinical staff while working in a small, multi-disciplinary team. Competence in the areas of surgical scrub, anaesthetics and recovery will be assessed in practice. Successful completion means that you can apply for registration with the Health Professions Council.

Career opportunitiesYour study may lead to a career as a practitioner in anaesthetics, surgery, the post-anaesthetic care unit, Intensive Therapy Unit (ITU), Coronary Care Unit (CCU), resuscitation and many more new areas of practice.


Science for operating department practice

Anaesthetic practice

Surgical practice

Care of the post-anaesthetic patient

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/b990 | UCAS Code: B990Operating Department Practice (ODP)

DipHE

Did you know?You will benefit from close collaboration between lecturers, mentors and surgical service managers.

Erica BrookerOperating Department Practice student

At 51, I was a bit worried that I wouldn’t be able to keep up with the course. But from day one I loved it – the tutors are friendly and helpful, and the students are great.

‘‘’’

Nu

rsin

g, M

idw

ifer

y &

Hea

lth


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Starts in: September or February

Location: Luton or Aylesbury

Duration: 1 year full-time or 2-5 years part-time

Assessment: Projects; care and client experience studies; reflective essays; skills assessment

Entry requirements: Open to all registered health and social care practitioners. Special entry requirements may apply. For details contact the University’s NHS Business Unit at [email protected].

Key featuresn Accreditation of Prior Experiential

Learning (APEL) is available

n Individual specialist units can be taken as short courses

n Flexible study using blended learning and online resources

About the courseDesigned for health and social care professionals, these courses explore and improve practice. Units enable registered professionals to develop personally and professionally. Outcomes are mapped against the NHS Knowledge and Skills Framework and national occupational standards. If eligible for APEL you will be given advanced standing on the basis of your qualifications and experience.

Career opportunitiesThese courses are ideal pathways for healthcare graduates who wish to extend their careers and professional development while enhancing their expertise.


BSc (Hons) Accident and Emergency Care

BSc (Hons) Care and Management of Long-term Conditions

BSc (Hons) Care Management

BSc (Hons) Coronary Care

BSc (Hons) Diabetes Care

BSc (Hons) End of Life Care

BSc (Hons) Health Care

BSc (Hons) Health Care Practice

BSc (Hons) Intensive Care

BSc (Hons) Learning Disabilities

BSc (Hons) Mental Health Care

BSc (Hons) Neonatal Care

BSc (Hons) Nursing Studies (with/without overseas nursing practice)

BSc (Hons) Perioperative Critical Care

BSc (Hons) Respiratory Care

BSc (Hons) Spinal Injury Care

BSc (Hons) Surgical Care

University Advanced Diploma in Management and Leadership

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/fdaheaApply direct to the University

Continuing Professional Development (CPD) – Diploma to Degree

Did you know?Developed with practitioners, NHS Trusts and other agencies, this is a supportive and flexible way of obtaining a degree in readiness for an all-graduate nursing profession.

Nu

rsin

g, M

idw

ifer

y &

Hea

lth


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13


Location: British School of Osteopathy (BSO), London

Duration: 5 years part-time (B.Ost) or 4 years full-time (M.Ost)

Assessment: Case studies; written exams; in-course and reflective essays; practical exams (OSPEs); Clinical Competence Assessments

Entry requirements: For details and further information on the course, please contact BSO Admissions on 020 7089 5316 or [email protected] or visit: www.bso.ac.uk/mm2enreq.htm

Key featuresn Practical education with practising

osteopaths, based on latest research

n Statutorily Recognised Qualification awarded by the General Osteopathic Council

About the courseThe Bachelor of Osteopathy course is a five-year, part-time course of study that has been flexibly designed to allow students to hold down a full-time job whilst undertaking the first three years of the course, and to work part-time during

the final two years. The qualification differs from the M.Ost in that the research dissertation is marked at an undergraduate rather than a Master’s level; the clinical credits remain at Master’s level, and the competence of B.Ost graduates as osteopaths will remain at the BSO’s very high standards. Subject to validation and RQ.

The integrated Master’s course is an undergraduate degree, but on completion you will be working at a level beyond most first degrees, including taking responsibility for patient care. It provides you with the best osteopathic education available, tutored by experienced practitioners. From the first year, you have contact with patients, and this expands throughout your degree. In addition, our osteopathic library is one of the best in the world. You will gain experience of managing problems, diagnosis, evaluating and selecting treatments, and developing your interpersonal skills.

Career opportunitiesBSO-trained osteopaths are renowned for their high-quality practice; although most work in private practice, osteopathy can open the door to a wide choice of

careers within the NHS. It also provides an opportunity to work flexibly, and acts as a gateway to postgraduate studies (MSc and Professional Doctorate), osteopathic research and osteopathic education.


Anatomy

Physiology and pathophysiology

Osteopathic technique

Clinical education and professionalism

Concepts of osteopathy

Preparation for professional life

Critical thinking

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/b110 | UCAS Code: B110 (BSO Institution Code B87)

Bachelor/Master of Osteopathy B.Ost/M.Ost

Did you know?The BSO has a portfolio of award-winning community outreach clinics, which expand students’ experience of contact with patients.

Nu

rsin

g, M

idw

ifer

y &

Hea

lth


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Our Psychology degrees have received the prestigious

British Psychological Society (BPS) accreditation.

This means that all Honours degrees confer eligibility

for the Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership – the first step towards becoming

a chartered psychologist – provided the minimum

standard of a Lower Second Class Honours is achieved.

External audits have consistently commended

the teaching quality of all our courses. We boast

industry-standard facilities and put on a number

of employment-focused activities throughout the

academic year, including visits to prisons and simulated

graduate assessment centres, to give our students the

best possible preparation for employment. Plus, our internationally recognised

research underpins all our degrees.

Psy

cho

log

y

140

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Psychology

Sharon O’Neill RyanHealth Psychology student

See what else Sharon has to say: uob.cc/qr138

Courses

143 BSc (Hons) Applied Psychology

144 BSc (Hons) Health Psychology

145 BSc (Hons) Psychology

145 BSc (Hons) Psychology, Counselling & Therapies

146 BSc (Hons) Psychology & Criminal Behaviour


147 Cert HE Psychology






‘‘’’

I chose Bedfordshire because the investment in facilities impressed me and the Psychology department was very credible. I am convinced this degree will enable me to enhance my current employment and progress my career further. The lecturers are specialists in their fields and the teaching on the course is excellent. This is a really exciting time to join the University.

Psy

cho

log

y

141

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Why choose Psychology at Bedfordshire?

Opportunities for placements in reputable institutions abroad.

Benefit from cutting-edge research in which lecturers are involved.

International staff team with a wealth of expertise.

Enjoy access to excellent teaching and research facilities which are exclusive to psychology students.

The coaching unit is the first of its kind in the country.

Student feedback consistently highlights the teachers’ brilliant response time to their questions and concerns.

Benefit from the additional support of the University’s internationally renowned Vauxhall Centre for the Study of Crime.

Work collaboratively with staff on research projects and present outcomes at prestigious conferences.

Highly committed to enhancing your employability.

Dynamic subjectsMuch of our course content deals with applying theory to real-life situations, ensuring that students receive an ideal balance of theory and practice. Subject areas include eating disorders, eye-witness testimonies, the origins of prejudice and stereotypes, and much more.

Skills focusDuring your course you will develop skills which are highly desirable to potential future employers, such as the ability to conduct research, problem-solving and critical analysis, communication and teamwork to prepare you for your future career.

We also give you the opportunity to undertake a year’s placement as part of the Applied Psychology course – a great start to your CV.

Excellent facilitiesOur high-quality facilities include:

n Data analysis laboratories equipped with the latest statistical and experimental software

n A television studio and video-editing suite, used in teaching and available for student research

n Individual cubicles which are fully equipped with psychology-specific software for running experiments

n Intranet resources

n A human interaction laboratory used for child observation and social interaction, boasting a two-way mirror and multimedia studio link

n A cognitive biological psychology lab offering specialised physiological data acquisition and eye-tracking equipment

n A qualitative data analysis laboratory with specialist software

n Lecture theatres and labs which are well equipped with full multimedia capabilities and projectors for group sessions

Applied researchStaff and students in the Department of Psychology are actively involved in applied psychological research at national and international level. Many have authored an impressive body of work in their specialist areas, including human problem-solving and thinking, stress and health psychology. Staff are also engaged in training and consultancy in areas including research methods, creativity and thinking, stress management and wellbeing.

Our research and teaching interests cover all aspects of psychology, placing particular emphasis on key areas including:

n Wellbeing and health psychology

n Organisational and forensic psychology

n Cyber psychology

n Criminal psychology

n Language processing

n Cross-cultural and mental health approaches to families

n Employability and the student experience

n Aspects of teaching and learning

Please note: Training in health, forensic or counselling psychology is acquired through postgraduate education and supervised practice, not through an undergraduate degree. On completion of these undergraduate courses, students are not qualified to practise as a psychologist without further training in these fields.

PsychologyJoin the University’s Psychological Society and benefit from visits to conferences, guest lectures and support from fellow students, as well as having a good time!

Psy

cho

log

y

142

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Duration: 4 years full-time sandwich

Assessment: Course work; practicals; exams

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 200 with at least 160 from two A levels, or an Access qualification, BTEC, Advanced Diploma or equivalent (see pages 186-187). Grade C or above in GCSE maths.

Key featuresn Placements in teaching support,

mental health, and organisational psychology

n Combines practical work with on-the-job supervision and academic supervision in university

About the courseThis exciting vocational degree gives you both practical experience and

theoretical knowledge. You will spend one year on a work placement. Previous work placements include: adult or child clinical psychology, investigating eating disorders, the prison service, student academic support, student mental health mentoring, organisational and management psychology, and practical psychology research.

You will follow the pathway of the BSc (Hons) Psychology degree for stages one and two, providing a grounding in the major areas and current issues in psychology. A strong emphasis is placed on developing practical skills, including listening and communication, support and advice provision, and familiarisation with, and identification of, psychological disorders.

Career opportunitiesGraduates enter business and personnel, research, training and teaching, and the NHS. With further training you can

enter fields such as clinical psychology, educational psychology, prison psychology, forensic psychology and occupational psychology or practise as a psychologist.


Counselling and coaching psychology

Human diversity and difference

Social, biological and developmental psychology

Memory, thought and language

Problem-solving and reasoning skills

Applied Psychology BSc (Hons) For more course info see:http://uob.cc/c810 | UCAS Code: C810

Did you know?This course gives you the practical experience linked to academic study that employers look for.

Q: What unique opportunities does studying at Bedfordshire offer?

A: We continually aim to provide the best learning experience and place high emphasis on employability. The career focus not only makes lectures more lively and interesting, but also enhances your future job prospects. What’s more, the Applied Psychology degree offers the opportunity to undertake work experience in a setting of your choice.

Q: What is a typical week like for a student in this department?

A: In the first year the teaching is concentrated on Mondays to Wednesdays (pattern may vary), allowing you time for assignments, projects, library research, and self-directed study. On Wednesday afternoons students can get involved in sports and activities organised by the student-run Psychological Society.


A: Take advantage of every learning opportunity offered within the department and wider University. Get involved early in research projects, volunteering, conferences, the BPS and work placements. Attend guest lectures from practising psychologists and employers, as well as assessment centre days to get top tips from industry. It will enhance your learning and set you apart from other graduates.

Q: What three words sum up the department?

A: I’ve managed to shrink it down to five: welcoming, enthusiastic, diverse, empowering, student-focused.

with: Dr Ian Robertson Head of Psychology

See what esle Ian has to say: uob.cc/hss11

Psy

cho

log

y


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Duration: 3 years full-time or up to 6 years part-time



Key featuresn Covers core psychology areas

n One of the only universities in the country to offer Health Psychology at BSc level

n Discusses the link between our thoughts, behaviours and health

About the courseThis course focuses on the study of human behaviour from a health psychology perspective, focusing on applications and implications of research that investigates questions such as what

predisposes us to illness and how drugs affect behaviour. It covers issues such as health promotion, disease prevention, eating disorders, substance abuse, pain, stress management, doctor-patient communication, coronary heart disease and cancer.

Stage one is an introduction to the core areas of psychology, as well as to human anatomy and physiology. Stage two includes a unit on health and counselling psychology, and stage three has a unit on applied health psychology which draws together research and practice, in addition to options in mental health and occupational psychology.

Career opportunitiesGraduates enter careers in areas of behaviour change and public health, as well as in non-health-related fields such as clinical, educational, forensic, prison and occupational psychology, business and personnel, research, training, teaching and the NHS.

It is also relevant to those wanting to work with people to either prevent disease and illness or to help people once they are ill.


Anatomy, physiology and health

Cognitive, social, developmental and applied health psychology

Counselling and coaching

Health behaviour change and intervention design

Biological psychology and neuropsychology

Mental health

Health Psychology BSc (Hons) For more course info see:http://uob.cc/c841 | UCAS Code: C841

Did you know?We offer training in health psychology from degree level through to Chartered status, which is the level you need to achieve to register with the Health Professions Council and practise as a Health Psychologist.

Psy

cho

log

y

144

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

www.beds.ac.ukFor more reasons to study Psychology at Bedfordshire, go to page 142






Key featuresn Engaging curriculum which

incorporates staff research expertise

n Emphasis on the applied nature of psychology

About the coursePsychology covers topics such as why people fall in love, how drugs affect behaviour, why we sleep, how rational we are and how others influence us.

This course provides a thorough grounding in the major areas of psychology, including social, developmental, cognitive and biological psychology, individual differences, and the history and philosophy of psychology.

Career opportunitiesThis degree is accredited by the BPS, allowing you to follow a professional career in psychology – including clinical, educational, forensic, prison, occupational and health psychology, business and personnel, research, training and teaching. In addition, psychology graduates frequently go on

to work in higher education, as lecturers, or to conduct research for a PhD.



Human diversity and difference

Social and critical psychology


Memory, thought and language

Problem-solving and reasoning

Cognitive and development psychology

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/c800 | UCAS Code: C800Psychology BSc (Hons)

Did you know?Our students present their research at national and international conferences.






Key featuresn Covers a range of theoretical

and practical therapeutic skills

n Gain a thorough understanding of core areas in psychology

About the courseThe course is designed for those wishing to specialise in areas related to counselling and clinical psychology. It prepares you for a range of vocational destinations, including further professional training and counselling at postgraduate level.

You will develop an understanding of classic and contemporary approaches to this area of applied psychology, plus the skills needed for psychotherapy and coaching.

Career opportunitiesThis degree will allow you to train as a counsellor or therapist, or to follow a career in psychology.

Career paths include clinical, educational, forensic, prison and occupational psychology, health psychology, personnel, research, training, teaching and the NHS.



Diversity and difference

Social and interpersonal psychology

The psychology of wellbeing

Memory, thought, language

Mental health and neuropsychology

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/cb89 | UCAS Code: CB89Psychology, Counselling & Therapies

BSc (Hons)

Did you know?This unique course places emphasis on coaching alongside counselling and psychotherapy.

Psy

cho

log

y


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13





Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 200 with at least 160 from two A levels or Access qualification, BTEC, Advanced Diploma or equivalent (see pages 186-187). Grade C or higher in GCSE maths.

Key featuresn Combines a theoretical and skills-

oriented approach to the study of forensic psychology

n Gain an understanding of criminal behaviour, personality traits of offenders and offender treatment

n Opportunities to collaborate with staff on research projects and present outcomes at prestigious conferences

n Independent research project in final year

About the coursePsychology is relevant in a multitude of sectors, but this course concentrates on one of its most interesting applications: criminal behaviour. You will receive a broad introduction to psychology before examining more specific questions of criminal psychology; questions like why individuals offend, who offends and who is most likely to be a victim.

You will also study the relationship between psychology and the criminal justice system, exploring police investigation, false confessions, expert witnesses, jury behaviour and treatment of complex offenders.

Career opportunities The practical and specialised skills you acquire on the course in conjunction with the exceptional qualifications, will help to qualify you for fascinating career opportunities in the police, prison service, social services, mental health sector and more. It will also prepare you for further study in any specialist

area of psychology, especially the MSc in Forensic Psychology (also offered at the University of Bedfordshire).


Individual differences

Psychological theories of criminal behaviour

The Criminal Justice System

Assessment and treatment of offenders

Social theories of criminal behaviour

Developmental theories of criminal behaviour

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/cl83 | UCAS Code: CL83Psychology & Criminal Behaviour

BSc (Hons)

Did you know?This is one of very few courses nationwide covering criminal psychology in such depth at undergraduate level.

Psy

cho

log

y

146 For more reasons to study Psychology at Bedfordshire, go to page 142 www.beds.ac.uk

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

See what else Nick and Kendra have to say: uob.cc/qr142

Nick Hamilton and Kendra MeyerPsychology & Criminal Behaviour students

‘‘’’

The course is more interesting each week. We started off with broad psychology education and are now delving deep onto specialist area like criminal behaviour, causes of crime and the criminal justice system. Our lecturers are international experts from a range of psychology backgrounds; we’re always in touch with them, and if we have any questions the response time is brilliant.





Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 200 with at least 160 from two A levels or Access qualification, BTEC, Advanced Diploma or equivalent (see pages 186-187). Grade C or higher in GCSE maths.

Key featuresn Combines psychology, criminology

and sociology

n Designed to give you an understanding of the causes of crime and the ways with which deviant behaviour can be dealt

About the courseThis course puts your learning in the larger context of law and economics as well as drawing ideas and theories from the broader disciplines of psychology and sociology.

Stage one: Provides a broad introduction to psychology and criminology and builds your skills in research, critical thinking and communication.

Stage two: Incorporates main areas of BPS curriculum and looks in depth at theories of crime and deviance.

Stage three: Examines current issues and ideas of criminal justice in the 21st century, and offers a range of options from other areas of psychology.

Career opportunitiesCareer paths include forensic psychology, investigative psychology, prison psychology, probation service, policing, youth justice, social work, local

government criminal research and other areas of criminal justice.


Criminological theory – why offenders offend

Current issues in crime and justice – up-to-date responses to offending


Problem-solving and reasoning

Cognitive, social and developmental psychology





Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 200 with at least 160 from two A levels, or an Access qualification, BTEC, Advanced Diploma or equivalent (see pages 181). Grade C or above in GCSE maths. Please note that is course is not applicable for international applicants.

Key featuresn Many of the units are core in stage

one of the Honours degrees

n Emphasis on the applied nature of psychology

n Possibility of transferring to BSc courses after successful completion (subject to availability)

About the courseThe Certificate allows you to explore the wide range of topics that psychology covers along with options in health, criminology or criminal behaviour. It includes units and themes that are likely to be directly relevant to students’ own lives, whatever their backgrounds.

This innovative short course is designed for those who wish to study psychology on a part-time basis and are unsure which area of psychology to specialise in.

Career opportunitiesThis course is relevant to careers in the public sector, education and care work. It also prepares you for further study at degree level in psychology or a related discipline. You will graduate equipped with a range of transferable skills that are deemed invaluable to employers, such as ICT, communication and presentation, knowledge and understanding, analysis and problem-solving.


General introductions to the fields of psychology

Learning skills and personal development planning

Methods of research in psychology

Optional learning opportunities which can be negotiated include:

Criminology

Anatomy and physiology

Criminal behaviour

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/cm89 | UCAS Code: CM89

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/c801 | UCAS Code: C801

Psychology & Criminology BSc (Hons)

Psychology Cert HE

Did you know?The curriculum uses real life circumstances in areas such as eye-witness testimony, prejudice, aggression and facial recognition.

Did you know?Offers the opportunity to sample higher education without committing to a full-time degree.

Psy

cho

log

y


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Social science courses at the University of Bedfordshire

focus on the social context of human need and behaviour,

human services, and the skills required to work with

disadvantaged people.

At Bedfordshire, we know the value of real-world

experience. We offer a range of courses that prepare you

for employment as a qualified social worker or youth and

community worker. Students also gain the knowledge and

skills needed for careers in the police, probation office, youth and community

work, caring and residential home

management.

We are accredited by the National

Youth Agency to provide

courses leading to youth and

community work qualifications, and by the General Social Care Council

for the delivery of social work courses.

So

cial

Sci

ence

s

148

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Social Sciences

Ruth CordenSocial Work graduate

See what other graduates have to say: uob.cc/qr146

Our lecturers made learning fun and interactive. The 200 days that I’ve spent out on relevant practice placements have really helped to prepare me for employment. The University sorted out all my placements, so I didn’t have to worry. Now I get to put my skills into practice in the new Channel 4 show The Joy of Teen Sex, where I’ll be filling an agony aunt role.

Courses

151 BA (Hons) Applied Social Studies


153 BA (Hons) Community & Youth Development (stage 3 only)



155 BA (Hons), BA Early Years Studies (stage 3 only)

156 BA (Hons) Health & Social Care

157 BSc (Hons) Social Work

158 University Certificate in Preparing for Social Welfare



82 BA (Hons) Childhood & Youth Studies

83 BA (Hons) Early Years Education



’’S

oci

al S

cien

ces

149

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Why choose Social Sciences at Bedfordshire?

Teaching is underpinned by world-leading research undertaken by our professionally qualified staff.

Part-time study options offer the flexibility of studying while maintaining employment.

Access to specialist knowledge, skills and experience to help you secure your future.

Topical courses, directly relevant to the issues and challenges facing today’s social sciences fields of practice.

Delivered by experienced practitioners, familiar with the demands of professional employment.

Friendly and supportive staff with a genuine interest in the welfare of their students.

Opportunities to undertake research for projects and dissertations, as well as broader research and practical experience within the specialist fields.

All students on undergraduate social sciences degrees can progress to the MSc in Social Work to become a qualified social worker.

Specially commended by the GSCC for our commitment to providing a student-centred learning environment and enabling students from non-traditional backgrounds to develop.

Skills focusOur courses are developed in partnership with practice agencies to ensure that they are up-to-date, relevant and lead to recognised professional qualifications. The staff have professional, academic, teaching and research qualifications, and teach from direct experience.

Social Work students benefit from a unique approach to training and development after qualification through the Centre for Development of Social Care Practice. Its successful partnerships with local agencies – such as Luton Housing and Community Living, and Bedfordshire County Council – as well as its relationships with service users and their carers enable students to gain hands-on work experience while making a significant contribution to the local community.

World-leading researchStaff in the Department of Applied Social Studies conduct research described as ‘world-leading’ in the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008. Their work embraces a variety of fields, including:

n Social and youth work

n Criminal justice

n Social studies

n Child and adolescent studies

n Health and social care

Research underpins all of the department’s undergraduate teaching, so our students benefit from the latest thinking and most up-to-date information on their subject areas. This ultimately ensures that they are highly employable after graduation.

Inter-disciplinary approachThe department maintains a focus on professional concerns within social welfare, as well as active links with those working in psychology, education studies and health services education. This ensures that we respond dynamically to the Government’s agenda for the professions, which calls for a ‘joined-up’, inter-disciplinary approach to thinking in social sciences.

Graduate successWe aim to produce graduates who can take an issue, research and analyse it, then use the results to inform and develop their practice. Our graduates have joined a wide range of commercial and government organisations in which policy decisions need to be informed by an understanding of the social world.

Life experiencesAt the University of Bedfordshire, teaching and research combine to provide students with a rich and supportive learning environment. The Experts by Experience Group, for example, is an alliance of individuals and their carers who have, or are relying on a range of, professional welfare services to support them with their disabilities or life difficulties.

The group is involved with the social work team all the way from the admissions process through to teaching and assessment. This means that social work students are able to observe and analyse real-life situations, draw on user life experiences and explore important practice issues, thus preparing them for the world of work in the best possible way.

Social SciencesPaul Hector, one of our Applied Social Studies graduates, now works as a Careers Advisory Service consultant, supporting prisoners to enhance their skills and qualifications for successful rehabilitation into the community when released.

So

cial

Sci

ence

s

150

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Course work, essays and reports; extended projects; single or group presentations; in-class tests; written, computer and multiple choice exams

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 200 with at least 160 from two A levels, or an Access qualification, BTEC, NVQ, Advanced Diploma or equivalent (see pages 186-187). The course welcomes applicants from a wide variety of backgrounds, ages, cultures and experience, both from within the UK and from overseas. Applicants with a non-standard entry route are usually invited for interview with the course manager.

Key featuresn Supports entry into, or career

development within, the human services professions

n Clear, practical and vocational character

About the courseApplied Social Sciences is concerned with issues faced by vulnerable individuals and groups within our society, as well as the policy, legal, cultural and organisational contexts in which social responses to human need are developed. Topics include: social policy, sociology, social psychology, social care, social research, comparative welfare and the various social services, both in the UK and in overseas countries.

Stage one: A foundation of knowledge and personal development. Stages two and three: Develop critical analysis skills in specific areas of the human services,

including children and adult services, criminal justice, welfare systems, disability issues, community care, public health, multi-agency working, globalisation and the law.

Career opportunitiesOur graduates enter youth work, policy research, offending teams, consultancy, advice work and counselling, local government, and housing administration. By undertaking postgraduate training, the degree also offers entry to social work, the probation service, counselling and community development work.

Applied Social Studies BA (Hons) For more course info see:http://uob.cc/l310 | UCAS Code: L310

Did you know?Graduates enter a wide range of professional fields and work with a broad and diverse client base.

Q: What unique opportunities does studying Social Sciences at Bedfordshire offer?

A: As an academic department which applies research to the social world, we give employment and life skills, as well as academic attainment, equal priority. We value diversity and real-world experience, and the pioneering research we conduct is recognised worldwide.

Q: What is a typical week like for a student in this department?

A: It involves a variety of different learning experiences – these include formal sessions such as lectures, seminars and group work, plus sharing of experiences among students. Students will also have a minimum of one day a week for private study and those on professional courses will spend a substantial amount of time on placement gaining practical experience.

Q: What is the best thing about your job?

A: Seeing our students succeed. We have a can-do attitude and are committed to making our students feel welcome and to helping them achieve their full potential.


A: We offer dedicated career-oriented study units, such as career development, reflective practice and inter-professional working. We also provide support after graduation.


A: The University offers a range of opportunities – grasp them.


A: Successful, approachable and safe.

with: Ravi Kohli Head of Applied Social Studies

See what else Ravi has to say: uob.cc/ss11

So

cial

Sci

ence

s

151

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13





Assessment: Essays; reports; extended projects; single or group presentations; in-class tests; exams; wikis and online discussions

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 200 with at least 160 from two A levels, or an Access qualification, BTEC, Advanced Diploma or equivalent (see pages 186-187). Entry to stage three is available for students who have undertaken a Diploma in Social Work, or alternatively, have a Foundation Degree in Youth and Community Studies, Early Years, or Child and Adolescent Studies.

Key featuresn Gives you the knowledge and skills to

enter and contribute directly or indirectly to children and young people’s services

n ‘Real’ practice issues and experiences inform the curriculum

n Entry to the Master’s in Applied Public Policy: Children’s and Young People’s Services

About the courseThe course covers the essential aspects of child development and welfare, equipping you to provide a skilled service to children and young people. Their rights, and the belief that they have equal access to services and life opportunities regardless of social difference, feature strongly throughout the course. You will apply knowledge to current practice issues and events.

Career opportunitiesCareers include: education welfare officer, social work assistant, family support worker, family centre worker, outreach project worker, community-based project worker and therapeutic worker with children and families. Combined with postgraduate training, the degree also offers entry to social work, the probation service, youth work and teaching.


Introduction to working with children and young people and families

Perceptions and discourses of childhood

Human systems

Child protection: critically analysing policy and practice

Exceptional behaviour in early childhood

Contemporary issues in exclusion and inclusion in education

Multi-agency working and career development in the human services

Child & Adolescent Studies BA (Hons) For more course info see:http://uob.cc/l550 | UCAS Code: L550

Did you know?We work alongside researchers, employers and relevant government departments to provide this cutting-edge course, set within the context of current events, research, legislation and policy.

So

cial

Sci

ence

s

152 For more reasons to study Social Sciences at Bedfordshire, go to page 150 www.beds.ac.uk

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Duration: 1 year full-time (stage 3)

Assessment: Assignments; individual and group presentations; portfolio

Entry requirements: This is a progression route for students currently studying on one of our foundation degrees in Youth and Community Studies which are validated by the National Youth Agency and the Joint Negotiating Committee (JNC) for Youth and Community Workers. For a list of our foundation degrees, see page 181.

Key featuresn Provides an additional academic

overlay to the professional qualification in youth and community work

n Recognises your professional status

About the courseThis course will enable you to use your current skills and knowledge as a starting point from which to progress. You will be required to complete four units of learning – three of them fixed, and one which you select from four options.

The course will focus on your continuing professional development and give you the opportunity to build on your current youth work practice.

Career opportunitiesObtaining a BA (Hons) as a top-up to your JNC qualification will open doors into management positions in local education authorities and voluntary organisations. In addition, you may wish to enter youth work, training or teaching (for which a degree is required).


Contentious professional issues

Continuing professional practice

Extended project

An optional unit from the department’s portfolio

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/l593Apply direct to the University

Community & Youth Development(stage 3 only) BA (Hons)

Did you know?This course provides the perfect opportunity to top-up an existing DipHE or foundation degree in Youth and Community Studies.




Assessment: Essays; reports; extended projects; single or group presentations; in-class tests; exams


Key featuresn Develops research, analysis and

policy-making skills which impress potential employers

n Opportunities to undertake postgraduate research degrees within the Vauxhall Centre for the Study of Crime on completion

About the courseThis course is designed for applicants from a wide range of academic backgrounds and experience. Criminology is explicitly concerned with the problem of crime, the conditions that generate it and the means by which it is controlled.

The course takes students from an introductory phase at stage one – the study of theoretical criminology – to a critical focus on research and policy at stage three. World-leading research into community safety, offending and youth justice informs all teaching.

Career opportunitiesThis course is designed to facilitate entry to a career in the field of human services with a particular emphasis on criminal justice. Careers include youth justice and youth work, offending teams, policing, community safety, local government and research into criminal behaviour.


Introduction to criminology

Young people, group offending, violent crime and youth justice

Causes and controlling crime

Violence in society

Contemporary issues in crime and justice

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/m931 | UCAS Code: M931Criminology BA (Hons)

Did you know?You will gain access to brand-new research about crime in countries around the world, including Belgium, China and the USA.

So

cial

Sci

ence

s


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Essays; reports; extended projects; single or group presentations; in-class tests; exams


Key featuresn Covers classical and contemporary

issues

n Relevant for those with an intrinsic interest in social, political, and cultural issues

n Designed to help you build the credentials relevant for a range of careers

About the courseStage one: Introduction to the main theories and research methods of criminology and sociology; looks at substantive issues in criminology and sociology such as domestic violence, serial killing, racial and gender discrimination.

Stage two: Explores topics such as punishment, theories of deviance and the mass media; contains a vocational element – you will research future careers and the required skills and knowledge, and network with prospective employers.

Stage three: Covers specialised areas such as forensic criminology; you will undertake a research project on a subject of your choice under expert supervision.

Career opportunities Leads to a wide range of graduate careers in the police force, the prison service, juvenile justice, youth work,

educational welfare, family care, probation and social work, as well as other jobs in social services. Also relevant to careers in local government, social administration, human resources, communications and marketing.


Theories and issues in criminology and sociology

Research methods

Career development

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/ml23 | UCAS Code: ML23Criminology & Sociology BA (Hons)

Did you know?Staff are experts in social theory, forensic criminology, mental illness and crime, the mass media, youth justice boards and the sociology of association football.

Tamás BereczCriminology & Sociology student

This course covers a variety of subjects from both areas which broadened my knowledge and helped me to discover which career pathway will appeal to me the most. It has been a very exciting and challenging experience, which has boosted my self confidence.

‘‘’’

So

cial

Sci

ence

s


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Duration: 1 year full-time (stage 3) or 2 years part-time (stage 3)

Assessment: Essays; reports; presentations; case studies; portfolio

This is a progression route for students currently studying on one of our foundation degrees in Child Care or Early Years and a senior or management position in an early years setting. For a list of our foundation degrees, see page 181.

Progression to Early Years Professional Status (EYPS) will require maths and English GCSE grade C or above, or an equivalent qualification which is recognised by the Children’s Workforce Development Council (CWDC). Students will be directed to these courses on admission to the course as required.

Please note that this course is not applicable for international applicants.

Key featuresn Exciting, relevant curriculum focusing

on the welfare of children in early years care and education

n Develops an understanding of the links between theory and practice and their application within the workplace

About the courseThis sector-endorsed course is run in conjunction with the Early Years Child Care Development Partnership in Luton and with local authorities. This close working relationship ensures that the course remains current and reflects the practice issues, events, research, legislation and policy influencing the welfare of children in early years care and education.

Career opportunitiesObtain a degree while working in the child care sector. Other possibilities include progression to teacher training.


Child protection: critically analysing policy and practice

Leadership, management and multi-agency working in early years

Exceptional behaviour in early childhood

Childhoods in a global context

Students can graduate with a BA Early Years Studies (without Honours) having completed the top two units, however they will not be able to return to the University to top up their award to Honours.

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/l522Early Years Studies (stage 3 only)

BA (Hons), BA

Did you know?Offers the opportunity to pursue Early Years Professional Status on completion of the degree.

So

cial

Sci

ence

s


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Falanna BestSocial Work graduate

The University has definitely helped me recognise where my strengths lie. The practice enabled me to graduate with experience within the field – in various areas within children and families and adult social care. I was very impressed with the lecturers’ personal approach to my learning and their availability clearly goes beyond their remit.

‘‘’’




Assessment: Written assignments; reports; extended projects; single or group presentations; in-class tests; exams; wikis


Key featuresn Vocational, relevant curriculum which

focuses on the needs of vulnerable people

n Develops a critical understanding of theory, practice and policy in health and social care

About the courseThis course responds to the blurring of boundaries between health and

social care in recent years, as vulnerable people are increasingly supported within their own homes and communities by a range of agencies and practitioners working in partnership. It is designed to prepare students to meet the challenges raised by such changes.

Topics include: health education, mental health, children and families, older and disabled people, multi-agency working, equal opportunities, working with diversity and difference, evidence-based practice, inter-disciplinary working, anti-discriminatory practice and user involvement.

Career opportunitiesCareers include working with users of health and social care services, children and families, drug and alcohol abusers, providing services for people with mental health problems, older and disabled people, and for young people; as well as health promotion, welfare, community development and liaison roles in health and social care.


Foundations in the social sciences

Introduction to health and social care

Welfare systems

Multi-agency working and career development in the human services

Public health: UK and global perspectives

Dependency and care: critical perspectives on policy and practice

Health issues in age, gender and ethnicity

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/l590 | UCAS Code: L590Health & Social Care BA (Hons)

Did you know?Members of staff have an enviable track record of delivering friendly, accessible and effective teaching and study support.

So

cial

Sci

ence

s

156

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

For more reasons to study Social Sciences at Bedfordshire, go to page 150 www.beds.ac.uk


Location: Bedford campus or Luton campus, Park Square


Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 240 with at least 200 from two A levels, or an Access qualification, BTEC, Advanced Diploma (see pages 186-187). The Department of Health requires that applicants for the Social Work degree have achieved Key Skills level two or above in English and maths. This means GCSE grade C or above, or an equivalent qualification which includes an assessment of these skills (Access course). Mature candidates without these formal qualifications may still apply and will be asked to demonstrate, before entering the course their suitability for academic study.Applicants will also be required to demonstrate substantial relevant experience, and an aptitude for working with people in need. All applicants selected for interview will be required to undertake a written task, for which advance notice and a reading list will be provided. All applicants will also be required to declare any previous offences (including cautions and formal warnings). If selected, successful applicants will be required to undergo a Criminal Records Bureau (CRB) check to confirm their suitability for working with vulnerable groups. In addition, applicants will need to complete a health check questionnaire and give permission for us to contact their GP, where necessary, to confirm their suitability for social work training.

Key featuresn Dedicated practice learning staff

who work on finding and developing practice learning opportunities

n Practice placements for students based at both campuses through the innovative Centre for the Development of Social Care Practice located at our Luton campus

n Each student has a tutor who is a qualified social worker

n Teaching and learning is informed by research activity by members of the department in key areas including: drug and alcohol abuse, unaccompanied asylum seeking children, human trafficking, personalisation, developing practitioner resilience, gangs and domestic violence

About the courseThis degree is the qualifying award for professional social work practice. It is designed around the Department of Health and the General Social Care Council (GSCC) curriculum for social work, and incorporates the professional qualifying award that allows graduates to enter employment as qualified social workers.

It combines practical experience and academic study to prepare you for practice in the rapidly changing and challenging field of social work. You will study a mix of theoretical and skills-based units with a focus on application to practice.

Please note: Social Work education and regulation is under review with changes to curriculum and professional body requirements expected between 2012 and 2013. The qualifying social work courses at Bedfordshire will all be reviewed during this time and changes made to ensure that the courses delivered here remain at the forefront of knowledge, skills and practice development.

In addition to the expected transition of regulatory functions from the GSCC to the Health (and Care) Professions Council and the College of Social Work in 2012, we anticipate that, by 2013 substantial changes will be made to the academic and practice curriculum in line with the Social Work Reform Board recommendations (2010) and the Munro Review (2011).

Career opportunitiesGraduates will be able to enter the GSCC professional Register and pursue rewarding careers in social work across a range of statutory, voluntary, private sector and independent organisations providing services for vulnerable and disadvantaged individuals, children, families, groups and communities.


Social work processes

Human growth and development

Diversity and difference

Professional practice in a range of social work and related agencies

Law for social work practice

Inter-professional working

Reflective practice

Organising care

Understanding the experience of people who use services

Social Work BSc (Hons) For more course info see:http://uob.cc/l501 | UCAS Code: L501 http://uob.cc/bedford

Did you know?This course is developed in conjunction with a range of statutory and voluntary partner agencies to reflect the changing needs of social work as a profession.

So

cial

Sci

ence

s


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Duration: 1 academic year

Assessment: Written assignments; group activities


You should normally be 18 at the start of the course. Those aged over 21 may be admitted with alternative qualifications such as an Access Certificate, or on the basis of their prior learning and experience. Applicants must also have paid or voluntary work experience in social welfare services. Please note that this course is not applicable for international applicants.

Key featuresn Designed for those working in,

or volunteering with, social welfare organisations

n Study alongside social work undergraduates

n Provides transferable credit for students who progress to the Social Work degree

About the courseThe Certificate comprises three stage-one undergraduate units taken on a part-time basis over a single academic year. Topics include: sociological perspectives on policy development in British society; social processes and institutions underpinning social work practice; various models within social work settings; and concepts of inequality, discrimination and oppression.

Career opportunitiesThis recognised qualification offers a route into professional social work roles such as community and family support worker. It also leads to qualified social work practice after undertaking further study in social work.


Introduction to social sciences, including how a social perspective can assist in working with people

Working together: theories, methods and skills for intervention

Diversity and difference, addressing structural inequality and oppression

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/pg93Apply direct to the University

University Certificate in Preparing for Social Welfare

Did you know?An opportunity to sample social work without the full-time degree commitment, but with the benefit of gaining a credible qualification.

Students benefit from hands-on experience in dedicated social work sessions with service users

So

cial

Sci

ence

s


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

So

cial

Sci

ence

s


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

The University of Bedfordshire is a major provider of education

and research in the areas of physical education (PE) and sport and exercise science.

We offer a wide range of industry-relevant degrees. Students will

be taught by world-leading academics and benefit from the latest developments in the area.

We are the first university to be working with the prestigious

national sports charity, the Dame Kelly Holmes Legacy Trust as

an associate partner. As well as fundraising initiatives, the University hosts a number of

events for talented young sports performers and their families.

With an exceptional reputation for our sport-related courses

and state-of-the-art facilities, we are set to train 2012 Olympic

athletes. Staff and students will also have volunteering roles

during the Olympics.

PE

, Sp

ort

& E

xerc

ise

Sci

ence

160

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

PE, Sport & Exercise Science

Maggie AlphonsiSport & Exercise Science graduateEnglish Women’s Rugby InternationalVoted Sunday Times Sportswoman of the Year 2010

I chose Bedfordshire because it was highly rated and acknowledged for its level of delivery in sport and exercise science. Lecturers are experts in their fields and are very inspirational. I would happily advise anyone to come here.

Courses

163 BA (Hons) Football Studies

164 BA (Hons) Sport & Community Leadership

165 BSc (Hons) Sport & Exercise Science

166 BA (Hons) Sport Management

167 BA/BSc (Hons) Sport & Physical Education

168 BSc (Hons) Sport Science & Coaching

169 BSc (Hons) Sport Science & Personal Training

170 BA (Hons) Sports Studies

171 BSc (Hons) Sports Therapy



85 BA (Hons) Physical Education with QTS

116 BA (Hons) Sport Journalism


‘‘ ’’P

E, S

po

rt &

Exe

rcis

e S

cien

ce

161

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Why choose PE, Sport and Exercise Science at Bedfordshire?

£8m state-of-the-art PE and Sport Science Centre.

Home to the muscle cellular and molecular physiology lab – currently the only one of its kind in the UK.

Staff are experts in their respective fields and many are internationally recognised.

A long-established history of high-quality teaching and over 100 years’ experience of teaching PE.

Our sports science labs boast an array of technical and scientific equipment for students to get involved in practical experiments to enhance their learning.

Strong links with professional clubs and county football associations.

Field trips include Luton Town Football Club, Twickenham, Wimbledon, Eastlands Stadium, Old Trafford Stadium and Woburn Golf Club.

Interact with support services for elite and top-class athletes.

Get involved in a range of sports science experiments and studies.

Optional work placement opportunities.

National award accreditation opportunities.

Established links with schools and community sport hubs.

Our courses provide an exciting, up-to-date, industry-specific curriculum.

Department of PE and Sport StudiesOur PE and sport studies courses have a long-standing heritage of high-quality teaching.

We are one of the few UK universities to provide the popular degree in Sport and PE. We also offer the unique Sport and Community Leadership degree alongside degrees in Sports Studies, Sport Management and Football Studies.

Department of Sport and Exercise ScienceSport and exercise science is a rapidly growing area offering a wide range of career opportunities. To meet the increasing demand for professionals in this area, we offer a range of sport and exercise science-related courses including Sport and Exercise Science, Sport Science and Coaching, and Sport Science and Personal Training.

Division of Sports TherapyWe were one of the first UK universities to offer the now well-established and reputable course in Sports Therapy. This degree combines academic learning with the vocational standards required to practise on a professional basis. What’s more, you will learn from highly experienced staff who are qualified therapists, coaches, fitness instructors, and/or practising athletes at international, national and local level.

Applied researchParticular research specialisms include:

n Muscle cellular and molecular physiology

n Studying the mechanisms underlying human responses to various stimuli

n Physical activity and health

n Studying how and why individuals interact with and benefit from physical activity and applied sport and exercise physiology

n Studying aspects of applied and basic science of the human body

Outstanding facilitiesAt Bedford:

n The £8m PE and Sport Science Centre boasts an exceptional range of technical and scientific equipment within its two gyms, human performance laboratory and sports science labs. There is movement sensor lighting in the gyms and the sport science labs, a ‘BodPod’ to measure body fat and lean tissue, an ‘Environmental Chamber’ which enables athletes to acclimatise to hot or cold environments, and ‘Force Plates’ that measure the force and power exerted during exercise

n Students have access to outdoor pitches at the Bedford campus and further facilities at the nearby Alexander Sports Centre

n We have a new and unique £70,000 muscle cellular and molecular physiology lab

At Luton:

n We have extensive sports therapy facilities including a sport science lab, a rehab room and a fully equipped clinic room and sports massage clinic

EmployabilityGraduates on our sports courses enjoy an impressive 95 per cent employment rate within six months of completing their course (Destinations of Leavers from Higher Education 2010). Our courses are designed to help students fulfil their true potential, both on the course and in the workplace. Opportunities exist to undertake work placements and to become involved in research projects.

PE

, Sp

ort

& E

xerc

ise

Sci

ence

162

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13


A: Our students get the opportunity to access staff who are the best in the UK in their field. We have the most modern equipment for teaching physiology techniques.


A: We embed employability skills into the curriculum so our graduates are ready to hit the ground running.


A: At Bedfordshire we help students become the graduates and professionals of the future through our career-focused teaching methods. So don’t worry about the job market –

good graduates get good jobs, and our excellent employment rate is testament to that.


A: We have an £8m PE and Sport Science Centre with all the latest equipment. We have a muscle cellular and molecular physiology lab – the only one of its kind in the country. Our facilities are absolutely amazing but don’t take my word for it. Come and see for yourself at one of our open days (see page 22).


A: Exciting. Ambitious. Unified.

with: Professor John Brewer Director of Sport




Assessment: Written assignments; exams

Entry requirements: A UCAS tariff score of 200 with at least 160 from two A levels, or an Access qualification. BTEC, Advanced Diploma or equivalent (see pages 186-187). GCSE grades C or equivalent, in English language and maths.

Key featuresn Gain football coaching awards

n Multi-disciplinary course, involving the study of football science, management and social studies

About the courseThe course offers an overview of football within the business, coaching and educational environment, as well as a detailed study of sport industry sectors as a whole. The course will appeal to those with an interest in football and those seeking employment within football-related industries. You will study a variety of units, including those concerned with football administration, social issues in football, and football coaching, as well as units concerned with the broader areas of sport and leisure.

Career opportunitiesCareer paths include football and sport development, football and sport coaching, and specialised posts in the tourism, leisure, sport and recreation industries.


Introduction to football

The football business

Football and the media

Developing coaching study and skills

Sport education

Sport development

Leisure and sport management

Sociology of sport

Football Studies BA (Hons) For more course info see:http://uob.cc/nxf1 | UCAS Code: NXF1

Did you know?The course will be underpinned by academic theory related to football, sport and leisure, and will involve students in the application of concepts in industry-related scenarios and realistic simulations.

PE

, Sp

ort

& E

xerc

ise

Sci

ence

163

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13





Assessment: Essays; group research; oral tests; presentations; seminar papers; phase tests; projects

Entry requirements: UCAS score of 200 or above from at least two A levels or BTEC equivalent. All students will need GCSEs English language and maths at grade C or above. For mature students who already have experience of working in sport development in the community, these criteria may be relaxed so that routes into higher education via Access courses become applicable (see pages 186-187).

Key featuresn Route into sports development

and community-based sport

n Workshops and practical activities

About the courseThe course is aimed at those interested in the planning, delivery, teaching and coaching of sport, but who do not want to become PE teachers. It builds the knowledge and skills required to work with groups in the community.

Stage one is concerned broadly with learning to lead. Stages two and three build on this to develop skills to work with diversity, to enhance social inclusion and create sustainable sports programmes in the community. Work placement, employability and vocational skills are integral.

Career opportunities Graduates can pursue careers in sport development, sport and leisure management, health promotion teaching support, coaching, the police, armed forces, corporate fitness, and charities. Postgraduate study is also available.


The community and society

Sport leadership

Community cohesion, sport equity and sustainability

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/cx69 | UCAS Code: CX69Sport & Community Leadership BA (Hons)

Did you know?If you’re interested in coaching, delivering or planning sport, then this is the course for you.

Geoff TilfordSport & Community Leadership Student

I’m enjoying the course. It has challenged me as I didn’t have the opportunity to go to university when I was younger. It was a big decision at my age but the course isn’t about youth – it’s about getting the community involved with sport.

‘‘’’

PE

, Sp

ort

& E

xerc

ise

Sci

ence

164

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

For more reasons to study PE, Sport & Exercise Science at Bedfordshire, go to page 162 www.beds.ac.uk




Assessment: Essays; research projects; presentations; laboratory reports; seminar papers; exams

Entry requirements: A UCAS tariff score of 240 points based on a minimum of two A levels or the equivalent in sports studies, psychology or a natural science such as biology. Grade C or above in GCSE maths and English language or the equivalent (see pages 186-187).

Key featuresn Focuses on the scientific study

of sport and exercise

n High-performance environment that combines scientific knowledge and sports performance

About the courseAt stage one, you will undertake core units that are designed to provide a broad knowledge of the core scientific areas of sport and exercise science.

At stage two you will use online gas analysis machines, an environmental chamber, light gates, and echocardiography to facilitate the understanding of scientific theory to sporting performance.

At stage three, you will use your acquired theory and practical skills to undertake your own research project.

Career opportunitiesRecent graduates have pursued careers in fitness consultation, nutrition and PE. Other career opportunities include sports performance, health and fitness, coaching and sports development The emphasis on research also gives students a solid base for postgraduate study.


Exercise and health

Psychology of sport and exercise

Applied biomechanics

Physiology of human performance

Sports injuries

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/c600 | UCAS Code: C600Sport & Exercise Science BSc (Hons)

Did you know?With the development of the muscle cellular and molecular physiology lab, the only one of its kind in the UK, you will get a unique opportunity to be involved with the latest area of sports science research.

The Kim Com Isokinetic Dynamometer is used to measure muscle force and regeneration

PE

, Sp

ort

& E

xerc

ise

Sci

ence


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13


Location: Bedford campus, Park Square



Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 200 from two A levels, or an Access qualification, BTEC, Advanced Diploma or equivalent (see pages 186-187). GCSE grades C or equivalent, in English language and maths.

Key featuresn Offers exemptions for the Institute

of Sport and Recreation Management (ISRM)

n Opportunity to specialise in particular sectors of the sport and fitness industry

n Provides a sound basis for a career in management within the industry

About the courseThis course is concerned with the business and management aspects of sport organisations. As the demand for competent managers in this area has grown rapidly in recent years, you will be provided with a sound basis for a successful career in management within sport-related industries.

This course is designed to enable you to understand and appreciate both domestic and global sport environments and the management issues and practices that lie within.

You will have the opportunity to explore the many cultural, political, economic and educational issues and challenges that such environments engender, whilst experiencing the many industry-led initiatives currently in place to meet them.

Career opportunitiesMany of our graduates have progressed successfully into management roles in public, voluntary or commercial sport and fitness organisations.


Conference and event management

Sport development

Leisure and sport management

Leisure and sport environments

Issues in sport

Sociology of sport

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/cnp2 | UCAS Code: CNP2Sport Management BA (Hons)

Did you know?The department maintains links with Luton Town Football Club, Twickenham, Wimbledon, Eastlands Stadium, Old Trafford Stadium, Woburn Golf Club, as well as local councils and national governing bodies.

PE

, Sp

ort

& E

xerc

ise

Sci

ence

166 For more reasons to study PE, Sport & Exercise Science at Bedfordshire, go to page 162 www.beds.ac.uk

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Essays; group research; lab reports; presentations; seminar papers; exams; reflective journals

Entry requirements: A UCAS tariff score of 240 points, including two passes at GCE A level or equivalent; grade C or higher in GCSE maths and English language; some background in behavioural/social sciences; and an A level in physical education (PE).

Key featuresn Excellent route into teacher training

n Practical courses including gymnastics, dance, swimming, Outdoor and Adventurous Activities (OAA)

n Enables you to pursue a career in sport, including PE teaching

About the courseAt stage one you will cover the key foundation issues in sport and PE through academic study and by undertaking extensive practical work.

At stage two you will deepen your understanding of the key issues in sport and PE, and expand your ability to apply these to practical areas. At the end of stage two, you may undertake a work placement.

At stage three you will develop specialist knowledge, both in the theoretical area and in the sector of your choice.

Career opportunitiesPursue an initial teacher training course leading to Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) including the PGCE in Secondary PE at the University. Other opportunities exist in sports development, sport and leisure management, health promotion and the police.


Psychology of sport

Physiology and anatomy

Socio-cultural aspects of sport and physical activity

Research methods

PE (history, theory and current educational issues)

PE (applied studies)

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/c601 | UCAS Code: C601Sport & Physical Education BA/BSc (Hons)

Did you know?We have over 100 years’ experience of teaching PE, so you can be confident that you will be taught by experts in the field.

Our PE and Sport Science Centre features an impressive range of fitness testing equipment

PE

, Sp

ort

& E

xerc

ise

Sci

ence


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Essays; group research; lab reports; presentations; seminar papers; practical assessments; exams

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 220 including two A levels (or equivalent); grade C or higher in GCSE maths and English language (or equivalent). It is also preferable to have some experience and/or qualifications in coaching sport. An enhanced Criminal Records Bureau (CRB) check will be carried out (as required) prior to work experience.

Key featuresn Links with sports partners offering

practical coaching experience at all levels

n High-performance environment that combines scientific knowledge and sports performance

n Optional study routes at stage two and stage three

About the courseThis course will give you the opportunity to specialise in the academic study of sports coaching. You will gain the necessary qualifications and practical skills to be a successful coach and/ or instructor. The course combines a thorough understanding of sports and exercise science, with knowledge of the range of roles and contexts within which a coach works. Theoretical, vocational and practical elements are included to help you to gain a comprehensive understanding of sport science, which underpins coaching practice.

Career opportunitiesGraduates of this course can find employment as a sports coach, exercise/fitness instructor, sports development officer or GP referral co-ordinator.


Psychology of sport and exercise

Physiology and applied anatomy

Socio-cultural aspects of sport coaching

Research methods

Coaching study, skills and practice

Work experience to refine coaching skills

Sport Science & Coaching BSc (Hons) For more course info see:http://uob.cc/cx61 | UCAS Code: CX61

Did you know?This course offers the chance to get involved in a range of sports science experiments and studies.

Anika Leslie-WalkerSports Science graduateFootball Development Officer for Bedfordshire Football Association

‘‘’’

Lecturers were always supportive and helped me secure a three-month coaching job in LA, San Francisco and San Diego. It was fantastic and invaluable for my CV – and I have Bedfordshire to thank!

PE

, Sp

ort

& E

xerc

ise

Sci

ence

168

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

For more reasons to study PE, Sport & Exercise Science at Bedfordshire, go to page 162 www.beds.ac.uk




Assessment: Written exams; practical exams; presentations; course work

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 200 including two A levels (or equivalent); grade C or higher in GCSE maths and English language (or equivalent). Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning (APEL) may be applicable to those with a stage two qualification accredited by the Register of Exercise Professionals (REPs) and experience of working in the health and fitness industry. Decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis.

Key featuresn Gain fitness industry qualifications

during the course

n High-performance environment that combines scientific knowledge with sports performance

About the courseThe course combines a thorough understanding of sport and exercise science with knowledge of the fitness industry, offering the opportunity to gain vocational qualifications that are recognised by a wide range of professional bodies in the fitness industry, including the Register of Exercise Professionals (REPs).

Theoretical, vocational and practical elements combine to offer a comprehensive understanding of sport science, which underpins gym-based work and personal training, and an understanding of the growing area of exercise-referral. Students will be able

to specialise in either sports psychology or biomechanics, whilst maintaining a study of exercise physiology.

Career opportunitiesCareers are open in the health and fitness industry or within the National Health Service, relating to health promotion and exercise intervention. Postgraduate study is also available.


Physiology of exercise

Biomechanics of exercise

Psychology of exercise

Sports injuries

Fitness industry awards

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/c613 | UCAS Code: C613Sport Science & Personal Training

BSc (Hons)

Did you know?Our students present their research at national and international conferences.

PE

, Sp

ort

& E

xerc

ise

Sci

ence


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Essays; presentations; seminar papers; group research; exams

Entry requirements: UCAS tariff score of 220 with at least 180 from two A levels, or an Access qualification, BTEC, Advanced Diploma or equivalent (see pages 186-187). GCSE grade C or above in English and maths.

Key featuresn Broad-based, sports-orientated

degree, enabling you to pursue a vocationally appropriate route

n Optional four to six-week work placement

About the courseYou will focus to a large extent on the social sciences with an emphasis on sociology, history, social psychology and philosophy.

During stage one, you will be introduced to the wide range of subjects encompassed by sports studies. During stages two and three, you will explore areas of exercise and health, sport, culture and technology in more depth. There is some choice of areas of study during these stages, allowing you to tailor your degree to suit future career aspirations. You will undertake a final-stage research project – either in the form of a dissertation, or a project based on your work experience. You will also have the option to arrange and undertake a four to six-week work experience placement.

Career opportunities Recent graduates from the course have progressed into successful careers as health promotion specialists, exercise development officers, fitness consultants and football coaches. Other career opportunities include jobs in sports development, sport marketing and sports-related product sales across a wide range of areas.

Graduates with this degree are well placed to pursue postgraduate study.


Exercise and health

Research methodologies

Psychology in sport

Sociological perspectives

Historical aspects of sport participation

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/c612 | UCAS Code: C612Sports Studies BA (Hons)

Did you know?Our laboratories are working towards British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences (BASES) accreditation.

Technical and scientific equipment enables students to get involved in practical experiments to enhance their learning

PE

, Sp

ort

& E

xerc

ise

Sci

ence

170 For more reasons to study PE, Sport & Exercise Science at Bedfordshire, go to page 162 www.beds.ac.uk

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Course work; written exams; practical exams


Key featuresn Emphasis on practical application and

manual skills

n Clinical practice work placements allow students to develop their clinical therapy skills and enhance their prospects of employment

n On-site sports massage clinic

n New strength and conditioning gym and sports therapy suites

n Emphasises musculo-skeletal trauma and manual therapy skills, which is important for clinical practice

n Dynamic and expert team drawn from health professions and sports science backgrounds

n Delivered in one of the best-equipped sports therapy and physical therapy teaching environments in the UK

n Routed in a research rich environment, which focuses on the effectiveness of treatment techniques

About the courseWith more than 50 per cent of the course focused on the development of practical skills, we aim to produce confident, competent and professional clinicians equipped for practice in today’s sports therapy environment. Students undertake in-depth study in the areas of: human anatomy, physiology, pathology and clinical management skills.

The course is also underpinned by sports science, physiology, biomechanics and psychology.

You will practise in our in-house sports massage clinics and externally within sports clubs and sports teams, and within local hospitals and clinics. At stage three you will undertake an independent research project.

Successful students can gain a number of professional certificates and recognitions during their studies. These include: a first aid certificate from the UK Health and Safety Executive, membership of the Sports Massage Association at level four, and a gym instruction certificate recognised by the Register of Exercise Professionals (REPs Level two). You could also gain eligibility for insurance for professional practice through Independent Professional Therapists International (IPTI).

Career opportunitiesAfter qualification our graduates are equipped to work in a wide variety of sports therapy and in sports medicine environments, from the NHS, through to private clinics, sports clubs and sports teams. They are equipped to be employed by others, but also to work as private practitioners in their own business.


Assessment of sports injuries

Gait analysis

Sports massage

Advanced soft tissue techniques

Electrotherapy and therapeutic modalities

Sports injury rehabilitation

Strapping and taping

Gym instruction

Sports nutrition

Physiology and biomechanics

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/cb63 | UCAS Code: CB63Sports Therapy BSc (Hons)

Did you know?This is one of the longest established Sports Therapy degrees in the UK, and we are an educational institution member of the World Federation of Athletic Training and Therapy.

PE

, Sp

ort

& E

xerc

ise

Sci

ence


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

The Division of Tourism and Leisure at Bedfordshire

has a proven track record of providing innovative and

vocationally relevant courses in the area of tourism,

leisure and events. Our aim is to equip students for employment in what

is now one of the world’s fastest growing industrial

sectors, which is why we place employability at the

heart of the curriculum. For students wanting to further

their studies, we offer an excellent grounding for study

at postgraduate level.

All our courses are underpinned by

internationally recognised research and as such,

are enhanced by extensive research-informed teaching

by some of the UK’s finest experts in tourism, leisure and events.

We have the staff, courses, and facilities to provide

an outstanding experience for tourism, leisure and

events students.

Students have the opportunity to take part in

various field trips to see first-hand the management

and effects of tourism. Previous trip destinations

have included The Eden Project.

Tou

rism

, Lei

sure

& E

ven

ts

172

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Tourism, Leisure & Events

Alison Pengelley Event Management graduate

Courses

175 BA (Hons) Event Management

176 BA (Hons) International Tourism Management

177 FdA Travel Operations Management

177 BA (Hons) Travel & Tourism



I decided to pursue a career path which aligned more with my personal interests as I felt unfulfilled in my career. The lecturers have always found the time or made the time to listen to me and assist me.

‘‘’’

Tou

rism

, Lei

sure

& E

ven

ts

173

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Why choose Tourism, Leisure and Events at Bedfordshire?

We maintain excellent links with the industry.

You will be taught by a dynamic team of highly qualified staff, many of whom are internationally recognised.

All our courses are underpinned by research conducted at the University.

Our courses focus on the events and tourism industry and their growing role in society.

Gain qualifications that reflect current thought and practice essential for successful careers in the tourism, leisure and events industry.

Share our strengthsWe have:

n World-renowned staff and a strong track record for high-quality teaching and research in international tourism

n A flexible learning delivery by a supportive and enthusiastic teaching team

n Research-informed course content reflecting the needs of the industry today

n A strong emphasis on sustainability and an ‘ethical’ conscience

n Extensive industry links ensuring the development of ‘real-life’ applicable research and opportunity for work-based placements

n A well-established and vibrant international student community

n Extensive cross-faculty teaching and partnerships across units and courses

n Involvement and support from our dedicated Institute for Research in Tourism (INTOUR)

Broadening your horizonsWe maintain strong industry links so you can benefit from opportunities to build your practical and professional skills.

We offer the chance to study or work abroad on most of our courses. If you study International Tourism Management, you can work for a year either in the UK or overseas and benefit from living and

studying near London Luton Airport, home to several large travel companies. We also have established links with TUI, Woburn, Monarch Airlines and easyJet, so we can help you find a placement that is right for you.

Students have the chance to go on field trips to see first-hand the management and effects of tourism around the world, which enables them to apply their theoretical knowledge to real tourism issues. Recent trips have been arranged (and thoroughly enjoyed!) to Andorra, Cuba, Kenya, Tunisia, Mauritius and Sri Lanka.

Skills developmentWe aim to instill in you the skills to meet the ever-changing demands of today’s tourism and leisure employers. As well as developing skills essential to the industry, you will develop a range of key transferable skills, including critical analysis, project management, leadership and problem-solving.

EmployabilityOur graduates succeed in a wide range of careers in the areas of leisure management, event management, tour operations management and international tourism management. They also benefit from opportunities to pursue postgraduate study and research. Visit: www.beds.ac.uk/tourism to find out more.

Tourism, Leisure & Events A high graduate employability

rate for tourism, leisure and events graduates with 86 per cent in work and/or further study within six months of graduating (Destinations of Leavers from Higher Education 2010).

Tou

rism

, Lei

sure

& E

ven

ts

174

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Course work; exams; individual and group-based written assignments; group presentations; practicals


Key featuresn Leads to a career in event management

or related fields

n Opportunity to combine classroom-based learning with fieldwork activities

About the courseThis course can be structured towards the sectors of the industry or types of events that most interest you, for example social, sporting, business or cultural events.

You will gain a range of skills to enhance your employability – specifically within the events industry and more generally within the leisure, sport and tourism management industries. You will also have the opportunity to volunteer for events staged at the University for local authorities as well as national events.

Stage one offers the opportunity to inspect creative challenges presented during the process of event production. At stage two you will examine event-related problems and present creative options for solving the identified issues. Stage three offers the opportunity to specialise in a range of areas and to focus closely on the strategic management of event management-related businesses.

Career opportunitiesGraduates pursue careers as conference organisers, outdoor activities organisers, and as managers of nightclubs, music venues, theatres, hotels, restaurants and bars. Excellent career opportunities exist in commercial and public sector organisations.


The business of events

Events: themes and perspectives

Hospitality and event operations

Visitor attraction management

Sport tourism management

Issues in event management

Project management

Tourism marketing


Mega sport events

Event Management BA (Hons) For more course info see:http://uob.cc/n820 | UCAS Code: N820

Did you know?You will be given real events to manage so you can put theory into practice and build skills valued by employers.


A: Students are taught by industry experts and benefit from high-quality, research-informed teaching with extensive industry links.


A: Excellent. All tutors generally teach students face-to-face for between five and 15 hours a week plus personal supervision and tutoring sessions. There are also opportunities to attend extra seminars and events with staff.


A: We work closely with our excellent Careers and Employment Service.

We also develop strong partnerships with industry and invite employers to talk to students about future opportunities. We keep in close contact with our alumni and ensure they are given the best advice and opportunities available. We also have a dedicated Employability Fellow who identifies and nurtures exciting new industry opportunities for all of our students.


A: The University boasts first-class facilities with some wonderful new buildings and learning spaces.


A: Experienced. Pro-active. Supportive.

with: Dr Sally Everett Head of Tourism & Leisure

Tou

rism

, Lei

sure

& E

ven

ts


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Duration: 4 years full-time sandwich

Assessment: Course work; exams; individual and group-based written assignments (reports/essays/portfolios); group presentations


Key featuresn Offers a pathway to exciting careers

in the international tourism sector

n A year working in industry

About the courseThis course links theory to practice, and focuses on global issues such as the development and management of sustainable tourism. You will have the opportunity to study some of the most pressing issues in international tourism management, including the impact of

new technology on travel, tourism and mobility, the environmental, economic and social impacts of tourism. Stage two includes field trips to tourist destinations or attractions, and an opportunity to specialise in visitor attractions, air transport, sport tourism or events management.

The stage-three work placement is an ideal time to discover the career paths open to you. Your placement may take you to countries across the world, and companies such as tour operators, destination management companies, airlines and major hotel chains. Stage four offers you the chance to focus on the strategic management of tourism-related business. Company visits and guest speakers from the industry will reinforce your learning.

Career opportunitiesCareer opportunities include working in tour operations, international tourism development, air transport management, ground handling, business development and tourism marketing.


Visitor attractions management

Air transport management

Strategic management and organisational behaviour

Tourism marketing

Events management

Sports mega events

Sustainable tourism in developing countries

Heritage, culture and society

International Tourism Management BA (Hons)


Did you know?With guest speakers directly from the industry, you will be exposed to the latest developments in the industry, which will in turn reinforce your learning and make it relevant to the needs of employers.

‘‘’’

My greatest challenge was working full-time at London Luton Airport during my studies, whilst keeping up a very active social and sports lifestyle and staying on top of my studies! But it all worked out fantastically. I got a great degree and valuable work experience and I secured an excellent job directly because of the skills I acquired during my course.

James CoullInternational Tourism Management graduate Key Account Manager for iNTECH Recruitment LTD

Tou

rism

, Lei

sure

& E

ven

ts

176 For more reasons to study Tourism, Leisure & Events at Bedfordshire, go to page 174 www.beds.ac.uk

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Assessment: Course work; exams; individual and group-based written assignments (reports/essays/ portfolios); group presentations


Key featuresn Leads to a career in any branch

of travel and tourism

n Optional field trips available

About the courseThis course will appeal to you if you are looking for a career in any branch of the travel and tourism industry.

You can structure your course, gearing it towards particular sections of the industry that interest you most.

Stages one and two provide insights into the tourism industry and knowledge of the underlying business and management disciplines required to be a successful manager.

Stage three offers you the chance to specialise in a range of areas and to focus on the strategic management of tourism-related businesses. This will enable you to achieve a broad understanding of travel and tourism-related areas of study such as marketing.

Career opportunitiesOpportunities open to graduates include roles as a tour operator or ground handling agent. Careers are available in transport companies including airlines, the hospitality industry, and business and conference organisations.


Introduction to the travel and tourism industry

Air transport management

Hospitality and event operations

Tourism marketing

Sustainable tourism in developing countries

Heritage, culture and society

Leisure in mind

Understanding tourism

Mega sports events

Project management

Business events

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/n800 | UCAS Code: N800Travel & Tourism BA (Hons)

Did you know?You will explore different segments of the tourism industry to build a strong understanding of this sector.

Starts in: Various

Location: Online distance learning delivery with regular study workshops

Duration: 3-4 years part-time

Entry requirements: Entry requirements for a foundation degree are: one A level or equivalent vocational A level; Advanced GNVQ pass; ONC/OND; Advanced Modern Apprenticeship; Part three Craft Award or NVQ three.

This course is open to anyone working in a relevant travel organisation, or related employment. You should be able to demonstrate successful recent learning, perhaps through work-related and in-company development events.

Please note that this course is not applicable for international applicants.

About the courseThis course has been developed with the input of travel employers, specifically for

people who are in work and want to gain higher qualifications that will help them demonstrate their suitability for career promotion. It offers you the chance to put the training and education you have already completed, or are currently completing, towards a nationally recognised qualification to help you develop your career.

Career opportunitiesStudents will develop the skills to become managers, who can respond to the opportunities and challenges that face travel organisations today.


Business

Human resources

Finance and IT

Operations

Employability skills for travel management

For more course info see:http://uob.cc/tom | UCAS Code: CB89Travel Operations Management FdA

Did you know?If you already work within the travel industry, but want to build on your current skills and knowledge in order to improve your chances for promotion, this course will empower you to do just that.

Tou

rism

, Lei

sure

& E

ven

ts


Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

The following pages provide the information required to get you to your first day at the University in the simplest, swiftest manner.

From entry requirements and finance to accommodation and directional maps to the campus, it’s all in here and more besides.

There’s also information on our buzzing Students’ Union and ideas on how you can get involved in careers, culture or sports activities to complete a fulfilling student experience.

If you require any further information visit our website at: www.beds.ac.uk or call our helpline on: +44 (0)1582 743500.

getting180 Your degree181 Foundation degrees182 Part-time study

opportunities

183 If you are returning to learning

184 International186 Entry requirements

www.beds.ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk178

179

started188 Sorting out your

finances190 Accommodation192 Learning resources

194 Student life – Make the most of your Students’ Union

196 Student life – Get involved

198 How to apply

200 Graduation201 Directions202 A-Z course index

Un

iver

sity

of B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

179

www.beds.ac.uk180

We have an excellent reputation for preparing students for employment and/or further study. All our undergraduate courses are characterised by choice and career relevance.

Your degree

Honours degreesAn Honours degree involves three years of full-time study or four years if you opt for a year’s work placement. Some courses are also available part-time. The BEd and BA Physical Education with Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) are four-year courses. We award the following Honours degrees:

BA Honours(Bachelor of Arts)

BSc Honours(Bachelor of Science)

BEd Honours(Bachelor of Education)

LLB Honours(Bachelor of Laws)

BEng Honours(Bachelor of Engineering)

Sandwich degreesSandwich degrees involve four years of study; the third year is spent in a year-long work placement to ensure students have all the theoretical and practical knowledge they need to enter the workplace.

Foundation degreesFoundation degrees are designed in association with employers to provide a more occupation-based route through higher education, where the emphasis is on work-focused learning. They are normally completed over two years full-time or two and a half years to four years part-time, and are equivalent to two-thirds of a Bachelor’s degree. On successful completion of your foundation degree, you can progress to the University to complete the final stage of a Bachelor’s degree. (Refer to opposite page for foundation degrees available.)

Diploma in Higher Education (DipHE)The Diploma in Higher Education takes two to three years full-time study and is equivalent to years one and two of an Honours degree.

Four-year degrees for international studentsOur four-year degrees are suitable for international students who do not meet the academic entry requirements.

At a glance...n A wide choice of degrees to suit

your circumstances and aspirations

n Extended courses to encourage return to learning

n Options for international students

181

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13Yo

ur

deg

ree

// F

ou

nd

atio

n d

egre

es

If you’re looking to boost your career prospects, change your career or, gain a qualification with a vocational focus, our wide choice of foundation degrees will offer you a route into higher education regardless of your age or background.

Foundation degrees

Some of our foundation degrees are delivered at the University, but most are based at Partner Colleges.

We offer the following foundation degrees:

Course title Loc FT** PT Yrs

FdA Animation for Industry BC 4

FdA Contemporary Fine Art Practice CBC 3

FdA Craft Design B 3

FdA Creative & Editorial Photography CBC 3

FdA Digital Imaging & Design for Media UCMK

FdA Fashion & Surface Pattern Design CBC

FdA Fashion & Textile Design B 3

FdA Graphic Design UCMK

FdA Graphic Design & Advertising CBC

FdA Hair, Image & Promotion* B

FdA Interior Design UCMK

BA (Hons) Graphic Design for Print & New Media (stage 3 only) CBC

FdSc Animal Management BC 4

FdSc Bioscience NHC 4

FdA Beauty Therapy & Spa Management B 2.5

FdA Business Management T 3

FdA Leadership, Innovation & Management UoB 2.5

FdSc Logistics* UCMK

FdSc Building Services & Sustainability BC 3

FdSc Building Technology B 3

FdSc Computer Networking & Systems Engineering UCMK 3

FdSc Web Design & Software Development B 3

FdSc Construction Management B 3

FdSc IT Networking & Security BC 3

FdSc Modern Telecommunications B 3

Course title Loc FT** PT Yrs

FdSc Network Management B 3

FdSc Sustainable Construction BC 3

FdA Educational Practice CBC, T 3

FdA Journalism UCMK

FdA Journalism & Public Relations* UCMK

FdA Media Production BC 3

FdA Music Technology BC 3

FdA Specialist Make-up Design B

FdSc Assistant Practitioner UoB

FdA Complementary Therapy B 3

FdA Psychology & Crime BC 3

FdA Psychology & Criminal Behaviour UCMK

FdA Child & Adolescent Studies BC 3

FdA Counselling B

FdA Early Years (Sector Endorsed) UCMK

FdA Early Years (Sector Endorsed) B 3

FdSc Sports Coaching BC, L, T, G 4

FdSc Sport Fitness & Personal Training BC, T 4

FdA Sport & Adventure Studies BC 4

FdA Sports Therapy B, UCMK

FdA Travel Operations Management UoB, SN 2.5

HNC/D Electrical & Electronic Engineering G 3

HNC/D Mechanical Engineering G 3

Wherever you study, you will be a full member of the University and entitled to use University facilities, including the Learning Resources Centre and the Students’ Union.

* Subject to validation** Foundation degrees with a full-time option

are all two years in duration

Partner CollegesBedford College BCBarnfield College BTresham College TLeicester College LGrantham College G

Location Loc Duration Yrs

University Centre Milton Keynes UCMKUniversity of Bedfordshire UoBCentral Bedfordshire College CBCNorth Hertfordshire College NHCSouth Nottingham College SN

www.beds.ac.uk182

Whether you are freshly out of school or college and want the flexibility of studying and working at the same time, aspire to further your career prospects while continuing with your current job, or wish to develop a specialist area of interest, we have plenty of options to suit your needs.

Part-time study

Almost a third of our students study part-time. That is because we have made it easy to study with us while meeting life’s other commitments. So you can rest assured that we understand your needs and are fully equipped to support you.

Study optionsWe offer high-quality courses with a range of part-time study options. Designed with employer requirements in mind, our courses provide opportunities for integrated personal, academic and career development. It is for this reason that the mode of delivery, course structure and length may vary depending on the particular course you wish to study.

To find out what is available to you, simply visit the dedicated part-time section on our website: www.beds.ac.uk/parttime

Supporting our studentsPart-time students benefit from the same support and advice as those in full-time study. Round-the-clock access to our online learning environment, extended Learning Resources Centre (LRC) hours, and remote access to more than 80 information databases, means that you will always be able to get on with your work. To find out more, see page 192.

Student Information Desks (SiD) are on every campus to answer questions and provide help with accommodation, finance or counselling. What’s more, outside campus hours, you can access SiD Online 24/7.

Our support does not end there. Each student is allocated a personal tutor from day one to advise them on how to develop the skills they need for their course. We pull out all the stops to help you make a success of your time at university. Find out more on page 14.

Financial helpFor information on financial support for part-time students, visit www.direct.gov.uk

Entry requirementsWe are an inclusive university and consider a wide range of pre-requisites for entry. As well as UCAS tariffs, we also take into consideration any previous learning or relevant work experience you may have done where appropriate, assigning higher education credit through the Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL) or the Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning (APEL) – as well as other elements of your application such as work experience. See pages 186-187 for further details.

How to applyApplications for part-time study can be made directly to the University of Bedfordshire and do not have to go through UCAS. To find out more and download an application form, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/parttime

At a glance...n A range of part-time study

options to fit around your life commitments

n Don’t forget to check our website for the most up-to-date information at www.beds.ac.uk/parttime

183

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13Pa

rt-t

ime

stu

dy

// R

etu

rn t

o le

arn

ing

ZoePsychology student

We have students of all ages within our vibrant and diverse community and believe that there should be no barriers to getting a degree. So whether you are interested in career progression, personal development or a career change, we will provide you with an exceptional support network.

Return to learning

Excellent learnersMature students commonly achieve outstanding success because they:

n Are passionate about what they want to achieve

n Demonstrate invaluable enthusiasm and an eagerness to learn

n Bring a wealth of skills and experience from their work and personal life

Help every step of the wayWe offer excellent student support to ensure that your experience with us is rewarding and beneficial from day one. Our services include:

n Employer-led events and workshops to enhance and develop new and existing employability skills

n One-to-one tutorials with your personal tutor for advice relating to your studies

n Access to professionally qualified careers advisers to discuss your individual career needs

n ‘JobSavviGrad’ – a service for life. This application management system will enable you to identify job opportunities that directly match your competencies

n Help with finding childcare and other support services

We value the passion and commitment you can bring to our University.

To find out more, visit: uob.cc/mature or visit us at an open day (see page 22).

At a glance...n Committed to extending

opportunities to everyone

n Extensive support offered throughout your studies

n Vibrant and diverse student community

See what else Zoe has to say: uob.cc/zoe

I was worried I would stick out but it’s actually been brilliant. It’s easy to fit in because the University is so diverse. I’ve met so many people who are mature students like me. Coming here has been the best decision I have ever made.

‘‘

’’

www.beds.ac.uk

The University of Bedfordshire is a truly international university, offering a high-quality British education and fantastic support to students from more than 100 countries around the world.

International

Welcome to BedfordshireOur dedicated International Office will take care of you from application and enrolment and throughout your student career.

ExpertiseOur marketing and recruitment team give advice and guidance on qualifications and applications. The admissions team are dedicated to processing applications from international students. The team are experienced in supporting students with visa applications and immigration issues, and are on hand to help you arrange your accommodation and organise your National Insurance number.

To find out more visit: www.beds.ac.uk/international/support

International marketing managers are experts in helping international students looking to study in the UK. The team travel to student recruitment events all over the world to introduce the University of Bedfordshire and to interview students face-to-face.

The International Office has an ‘internships scheme’ that generates 1,500 workplace opportunities for international students. It offers local and national businesses the chance to work with enthusiastic, well-qualified and dedicated individuals.

184 www.beds.ac.uk

185

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13In

tern

atio

nal

Friendly, flexible customer serviceThe International Office is a specialist point of contact for international students. Before you arrive we offer direct contact via Skype or email to give one-to-one support to applicants.

Throughout your time here, you can drop in to see one of our international student advisers at their dedicated SiD (Student Information Desk) area, and they can help with everything you need.

Supporting your student experienceFrom the moment you arrive our International Office is there to support you. We provide a bookable meet and greet service to await you at Heathrow Airport and ensure your onward journey is smooth and straightforward.

Our five-day orientation and induction programme includes tours of Luton and surrounding areas and day trips to London. You will have the chance to meet staff from all our faculties and attend talks on living and studying at Bedfordshire. Our service can help you with all the practicalities of your student life – from opening a bank account, to registering with a doctor and the police if necessary.

During registration week we will run a number of events to give you a complete picture of student life and everything you need to know to make the most of your experience here.

For full details visit: www.beds.ac.uk/international/whenyouarrive

Religion and faithOur University chaplaincy, ‘Treehouse’ at Luton and ‘SeedBeds’ at Bedford, keep a comprehensive and up-to-date reference guide to local places of worship – please drop in to find out more! Further details are available on our website: www.beds.ac.uk/chaplaincy

Making the most of university life The International Friendship Group is run by the International Office, in conjunction with current students. It is your chance to meet other new and existing students who will help you settle in here.

You can socialise with students from all over the world with our incredible year-long social programme. Please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/internationalevents to browse the whole programme – you won’t want to miss it!

Norman Didam

Business Decision Management student (Nigeria)

I chose Bedfordshire because of the world-class facilities and wide range of courses. The University’s location in a cosmopolitan town like Luton and the closeness to London was also a motivation. I enjoy meeting students from different nationalities and there are students from virtually all nationalities around the world studying at Bedfordshire. It is certainly the place to be and you won’t regret coming here!

‘‘

’’

www.beds.ac.uk

Whether you are coming straight from school or college, or have other valuable work or life experience, we warmly welcome your interest in studying at the University of Bedfordshire.

Entry requirements

Am I eligible to study at the University of Bedfordshire?We welcome applications from school and college leavers, as well as those wanting to return to study. We are an inclusive university that takes pride in enabling people, whatever their circumstances, to open up new possibilities. Comprehensive support services are in place to help you deal with anything that might come your way during your time with us.

What qualifications do I need?We consider a wide range of qualifications for entry – not just those on the UCAS tariff. We will treat you as an individual and take into account all elements of your application. We are looking for breadth and depth in your current studies, as well as demonstrable enthusiasm for your chosen subject.

The University makes conditional and unconditional offers. An unconditional offer means that you have already achieved the qualifications required for the course you have applied for. A conditional offer means that you must obtain specified grades in your forthcoming examinations. The conditions are usually higher than the minimum entry requirement (set out below) and are expressed in terms of UCAS tariff points achieved through:

n BTEC

n A levels

n Access qualifications

n A new Advanced Diploma or equivalent qualification such as an Irish Leaving Certificate, Scottish Highers or International Baccalaureate

For applications submitted through UCAS, the official offer is the one you see on UCAS Track. Read it carefully and contact us without delay if there is anything you do not understand. The offer is normally in the range of 200 to 240 UCAS tariff points – please see the entries for individual courses for further information as some courses require higher points, and in some cases specific subject requirements.

The minimum benchmark qualifications for undergraduate courses are currently:

n Bachelor’s degrees and integrated Master’s degrees: two A levels or equivalent

n Foundation degrees and Higher National Diplomas: one A level or equivalent

I don’t have any of these qualifications – can I still apply for entry?It may be possible to take previous experience – from study, work, and related voluntary activities – into account. For international students, if you have been educated in a 12-year national school or college system and have attained the highest level of school-leaving qualification, you will be eligible for our four-year degree for international students. Contact our friendly admissions staff for further advice on the pathways into education we offer and on how to make your application. Call: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK/EU) +44 (0)1582 489326 (International) or email: [email protected]

At a glance...n Wide range of pathways to

University courses

n Inclusive policy taking into account all elements of your application

n Friendly admissions advisers offering full support

186

187

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13E

ntr

y re

qu

irem

ents

Can I get credit for study already undertaken?If you’re applying as a part-time student and providing your study credit is relevant, current and at the right level, we may be able to take prior study into account for advanced entry. The University has arrangements for accreditation of prior experiential learning – APEL.

I am an international or EU student. Do I need to fulfil any additional entry requirements before studying at the University of Bedfordshire?The University accepts overseas qualifications and assesses them on an individual basis. For those students whose first language is not English, we also require one of the following qualifications:

n International English Language Testing System (IELTS) – grade 6.0+

n Cambridge Advanced or Proficiency Grade C (depending on course)

n The University’s own English Language qualification – Test for English Language Assessment Service (TELAS)

n Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) – score of 580+ for the paper-based test, or 80 or above for the TOEFL IBT

n Other international language qualifications of similar standing see www.beds.ac.uk for details

Please note: some of our courses, such as teaching, nursing and midwifery, require a higher standard of English. See individual course entries for these subjects for more details.

For more details and up-to-date information visit www.ucas.com

“We take pride in enabling people – whatever their circumstances – to

open up new possibilities.”GCE/VCE Qualifications BTEC QCF Qualifications Points

GCE AS/AS VCE

GCE A Level/AVCE

Award

GCE/AVCE Double Award

Certificate Subsidiary Diploma

Diploma Extended Diploma

D*D*D* 420

D*D*D 400

D*D* 380

DDD 360

350

DDM 320

300

285

A*A* D*D* DMM 280

A*A D*D 260

AA DD MMM 240

AB 220

BB DM MMP 200

BC 180

CC MM MPP 160

A* CD D* 140

A DD D* MP PPP 120

B DE 100

C EE M PP 80

D* 70

A D D 60

B 50

C E M P 40

D 30

E P 20

www.beds.ac.uk188

Pay as you earn, not as you learn...

Sorting out your finances

Course tuition feesFrom September 2012 most UK universities, including the University of Bedfordshire, will be charging between £6,000-£9,000 per year for a full-time undergraduate course. For the most up-to-date information, visit our website: www.beds.ac.uk/money (UK/EU students)

www.beds.ac.uk/internationalfees (International students)

Tuition Fees LoanIf you are a UK or EU student then Student Finance England pays your fees on your behalf, providing you make an application for a Tuition Fees Loan via: www.direct.gov.uk You do not have to pay your tuition fees upfront.

From 2012, Tuition Fees Loans will also be made available to part-time students who are studying a first degree, and who complete a minimum of 25 per cent of the full-time course content each year.

Funding for studentsWhilst at university, you will need to pay for living expenses. There are a number of ways to help you with these expenses, so it’s important you find out about all the funding available – you may be entitled to receive more than you think…

Student Maintenance LoanUK students can apply for the Student Maintenance Loan online via: www.direct.gov.uk/studentfinance The amount of Maintenance Loan you receive will not depend upon household income, so all students from England on a full-time undergraduate course will be eligible. A flat-rate Maintenance Loan is proposed by the Government. This loan is not available to part-time students.

Repaying the loansYou do not have to start repaying the loans until after you graduate. In other words, you will not have to pay a penny until the new tax year. Even then, you only pay back what you borrowed if you earn more than £21,000 per year.

These repayments are deducted automatically from your salary, so you will not need to worry about sorting it out for yourself. Your repayments will be nine per cent of anything you earn over

£21,000. This may sound a lot but bear in mind that this is not the same as nine per cent of your total income.

For example, if you earned £21,500 per year – currently the salary of a newly-qualified teacher – you would be repaying nine per cent of £500, which works out at just £4 per month. The monthly repayments would increase to £23 per month for someone earning £24,000 per year; £30 on a salary of £25,000; and £68 on £30,000.

If you decide to undertake a postgraduate degree, travel, do voluntary work, or start a job which pays less than £21,000 per year, then repayments will be suspended. All outstanding repayments will be written off after 30 years.

Maintenance GrantThis is a non-repayable grant to provide additional support for living expenses.

The maximum Grant level in 2012 is £3,250. The Maintenance Grant is 100 per cent means-tested. Students from households with income of up to £25,000 will be entitled to the maximum £3,250. Students from households with incomes of up to £42,600 will be entitled to a partial grant.

Scholarships and bursariesWe value your education as much as you do, and have put £3m into scholarships and bursaries to prove it.

Centenary ScholarshipUK students who achieve AAB grades (340 UCAS points or HEFCE approved equivalent) or higher in their

At a glance...n New tuition fees for those

who study in 2012, or defer their entry from 2011 to 2012

n No need to pay your fees up front, providing you take out a Tuition Fee Loan – it’s pay as you earn, not pay as you learn!

n Apply for a wide range of bursaries and scholarships to support your studies

189

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13S

ort

ing

yo

ur

Fin

ance

s

studies are eligible for a Centenary Scholarship. It is worth £3,000 per year provided students maintain an Upper Second Class average.

Partnership Scholarship Every student coming to study from one of the University’s partner colleges will be entitled to a Partnership Scholarship worth £338.

National Scholarship Programme (NSP)The University is supporting the new National Scholarship Programme. The applicants’ family income should be less than £25,000 per year. All applications will be considered. Those who are recognised as having particular needs will receive a one-off cash payment of £1,000 and

a package of further support up to the value of £2,000 in their first year.

Access FundAll students whose family income is less than £25,000 per year, who do not receive an NSP scholarship, will be awarded a one-off cash payment of £1,000 in their first year.

Vice-Chancellor’s ScholarshipOur special VC scholarship will be awarded annually to one UK student from each of our four faculties. Each will receive £9,000 per year for each year of their studies.

To find out about more awards and full eligibility details visit: www.beds.ac.uk/scholarships

How to apply for student financeIt is best to apply for student finance as soon as you have selected your first choice university with UCAS. That way you are sure to receive your financial support at the start of term. Make sure you fill out the student finance application form online at: www.direct.gov.uk/studentfinance

For students on teacher training, social work or health care courses, the application procedure is different. Please visit: www.direct.gov.uk

Michelle Ramsumair

My bursary helped buy my laptop and textbooks – it got my university career off to a great start, and best of all I didn’t have to pay it back!

Advertising & Marketing Communications graduate

‘‘

’’

www.beds.ac.uk190

Make yourself at home in our superb student halls – the perfect place to make new friends and settle in to student life.

Accommodation

With Luton and Bedford on London’s doorstep, you can benefit from its cosmopolitan social scene – but for nearly half the price! Bedfordshire’s reasonable rent varies from £60-£139 a week (based on 2011-12). Local living expenses are also purse-friendly.

Luton accommodation We have invested £40m in state- of-the-art student accommodation. The newly opened Fitzroy Court provides 578 en-suite ultra-modern study bedrooms, with an additional 274 opening for the 2012 academic year at Wenlock Court. These fully furnished flats include a bed, desk, wardrobe, and more importantly

en-suite shower and kitchenette. Not to mention fantastic communal recreation rooms, fully equipped gym and laundry facilities.

In addition, there are eight further self-catered halls of residence – all close to the town centre and just a stone’s throw from the campus. These offer a further 1,094 comfortable, individual study bedrooms arranged in well-equipped flats.

Bedford accommodationStudents at the Bedford campus have the option of living in the £20m purpose-built Liberty Park or in one of our University Halls, all of which

At a glance...n Make new friends living in

comfort and convenience

n Wide choice of on-campus halls or just a stone’s throw away

n Safe, secure accommodation at all sites

n Fantastic communal areas including recreation rooms

n £40m invested in state-of-the-art student accommodation at the newly opened Fitzroy Court

Fitzroy Court

191

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13A

cco

mm

od

atio

n

are located on campus, within easy reach of the town centre and station.

Liberty Park offers 430 en-suite study bedrooms grouped in flats with fantastic communal areas, including gym and on-site laundry facilities. The University Halls are also arranged in flats to provide 168 bedrooms (112 standard, eight study and 48 en-suite).

Added benefitsn Safety first – we take security very

seriously, so we are all geared up with 24 hour security at both campuses, including secure entry and CCTV, plus security guards and resident assistants at Luton

n All-inclusive value – rent for student halls in Luton and Bedford include the cost of all utility bills and contents insurance

Secure accommodation for healthcare studentsHealthcare students have access to safe and secure accommodation at our various hospital sites.

Please note: we will send an application form when you apply. Rent levels vary depending on your chosen hospital.

Accommodation contactsFor information on the individual halls and rooms contents, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/accommodation

or contact:

Luton campusT: +44 (0)1582 405000E: [email protected]

Bedford campusT: +44 (0)1234 793118E: studentservices.bedford@beds.

ac.uk

www.beds.ac.uk192

Learning resources

193

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13Le

arn

ing

res

ou

rces

We have well-equipped and modern Learning Resource Centres (LRCs) across our campuses, offering you the best in Information Technology facilities and academic resources to help you be successful in your studies.

Our extensive, sector-leading Digital Library is available from any PC with internet access and includes:n 26,500 e-journals titles

n 3,500 e-books

n 80+ databases

n University e-dissertations and exam papers

Luton campus LRC offers:n 145,000 printed books

n 800 print journal titles

n 300+ PCs with printing facilities

n Microsoft Office, email, internet access and WiFi

n Social learning space featuring a training room, seven booths with interactive whiteboards, sofa and laptop areas with WiFi access

Bedford campus LRC offers:n 110,000 printed books

n 200+ PCs with printing facilities

n Microsoft Office, email, internet access and WiFi

n The Learning Hub featuring an informal creative space with a digital projector, interactive whiteboards and video editing software

Buckinghamshire campus LRC and Butterfield Park LRC offer:n Print journals and books on health-

related subjects

n DVDs and videos

n PCs, printing facilities and WiFi

Specialist software and equipmentTo help with study needs we offer induction loops, height adjustable tables, flat-screen monitors, keyboards for visually impaired users and Keyboard Pro software for developing typing skills.

Study skills, support and trainingOur Academic Liaison Librarians, Computer Skills Training and Professional Academic Development teams can give you advice on finding information, conducting research, planning essays, taking notes and using the relevant software to write your assignments.

Joe CleghornPublic Relations student

The LRC provides a friendly and conducive environment. The Digital Library in particular is brilliant and very easy to use – it has been very useful in helping me with research for assignments.

At a glance...n Fully equipped LRCs at Luton,

Bedford and Buckinghamshire

n 24/7 access to the Digital Library

n A range of study environments to support the way that you like to learn

‘‘

’’

www.beds.ac.uk194

Make new friends, get involved and have fun! The University of Bedfordshire Students’ Union (UBSU) is where it all happens...

UBSU is the official representative body of students at the University. Free to join and run by students for students, it organises events and campaigns to bring students together, encouraging you to get involved in exciting new activities.

UBSU’s objectives are to:

n Represent and promote your interests

n Act as the main channel of communication between you and the University

n Enrich your student experience at the University by being the focus of the student community, providing support, opportunity and representation as required by its members

The Union is a registered charity, so every penny it makes goes back into UBSU to improve services, facilities and resources for you.

It has a presence on both main campuses – Luton and Bedford. In Luton the UBSU

is based in newly opened Campus Centre facilities. The Union also holds a fortnightly surgery session at our Buckinghamshire campus. Staff and sabbatical officers regularly visit our other campuses Aylesbury, Butterfield Park and Putteridge Bury.

Get involvedUBSU wants you to feel welcome and to help you settle into your exciting new life as soon as possible. We pull out all the stops for Freshers’ Week, so you can find out all about your new home town. At the Freshers’ Fayre, you can sign up to clubs or societies, enjoy special events and get-togethers, as well as bagging stacks of freebies.

We have more than 50 cultural, religious, arts and sports-based societies. From the Indian Student Association to the Cheerleading Teams and the Basketball squad – there is always something going

on; or you can set up your own society with the UBSU’s full support.

Take the leadThe Union is run by elected officers who are there to represent the students of the University – these elected officials are current students when they run for election. To find out how you can get involved, visit the UBSU website: www.ubsu.co.uk

International nightsOur societies have organised a range of nights focused on different cultures and cultural activities including:

n European Culture Night – featuring student audio and visual performances culminating in a live DJ set with projector screens

n Bhangra Night – with drums, MCing and academy performances

n The Big Clash – playing RnB, basement and garage

Make the most of your Students’ Union

195

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13S

tud

ent

life

– M

ake

the

mo

st o

f yo

ur

Stu

den

ts’ U

nio

n

n Greek and Cypriot appreciation evenings

n Diwali and Eid celebrations (in partnership with the Tree House) – celebrating these important Hindu and Muslim festivals

n Chinese Society events – including karaoke and Chinese music

Rags to richesUBSU also organises ‘Raise and Give’ (RaG) activities, raising money for a number of charities in fun and exciting ways. Events have included a Christmas party, school disco, sweet sales, jailbreaks, collections around the town and dunking the Students’ Union president! Charities that have benefited include the Dame Kelly Holmes Trust, Malawi Project and the Pasque Hospice for terminally ill cancer patients.

Shape upUBSU also runs the ‘Give it a Go’ scheme – commitment-free taster sessions of different sports, including golf, martial arts, archery and pilates. Most sessions are free and there is no pressure to join.

Don’t write it offUBSU’s very own student newspaper The Blend is written exclusively by our students. Its editorial team welcomes contributions from budding journalists, photographers and designers.

Get together in Luton – The Mezzanine Bar, Campus CentreAs well as reasonably priced food and drink, the Students’ Union runs a variety of events, including speed friendship dating, quizzes, open-mic nights and the latest sporting events on big screens. The Union also has close links with local nightclubs and provides official nights out at a discount.

Get together in BedfordThe Bedford campus boasts a new Hub – the perfect place for gatherings and socialising with friends. The Students’ Union also works closely with local hot spots to provide special student nights.

Get adviceIf you have any questions or concerns about your studies or general welfare, you can seek advice from UBSU’s Advice Centre. It offers support relating to accommodation, finance, plagiarism, employment, health and wellbeing, personal safety and more. The service is free, confidential, independent and easy to use.

As a member of the UBSU you also qualify for the National Union of Students (NUS) card which brings you great discount on clothes, food, music, clubs, cinema and travel.

Need more reasons to get involved with the Students’ Union? Check out the UBSU website: www.ubsu.co.uk

At a glance...n Easy access to countless clubs,

societies and sports teams

n Great value entertainment, student services and advice

n Proactive representation of your student interests

196

At the UniversityYou can take part in countless activities and events at Bedfordshire. Whether you want to pursue an existing interest or try something new, we offer a wide range of entertainment to enrich your student experience.

Get involved...

Sound of musicIf you have a musical talent, join the University’s resident orchestra – Symphonia Academica – which plays everything from Baroque classics to contemporary music.

Take centre stageThe University’s Bedford campus has opened its 280-seat theatre to the public, giving you the chance to get involved behind the scenes and learn about lighting, sound and stage management; or you could be the next usher in the box office.

Or you can sign up to our Dance and Performing Arts Evening School, for a small fee, and move and groove to varied dance styles.

Hold the uploadIf writing is your thing, you can get involved in The Blend – a monthly newspaper produced by students, for students. You can have a go at being an editor, designer or photographer.

Making wavesIf you have an interest in radio then why not get involved in the University’s very own station, Radio LaB, where you can present and produce your own shows. The full-time community radio station, which can be heard at 97.1FM, broadcasts from the University’s Luton campus, and plays a range of music from rock through to indie, rap and unsigned bands. And you don’t even have to be on a media course to take over the airwaves!

Join our clubJoining a club or society is a great way to make new friends. And with more than 50 clubs and societies you’ll be spoilt for choice – see page 194-195 (the SU page) for ideas.

All hands on deckAnother way to dive into university life and boost your CV is through volunteering. The Volunteering Team (UBV) can even help you find work related to your studies.

Find out more about getting involved by visiting our website: www.beds.ac.uk/studentlife

At a glance...n Make the most of your University

experience by joining clubs and societies

n Discover hidden talents and learn new ones

n Enrich your CV and kick-start your career

n Make friends and meet like-minded people

www.beds.ac.uk

197

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13S

tud

ent

life

– G

et in

volv

ed

In SportWhether you want to work out, compete, socialise, take advantage of discounted membership at various venues, or simply cheer your team on, you’ll find us game for anything.

We are winnersSporty students from the University of Bedfordshire compete in the British Universities and Colleges Sport (BUCS) leagues – many dominating in top positions. You too could become part of the success story by joining one of our many sports teams. Choose from basketball, swimming, hockey, badminton, cricket, golf, football, squash, netball, rugby union, athletics and tennis.

Winning cups and medals are not the only rewards you’ll reap. The University awards Sports Scholarships of up to £1,500 to those who achieve the highest standards in their chosen activity.

Find out all about getting into sport at: www.beds.ac.uk/sportsbeds

Just for kicksIf you would prefer not to compete against other universities, you can still take part in sports activities including athletics, kickboxing, martial arts, swimming and more. Or simply watch the professionals – Luton Town FC and Bedford Blues Rugby Club are based nearby.

Your clubIf your sport isn’t represented, then start your own club. Just rally like-minded students and our Students’ Union will provide the support you need to get the ball rolling.

Going for gold in LutonSport is well catered for at Luton.

n Vauxhall Recreation Club – five minutes from the Luton campus offering a gym and a variety of exercise classes at a discount for our students

n Our Sports Science and Sports Therapy labs at the Luton campus are working towards accreditation from the British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences (BASES)

Bedford raises its gameBedford offers a wealth of sporting opportunities.

n £8m Physical Education and Sport Science Centre at our Bedford campus boasts cutting-edge facilities

n The Alexander Sports Hall (ASH) close to the campus, houses playing fields, a multi-purpose sports hall and more

n Bedford International Athletics Stadium provides an eight-lane athletics track

n Mowsbury Golf and Squash Complex is the region’s premier pay-and-play centre

n Priory Marina offers sailing and canoeing lessons in 14 acres of parkland

n LA Fitness provides the latest in resistance and cardio gym equipment, yoga and pilates

n Robinson Pool – complete with six-lane competition pool, diving pool and wave machine

At a glance...n Great choice of high-achieving

teams

n Plenty of opportunity to participate as well as compete

n High-quality sports facilities on and off campus

University activities help you to meet people. Having confidence will no doubt assist you in your career no matter what industry it’s in. The University does everything and more to make things as exciting as possible. It’s up to you how you wish to take advantage of it.

Nishil Solanki Radio LaB ManagerMedia Production student

‘‘’’

www.beds.ac.uk198

You have chosen the course or courses that you would like to apply for – so what happens next?

How to apply

Here at Bedfordshire we want to ensure that your UCAS application runs as smoothly as possible. So, check out the Handy Hints section on our website for some useful tips on topics including:

n Where and what to study

n Completing your UCAS application form online

n Writing your personal statement

n References

n Application deadlines – including different timings for nursing courses starting in March, and for all art and design courses

Visit: www.beds.ac.uk/handyhints

Using this prospectusIf you would like to apply to Bedfordshire, take a look through the contents at the front of this prospectus and select your chosen subject area. Within each colour-coded subject area, you will find the individual courses listed alphabetically. Pick the course or courses of interest and you are ready to begin your application. For course details, you can also search for your course via the Course Finder on our website: www.beds.ac.uk

To apply, fill out the application form online at: www.ucas.com

Applying onlineFor all full-time higher education courses at universities and colleges in the UK, students must apply online at: www.ucas.com

There are two types of applicant: students at a school or college registered with UCAS, and independent applicants.

Schools and college applicantsAll UK schools and colleges (plus a small number of overseas establishments) are registered with UCAS, which manages student applications.

n If you are a student at a school or college, you will need to fill in an online application and submit it to your teacher or careers adviser, who can offer advice about the form and your choices

n After checking your details and adding the academic reference, your school or college will submit the application online to UCAS

n Payment to UCAS must be made online by credit or debit card – your school or college will advise you on how and when to do this

Independent applicantsApplicants who are not at a school or college in the UK can apply online independently through UCAS. Do bear in mind that you are responsible for paying the correct fee, nominating a suitable referee and submitting the application online to UCAS.

When you have provided the contact details of a referee, UCAS will send a request via email to the referee asking them to complete and submit a reference through the UCAS website. References provided by applicants to UCAS will not be accepted.

At a glance...n The University is open to all

n Step-by-step application processes match your circumstances

n Check our website for detailed course information at: www.beds.ac.uk

University and campus codes for your application

The Institution Code for the University of Bedfordshire is B22.

Campus codes are as follows:

Bedford campus

Luton campus

All Hospital sites

Barnfield College

Bedford College

Central Bedfordshire College

Grantham College

Leicester College

North Hertfordshire College

Oxford and Cherwell Valley College

South Nottingham College (formerly Castle College)

Tresham College of Further and Higher Education

University Centre Milton Keynes

H

D

D

R

T

J

O

V

Y

C

N

I

P

199

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13H

ow t

o a

pp

ly

When applying as an independent applicant, make sure you consider the UCAS application deadlines listed on the UCAS website: www.ucas.com/students/importantdates

If you are an independent applicant living in the UK, UCAS (www.ucas.com) offers help and advice for those returning to study. For EU or international applicants, advice is available from British Council offices and other centres, such as your school or college.

Part-time studyFor applicants wishing to apply for a part-time course, please download the appropriate application form from our website: www.beds.ac.uk/parttime

Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL)If you are an independent applicant, you may already have completed some form of study at another institution and wish to have this taken into account by the University.

n Indicate on the UCAS form your point of entry – the year of the course you wish to enter – either one, two, three or four

n It you are not entering in year one, the University will ask for a transcript of your previous qualifications, and to complete an APL form

n Decisions on advanced entry are made in consultation with the academic departments, who will assess the relevance of your previous credit

Please note:

n For full-time students we only accept transfers into year one

n Some overseas qualifications are not directly comparable to UK qualifications – advanced entry may not, therefore, always be possible

Applying as an international studentInternational applicants can apply either online through UCAS (as outlined above) or directly to the University. If you are applying for an English Language or International Foundation Course, you must apply directly to the University.

To apply directly, you will need to download an application form from our website: www.beds.ac.uk and include the following documents with your application:

n Photocopies of all your educational certificates

n Two references which must be on headed paper from an academic or an employer (ie someone who can recommend you as a student to us), and must be originals, not photocopies

n IELTS or TOEFL English test certificate (not required from English-speaking countries)

Students applying for art and design subjects will also be required to submit a portfolio of their art/design work. Preferably, this should be presented digitally on disc.

Submitting your application as an international studentThe University’s academic year runs from September to June. If you wish to start a course in September, you should aim to submit your application by the end of the previous June.

In some countries, we have a system of advanced payment before an offer letter can be issued, as this can improve your chances of making a successful visa application. Your local representative will be able to give you further information.

The UK Government awards visas for the UK through a points-based system for students. You can find further details at: www.beds.ac.uk

Susie King

Make sure you fill out all the sections on the UCAS application form in as much detail as possible – this will help us fully assess your potential to succeed right from day one. Plus, the earlier you apply the earlier you will receive offers, giving you more time to consider your options.

Head of UK/EU Admissions

See what happens when we receive your application and what other top tips Susie has for you: uob.cc/qr199

‘‘

’’

www.beds.ac.uk200

After all that hard work, the day you are finally handed your degree will be one of the most important milestones in your life – enjoy it!

Graduation......and postgraduate study

GraduationGraduation really is a fantastic celebration of all that you have achieved, and the occasion is the perfect chance for you to take a step back and understand the significance of all of your accomplishments. Here are some of the highlights you can expect from graduation day:

n Picturesque locations that make for fantastic photographs

n Historic venues fitting for the occasion, such as the Luton Parish Church of St Mary

n Professional photoshoots with family and friends

n Mix with the University’s honorands – previous honorands include chef Jean- Christophe Novelli, former Director General of the BBC, Greg Dyke and Bollywood superstar, Shah Rukh Khan

Postgraduate studyMany of our students find that their undergraduate studies leave them so inspired and interested in their subject that they can’t wait to come back to Bedfordshire!

The benefits for you:

n Competitive fees compared with many UK and international institutions

n Increase your earning power

n Demonstrate to future employers your commitment to lifelong learning

n Our research was described as ‘world-leading’ in the latest Government Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008

To find out more about postgraduate study, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/pgstudy

Keep in touch!As a graduate you will automatically become a member of our Alumni Association, an ever-growing network of more than 46,000 former students who represent some 100 countries.

To find out more, visit our website: www.beds.ac.uk/alumni

Shana MortonMSc Physical Activity, Nutrition & Health Promotion graduate 2008 Sport & Exercise Science

I hope completing this Master’s degree will open up further opportunities for me in the industry – if I can impress with my research, then I feel I will have put myself ahead of the competition when it comes to getting jobs.

Watch our graduation video by scanning the QR code or visiting: uob.cc/grad

‘‘

’’

201

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13G

rad

uat

ion

//

Dir

ecti

on

s

Stopsley

LondonLuton Airport

Butterfield Park Putteridge Bury

Luton AirportParkwayStation

LutonStation

M1

A5065A505

B579

A6

A6

A5228

A5228

A505

Gipsy Ln

Chap

el S

t

Farley H

ill

Hatters Way

Dunstable

Waller

Ave

Leagrave Rd

Marsh Rd

New

Bedford Rd

Bedford Campus20 miles/31km

StockingstoneRd

Hitc

hin

Rd

Craw

ley G

reen

Rd

Stop

sley

Way

Hitc

hin

Rd

Vauxhall Way

Airpor

t Way

George St

A505A6

0 1

Kilometre

0 2000

Ft

London30 miles/48km

= Halls of Residence

Park St

VauxhallRecreationCentre

WardownPark

StopsleyCommon

StockwoodPark

A505 Eaton Green Rd

Luton campusArndale Shopping Centre

TownHall

Park Viaduct

N

Vica

rage

Stre

et

Bedfordcampus

BedfordStation

HarpurShoppingCentre

The Broadway

NOT TO SCALE

Northampton/Milton KeynesM1 Jn 13/14

Shakespeare Rd

AlexanderSports Hall

A5141

A5141A428

BromhamRd Ashburnham

RdW

oburn Rd Midland Rd

A6

Greyfriars BusStation

A428

Clapham Rd

A6

A6

A6

Tavistock St

Dame Alice St High St

St Peter’s St

A428

Kim

bolto

n Rd

B660

Goldington Rd A428

Polhill Ave

A5140

New

nham

AveCastle Rd

A5140

LongholmeWay

The Embankment

St Mary’s St

Cauldwell St

Prebend St

A5141

Luton & M1Jn 13/14London 46 miles/74km

BedfordPark


N

River GreatOuse

AylesburyStation

Bicester18m/29km& M40

Stoke MandevilleSports Stadium

BusStation

A418

A418

B4443

A413

A41

A4157 A418

A4156

A41

StokeMandeville

Hospital

Vale Park

Aylesbury Park& Golf Club

TownCouncil

Friars SquareShoppingCentre

Hale LeysShoppingCentre

Buckingham18m/29km

Luton Campus23m/37km

Victoria Park Oak Farm Park

London & M2540m/64km

WestonTurvillePark= Halls of Residence High Wycombe

15m/24km

Oxford23m/37km& M40

B4443

Grand Union Canal

Friarage Road

Gatehouse Road

Bicester Road

High Street

Oxford

Roa

d

Churchill Ave

Fowler Rd

NOT TO SCALE

N

Walton

Street

Wal

ton

Road

Buckinghamshire campus

Our campuses are easy to get to by road, rail or air. So whether you are coming from the UK or abroad, just follow these simple directions:

Take me to Beds...Luton

Bedford

Aylesbury

Luton campus:Situated just 30 miles north of London, the University’s Luton campus boasts superb road, rail and air links.

n Luton is just off the M1 at junction 10, northbound and junction 11, southbound

n Luton railway station is a five-minute walk from the Luton campus and is served by First Capital Connect trains from London St Pancras International Station and Bedford Station

n London Luton Airport is three miles away and has easy access by taxi or airport bus

Bedford campus:Bedford lies 46 miles north of London on the main A6 route and offers easy access from both the north and the south.

n From the north, leave the M1 at junction 14 and take the A422

n From the south, leave the M1 at junction 13 and then follow the A421

n Frequent train links to and from London (40 minutes)

Aylesbury (Buckinghamshire) campus:Aylesbury lies 33 miles north-west of London and can be reached via the M40, exiting at junction 4 if travelling from the south or junction 8a if travelling from the north.

n Aylesbury is located within easy reach of London

n There are frequent trains to/from London Marylebone

n Great travel links via A41, M40 and M25

For further travel information and directions please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/directions

www.beds.ac.uk202

A-Z course indexA

Accounting 48Accounting & Finance 49Advertising & Marketing Communications 52Advertising Design 35Animation 36Applied Education Studies 81Applied Psychology 143Applied Social Studies 151Art & Design 29Artificial Intelligence & Robotics 66Assistant Practitioner 132

B

Biological Science 41Biomedical Science 42Broadcast Journalism 105Building Technology (stage 3 only) 67Business Decision Management 56Business Information Systems 67Business Management 57Business Studies 58Business Studies (e-Business) 59Business Studies (Finance) 59Business Studies (International) 60Business Studies (Marketing) 60

C

Child & Adolescent Studies 152Childhood & Youth Studies 82Community & Youth Development (stage 3 only) 153Computer Animation Technology 68Computer Games Development 69Computer Networking 70Computer Science 71Computer Science & Robotics 71Computer Science & Software Engineering 72Computer Security & Forensics 72Computer Systems Engineering 73Computing & Mathematics 74Construction Management (stage 3 only) 74Continuing Professional Development (CPD) – Diploma to Degree 138Creative Writing 106Creative Writing & Journalism 106Criminology 153Criminology & Sociology 154

D

Dance & Professional Practice 121Disability Studies 82

E

Early Years Education 83Early Years Studies (stage 3 only) 155

Educational Practice (stage 3 only) 84Education Studies 84Education Studies & English 122Electronic Engineering 75English & Theatre Studies 123English Language Studies 91English Language for Business 92English Language Studies with Teaching English as a Foreign Language (TEFL) 93English for International Communication (stage 3 only) 94English Studies 124Event Management 175

F

Fashion Design 31Fashion Design (stage 3 only) 30Fine Art 29Football Studies 163Forensic Science 43

G

General English Language Courses 96Graphic Design 36

H

Health & Social Care 156Health Psychology 144Human Resource Management 61

I

Illustration 37Information Systems 76Interior Architecture 33Interior Design 33International Finance & Banking 49International Tourism Management 176International Undergraduate Foundation Course (IUFC) 97

J

Journalism 107Journalism & Public Relations 108

L

Law 101

M

Magazine Journalism 108Marketing 52Media Performance 109Media Practices (Mass Communications) 110Media Practices & Public Relations 110Media Production 112Media Production (Moving Image) 113Media Production (New Media) 113Media Production (Radio) 114

Media Production (Scriptwriting) 114Midwifery: Registered Midwife 133Multimedia Journalism 115Music Technology 115,116

N

Nursing (Adult) 135Nursing (Child) 136Nursing (Mental Health) 136

O

Operating Department Practice (ODP) 137Osteopathy 139

P

Performing Arts 125Photography & Video Art 30Physical Education with QTS (Secondary) 85Post-Compulsory Education (Diploma in Teaching in the Lifelong Learning Sector) 87Primary with QTS 86Psychology 145,147Psychology, Counselling & Therapies 145Psychology & Criminal Behaviour 146Psychology & Criminology 147Public Relations 53

S

Social Work 157Software Engineering 77Sport & Community Leadership 164Sport & Exercise Science 165Sport & Physical Education 167Sport Journalism 116Sport Management 166 Sport Science & Coaching 168Sport Science & Personal Training 169Sports Studies 170Sports Therapy 171

T

Telecommunications & Network Engineering 77Television Production 117Theatre & Professional Practice 126Travel & Tourism 177Travel Operations Management 177

U

University Certificate in Preparing for Social Welfare 158University Certificate in ELT 95

203

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13C

on

dit

ion

s an

d r

egu

lati

on

s

Conditions and regulationsThis prospectus describes the courses and services offered by the University of Bedfordshire. While all reasonable care and diligence has been taken to ensure the accuracy of the information in this prospectus, the University of Bedfordshire does not warrant its accuracy and disclaims any liability, legal or otherwise, resulting in any injury (except death or personal injury arising from the negligence of the University of Bedfordshire), damage, direct or indirect loss, consequential or economic loss, or any other loss suffered as a result of the use or reliance upon information contained in this prospectus.

n The University of Bedfordshire takes all reasonable steps to provide educational services in the manner set out in this prospectus. The University does not, however, guarantee the provision of such services and disclaims any liability, legal or otherwise, to the extent as outlined above

n The University reserves the right to withdraw, amend or restructure any courses or units listed from time to time without liability in accordance with the University’s published policies and regulations

n The University reserves the right to change its name without liability

n The University draws the attention of all prospective students to the University’s published policies and regulations that form part of the contract between the student and the University. These policies and regulations are available to view at: www.beds.ac.uk/aboutus/qa/students

n The University reserves the right to exclude students where monies owed to the University are not repaid

n If a payment is missed or defaulted upon, the University reserves the right to apply immediate sanctions which might include, but not be limited to, withholding of references, degree certificates or transcripts

n All contracts and agreements made between the University of Bedfordshire and the student are governed by English law and the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts

n Tuition fees are reviewed at the beginning of each academic session so that the revised rates may apply in the second or subsequent year of your course. Please note that fees are not refundable except in accordance with the University’s current published refund policy. See www.beds.ac.uk for details

n Equality and Diversity Statement:

The University of Bedfordshire is committed to providing equality of access to all our prospective and existing students and staff to ensure that they are able to reach their full potential in the course of the student admission or staff recruitment process and during their studies, employment and pursuit of future goals in the wider economy and external environment. It also takes its responsibilities seriously, and aims to ensure that no one covered under the provisions of the Equality Act 2010 is discriminated against because of ‘protected characteristics’: age, disability, gender, gender reassignment, marriage and civil partnership, pregnancy and maternity, race, religion or belief or sexual orientation

n Equality schemes

The University’s Race and Disability Equality Policies and Gender Equality Scheme are currently available on request. Once its Single Equality Scheme is in place to replace them, this will also be available on request

n The University’s disability policy can be visited at www.beds.ac.uk/studentlife/current/disabilities/policy. If required this can be provided in alternative format – eg large print, braille and audio

n Smoking is only permitted in designated areas and is not permitted in any buildings

n Like all other universities, the quality of the University’s academic provisions is reviewed by the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education. Copies of its reports are available from the University’s Quality Directorate

Published by: The University of Bedfordshire.

Marketing Manager: Sarah Foster,Marketing Officer: Oana Schutz,Marketing Assistant: Rehanna Khan.

Designed by Aura Creative Communications Ltd www.aura-online.com

Thank you to all the staff and students who helped in the production of this prospectus.

© University of Bedfordshire 2012. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or part is strictly prohibited without the permission of the publisher. Views expressed are not necessarily those of the University of Bedfordshire. Prices and information correct at the time of publishing but subject to change.

Luton campusPark Square Luton Bedfordshire LU1 3JUUnited Kingdom

Bedford campusPolhill Avenue Bedford Bedfordshire MK41 9EA United Kingdom

Buckinghamshire campusOxford HouseOxford Road Aylesbury Buckinghamshire HP21 8SZ United Kingdom

www.beds.ac.uk

Contact: +44 (0)1582 743500

Postgraduate Prospectus

2013

University of Bedfordshire

Together...U

niversity of B

edfordshire

w

ww

.be

ds.a

c.uk

Postgradu

ate Prosp

ectus 2

013

greatwww.beds.ac.uk

...we achieve

1. Great location We’re right next to national

and international transport links, including London Luton Airport, and central London can be reached in only 30 minutes by train from our Luton campus, and 40 minutes from Bedford. Find out more on page 13.

2. High-quality teaching We have been awarded top marks –

a “confidence” rating – in the recent UK Government’s Quality Assurance Agency audit, which checks how UK universities maintain their own academic standards and quality. And, many of our academics are still actively involved in industry, providing you with up-to-the-minute knowledge and experience. Find out more on page 8.

FIVE REASONS TO BEGIN YOUR FUTURE WITH US

2

Un

iver

sity

of B

edfo

rdsh

ire

things.

We understand how important it is that we work together with you to ensure that you get the best possible return, both personally and professionally, on the huge investment in your future that you make by opting to study a postgraduate qualification. More importantly, we’ll help you get the job you really want!

facebook.com/bedsuni

@uniofbeds @uobelife

www.youtube.com/uobvideos

3. World-leading research

In the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008 we were commended for our “world-leading” and “internationally excellent” research in several areas. Our research activity is shared with our students to create a cutting-edge educational environment. Find out more on page 9.

4. Fantastic financial support

Continuing your studies is indeed an investment, but not one that has to hit you hard financially. Here at the University of Bedfordshire we try to make financing your studies as simple and affordable as possible by offering a variety of scholarships and tuition fee discounts. Find out more on page 15.

5. Outstanding student support

From the moment you apply to study with us right up until when you graduate, and beyond, we offer a whole host of practical support services at each of our campus locations to ensure you have help every step of the way. Find out more on page 14.

3

Scan this code for Postgraduate Open Day information, or visit: http://uob.cc/pg-openevent

Come along to one of our Postgraduate Open Events and discover for yourself why Bedfordshire is best for you.

4 www.beds.ac.uk

The University of Bedfordshire has an excellent reputation for postgraduate study so, whatever your ambitions, choosing to study here will enhance your future opportunities.

Students who come to Bedfordshire can benefit from enhanced job prospects, outstanding support, recognised strength in applicable research, access to world-class facilities and dedicated teaching staff, many of whom are still practising in industry. You may think “he would say that” but I make the point simply because students past and present genuinely believe it to be the case.

This prospectus covers the benefits and scope of study at Bedfordshire in depth, so I shall limit my welcome to a few key points:

Firstly, the decision you are about to make is a life-changing one. We know that many of you will already have professional positions and personal commitments that have to be factored in to your day-to-day life. But from the day you arrive on campus we will help support you through your studies and build on your confidence,

independence and experience to develop your prospects.

Secondly, you will have all the resources you need to make your further study a success. When it opens in early 2013, our purpose-built Postgraduate and Continuing Professional Development Centre will be the culmination of £180m worth of investment since 2006, all designed with our student community in mind.

Thirdly, and most importantly, it’s important to know that 90% of our graduates from postgraduate courses entered work or further study within six months of graduating (DLHE 2010). This is testament to the quality of our courses and teaching team as they fully prepare you to progress your career.

We all look forward to welcoming you and seeing first-hand how Bedfordshire will help you to get the job you have always wanted.

Professor Les Ebdon CBE DLVice Chancellor and Chief Executive

“Our vision is of a world where all are able to benefit from transformational educational experiences.”

The best career move you’ll ever make

Message from our Vice and Deputy Vice Chancellor

We are very proud that more than 4,000 international students choose to join us each year and believe that this is because we can offer you more than a degree.

We want you to complement your academic achievements with the skills employers really want, and develop a genuine appreciation of international cultures, to ensure you become a lifelong learner, ready for the competition of today’s dynamic global marketplace. That’s why we are committed to maintaining our strong links with industry, collaborating with institutions all over the world, and are ensuring you have an experience that will enrich both your personal and professional lives, long after your graduate.

I look forward to meeting you when you arrive here.

Professor Ashraf Jawaid OBEDeputy Vice Chancellor

5

Inside...

Course entries by subject area start with Business on page:

All you need to get started begins on page:

Why we believe it is all about you starts on page:

24

180

06

From August 2012, the Postgraduate Prospectus 2013 will be available online. Go to: www.beds.ac.uk/prospectus

Why choose the University of Bedfordshire?

It’s all about you and your career 6

High-quality teaching 8

World-leading research 9

The international experience 10-12

Where we are: location 13

Outstanding student support 14

Financing your studies 15

First-class facilities for you 16-17

What our students say... 18-21

What courses are on offer?

Business, Management, Law & Linguistics 22

Computer Science & Technology 62

Education & Teaching 76

Health & Biological Sciences 98

Exercise Science, Sport & PE 122

Tourism, Hospitality & Events Management 134

Media, Arts & Performance 144

Psychology & Social Studies 164

What else do you need to know before you join us?

Getting started 180

Your postgraduate qualification 182

Short professional courses 183Taught courses 184

Research degrees 185

Part-time study 186

Return to learning 187

Fees and funding 188-189

How to apply 190

Accommodation 191

Learning resources 192

Student support 193

Town life 194-195

Get involved in culture and the arts 196

Get involved in the University 197

Get involved in the Students’ Union 198

Get involved in Sport 199

Investing in your career 200

Take me to Beds: Directions 201

A-Z course index 202

6 www.beds.ac.uk

A postgraduate degree shows current and future employers that you hold the discipline-specific and transferable skills which they so highly value, and that you are committed to your continuous personal and professional development – thus differentiating yourself in an increasingly competitive employment market.

It’s all about you and your career

At Bedfordshire we aim to ensure that you make the best career move by choosing to study with us. The careers and employability theme is an integrated key feature of all our postgraduate courses. From the day you arrive at the University to the time after you graduate and beyond, we provide a range of employability services to help you develop as a professional. Plus we have an active alumni association which offers networking opportunities for life.

Employability services We offer an extensive range of services to help you enter and progress further in the workplace including:

n Postgraduate induction fairs, competitions and careers fairs to quickly orientate you with academic and support services

n Dedicated employability advisers for each academic department

n Employability Fellows who ensure that career-focused activities and study units are integrated into your teaching and learning in each subject area

n Access to a wealth of careers information and resources online

n ‘JobSavviGrad’ – our online opportunity search engine and application management system – which you can use throughout your time at the University, and after you graduate

n Help with securing graduate internships, part-time jobs and volunteering opportunities

n Different awards which show off your skills and ‘stand-out values’ when competing for jobs – the ‘Bedfordshire Edge’ is our new Employability Award, launched in 2011

n Chamber Futures – a new membership scheme giving students and graduates access to training and networking opportunities

Your personal development We make it our mission to ensure that you succeed in a complex, competitive and rapidly changing environment – not only when you leave the University, but for the rest of your life.

Academic performance is one measure employers will use to weigh up your suitability for employment. But it is the interpersonal and practical problem-solving skills you will gain at Bedfordshire which will make you stand out from the crowd.

Our skills-rich curriculum, strong career focus and specialist learning environments will help you develop confidence, ambition and the skills to succeed.

Great partnerships make for great career success…

“We believe in empowering our students and instilling

in each and every one of them the confidence to

succeed in the world of work and to progress further in

their chosen career. The work we do pays off even in

economically challenging times – our postgraduates

enjoy excellent employment rates, with 90 per cent either

in work and/or further study within six months

of graduating.”

Mark Diggle Head of Careers and Employment Services

Our graduates enjoy excellent employment rates, with 90 per cent either in work and/or further study within six months of graduating (DLHE 2010).90%

7

It’s

all

abo

ut

you

an

d y

ou

r ca

reer

We work closely with more than 4,000 UK organisations to prepare you for employment

“We were looking for a graduate from the University of Bedfordshire to add value to the service we provide. The role involved managing client projects and exploring new techniques to provide functionality to the business systems. The outcomes were definitely achieved, highly recommended!”Fourth Monkey Ltd

“The MBA taught me how to play a part in a growing organisation. The units I studied helped me understand accounting concepts and prepare business plans, which I was later able to apply in the workplace. At the end of my course the University helped me secure an internship – which was crucial in securing a job, and the perfect chance for me to acquire practical experience and relate real-world situations to coursework.”Rohit RansariaMaster of Business Administration graduate and Finance Manager, Vedhas Limited

“We are lucky to have found people who we can work with and rely on. If the University can keep providing people like Rohit, we would not think twice but to employ them full-time.”Sunny Sahdev Vedhas Limited

“As an International Business and Management graduate I found that my position as a Business/Marketing Intern perfectly relates to my degree. All the knowledge and skills that I learnt during my Master’s Degree greatly helped me to manage all the tasks.”Lukas KenderaMSc International Business & Management

Accreditation from professional bodies – which is the main route of entry into some professions – including:

8 www.beds.ac.uk

The University of Bedfordshire’s state-of-the-art facilities and innovative teaching methods support a range of learning styles. The quality of our teaching is highly regarded, and our achievements most definitely speak for themselves.

High-quality teaching

n A number of our staff have received National Teaching Fellowship Awards for their outstanding contributions to teaching and learning

n We were awarded top marks – a “confidence” rating – in our Quality Assurance Agency audit 2009, which checks how UK universities maintain their own academic standards and quality

n Our Graduate Teacher Programme (GTP) has been rated as “outstanding” by Ofsted 2010

n The Government chose us as a Centre of Excellence in 2005, awarding us £3.3m over five years. The Centre of Excellence

in Teaching and Learning (CETL) leaves an extensive legacy including social and creative learning spaces, and a skills-rich curriculum focused on learner development, employability and preparation for life in a rapidly changing environment.

Our teaching staff are keen to model best practice, and our students can benefit from a variety of learning opportunities. As well as lectures which include the most recent studies and research, seminars and tutorials all of which provide students with the opportunity to gain feedback on their work. We also run regular workshops and masterclasses. Our students can also use BREO – our virtual learning environment.

The University regularly invites guest speakers who are actively involved in industry in to deliver masterclasses and workshops. Seminars also provide students with the chance to discuss topics in more depth.

Our employment-focused degrees offer a winning combination of theory and practice, which are delivered in a range of informal and formal teaching and learning spaces, enabling our students to get the most out of their studies. Many of our lecturers and academic staff have been actively involved in industry for many years prior to joining us at Bedfordshire. Other staff regularly author and co-author an impressive number of texts on their specialist areas.

David MulewaMSc Computer Security & Forensics (Kenya)

Our lecturers are professionals who also work in the field, so being taught by someone who day in day out actually does what he teaches is great because you get to learn from their experiences as well.

“Our graduates really need to hit the deck running. They have got to be able to apply the relevant knowledge and skills in the workplace and, because of the way we teach, our students have those skills straight away. So, they are highly employable, highly practical, highly articulate and highly sought after.”

Professor Paul Burns Professor of Entrepreneurship at the University of Bedfordshire Business School

In the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008, we were commended for our “world-leading” research in several areas, including:

Learn from and work alongside leading specialists, including:

World-leading research

n Communications, Cultural and Media Studies

n Earth Systems and Environmental Science

n English Language and Literature

n Social Work, Social Policy and Administration

n Sport, Tourism and Leisure

The University has also been recognised as ‘internationally excellent’ in the areas of Computer

Science and Informatics; and Business and Management Studies.

Our fantastic research performance in 2008 led to a doubling of our funding, which has helped us to undertake even more vital activity.

We have received a number of grants and contracts for high-profile research projects, including the recent award of nearly £6m for an EU-wide diabetes research project, co-led by Professor

Alan Sinclair, Dean of the Bedfordshire and Hertfordshire Postgraduate Medical School.

The research-led culture of the University means you really do have the opportunity to learn from and work alongside world-leading experts who are investigating real-world issues.

Find out more about our nine Research Institutes on pages 185

Professor James Crabbe – World expert in Marine Biology

Professor Helen Bailey – World-leading expert in Dance, Choreographic Practice and e-Science

Professor Stephen Perkins – International expert in Strategy and HRM

Professor Alexis Weedon – World expert in Communications, Cultural and Media Studies

9

Hig

h-q

ual

ity

teac

hin

g //

Wo

rld

-lead

ing

res

earc

h

To find out more, visit: http://uob.cc/ jamescrabbe

To find out more, visit: http://uob.cc/ helenbailey

To find out more, visit: http://uob.cc/ stephenperkins

To find out more, visit: http://uob.cc/ alexisweedon

The University of Bedfordshire welcomes students from all over the world, giving you the opportunity to live, study and become lifelong friends with a diverse range of people.

International Bedfordshire

Within our community of more than 24,000 students we have more than 4,000 international students, from more than 100 countries around the world, so you can look forward to joining a truly global environment.

Internationalisation for all Our investment in making Bedfordshire a truly international university is aimed at our British students as well as those who come from overseas. We are committed to the internationalisation of our curriculum and recruit highly-qualified staff who have worked all over the world.

A warm welcome from the start We welcome our international students by offering a free airport meet and greet service from London Heathrow Airport, on specified days. A representative of the University will meet you at the airport (on specified days) and ensure that you arrive at the campus in time for a special international students’ induction week, during which you can make friends and meet staff. In order to take advantage of the meet and greet service you must register for it by visiting: www.beds.ac.uk/airport. You will also have the opportunity to join in with a full range of welcome activities, which are perfect for meeting people and helping you to settle in.

10 www.beds.ac.uk

11

Th

e in

tern

atio

nal

exp

erie

nce

Specialist support We have a dedicated International Student Support Team, who are on hand to offer any practical advice or help you may need to help you settle in. They are based at both Bedford and Luton and can help with the following (and more):

n Part-time work

n Temporary National Insurance numbers

n Opening a bank account

n Personal safety

n Places of worship

n Registration with the Student Health Centre

n Contact with other international students

n Visa applications

n Legal and community queries

n Pastoral care and general welfare support

Find out more by visiting: www.beds.ac.uk/internationalsupport

Make friends for life In conjunction with current international students, the International Office has also set up the International Friendship Group. The students who run the group have all travelled from their home country to come and study at the University of Bedfordshire and will understand exactly how you feel in the first few weeks as you settle in. They help new students with any questions or worries, introduce you to other students and offer lasting support as you get used to your new environment.

Fantastic social programme We do all we can to ensure you enjoy life here and one of the highlights of our extensive social programme is definitely the International Student Party. It features music, dancing and colourful traditional costumes, and is a great way to meet fellow students and staff. Find out more about the events and visits that make up the social programme here: www.beds.ac.uk/internationalevents

Ahmad Awais

The international office have given me tremendous support and I felt at home in the international office. I always consulted them with my problems and they were able to help me.

MA International Human Resource Management

Scan the code to see what else Ahmad has to say: http://uob.cc/ahmad

The International Office Team

12 www.beds.ac.uk

Part-time work and internships If you are a non-EU student, you will be allowed to work 20 hours per week (part-time) during term time and full-time during recognised holidays*. EU students are permitted to work the same number of hours as UK students. To work in the UK, you will need a National Insurance (NI) number. On arrival at the University, the International Student Support Team will be able to issue you with a temporary number and give advice on how to get a permanent one. We also have a Job Shop in our Careers and Employment Service, which can help you find suitable work in a range of areas.

We also run a pioneering International Students’ Internships Scheme, which aims to generate workplace opportunities for international postgraduate students in local and national businesses, as well as the University itself. To find out more, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/isis

*Subject to the conditions of your visa.

Healthcare All full-time students who are registered on a course of at least six months’ duration are entitled to receive free medical treatment through the National Health Service (NHS). The University has its own Health Centre and, during induction week, nurses from the Health Centre will come to the University to register international students with the doctor. You will need to bring your medical history. Once you have completed an HC1 form, you will be entitled to free medical prescriptions and reduced fees for optical and dental

treatment. Short-stay students will have to pay for treatment as private patients. Private healthcare without medical insurance cover can be expensive, so it’s important to arrange medical insurance before leaving home to come to the UK.

English language support If English is not your first language, you may wish to take advantage of the expert support available within the University, to assist you in your academic studies.

The staff in the Division of Language and Communication can offer a language testing service, which will enable you to identify areas where you need additional support. This service can play a major role in ensuring that you have the best opportunity to succeed in your academic studies.

Pre-sessional courses are also available, which help with both English language and key study skills. For further information, visit: www.beds.ac.uk

eLife magazine The eLife newsletter is a monthly e-magazine published exclusively for international students, overseas agents and embassies. This magazine keeps you up-to-date with new courses and good news from around the University, so be sure to look out for the next issue. Don’t miss out – sign-up to the mailing list here: www.beds.ac.uk/elife

International collaborations The University of Bedfordshire takes pride in strengthening its international collaborative links and participates in programmes with several universities

around the world, which allows students to spend part of their study time in another country. The programmes provide high-quality and flexible study pathways that are specifically designed to prepare international students for admission to undergraduate and postgraduate taught degrees at the University. For more information about our international links select your country on our website: www.beds.ac.uk/yourcountry

International Bedfordshire

“Living and studying in a different country is an experience that will transform your life and your career prospects. It’s an opportunity that most people never have, and at Bedfordshire, we want you to get the most from your time here. We want you to be globally competent and mobile: to fulfil your academic potential; to see yourself and your culture through the eyes of your peers from all around the world; to discover your strengths as you overcome new challenges; and to far exceed your own expectations.”Harry Wang, Director of the International Office

Students getting ready to perform at the welcome party.

13

LutonLuton is Bedfordshire’s largest town and is packed full of cultural diversity. The town is renowned for its urban attractions and industrial heritage, despite its close proximity to the Chiltern Hills and other areas of natural beauty.

Situated just off England’s main motorway, the M1, Luton is just 30 minutes from central London, and is home to London Luton Airport, which is just three miles from our Luton campus and the town centre.

CampusOur Luton campus is located right in the heart of the town centre, whereas our smaller teaching sites, Butterfield Park and Putteridge Bury, are close by in the countryside. Find out more on page 194.

Getting theren Frequent trains to and from

London (30 minutes)

n Excellent bus connections to cities all over the UK

n Convenient road links with quick access to the M1 and A1

n London Luton Airport is just three miles from our Luton campus

BedfordBedford is located approximately 20 miles from Luton and lies along the picturesque banks of the River Great Ouse. Bedford is excellently positioned. Flanked east and west by the historic cities of Oxford and Cambridge, this vibrant town is just 40 minutes from central London.

CampusThe Bedford campus is close to Bedford town centre and can be reached by bus in around five minutes. It is also a few minutes walk from Aspects Leisure Centre which is home to a cinema, gym, and restaurants. Find out more on page 195.

Getting theren Frequent trains to and from London

(40 minutes)

n X5 coach service runs between Cambridge, Bedford, Milton Keynes and Oxford

n Excellent road links via M1 and A1

n London Luton Airport is a 40-minute journey from the Bedford campus

AylesburyThe Medieval county town of Aylesbury is home to our Buckinghamshire campus. Aylesbury has the atmosphere of a traditional bustling market town, and great investment means it now brings together all the features of a lively, modern town – including some very unusual architecture.

Aylesbury is around 40 minutes from the Luton campus, and just under an hour from Bedford.

CampusOur Buckinghamshire campus is home to many of our Nursing students. Our Health care students are also able to benefit from studying at Butterfield Park, in Luton. Find out more on page 195.

Getting theren Regular trains to and from London

(40 minutes)


n Within easy reach of London Heathrow and London Luton Airports

Find out more about our locations on page 201, and read more about our towns on page 194.

Th

e in

tern

atio

nal

exp

erie

nce

// W

her

e w

e ar

e: lo

cati

on

Where we are: location

Luton

Bedford

Bedfordshire

Buckinghamshire

London

Aylesbury

14 www.beds.ac.uk

Deciding whether to undertake further study can be a daunting decision. Many of our postgraduate students will be in a professional position or have personal commitments which have to be factored into their day-to-day life, and so working out that work-life balance can be tough. But here at Bedfordshire, we are able to offer a comprehensive range of support services to help you every step of the way.

Outstanding student support

Professional and Academic Development SiD can put you in touch with our Professional and Academic Development experts, who offer support to students if they want to develop particular skills. PAD also provides a series of free study skills workshops at both the Luton and Bedford campuses, as well as one-to-one tutorials.

Personal tutors Students are assigned a personal tutor when they register. Tutors can assist with your transition to University, your academic performance, and general health and well-being.

Spirituality and faith The University has a multicultural student population and attracts people of all faiths and orientation. We operate spirituality and faith centres at our Luton and Bedford campuses to bring people together and to provide space for reflection and prayer.

Careers Our Careers Service offers a range of support to help our students get the jobs that they have always wanted. Read more on page 6.

Dedicated learning space The University will soon be introducing a new £20m Postgraduate and Continuing Professional Development Centre, which is scheduled to be completed in 2013. See page 17.

Find out more on page 193.

All of our support services can be accessed through the Student Information Desk (or SiD as we like to call it). SiD is based in our new Luton Campus Centre, and also at our other University campuses, and can even be accessed online 24/7. So whether you are on- or off-campus, we are always here to help.

Whatever your query, you will find that our student support advisers are happy to point you in the right direction.

Getting to know SiD

SiD 24/7 is available online to make accessing our services as easy as possible.24/7


Ou

tsta

nd

ing

stu

den

t su

pp

ort

// F

inan

cin

g y

ou

r st

ud

ies

15

Financing your studiesTuition feesFor the most up-to-date information and to find out the cost of our postgraduate courses for 2013 entry, please visit our website: www.beds.ac.uk/fees

FundingHere at the University of Bedfordshire we try to make financing your studies as simple and affordable as possible by offering a wide variety of scholarships*, including:

n UK/EU Scholarship – worth £4,500

n International Early Fee Payment Scholarship – worth £1,500

n International Alumni Loyalty Scholarship – worth £500

n Steel Memorial Fund – worth £12,000

n Research Grants and Studentships

n …And many more!

For more information turn to page 188.

*All figures shown here are based on 2012 entry. Please visit our website: www.beds.ac.uk/pgmoney for the most up-to-date information, and for eligibility criteria.

Inge HermannPostgraduate research student, Institute for Tourism Research (INTOUR)

I received a Postgraduate Research Studentship (annual bursary) which I am planning to put towards my monthly living expenses and research expenses. The PhD bursaries in tourism and leisure are widely advertised online and through various institutes and universities worldwide.

We offer a wide variety of Research Grants, Studentships and

Scholarships

There’s much more at www.beds.ac.uk/money

16 www.beds.ac.uk

Artist impression of the new Postgraduate and CPD Centre due for completion 2013

Bedford Campus CentreIndustry standard TV studio

Putteridge Bury campus, Luton

Law Moot Court

Between 2006 and 2013 we will have invested more than £180m in new facilities, creating one of the most modern and well-equipped universities in the UK.

17

Firs

t-cl

ass

faci

litie

s fo

r yo

u

We are currently undergoing a £180m major redevelopment programme across all our campuses, scheduled to be completed by 2013, to create innovative high-quality teaching, learning and personal development facilities.

First-class facilities for you

Campus highlights Luton

n New £34m Campus Centre bringing all student services under one roof

n £1.2m revolutionary Business Pods

n £180,000 Law Moot Court

n Multi-million pound Media Arts Centre

n Two brand-new £1m engineering labs

n £1m dedicated MSc science laboratory

n Our new £40m accommodation, Fitzroy Court which offers 850 fully furnished, study bedrooms, with en-suite facilities and high-speed internet

Bedford

n £8m Physical Education and Sport Science Centre

n £700,000 Muscle Cellular and Molecular Physiology Lab – the only one of its kind in the UK

n £6m Campus Centre which houses a £4.5m 280-seat theatre – one of the largest in the county

Butterfield

n Brand-new simulation labs complete with fully functional theatre, ward, and a clinic environment

Scheduled for completion in 2013, our £20m Postgraduate and Continuing Professional Development Centre (CPD) will feature innovative learning spaces, two Harvard-style lecture theatres, hi-tech IT and AV equipment and a dedicated social area, all designed with our postgraduate student community in mind. Pictured opposite top left.

Building for the future & you...

Check out the facilities for yourself by taking a virtual tour at: www.beds.ac.uk/virtualtour

We continue to invest in state-of-the-art student-centred facilities to enhance your learning and provide you with an outstanding and fulfilling student experience

With fantastic facilities and a strong commitment to excellence, we offer you the perfect place to further your study and career

“The facilities are great! I enjoyed working in

the Mac suite. The technicians were very

supportive.” Anna Skopinska

MA by Research in Art and Design

Putteridge Bury campus, Luton

MSc postgraduate laboratory New Campus Centre, Luton PE and Sport Science Centre at Bedford

18 www.beds.ac.uk

Usha Bhatta

Sajjad Ali

Rojina Shrestha

Rachel Taylor

“I chose to study here because I completed my undergraduate degree at Bedfordshire and I really enjoyed it, and I just wanted to expand

my knowledge even further. When I leave I’m feeling a lot more comfortable about myself,

because in this industry it’s all about talking to people, which is something I struggled with as I am quite shy, but it’s given me a real boost to my

confidence to go out into the world of work.”

Emily BlakePgCert Performing Before the Camera

“As a result of undertaking an internship organised by the University, I have now been offered a job with the company when I graduate. I feel happy and proud that I will be working with such a reputable organisation.”

Sajjad AliMSc Engineering Business Management

“Part-time study allows me to study

at the same time as maintaining my job.

I think I benefit in studying the Executive

MBA as I am able to relate my learning to my day-to-day

working.”

Rachel TaylorExecutive MBA Part-time

“I chose to study at Bedfordshire because the course appealed to my particular interests. The facilities are good and I have made most use of the Learning Resources Centre. My time at the University has been very enjoyable and I would really recommend it as the best place to discover your knowledge.”

Rojina ShresthaMSc Biotechnology

“I enjoyed working with people from all corners of the world and it was a life-time experience for me. Communication is knowledge and I will be able to use what I have learnt back home in Nepal.”

Usha BhattaMA Mass Communications

Postgraduate students share their experiences of life at Bedfordshire...

Scan the code to see what else Emily has to say, or visit:http://uob.cc/emilyblake

19

Wh

at o

ur

stu

den

ts s

ay...

“The University of Bedfordshire is a dynamic university with a vast number of professionals and lecturers who focus on sharing their experience and knowledge to students who wish to learn. What I like most is the location, it’s fantastic and very close to the town as well as more remote areas. One of my favourite areas is Putteridge Bury which offers traditional countryside and a fantastic view.”

www.beds.ac.uk20

Ilir KodraMSc Computer Networking(Albania)

“I work full-time alongside my studies, as I run my own business. My family help as do the staff who I work with, but everything else I am doing via mobile computing where possible. The University wireless network is a big help there, as is ready access to computers across the campus. I have been able to schedule timetabled lectures and seminars together on Monday and Tuesday, any other lectures take place out of hours. This means I can fit in my work schedule most of the time anyway. Additionally, the University library is now bolstered by access to the IEEE digital library which makes up the bulk of my research areas, so I am able to carry out most of my personal research in the evening or at weekends as if I were on campus.”

Gordon BradyMSc Business Information System

“There is great sense of community spirit at the

University of Bedfordshire.”Erica Cook

MSc Health Psychology

“I think the teaching is great. The tutors have rich backgrounds in theory and practice at the same time, and this is shown in their lectures.”Akunna VictorInternational Human Resource Management

21

Wh

at o

ur

stu

den

ts s

ay...

Scan the code to see what else Gordon has to say, or visit:http://uob.cc/gordonbrady

What our students say...

The University of Bedfordshire Business School is the

largest Business School in the region, with more than

5,000 students and over 120 teaching and research staff. It is a member of the Association of Business Schools (ABS) and

the European Foundation for Management Development (EFMD). We offer courses in a wide range of subject

areas including Business and Management, Accounting and

Finance, Marketing, Human Resource Management, Law

and Language.

Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

22

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Professor Paul Burns

Dean of the University of Bedfordshire Business School

Our ambition is to develop dynamic leaders and managers who will ask different questions, who find imaginative solutions and make a difference through innovative, intelligent practice. Our postgraduate provision is designed to meet the needs of both individuals and organisations for a practice impact.

Courses

Full-time General Business Master’s

26 MBA Master of Business Administration

27 MBA Brand Management

27 MBA Educational Leadership*

27 MBA Finance

27 MBA Hospital & Health Services Management

28 MBA Human Resource Management

28 MBA Information Technology Management

28 MBA Marketing

29 MSc Business & Management

30 MSc Business Web Analytics & Management

31 MSc Finance & Business Management

32 MSc Hotel & Hospitality Business Management

33 MSc Information Systems & Business Management

34 MSc International Business & Management

35 MSc Marketing & Business Management

Part-time Executive Master’s

56 MBA Executive

57 MBA Executive (Healthcare)

57 MBA Executive (Information Technology Management)

58 MSc Human Resource Management Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) accredited

59 PgDip Human Resource Management Accredited by the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD)

60 PgCert Management Accredited as the CMI Diploma in Strategic Management & Leadership

Dr Sonal Minocha

The MBM Suite:

Full-time Specialist Business Master’s

36 Pre-Masters in Business

37 MSc Accounting & Finance

38 MA Applied Linguistics (TEFL)

39 MA/MSc by Research in Business

40 LLM Corporate Law

41 Certificate in ELT

42 MA ELT Management

43 MSc Engineering Business Management

44 MA Intercultural Communication

45 LLM International Commercial Law

46 MSc International Finance & Banking

47 MA International Human Resource Management

48 MA International Relations

49 MSc Investment & Finance

50 MSc Logistics & Supply Chain Management

51 MSc Marketing Communications

52 MSc Project Management

53 MSc Public Relations

54 Association of Chartered Certified Accountants

55 DPSI Public Service Interpreting Diploma

*Subject to approval23

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Why choose Bedfordshire?

Most of our postgraduate courses are run at the postgraduate Business School at Putteridge Bury. This is an Edwardian mansion, recently refurbished at a cost of almost £3m. Regular networking meetings and lectures from industry leaders take place at this centre, so you will have the chance to mix with local and regional business professionals.

Courses will also be provided in our new Postgraduate and Continuing Professional Development Centre. This new development, due to be opened in 2013, provides the latest learning environment for students.

The University’s Knowledge Hub is the gateway for business support at the University of Bedfordshire. The Knowledge Hub offers organisations of all sizes the chance to develop by offering access to a number of initiatives and opportunities to forge new industry links. The Knowledge Hub connects the University with businesses for the purposes of knowledge transfer, innovation, enterprise activities and training, and also offers short professional courses.

We offer a wide range of general and specialist courses. Both full- and part-time options are available to suit your needs. We also offer distance and blended learning options. Many of our part-time courses are run on Saturdays and are supported by the latest online communications and learning technology.

We are developing a point of view on education that is international practice-driven. We recognise that practice and practitioners are characterised by their unique problem contexts which are complex, uncertain and ambiguous – they are messy – particularly in the context of global/international issues. Practitioners are rarely presented with opportunities to manage according to the academic models and theories taught in business schools – instead they draw upon their knowledge and experience of practice and seeing the practice of others – a knowledge base that is often tacit and highly context-sensitive. It is this thinking that underpins our core philosophy and that is transforming the nature of courses and the kind of research focus the Business School takes. You benefit as we strive to:

n Develop creative thinkers, intelligent practitioners and designers of futures

n Develop applied research skills and mindsets in our graduates as future practitioners

n Embed a nuanced understanding of international practice in our curriculum

n Deliver a superior and distinctive student experience

Full-time courses Our Master’s courses normally require you to have a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent, and are ideal for students who want to enhance their employment prospects. Non-native English speakers may have to undertake an English Language test and achieve an appropriate IELTS score – see individual course entries for details. We also offer an International Foundation Programme that can be used to improve your academic study skills up to the level required for entry to our Masters courses.

Our MBA and MBM Suite of Master’s are designed to give you a thorough introduction to the theory and practice of business and management. They are intensive, challenging courses that will help you to enhance your career and give you an edge.

Merle Niederhuefner

MSc International Business & Management graduate(Germany)

The University has so much more to offer than just interesting courses. But in order to tap into your full potential, students need to actively engage and be willing to invest their time and knowledge. During my time at the University I met some amazing people. All this made my time at University an exciting experience.

24

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Specialist Master’sOur specialist Master’s courses require you to have a first degree in a relevant subject upon which to expand your knowledge and skills. The School of Law offers innovative courses including the brand-new LLM in Corporate Law. Our linguistics courses are run at the Luton campus in our dedicated Language Centre.

Part-time executive coursesOur part-time courses are run in the evenings and at weekends, and use the latest online learning and communications technology to enable you to conduct some of your study from home or work. Your classes will be held at Luton, Putteridge Bury or the Bedford campus. Our experienced staff understand balancing the demands of work, home and study is never straightforward, and aim to provide the best possible study environment. So if you do not have a first degree, but instead offer years of business experience, you might still be eligible to study one of our courses.

Research DegreesWorking with the University’s Research Graduate School, the Business School offers research degrees both at Master’s and doctoral level. Students would normally already have a Master’s degree before registering for a research degree where the emphasis is on an individual and independent research investigation.

Research within the Business School is co-ordinated by the Business and Management Research Institute (BMRI), which is committed to producing high-quality research that is applied and applicable, and relevant to the needs of the business community. It has a strong record in collaborative research with both UK and international partners and is committed to producing and promoting research of the highest quality. We have six specialist research centres, which together form the Business and Management Research Institute (BMRI).

The specialist research centres are as follows:

Research Centre for Contemporary Accounting and Finance (ResCAF) – current student projects include:

n The relationship between the level of voluntary disclosure, corporate governance, ownership structure and firm characteristics

n The impacts of corporate governance on major shareholders investment decisions

n Effects of the new regulations of the audit profession on the audit firms’ strategies

Centre for Leadership Innovation (CLI) – current student projects include:

n Developing leaders for the future across developing/developed country borders

n Analysing transplantation of western people management practices to emerging business systems

n Employee engagement policies and procedures

Centre for Advances in Marketing (CAM) – current student projects include

n Digital and social media investigations

n Consumption of credence products using a framework of post purchase evaluation

n Case study investigation of business-to-business relationships in international contexts

Centre for Research in English Language Learning and Assessment (CRELLA) – current projects include:

n The relationship between test-takers’ first language, listening proficiency and their performance on paired speaking tests

n Validating a framework of EFL proficiency tests in Japan: demonstrating that locally designed tests meet international standards

n Test-mode Effects of Tablet Computers on Reading Comprehension Tests

n Variation of dimensional structure across ability levels in language proficiency tests

Centre for Research in Law (CRiL) – current student projects include:

n The role of national and regional courts in reviewing measures adopted in implementation of UN sanctions against individuals suspected of involvement in terrorist activity

n The right to conscientious objection in international human rights law

n The influence of bilateral treaties on foreign direct Investment in developing countries: the case of Libya

Centre for Business and Information Systems (BISC) – current student projects include:

n Inter-form knowledge transfer networks and innovation

n Examining emerging ICTs adoption in SMEs from actor network theory perspective

n Developing a framework for evaluating e-government success

n project management maturity in NGOs

For more information, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/bmri

Applications for postgraduate degrees by research (MA/MSc or MPhil/PhD) related to the work of these research centres are particularly welcome. Please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/research to find out more.

New full-time courses under developmentWe are always developing new courses to offer our students the most up-to-date and relevant education. We have a number of new courses currently under development; please visit: www.beds.ac.uk for further information.

25

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

www.beds.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK) T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International) E: [email protected]

Starts in: September or February (and other dates on demand)

Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton

Duration: 12 or 18 months full-time

Open to: UK/EU/International students

Entry requirements: Applicants should have a good second class Honours degree in any discipline from a registered Higher Education Institution. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn An internationally recognised degree

conforming to Quality Assurance Agency guidelines

n Opportunities to attend high-profile business events run by the University’s Knowledge Hub

About the courseThe University of Bedfordshire Business School, a member of the UK Association of Business Schools and the European Foundation for Management Development (EFMD), prides itself on the

important balance between contemporary theory and practice in its MBA course.

The course combines core MBA disciplines such as marketing, operations management and strategy, with innovative subject areas such as entrepreneurship, and creativity and innovation, to understand the ‘big picture’ of business life, underpinning career success in strategic management and leadership. You will complete two projects during the course: one focused on leadership and the other on a project case study that integrates your previous learning.

The course is normally scheduled over three to four contact days per week to allow individual and group study time, and is supplemented by workshops and lectures by distinguished practitioners, careers advice and professional development. An international perspective is maintained in all subject areas through the selection of study materials and, in many assessments, by allowing the student to choose the context, organisation or scenario in which to apply management theory.

Approximately 20 per cent of the MBA assessment is carried out in student groups. There are some written examinations and tests (eg leading and managing people, and accounting for leaders and strategy), but the main assessment vehicle is individual written assignments – reports, case study analysis

and business plans – prepared by the student and submitted by a given deadline.

Career opportunitiesThe full-time MBA studentship is highly international and diverse in nature. Career progression is enhanced by the strategic management knowledge and skills that the MBA develops.

Master of Business Administration (MBA)

To find out more contact Tim Priestman:t: +44 (0)1582 743 972e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

Marketing for managers

Leading people in organisations

Accounting for managers

Managing operations

Executive development


Business and financial markets

Theory into practice project

Small businesses and entrepreneurship (optional)

Creativity for managers (optional)

The competitive global context (optional)


26

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Biao WangMaster of Business Administration graduate

I have developed a good level of interpersonal skills, creativity and motivation. The course developed my effective planning, organisational and team management skills. As a result, I feel much more confident in the business world.

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK) T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International) E: [email protected] www.beds.ac.uk

The Master of Business Administration (Brand Management) consists of the following core units of the MBA with additional units aimed at marketing professionals.

The Master of Business Administration (Finance) consists of the following core units of the MBA and three additional units aimed at finance professionals.

The Master of Business Administration (Educational Leadership) consists of core units of the MBA with additional units aimed at education professionals.

The core units you will study:

n Marketing for managers

n Leading people in organisations

n Accounting for managers

n Managing operations

n Executive development

n Strategic management

n Brand management and research

n Theory into practice project

Students can select two options from the following:

n Public relations issues

n Interactive and direct marketing

n Marketing communications








n Corporate finance

n Foundation of investment theories

n International finance and markets










n Change management in education


n Data management in education

n Contemporary issues in education

n Governance and ethics in education

The course will run if sufficient numbers are recruited.

*Subject to approval

Brand Management (MBA)

Finance (MBA)

Educational Leadership* (MBA)

The Master of Business Administration (Hospital and Health Services Management) consists of the following core units of the MBA with additional units aimed at healthcare professionals.








n Social healthcare perspectives



n Information systems in the hospital and health services

n Health economics: quality provision and commissioning

n Organising healthcare services


Hospital & Health Services Management (MBA)

To find out more about these courses contact Tim Priestman – see page 26

Enables you to fast-track your career progression and grow your business

27

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13


The Master of Business Administration (Human Resource Management) consists of the following core units of the MBA with additional units aimed at human resource professionals.

The Master of Business Administration (Information Technology Management) consists of core units of the MBA with additional units aimed at Information Technology professionals.








n Comparative human resource management



n Employee engagement

n Human resource development

n Personnel resourcing








n Utilising emerging technologies

n Theory into practice


n Application of project management methodologies

n Exploiting information systems strategy

n Management of data


Human Resource Management (MBA)

Information Technology Management (MBA)

The Master of Business Administration (Marketing) consists of the following core units of the MBA with additional units aimed at marketing professionals.








n Integrated marketing



n International marketing

n Marketing communications

n Interactive and direct marketing

Marketing (MBA)

Our MBA courses enhance business competence, and strengthens confidence and credibility which are vital for progression to senior management

28

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13





Duration: 1 year full-time*


Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Designed to help graduates who

are not business specialists to gain a valuable insight into business and management

n Opportunity to tailor your course to achieve either breadth or specialisation in your studies

n Learn with other postgraduate students from around the world

n Opportunities to attend high-profile business lecture events run by the University’s business services group, the Knowledge Hub

About the courseThe course is designed to introduce non-specialists to a range of business areas to become knowledgeable and effective managers. You will develop a deep understanding of organisations, their external context and how they are managed.

You will be able to apply this knowledge to a range of situations, taking account of the relationship and interaction with other areas of the business. The experienced and supportive teaching team will help you develop a critical awareness of current issues in business and management.

The course is varied in content and delivery methods. There will be a mix of lectures, seminars and tutorials. You will also work in smaller groups to discuss case studies, prepare for assessments and give presentations.

Career opportunitiesOn completion of this course, graduates will be well placed to pursue executive posts in public and private sectors of industry and commerce, and in non-governmental and voluntary organisations.

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study, but those starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

Business & Management (MSc)

The MBM Suite

To find out more:e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/business

Business communications

Financial analysis

Marketing

Business data analysis

Managing people

Digital business management

Applied management project

Corporate finance

Issues in financial reporting

Brand management and research

International marketing

Strategic management of information systems

Web analytics


29

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13Manish DedhiaMSc Business & Management student(India)

The best aspect of this course is that we are studying all subjects like Finance, Marketing, HR and we learn a bit of everything. Back home in India we don’t have any practical study like this. The tutors are expecting us to work to a very high corporate level. Although this is tough, it is helping us grow.







Key featuresBusiness web analytics and management is rapidly gaining in importance and focus as businesses address the challenge of meeting increasingly demanding customer expectations in an increasingly interconnected and intelligent business world where data-driven insights are critical to success. This course will give you a valuable qualification that is attractive to employers. During the course you will:

n Develop skills and knowledge in business web analytics and management to enhance employability

n Benefit from opportunities to attend and network at high-profile web analytics events organised by the professional community

n Experience practice-oriented teaching based on real-world case studies and action-learning projects that ensures a tight integration of theory and practice

n Have the opportunity to gain further professional qualifications such as Google Analytics Individual Qualification (GAIQ)

n Undertake collaborative learning with other postgraduate students from around the world

About the courseWeb analytics has been recognised as a technology that is a core part of a data-driven strategy for the managing of digital business. The MSc Business Web Analytics and Management is a unique, multidisciplinary course designed for ambitious graduates wanting to acquire the necessary skills and knowledge needed to manage digital enterprises effectively. The course is designed for a learning experience with a balance of managing the digital enterprise, use of web analytics for business intelligence and project management topics integrated within an understanding of the strategic and operational issues of managing digital businesses.

Career opportunitiesOn successful completion of this course, you will be well equipped for a career as a business manager, influencing digital business strategies and activities, a business and web analytics consultant, focusing on digital business applications, or project managers responsible for the delivery of web analytics and digital business solutions.

Business Web Analytics & Management (MSc)


Web analytics and applications

Project management

Web marketing

Strategic marketing

Financial analysis

Business research methods




To find out more contact Diane Richardson:t: +44 (0)1234 793 472 e: diane.richardson@beds.

ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

The MBM Suite

Did you know?This course is leading edge: there are currently no similar courses at postgraduate level offered by any other UK university.

30

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13








are not business specialists gain a valuable insight into business and management, and enhance their employability

n Mix with other postgraduate students from around the world in a unique environment


n Opportunity to study finance in-depth on a general business course

n Excellent job prospects due to the high demand for graduates with a background in accounting and finance

n Excellent location near the centre of finance, the City of London

About the courseThis course is designed for students who are new to accounting and finance, and who wish to develop a more strategic and integrated orientation to finance and business. You will develop the skills required to adapt appropriate strategic responses to different market environments through the study of organisations. You will also understand the impact of contextual forces on

organisations, including legal systems, corporate governance and ethical, economic and environmental change issues.

You will develop your knowledge of the financing of organisations, including the sources, uses and management of finance and the use of accounting for managerial and financial reporting.

You will study the management and development of people within organisations; the impact of information systems; the use of relevant communication within the global economy; and how cultural differences affect buying behaviour and marketing approaches.

You will develop your ability to analyse problems logically and apply appropriate decision-making skills, as well as the knowledge to reach feasible and realistic conclusions.

Career opportunitiesOn successful completion of the MSc Finance and Business Management, you will be well placed to pursue a career in accounting management, banking, insurance and the stock market. You will have acquired the knowledge and skills to become an effective manager in the public or private sector and are likely to

establish a career path in companies that are listed on stock exchanges around the world.


Finance & Business Management (MSc)


Corporate finance


Business communication

Financial analysis

Marketing


Managing people




The MBM Suite

31

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13






Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Provides an innovative and dynamic

approach to manager education and training

n The course draws on the expertise and experience of tutors and practitioners across our schools

n You will undertake incremental learning about how to meet the individual and diverse needs of customers

n Learn with other postgraduate students from diverse backgrounds

n Attend high-profile business lecture events run by the University’s business services group, the Knowledge Hub

About the courseThis course is designed to provide the opportunity for you to gain accurate and authoritative information and knowledge in the hotel and hospitality industry. At the same time, you will be able to develop the skills and understanding which enable future managers at all levels to act competently and effectively in the organisations in which you will work.

Since many aspects of managerial work are directly linked to the performance of an organisation, including failure, future

managers in the hotel and hospitality industry must be able to provide direction, motivate their employees and act as facilitators of change in frequently uncertain circumstances. Above all, they must be critical thinkers and confident practitioners with an international outlook. You will also be required to evaluate situations which impact on the industry and make appropriate educated decisions.

You, as a future manager, will have opportunities to develop your ability to think critically and become a competent practitioner, able to employ legislation and regulation. The course adopts a blended learning approach, combining the use of up-to-date e-Media with traditional tuition and access to well-stocked library resources.

Career opportunitiesThis course is intended to equip you with the knowledge and skills to take up a career in the management of hospitality-related businesses. On successful completion of the MSc Hospitality & Hotel Business Management, you will be equipped with a broad range of knowledge and skills that will enable you to analyse and solve a wide range of business problems and

situations related to the industry. The course will be valuable to those looking to launch a career in hospitality business or those looking to develop their existing career.

Hospitality & Hotel Business Management (MSc)


Business communication 1

Business communication 2

Financial analysis


Managing people

Marketing


Business principles and practice in hospitality

Organisation and operation in the hotel and hospitality industry



The MBM Suite

Experience an innovative and dynamic approach to manager education and training

32

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Location: Luton campus, Park Square and Putteridge Bury campus, Luton




Key featuresn Designed to help graduates, who

are not business specialists, gain a valuable insight into business and management, and enhance their employability

n Learn with other postgraduate students from around the world in a unique environment


n One of very few Master’s courses combining business and information systems

n State-of-the-art computing facilities

About the courseThe idea of managers who can ‘bridge’ between different areas is one that has been promoted by the British Computing Society (BCS) for some time. The ‘bridger’ has to have a wide perspective and be equipped with the organisational and people skills to break down the barriers between IT and business. The aim of this course is to develop you to be a leader in your organisation, enabling the full benefits of modern technology to be realised. The course is interdisciplinary and you

will learn about information systems alongside the core areas of business and management which are at the heart of this course.

The course will prepare you to make critical high-level managerial and organisational decisions and to back these up with the best information-gathering and deployment methods. You will also develop your ability to analyse problems logically and apply appropriate decision-making skills and knowledge to reach feasible, realistic conclusions.

Career opportunitiesThere is a widely recognised shortage of managers who are knowledgeable about information systems but who also have a strong understanding of business. On successful completion of the course, you will be well placed to start a career in general management or in areas requiring a strong foundation in information systems.

Information Systems & Business Management (MSc)


Corporate finance



Financial analysis

Marketing


Managing people




The MBM Suite

33

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13








are not business specialists gain a valuable insight into international business and management, and enhance their employability

n A very diverse student population so you can experience the benefits and issues of international business first-hand

n Staff teaching on this course represent a number of nationalities and bring a truly international perspective

About the courseThis course offers you the opportunity to develop a particular strength in the management of international business issues.

You will focus on strategic areas of marketing management and finance, as well as international markets and the developing patterns of world trade – invaluable for those who wish to work in the global marketplace.

You will develop the skills required to adopt appropriate strategic responses to different market environments through the study of organisations. You will also understand the impact of contextual forces on organisations, including legal systems, corporate governance and

ethical, economic and environmental change issues.

You will develop your knowledge of the financing of organisations including the sources, uses and management of finance and the use of accounting for managerial and financial reporting.

You will also study the management and development of people within organisations, the use of relevant communications within the global economy and how cultural differences affect both buying behaviour and marketing approaches. As well as specific knowledge relating to international business, you will develop enhanced personal and interpersonal skills. These include critical thinking, team-working, problem-solving, numeracy and quantitative skills, self-management and negotiation skills.

Career opportunitiesOn successful completion of the MSc International Business and Management, you will be equipped with a broad range of knowledge and skills that will enable you to analyse and solve a wide range of business problems and situations. You will be well-equipped to pursue a variety of management roles in both public and private sectors in national or international businesses.

The course will be valuable to launch a career in international business or for those looking to develop their existing international career.


International Business & Management (MSc)

Business communications

Financial analysis

Marketing


Managing people



Corporate finance

International marketing



The MBM Suite

34

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Ksenia VakhrushevaMSc International Business & Management student

I would recommend the University to prospective students. We have lecturers and students from around the world, which helps us understand the business environment on a global scale and it also means we can work with real international examples. The traditional Putteridge Bury campus is a good atmosphere in which to study.








are not business specialists gain a valuable insight into business and management, and the role marketing has to play



n You will be taught by specialist marketing academics from our large Department of Marketing

n Excellent links with many marketing organisations, offering opportunities for real-world experience

n Excellent location with easy access to London – where many large marketing agencies are based

About the courseThis course offers you the opportunity to acquire the skills and knowledge needed to operate effectively in the marketing arena, and to face the real issues challenging marketeers today. The marketing element is vital for innovative companies to remain competitive. The course will suit those who are new to marketing and/or those

who wish to develop a more strategic, integrated approach to marketing and business management.

You will study the key areas of brand management, international marketing, communications and digital business management. You will then be able to apply this knowledge to a range of situations, taking account of the relationship and interaction with other areas of business. You will also be able to design, propose and demonstrate strategic marketing solutions to real business problems. You will learn to recognise how cultural and social differences affect buying behaviour and marketing approaches on a global scale. You will also learn about the management and development of people within organisations, as well as the impact of information systems on business and the importance of communication in global business.

Career opportunitiesOn completion of the course, you will have developed your ability to analyse problems logically and apply decision-making skills and knowledge to reach feasible and realistic marketing and business solutions.

This range of marketing and management skills will enhance both

your short- and long-term employment prospects.

You will be equipped to pursue a career in areas such as marketing management, or brand management and communications, within both the private and public sectors.

That will enable you to analyse and solve a wide range of business problems and situations. You will be well-equipped to pursue a variety of management roles in both public and private sectors in national or international businesses. The course will be valuable to launch a career in international business or for those looking to develop their existing international career.


Marketing & Business Management (MSc)


Production systems management (lean manufacturing focus)

Technology management

Project management


Financial analysis

Risk and quality management (six sigma focus)

Contract and procurement management

Management of operations

Managing people



The MBM Suite

35

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Duration: 24 months, full-time (including Master’s degree)

Open to: EU/International students

Entry requirements: Applicants should have completed a 14 year education programme with three years work experience or hold an HND or equivalent with one year of work experience.

Key featuresn Students with HND or equivalent

qualifications can develop the communication and interpersonal skills, and business knowledge to progress directly to a range of Master’s awards in Business at the University of Bedfordshire

n International students can benefit from becoming familiar with UK-based approaches to learning

n Provides excellent academic and general support for international students

About the courseThe Pre-Masters course offers a route into postgraduate Business degrees for EU and international students whose

academic or linguistic backgrounds do not qualify them for direct entry. We will consider applicants who have completed a 14 year education programme plus three years’ work experience, and/or hold an HND or equivalent with one year of work experience.

The course consists of subject specific, English language and study skills units which are fully assessed. The Business units are delivered by subject specialists in the Business School. The majority of the course is subject specific, with three units providing knowledge of business strategy and management, and business research. The course curriculum prepares individuals for academic engagement from the perspectives of subject coverage and skills requirements for Master’s degree level study.

Career opportunitiesSuccessful completion of this course guarantees access to one of the following Master’s courses at the University of Bedfordshire:

n MBA

n MSc Business & Management

n MA International Human Resource Management

Pre-Masters in Business

Intercultural business communication

Business strategy

A choice from a range of specialist options (eg marketing, finance, e-business, HRM)

Business research


To find out more contact Dr Alison Hirst:t: +44 (0)1582 743 234 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

Choose from a range of Business units and study a topic in-depth that relates to your individual interests

Dr Alison HirstPrincipal Lecturer

The Pre-Masters in Business at Bedfordshire is a great opportunity for you to build your skills, confidence and knowledge of Business, in preparation for successful Master’s study. The core of the Pre-Masters course is taught in a discrete course group, enabling you to experience study in the UK alongside a group of peers all committed to working towards successful Master’s study.

36

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13






Entry requirements: Applicants should have a first degree (normally a minimum 2:2) or equivalent in a relevant discipline. This might include finance, economics, accounting, business studies (provided that a good level of numeracy is included) and pure science subjects where numeracy features. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn You will have access to a range of

financial databases (eg Datastream, FAME) and statistical software (Eviews, STATA and SPSS)

n We are located close to the City of London for study and placement opportunities

n The teaching team is an international group that has presented at conferences throughout the world


About the courseThis course delivers a broad foundation of analytical skills essential for accounting and finance in a range of organisations. The technical knowledge gained from this course is enhanced by the application and integration of theory and practice with a particular focus on quantitative and research skills. The development of applicants’ theoretical foundations in accounting and finance will enhance employment

opportunities for a career in a finance-related field. The course aims to provide applicants with the ability to synthesise information from different sources, contextual approaches, and different perspectives in order to solve complex problems and implement solutions. The international nature of today’s markets and reporting requirements mean that accounting and finance must be viewed from a global perspective. Your time with us will therefore be well spent as this course provides both theory and practice within an international context to enable the development of your skills as a postgraduate scholar. Accounting and finance must also be treated as international in context to ensure relevance both to accounting regulations and to the global economy.

The course will be delivered at the historic Putteridge Bury management centre which is situated near Luton in a pleasant country location. Some specialist activities will take place at our Luton campus, Park Square. If you have an undergraduate degree in accounting, finance, economics or other related areas and want to further your academic aspirations in accounting and finance – especially with a view to developing your career – then this course will fit your requirements.

Career opportunitiesThis course is designed to prepare you for senior management through technical expertise in aspects of accounting and finance.

Many applicants will aspire to work in the capital markets of their country, whilst others will wish to work in specialist areas of accounting and finance such as corporate governance or financial reporting. Graduates of this course find career opportunities in: investment, banking institutions and insurance; audit and corporate governance; risk management; and financial and management accounting.

Accounting & Finance (MSc)

Advances in corporate finance

Corporate governance and accountability

Advanced management accounting

Quantitative and research methods

Financial risk management

International finance and markets

Financial statement analysis and security valuation

Dissertation


To find out more contact Dr Syamarlah Rasaratnam:e: syamarlah.rasaratnam@

beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

37

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13


Starts in: September (or February for part-time students only)


Duration: 1 year full-time plus one optional period as part of Professional Practice, 2 years part-time plus one optional period as part of Professional Practice


Entry requirements: You should have at least a good Honours degree and/or a recognised teaching qualification (eg CELTA).Applicants will ideally have some experience of Teaching English as a Foreign Language (TEFL/ELT). All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.5 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-languageStudents who hold a DELTA or Trinity Diploma, or equivalent qualification can be considered to have the teaching practice element of this course compensated, if they wish to.

Key featuresn You will benefit from the prolific

and highly successful Centre for Research in English Language Learning and Assessment (CRELLA) – led by Professor Cyril Weir, a world-famous expert in language testing and programme evaluation

n Invaluable opportunities to gain relevant and practical teaching experience

n Opportunity to gain professional practical experience with a work-placement programme

About the courseThis course is an advanced level professional qualification for practising and aspiring teachers of English and has been designed for both native and

non-native English speakers. For students with at least two years of experience, successful completion of the course will mean that you achieve Teaching English as a Foreign Language (TEFL) Q status (Q = fully qualified in British Council terms). Graduates who start the course without teaching experience will achieve TEFLi status on completion (i = initial).

The course offers an excellent balance of theory and practice, and we focus on the real concerns of teachers working across the world. You will focus on areas such as the relationship between linguistics and learning English as a second or foreign language, the methodology and techniques of language teaching and the appropriateness and development of L2 materials. You will also examine various current issues in TEFL and have the opportunity to carry out a major piece of individual research on a topic of special interest.

Career opportunitiesThe MA Applied Linguistics (TEFL) will provide you with the advanced level practical classroom experience so valued by employers worldwide. You will also develop strong research skills and a critical understanding of relevant research. Opportunities exist to

teach in countries all over the world at universities, colleges or private language schools. Alternatively, you can continue your studies with us towards a PhD.

Applied Linguistics (TEFL) (MA)

The language system

The language system and language teaching

The methodology of language teaching

Exploring research: concepts and methods

Issues in TEFL (language teaching and learning theory)

Issues in TEFL (teaching practice)

Assessment and accreditation

L2 materials development

Opportunity to study a foreign language


To find out more contact Dr Claudia Saraceni:t: +44 (0)1582 489 359e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

38

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13 Rasel Howlader MA Applied Linguistics with TEFL student

I wanted to study Applied Linguistics with TEFL and this is the only university offering this combination. I now have a good command of the English language, which is attractive to employers. We also analyse language systems in-depth and find out how people learn English, enabling us to be effective teachers too.


Starts in: Variable




Entry requirements: You should have a good first degree or substantial experience gained working in a relevant subject. You should also have a well-defined research project that is planned in outline before you begin your study; a high level of motivation; good organisational skills; focused thinking; and the ability to work largely on your own, with guidance from a supervisor. As part of the application process, the application form and related documents should be accompanied by a research proposal of about 1,000 words. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Research interests cover a broad

spectrum of contemporary business issues

n Work with staff contributing at international level in their research areas

n Engage with cutting-edge research methods and analysis

n Opportunities to present at conferences and publish work in peer-reviewed journals

About the courseThe MA/MSc by Research in Business is designed for students who are interested in carrying out in-depth study in a specific area than is possible in taught postgraduate courses. The Business and Management Research Institute (BMRI) manages all of the research activity within the Business

School at the University of Bedfordshire and we offer a dynamic and flexible research environment.

You will agree your MA/MSc by Research in Business course with a supervisor from the BMRI. You will be expected to undertake independent study in your chosen area of research as well as research methods. You will be required to participate in research student training courses organised by the Research Graduate School and by your research centre. You may also attend further classes (by agreement) but you will not normally be assessed in these. Assessment of the MA/MSc by Research will be by submission of a thesis (usually of around 15,000 to 30,000 words) followed by a presentation and oral examination.

Within the BMRI the research interests of the members cover a broad range of research strands such as the Centre for Research in English Language Learning and Assessment (CRELLA), the Centre for Research in ICT Business Applications (RICTA), the Centre for Advances in Marketing (please see BMRI website for further information: www.beds.ac.uk/research/bmri

Career opportunitiesThe MA/MSc by Research in Business is ideal for students who want to research topics relevant to their career goals, but who have limited time available. The course provides a route to higher degree research courses (MPhil/PhD offered at the University of Bedfordshire). Visit: www.bed.ac.uk/rgs to find out more.

By Research in Business (MA/MSc)

To find out more contact Kim Porter:t: +44 (0)1582 743 757 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

Did you know?The University offers a full programme of training sessions for students on research degrees including automatic membership to its Research Student Support Group, which provides a forum for discussion on academic, social and administrative issues.

Our research has been rated as “internationally excellent” (RAE 2008)

39

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Location: Putteridge Bury



Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree in Law or equivalent. UK degree holders in disciplines other than law will be admitted if their degree contains sufficient and adequate legal content and on the basis of their individual results or other relevant professional experience. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn This course will encourage students

to see ‘the bigger picture’ by introducing them to many different aspects of international trade law

n This will expand upon concepts taught on the EU law units and enable students on the course to build on the knowledge gained there

n You will be taught by leading academics with industry experience

n This approach distinguishes the course from others, and will produce students able to operate confidently at all three jurisdictional levels – national, European and global

About the courseThis is a new course with distinctive features. It combines traditional legal topics with other, non-legal, topics from the field of finance. It also provides you with a thorough grounding in EU law, but with value added. Much if not all of the UK’s trade law now derives from EU Regulations and Directives. Union law is also relevant for those wishing

to export out of the EU, and is vital for those wishing to import into the bloc, in particular if the imported product is likely to compete with any European rivals.

Problem-based learning will form a key part of this course, with many seminars and assignments centred in imaginary scenarios, the student’s job being to advise the hypothetical plaintiff on how they might resolve the legal problem with which they are faced.

Career opportunitiesOn completing this course, graduates will be well placed to progress into the following areas: solicitor in England and Wales; barrister in England and Wales; paralegal; International finance institutions and organisations; finance/banking; business; management consultant; corporate financier; academia; consultancy; legal executive; and the Government.

Corporate Law (LLM)

Corporate governance

Legal issues in European market integration



EU competition law

International contracts

Dissertation unit


To find out more contact Dr Richard Lang:t: +44 (0)1582 743 141 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

40

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13


Starts in: September or July


Duration: 1 year part-time September start. Four weeks intensive July start

Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent. An interview with the course manager may also be required. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Invaluable opportunities to gain

relevant and practical teaching experience

n Opportunity to gain a professional qualification in language teaching

n You will receive guidance on how to look for TEFL/ELT positions in the UK and abroad

n In our last British Council inspection, the qualifications of staff and facilities were highlighted as particular points of excellence

About the courseThis is a postgraduate course in English Language Teaching leading to a professional qualification (TEFLI status), comparable to a CELTA qualification. The Certificate in ELT aims at developing language teaching awareness and an integral part of this course is observed and assessed teaching practice sessions, and observation of experienced English Language teachers.

This course is designed for people seeking teaching jobs in private schools or further education colleges in the UK and abroad. Trainees following the Certificate course come from a variety of different backgrounds:

n Experienced teachers wanting to add TEFL/ELT to their area of expertise

n Teachers of English as a foreign language who need a formal qualification

n Newly qualified graduates

n People seeking a career change

Career opportunitiesOur graduates are teaching in schools, colleges, and language institutions in many countries across the world. Some are also employed in teaching Communication Skills at the University

of Bedfordshire, in the Department of Language and Communication. The Certificate in ELT leads on to postgraduate study, in particular to the MA in Applied Linguistics TEFL.

Certificate in ELT (Teaching English as a Foreign Language)

Lesson planning and lesson objectives

Grammar teaching


One-to-one teaching and classroom teaching

Assessment

CLT ideas

Teaching vocabulary

Using audio/visual aids


Teaching receptive skills

Teaching productive skills

The learner-centred approach


To find out more contact Dr Claudia Saraceni:t: +44 (0)1582 489 359 e: claudia.saraceni@beds.


Did you know?You will have the opportunity to develop your teaching experience, with our teaching practice studios, and our observed and assessed teaching practice sessions.

41

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Duration: 1 year full-time plus one optional period as part of Professional Practice. 2 years part-time plus one optional period as part of Professional Practice


Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent, and/or relevant teaching experience. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.5 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-languageStudents who hold a DELTA or Trinity Diploma, or equivalent qualification can be considered to have the teaching practice element of this course compensated, if they wish to.

Key featuresn You will benefit from the prolific

and highly successful Centre for Research in English Language Learning and Assessment (CRELLA) – led by Professor Cyril Weir, a world-famous expert in language testing and programme evaluation

n Invaluable opportunities to gain relevant and practical teaching experience

n Opportunity to gain professional practical experience with a work-placement programme

About the courseThis MA in ELT Management is specifically designed for Continuing Professional Development (CPD) as it caters for those who want to become directors of studies/managers of ELT/language teaching and learning centres/institutions.

Unlike most TEFL/ELT courses at Master’s level in the UK, students

following this MA course will have an opportunity to gain a better understanding of management in the language teaching and learning (ELT and TEFL) industry. This is an interdisciplinary course that combines a wide range of areas drawing from the field of language teaching and learning, that of teacher training and that of business and management in an international context.

The culmination of the course consists of a single Dissertation/Project. This unit is based on independent work and focuses on original research and on the application of knowledge to inform the investigation of problems and move towards resolution of them.

For those students who would like to develop their work experience further, we are also offering them a new optional Professional Practice unit, which allows students to explore the practical issues relevant to their field of study in a professional/working environment of their own choosing. This may involve also working in a language teaching and learning institution abroad.

Career opportunitiesOur graduates take up careers in the management of language/ELT recognised centres such as universities, colleges, and language schools in many countries across the world. This can be either in the private or public sector. There is also the option to undertake PhD study here in various areas related to both business/management and language teaching and learning.

ELT Management (MA)

The methodology of language teaching

Exploring research: concepts and methods

Issues in TEFL (teaching practice)

Assessment and accreditation



Financial analysis

Marketing

Managing people

Opportunity to study a foreign language


Did you know?You will have the opportunity to develop your teaching experience, with our teaching practice studios, and our observed and assessed teaching practice sessions.

To find out more contact Dr Claudia Saraceni:t: +44 (0)1582 489 359 e: claudia.saraceni@beds.


42

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13





Entry requirements: Applicants should hold a first degree or equivalent in any aspect of Engineering, Science or a related discipline. Students without a first degree but with professional and vocational experience (Incorporated Engineer (IEng) or Chartered Engineer (CEng) status may be considered subject to demonstrating the potential to succeed. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Designed to help engineering and

technical graduates develop specialist skills and knowledge in engineering, manufacturing, operations and project management

n Opportunity to gain an additional qualification, PRINCE 2

n Collaborative learning with other postgraduate students from around the world in a professional conference-style learning environment

About the courseThe MSc Engineering Business Management is a specialist Master’s course which will enable you to become a knowledgeable and effective manager in a knowledge-based global economy. The approach will be not just multidisciplinary but also international, and will enable critical thinking and creativity in analysis, synthesis and appraisal.

The course takes a holistic view of engineering systems and incorporates critical areas for building and managing

future-focused engineering businesses. The course incorporates critical topics including lean operations, six sigma quality management, technology management and production systems management.

You will develop your ability to analyse problems logically and apply decision-making skills to reach feasible, realistic solutions.

All courses in the MBM Suite can be converted into an MBA when you have gained three years of business experience by undertaking credit-bearing projects totalling to 90 credits. These projects can be undertaken using supported learning while you are in employment over a period of up to two years.

Career opportunitiesOn successful completion of the MSc Engineering Business Management you will be well placed to pursue a career in engineering-based organisations in the public or private sector.

Engineering Business Management (MSc)

Production systems management (lean manufacturing focus)

Strategic technology management

Project management


Financial analysis

Risk and quality management (six sigma focus)


Management of operations

Managing people



To find out more contact Dr Nigel Williams:t: +44 (0)1582 743 730 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

Our interactive teaching and learning enables you to discuss real case studies to evaluate Engineering management practices

43

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Location: Luton campus, Vicarage Street, and Putteridge Bury campus, Luton

Duration: 1 year full-time* or 2 years part-time (available for UK students only)


Entry requirements: You should have an Honours degree or substantial professional experience in a relevant field. Applicants who have significant work experience or qualifications that differ from the above, but which nevertheless could be a basis for further study, may be invited for interview. You do not need prior training in intercultural communication, linguistics or communication, but should be interested in language, culture and communication. If you do not have an Honours degree but have relevant work experience, please contact the course manager. Candidates who are non-native speakers of English will need to have an English proficiency level of at least IELTS 6.5 or CAE Grade B (or equivalent). Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn The University is the national centre

for the European Social Fund Project, Language and Culture for Business – so you will benefit from the resources and expertise this brings, as well as from a highly experienced teaching team

n Institutional membership of the Society for Intercultural Education Training and Research (SIETAR) is available to students

n Highly regarded visiting professors, including Charles Hampden-Turner and Alan Barrell, and professional trainers from organisations such as SIETAR visit the University as guest speakers

About the courseThis innovative course was the first of its kind in the UK, and provides in-depth training in intercultural communication, drawing on the latest developments

in linguistic and psychological theory. The focus on cultural diversity and communication issues will develop your ability to analyse and explain cultural differences in language use and in intercultural interactions, and to design effective intercultural training programmes. You will also examine and critically evaluate theories and research findings relating to communication across cultures.

Together with the core topics in intercultural communication, you may choose pathways to suit your interests and career ambitions in areas such as management, marketing and public relations, travel and tourism, and Teaching English as a Foreign Language (TEFL). (For those wishing to take options from the TEFL pathway, previous experience in this area is expected). Differences in the way we communicate can affect interpersonal and intercultural relations. With the help of business and education case studies, you will learn how perceived cultural differences can be analysed and notions of miscommunication and negative stereotyping can be minimised.

The course will also teach you how to design, implement and effectively evaluate intercultural training programmes, equipping you with the practical and professional skills of the trainer/adviser. This will enable you to address contemporary issues affecting today’s multicultural societies, both nationally and internationally.

Career opportunitiesBy successfully completing the MA in Intercultural Communication, you will gain skills that are highly valued by employers worldwide, and you will be able to draw on empirical evidence to explain how linguistic and cultural factors can influence the effectiveness of communication and the appropriate management of relationships. You will have the knowledge, understanding and experience to help deal effectively with cultural diversity issues in areas

such as international business, aid agencies, local authority service providers, and education.


Intercultural Communication (MA)

Cultural diversity and change

Exploring research concepts and methods

The communication process

Language and intercultural relations

Intercultural training

The methodology of language teaching (optional)

Issues in TEFL (optional)

Professional practice (optional)

International tourism (optional)

Managing people (optional)

International marketing (optional)

Public relations (optional)

International relations (optional)


To find out more contact Tricia Smart:t: +44 (0)1582 743 205 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

Did you know?This course is the first of its kind in the UK and provides in-depth training in intercultural communication, drawing on the latest developments in linguistic and psychological theory.

44

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13






Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree in Law or equivalent. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn The School of Law has been

commended by the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA), which was impressed by the way students praised the quality of teaching

n We endeavour to stretch students’ experiences beyond simply the academic stage of training future lawyers

n We offer a rich and diverse learning environment that will equip you for the modern commercial world

n Our teaching team has substantial experience in lecturing to international audiences, as well as working as consultants to international clients

About the courseWith the growth of international trade and commerce, a good understanding of international commercial law is essential for anyone intending to practise in an international business environment.

This course offers the opportunity to study a vibrant area of law and to develop a range of complementary skills. It is designed to focus on international commercial legal matters, and uses contemporary examples and real-world commercial situations to foster understanding.

As well as developing an in-depth knowledge of the rules of law and legal processes relevant to international transactions, you will also have an opportunity to study specialist subject areas, such as international aviation law. Our experienced and supportive teaching team will also help increase your use of independent and original thinking on legal matters, as well as your oral and written communication skills. The course is aimed at those who wish to pursue a legal career in business or commerce, but will also be relevant for those wishing to practise in any legal environment.

Career opportunitiesOn successful completion of the LLM International Commercial Law, you will be equipped with the skills, knowledge and confidence to pursue a career in law.


International Commercial Law (LLM)

International alternative dispute resolution

International aviation law

Corporate governance and company law

International contracts

LLM dissertation


To find out more contact Konstantinos Sergakis:t: +44 (0)1582 743 880 e: konstantinos.sergakis@

beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

45

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton, with some specialist activities taking place at the Luton campus, Park Square



Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree (normally a minimum 2:2), or equivalent in a relevant discipline. This might include finance, economics, accounting, business studies (provided that a good level of numeracy is included) and pure science subjects, again where numeracy features. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Mix with other postgraduate students

from around the world

n We have excellent contacts within the Securities and Investments Institute (SII)

n The course was developed through consultation with professionals in the banking and finance industry

n We are located close to the City of London for study and placement opportunities

n The teaching team is an international group that has presented at conferences throughout the world

About the courseThis new course is designed to build on your undergraduate skills in finance. If you have an undergraduate degree in accounting, finance, economics or other related areas and want to learn more about international finance and banking – especially with a view to developing your career – this course will fit your requirements. London’s finance and

banking centres are easily accessible – giving you real-world resources to aid your learning.

The course will be delivered through lectures, seminars and expert visiting speakers, and will also involve visits to the institutions that you are studying. Our tutors have many years of experience in finance and banking and have excellent expertise in the area.

Career opportunitiesThis course is designed to prepare you for senior management through the development of technical expertise in aspects of the banking and finance industry. Many applicants will aspire to work in the capital markets of their home countries, while others will wish to work in specialist areas of banking and finance. The international nature of the banking and finance industry makes this course highly desirable for those with an ambition to succeed in the industry.

International Finance & Banking (MSc)


Banking and financial intermediation


Corporate banking



Foundation of investment theories

Dissertation


To find out more contact Dr Mingru Sun:t: +44 (0) 1234 400 400 (ext. 2109) e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

46

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Duration: 1 year full-time* or 18 months



Key featuresn All assessments take place within the

University and there are no external examinations

n Mix with other postgraduate students in a unique environment

n The course adopts a blended learning approach, combining use of up-to-date e-Media with traditional tuition and access to well-stocked library resources

About the courseThere is a growing recognition that an organisation’s success is critically dependent upon effective management of its employees.

Whether in the competitive world of commercial business or the changing and challenging context of the public and not-for-profit sector, it is increasingly vital to have skilled, committed and empowered employees who gain satisfaction from meeting the goals of the organisation. To achieve this is not easy – professional human resource management practitioners can play a vital role in bringing their special expertise to bear on the challenges presented.

This course gives you the opportunity to develop as an HR practitioner from an international perspective, able

to provide a high level of practical expertise and contribute effectively to the achievement of successful human resource management.

It will enable you to explore the research and debates about human resource management practices that are fundamental to organisations in contemporary society, as well as attempting to answer the critical questions posed. You will assess current thinking within this rapidly developing field at both operational and strategic levels.

You will develop a strategic view of human resource management, and learn to recognise the key people-management implications of corporate goals and problems, analyse data using relevant techniques and knowledge, and to develop action plans for practical implementation. Through a blend of studying key ideas and theories, case study work and practical investigation of business situations, you will develop the expertise to make an invaluable contribution to effective organisational management.

Career opportunitiesOn successful completion of this course you will be well placed to pursue a career as a professional human resource practitioner in areas such as employee resourcing, training and development, employment relations and reward management.

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study, but those starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months. There is also 18 months option where students will have the opportunity to go on a work placement if they wish.

International Human Resource Management (MA)

International business environment

Human side of management

Introduction to human resource management

Communication in business

Comparative human resource management

Employee engagement

Personnel resourcing

Human resource development

Engaging with research

Applied human resource management project


To find out more contact Dr Samar Baddar:t: +44 (0)1582 743 941 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

47

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Ahmad AwaisMA International Human Resource Management student(Pakistan)

This course has given me the confidence to get to grips with the HR field, and I think the most important thing that this course has instilled is the ability to critically evaluate and solve HR-related problems in an academic and organisational setting.



Location: Luton campus, Vicarage Street and Putteridge Bury campus

Duration: 1 year full-time, 18 months with internship, 2 years part-time (EU/UK students only)


Entry requirements: Ideally you should have an Honours degree. You do not need prior training in international relations but should be interested in the area of international relations or international business environments. Alternatively you may have substantial professional experience in a relevant field (typically three years or more). Applicants who have significant work experience or qualifications that differ from the above, but which nevertheless could be a basis for further study, may be invited for interview. Please contact the course manager for further information.Candidates who are non-native speakers of English will need to have an English proficiency level of at least IELTS 6.0.

Key featuresn Explore international relations in an

interdisciplinary manner reflecting the true nature of international institutions and organisations today

n Gain professional practical experience with a work placement programme

n Work within a department with a proven record for excellence in research and student achievement, and have the opportunity to take your studies further to PhD level

n You will have the added opportunity to study a foreign language to enhance your skills profile

About the courseThe MA International Relations, both in content and method of delivery is innovative and creative as well as having a strong focus on employability. The growth of NGOs, in numbers and influence on the world stage, the internationalisation of industry and all areas of business, the multi-

cultural communities comprised of both economic migrants and refugees globally, makes knowledge of international relations an imperative for graduates who want to work internationally or engage in international issues at home, whether they be in political, economic, or business arenas.

The course is interdisciplinary, combining IR studies with cultural studies, and addresses the need for intercultural competence in all international situations. This is now of paramount importance as both politics and culture integrate to shape economic, technological, demographic and social justice concerns.

The delivery of the course is a combination of traditional lectures, workshops and tutorials together with practical experience and the opportunity to engage in meaningful research addressing ‘real world’ issues by gathering both primary and secondary data in their research projects. The Department of Language and Communication has a proven record of research and to further this emphasis on expanding research, the Department holds a series of plenary lectures from academics, visiting scholars, and PhD students from universities around the UK as well as speakers from NGOs, Aid Agencies, and Think Tanks.

To further emphasise the importance of this multidisciplinary approach, you may choose three option units from a variety of disciplines such as Linguistics, International Marketing, Finance and Globalisation, Law and the Media. While some units such as Law and PR are an extension of previous studies or expertise, other units such as those from Linguistics, International Marketing or Finance and Globalisation and Social Media are open to all students and require no prior knowledge or expertise. However combined with the core units from the MA these will increase your employability. The culmination of this MA is your dissertation in which you will explore a topic of your own choosing but relevant to international relations through a variety of research methods.

Career opportunitiesThe MA International Relations (IR) provides you with the knowledge and skills to work internationally in a wide variety of institutions and organisations. The scope of studies in IR is broad but always includes a strong emphasis on debate, free enquiry and curiosity. Today with the growing need to understand the basis of international exchange in all walks of life, studies in IR reach out to other disciplines such as anthropology, cultural studies, economics, business, sociology, geography, history, law or literature. Typically students in IR will work for NGOs, government and local authority institutions; international business, education and the media.

International Relations (MA)

Areas of study include

International relations (IR theory and international institutions)

International relations (globalisation, conflict and reform)

Cultural diversity and change

Exploring research


Linguistics and TEFL (option)

International finance (option)

Management (option)

International law (option)

Marketing and PR (option)

Social media (option)


To find out more contact Tricia Smart:t: +44 (0)1582 743 205 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

48

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13






Entry requirements: Applicants will normally be considered on individual merits. Applicants will need a Second Class Honours degree (normally a minimum 2:2) or equivalent in a relevant discipline. This might include finance, economics, accounting, or business studies (provided that a good level of numeracy is included) and pure science subjects, where numeracy features. Certain areas within the business domain will be excluded as having insufficient numeracy; for example marketing and human resource management. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn The course provides the necessary

foundation for graduates who are preparing for a career in investment and security analysis or portfolio analysis

n The technical knowledge gained from this course is enhanced by the application and integration of theory and practice within the decision context

n The development of applicants’ foundations in the theory and practice of finance will enhance employment opportunities

n The course provides applicants with the ability to synthesise information from different sources, contextual approaches and perspectives, and to apply financial models in order to solve complex corporate finance and other equity market issues

About the courseThe broad aims of this course are to enable you to be an effective investment and finance analyst in a range of organisations.

The technical knowledge gained from this course will enhance your decision-making ability through the application of technical and analytical investment and financial tools to complex finance issues.

You will be able to analyse and implement solutions to equity investment and portfolio management problems including issues raised in equity risk management and equity markets.

The practical approach of the course ensures a strong vocational foundation for careers in finance. Investment and finance are also studied in an international context to provide the necessary foundations for a career in the global economy.

During the course of your studies you will be developing your knowledge, skills and wider attributes. This MSc course delivers a broad range of investment techniques and financial analytical tools used widely by investment professionals.

Career opportunitiesGraduates of this course are well placed to find career opportunities in: finance and investment including banking institutions and insurance; audit and corporate governance; risk management and corporate finance.

Investment & Finance (MSc)


Foundations of investment

Investment analysis and portfolio management

Financial risk management




Dissertation


To find out more contact Dr Walter Mkumbuzi:t: +44 (0)1582 743 742 e: walter.mkumbuzi@beds.


Assessment will be carried out using a mixture of approaches including written essay, group work, and oral presentations to name just a few

49

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13






Entry requirements: Applicants should hold a first degree. Consideration will be given to mature applicants with lower level qualifications, but with substantial (three years or more) relevant management experience. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn The course enables graduates to

develop specialist knowledge and skills in logistics and supply chain management to enhance their employability

n You will be taught by staff from the Operations and Knowledge Management Research Group

n Collaborative learning with other postgraduate students from around the world in a professional conference-style learning environment

n Opportunities to interact with guest speakers from industries and have site visits to major logistics centres

About the courseIn recent years, logistics and supply chain management have been recognised as important management approaches and strategies to increase an organisation’s operational effectiveness and gain competitive advantage. The course aims to develop your knowledge and skills, to manage contemporary logistics and supply chains effectively in various industry sectors, whilst evaluating the issues in

managing logistics and supply chains within the trend of globalisation.

The course also aims to ensure you have a critical awareness of legal, social and environmental issues faced by modern logistics organisations. It will equip you with the skills to optimise supply chain and logistics management decisions at operational, tactical and strategic levels in the fast changing business environment. It will also introduce you to the current best practices of modern businesses around the world in managing their supply chain and logistics operations. It will help you to gain a critical insight into current logistics and supply chain management practice within a variety of environments, and how supply chains are managed locally, nationally and over international boundaries. You will develop your ability to analyse problems logically and apply decision-making skills to reach feasible, realistic solutions.

Career opportunitiesOn successful completion of the course, you will have developed skills valued by employers worldwide. The course’s focus on contemporary concepts within the area of supply chain management, operations management and logistics means you will have the up-to-date and relevant knowledge to pursue a career

in areas such as logistics management, supply chain management, procurement management, inventory management, consultancy, and quality management.

Logistics & Supply Chain Management (MSc)

Supply chain management


Logistics management

Financial analysis

Project management


Sustainable logistics and supply chain management





To find out more contact Dr Qile He:t: +44 (0)1582 489 252 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

Undertake collaborative learning with other postgraduate students from around the world in a professional, conference-style learning environment

50

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13






Entry requirements: Applicants should have a good Honours degree in one of the following areas: marketing; advertising; public relations; media studies or business (with some marketing focus); or other cognate discipline eg psychology.Exceptional entry for mature students is available for applicants who can demonstrate their ability to study at this level and/or have considerable experience in the field of marketing communications. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Excellent reputation for teaching

n Teaching and research staff with industry experience

n Emphasis on building student employability skills


About the courseThere is a focus on developing your knowledge and understanding in three areas of integrated marketing communications systems: public relations, advertising, and interactive and direct marketing. A key theme and driving force of the course is the concept of integration, both at an organisational level (integrated marketing) and at a campaign level (integrated marketing communications). The course is practical in nature enabling you to develop your skills in creating marketing communications, campaign planning and evaluation, and acquire a

critical knowledge of brand management and buyer behaviour.

The teaching team includes researchers and staff with extensive industry experience and there may also be active involvement of practitioners in the course. You will benefit from lectures and ‘live’ assignments from UK agencies and brand owners which will help to prepare you for employment on completion of the course.

Career opportunitiesOn successful completion of this course you will be able to propose and implement strategies addressing brand, and target customer and media issues that acknowledge and involve internal and external stakeholders. Your ability to produce and justify a creative integrated marketing communications plan will be invaluable to employers worldwide.

The cutting-edge knowledge and expertise you will acquire will allow you to pursue a career in the marketing communications sectors of advertising, public relations, direct marketing, or in client-side strategic brand management. Roles include: account executive; advertising account planner; PR officer; PR event manager; direct marketing creatives; mailing house manager; media buyer; and brand manager.

Marketing Communications (MSc)


Brand management and research

Marketing communications and society

Public relations issues

Integrated marketing

Advertising

Interactive and direct marketing

Current issues in marketing communications

Dissertation


To find out more contact Dr Annie Danbury:t: +44 (0)1582 743 037 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

51

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Vishal MehtaMSc Marketing Communications student

I really enjoy the course. It centres on how marketing communications are used worldwide. The academics are experts in their fields and provide the most up-to-date knowledge in the area, which we can use in our studies and apply to situations in the real world.




Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time, or 3-4 years by distance learning


Entry requirements: You should have an Honours degree, or equivalent. Exceptionally, students may be admitted with evidence of previous advanced study and significant management experience, which the University accepts as qualifying the applicant for entry. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn The course is accredited by the

Association for Project Management and also reflects areas of knowledge specified by the Project Management Institute

n Opportunity to put theory into practice via the delivery of a real project for a client

n PRINCE2 Project Management Foundation and Practitioner training available

About the courseThe course will develop your knowledge and skills to manage projects effectively in the commercial, public and voluntary sector. Its content has been developed with reference to the project management professional bodies and with input from project management specialists from a range of organisations, ensuring the course reflects current and best practice.

The management of complex projects can be challenging and requires a multidisciplinary skill set including planning and resource management but also soft skills, such as interpersonal and leadership skills.

The course covers a range of study areas to reflect the responsibilities of today’s project manager. It includes managing projects for today’s global companies over international boundaries. Real case studies are used to evaluate project management practice through discussion in seminars and workshops. The course will provide students with access to PRINCE2 training, giving you an additional professional qualification that is attractive to employers.

Career opportunitiesThis course will give you a valuable qualification that is attractive to employers as project management professionals are in demand. The course is open to graduates of all disciplines seeking to develop a career in project

management. Managers wishing to develop their career with the addition of project management expertise will benefit from the course. Graduates from the course will have the flexibility to work in a range of organisations, as a manager, project manager or in a consultancy capacity.

Project Management (MSc)

Project entrepreneurship


Project management tools and techniques

Risk and quality management

The human side of management

Financial analysis

Project (delivery of a real client project)


Applied management research project or dissertation


To find out more contact Dr David Owen:t: +44 (0)1582 793 227 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

52

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

The course is well-coordinated and the academic team has been great. The highlight for me was passing PRINCE2 training – it has given me the confidence to deal with risk assessment and quality assurance matters. As part of the course, I organised a fundraising event where I faced many genuine project management issues which were mostly related to HR.

Milda Ratkelyte MSc Project Management graduate (now working as an energy sector project manager for Terrapinn, a business conference producer based in Singapore)



Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton (full-time) or Luton campus, Park Square (part-time)



Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent, in a relevant discipline such as marketing, advertising, public relations, media studies or business (with a strong marketing focus), or other cognate discipline. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Exceptional entry for mature students on either study mode is available for applicants who can demonstrate their ability to study at this level and/or have considerable experience in the field of public relations, marketing or marketing communications.

Key featuresn Mix with other postgraduate students

from around the world in a unique environment

n Emphasis on building student employability skills

n Benefit from links with leading UK agencies in public relations

About the courseThroughout the course you will develop a deep theoretical knowledge of the place of public relations in society and, in the context of an integrated approach to marketing communications, as a fundamental tool of reputation management. In addition, you will build practical skills in public relations through engagement with current industry practice informed by leading practitioners. These

theoretical and applied polarities of the course are distinctive features and lead to high levels of employability or form the basis of further postgraduate study.

The course teaches an integrated approach to marketing and marketing communications, with public relations ‘earning its keep’ and justifying its place at the heart of corporate management. It encourages the inquisitive, rewards the hard-working and builds skills for those intending to further their careers at a high level in public relations. Throughout, it stresses critical thinking, reflective practice and self-reliance – all of which are characteristics expected of today’s senior public relations practitioners. It develops skills in campaign planning and evaluation which are firmly rooted in understanding ‘the brand’, whether discrete or corporate.

It will develop key transferable skills of imagination and creativity, effective teamwork, communication, decision making and critical self-awareness – all of which are core skills demanded by 21st century employers.

The part-time delivery option is aimed primarily at those currently working in the public relations, marketing or marketing communications industries. It will normally be run as a separate stream to the full-time option. In the case of MA Public Relations part-time, lectures and workshops will normally run on Wednesday evenings and occasional Saturdays (morning and afternoon). Delivery will be at the Luton campus, Park Square.

Career opportunitiesOn successful completion of this course you will have a sensitive understanding of developments in the media and the ability to use this understanding to develop effective multi-faceted public relations campaigns. You will be ideally placed to develop a career in public relations or within an integrated marketing communications discipline, whether in consultancy or in an in-house corporate function. Public relations is in great demand in today’s society in a

variety of spheres, including industry, commerce, government, the voluntary and service sectors – indeed anywhere there is a need to communicate or defend the activities of an organisation. Post-experience students successfully completing the part-time course will improve their opportunities to move into or be promoted within public relations roles at their existing employers or others in the fields of public relations, marketing or marketing communications.

Public Relations (MA)

Public relations issues

Media relations

Social media and public relations

Employee relations

Crisis management

Integrated marketing

Marketing communications and society


To find out more contact Neville Hunt:t: +44 (0)1582 743 254 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

Did you know?You will be taught by leading experts in public relations who have years of extensive industry experience, including Neville Hunt, who was awarded the prestigious Norman Manners PR Professional of the Year Award 2008.

53

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Location: Luton campus, Park Square or Bedford campus

Duration: 2-3 years part-time. Attendance is between one and three evenings per week, depending on the combination of subjects chosen

Open to: UK/EU students (see page 190)

Entry requirements: The minimum entry requirement is two A Levels and three GCSEs or their equivalent. These need to be in five separate subjects including English and Maths. For more information, please refer to: www.accaglobal.com

Key featuresn Students can sit papers flexibly to fit

individual requirements

n Study groups are not too large and there is individual attention to improve your abilities

n Boost career and earnings potential

n Taught on a part-time basis to fit with existing work and personal commitments

n Led by an experienced and passionate academic team

n Graduates can demonstrate their value to current and future employers

About the courseThe ACCA course leads to the skills and knowledge papers for the ACCA qualification that is essential for anyone wishing to pursue a senior managerial position in accounting or finance. On completion of this course, you will be able to apply for senior level positions in the industry.

The course is designed for people who are already working in the accounting or finance industry, who wish to further their career by professional qualification, or who wish to enter the profession. You may have completed the Association of Accounting Technicians (AAT) or Certified Accounting Technician (CAT) qualification and wish to take the next step, or may be entering the profession for the first time. We will be offering the new fundamentals stage of the ACCA study, which consists of three knowledge and six skills papers.

Career opportunitiesThis course aims to prepare you for senior management through technical expertise in accounting and finance.

The ACCA qualification will equip you to advance in management accounting, financial accounting and reporting, taxation, auditing, and general financial management. This qualification adds value to your experience and enables you to demonstrate your capability to perform at a high level in the accounting and finance industry.

On completion of the course you will have up to nine of the skills and knowledge papers required for the ACCA qualification. To find out more visit: http://uob.cc/acca-course

Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA)

Knowledge papers

F1 Accountant in business

F2 Management accounting

F3 Financial accounting

Skills papers

F4 Corporate and business law

F5 Performance management

F6 Taxation

F7 Financial reporting

F8 Audit and assurance

F9 Financial management


To find out more contact Larry Teh (Bedford course manager):t: +44 (0)1234 793 066 e: [email protected]

Deborah Maguire (Luton course manager):e: deborah.maguire@beds.

ac.uk

w: http://uob.cc/business

54

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

The possession of the ACCA qualification adds value to your experience and enables you to demonstrate your capability to perform at a high level






Entry requirements: Candidates’ command of the written and spoken languages should be equal to the standard of a BA Honours language degree. Students must be able to switch between the two languages easily, transferring ideas and concepts between them. Candidates should indicate the language they are offering and which Public Service Option they prefer (Local Government or Law).We welcome applications from students with ethnically diverse backgrounds, mature students and international students. The University supports a widening participation, open access agenda and encourages applicants with non-standard qualifications.All applicants will be invited for a brief interview before being offered a place on the course. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants

to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Tutors on the course are qualified and

experienced interpreters

n You will have the support of a language tutor who is a qualified interpreter

n Speakers from the appropriate sector play a prominent role in the course and visits are arranged to institutions within that sector

About the courseThe Public Service Interpreting Diploma is offered in two subject areas: Law and Local Government.

The Diploma in Public Service Interpreting (DPSI) is nationally recognised award and provides evidence of the ability to interpret between providers and users of the public services, such as the law and the NHS, who do not share a common language.

The course focuses on the theory and practice of interpreting and, at the same

time, prepares the student to work in one of three public service sectors, law, health or local government. (Law and Local Government are the only options offered at the University of Bedfordshire.)

Speakers from the appropriate sector play a prominent role in the course. Students will work closely with course tutors and language tutors, who are all qualified interpreters.

The skills acquired by the students during the course include consecutive and simultaneous interpreting, sight translation, written translation, note-taking skills. In addition, students will gain knowledge of ethical and professional practice skills related to the role of the public service interpreter.

Career opportunitiesPast students are working in a range of jobs in the public sector, such as legal services and the NHS. Holders of the DPSI can apply for membership of the National Register of Public Service Interpreters. This register is used by public services to recruit interpreters at local, regional and national levels.

Dr Vladimir Zegarac

The skills acquired on the DPSI course are valuable in any work situation which involves interpersonal communication. At the University of Bedfordshire’s Language Centre, where our DPSI course is delivered, you can benefit from excellent facilities for group and individual practice, which will help you develop and improve your language and communication skills in general, and your interpreting and translation skills, in particular.

Public Service Interpreting Diploma (DPSI) (Law and Local Government options)

English language suite


To find out more contact Dr Vladimir Zegarac via the Course Administrator, Joanne Glass:t: +44 (0)1582 743 750 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

55

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton and overseas centres

Duration: 2 years part-time involving an induction, plus eight workshops each year, and online programmes


Entry requirements: You should have a good first degree in any discipline and a minimum of two years of management experience. Entry to the course is available for applicants without a degree but with management experience who demonstrate an ability to meet the intellectual demands of the course. Our Executive MBA students have an average age of 34 years and an average of 10 years of work experience.

Key featuresn An internationally recognised degree

n Mix with other experienced managers

n Opportunities to attend high-profile business events run by the University’s Knowledge Hub and hear from external speakers

n Our weekend tutoring with supported learning materials enables flexibility for busy lifestyles

n We offer innovative learning materials and a course structure to maximise personal and strategic management development opportunities

n Our MBA is delivered worldwide and there may be possibilities for international day schools/networking events

About the courseThe University of Bedfordshire Business School’s 20 years’ experience of teaching the Executive MBA has identified that practising managers have many motivations for embarking on the course. These include accelerated advancement in their chosen profession; a change of career direction; a desire to start their own business; acquisition of cutting-edge business skills and the ability to apply them more effectively.

By undertaking MBA study at the University, you signal your commitment to an existing or future employer by taking charge of your career and by building strategic skills in readiness for increased management responsibility. Like the full-time MBA, the Executive MBA combines core disciplines with innovative subject areas such as entrepreneurship and leadership to understand the ‘big picture’ of business life and underpin career success in strategic management and leadership in the commercial and public sectors.

The Executive MBA is taught on the basis of supported learning with the use of resources such as study guides and podcasts, and a live online classroom that combines traditional contact with lecturers with the use of new media. With the academic groundwork undertaken through self-directed individual and group study, the traditional, face-to-face sessions become focused ‘quality time’ for critical discussion and application of business and management models to real-life business problems.

You will complete two projects during the course: one focused on leadership and the other a case study that integrates your previous learning. We require all students to have a minimum of two years of management experience, so you will be able to network with, and learn from, other experienced managers.

Executive MBA graduates have automatic entitlement to membership of the Chartered Management Institute (CMI), which offers regular regional meetings with keynote speakers, networking opportunities and online access to a management resource centre. While studying your MBA you will be able to attend our Knowledge Network meetings where business professionals meet to share their knowledge and experience, and listen to presentations from guest speakers. We also have an active Alumni Association, which offers further networking opportunities.

Career opportunitiesExecutive MBA students come from a range of sectors and organisational backgrounds including manufacturing; information technology; retail and services; healthcare; the commercial and public sectors; and both large and small- to medium-sized enterprises (SMEs). The Executive MBA is a career accelerator and our experience shows that you will progress by applying your learning to your personal and professional life.

Executive (MBA)

Leading and managing people

Accounting for leaders

Marketing products and services in a dynamic environment

Mobilising creativity and innovation

Operations and project management

Strategy

Entrepreneurship and small business management

Thriving in a competitive global context

Leadership project

Integrated management project


To find out more contact Tim Priestman:t: +44 (0)1582 743 972 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

56

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13


The Executive MBA (Healthcare) consists of core units of the Executive MBA with additional units aimed at healthcare professionals.

The Executive MBA (Information Technology Management) consists of core units of the Executive MBA with additional units aimed at healthcare professionals.

During the course you will study:

n Leading and managing people

n Accounting for leaders

n Marketing products and services in a dynamic environment

n Governance and ethics for healthcare

n Operations and project management

n Strategy

n Leadership project

n Integrated management project


n Information systems for hospital and health services

n Health economics: commissioning and providing for quality

n Perspectives on public health and patient safety

n Leading learning in healthcare environments


During the course you will study:

n Leading and managing people

n Accounting for leaders

n Marketing products and services in a dynamic environment

n Maximising impact from emerging technologies

n Operations and project management

n Strategy

n Leadership project

n Integrated management project


n Project management methodologies

n Information systems strategy

n Managing data


Executive MBA (Healthcare)

Executive MBA (Information Technology Management)


57

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

These courses focus on enabling you to work more productively with people at work in a dynamic environment




Duration: 2 years part-time, Wednesday 1pm-5.30pm

Open to: UK students (see page 190)

Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent. This course is open to home students only. Students must be currently engaged in, or have significant relevant experience in an HR role.All applicants must have the ability to study and complete all assessments with a suitably high standard of English. Applicants who have already attained their postgraduate diploma may be eligible to ‘top up’ their studies to gain the MSc Human Resource Management by undertaking just one taught unit and a dissertation.

Key featuresn The course is accredited by the

CIPD but all assessment takes place within the University and there are no external examinations

n Mix with other postgraduate students in a unique environment

n The course adopts a blended learning approach, combining up-to-date use of electronic media with traditional tuition and access to well-stocked library resources

About the courseThere is a growing recognition that an organisation’s success is critically dependent upon effective management of its employees. Whether in the competitive world of commercial business, or the changing and challenging context of the public and not-for-profit sector, it is increasingly vital to have skilled, committed and empowered employees who gain satisfaction from meeting the goals of the organisation. To achieve this is not easy – professional human resource management practitioners play a vital role in bringing their special expertise to bear on the challenges presented.

This dynamic course gives you the opportunity to develop as a professional practitioner, able to provide a high level of practical expertise towards achieving successful human resource management. You will assess current thinking at both operational and strategic levels. You will develop a strategic view of human resource management, learning to recognise the key people management implications of corporate goals and problems to analyse data using relevant techniques and knowledge, and to develop action plans for practical implementation. Through a blend of studying key ideas and theories, case study work and practical investigation of business situations, you will develop the professional expertise to make an invaluable contribution to effective organisational management.

Career opportunitiesOn successful completion of this course you will be well placed to enhance your career as a professional human resource practitioner in areas such as employee resourcing, training and development, employment relations and reward management.

The course enables you to gain Full Membership of the Chartered Institute

of Personnel and Development, which is becoming essential for career progression within this professional field.

Human Resource Management (MSc) Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) accredited

The human side of management

Business environment and performance

People resourcing

Employee reward

Learning and development

Employee relations

People management and development

Research methods


To find out more contact Caroline Bolam:t: +44 (0)1582 743 268 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

58

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Assess current thinking within this rapidly developing field, at both operational and strategic levels




Duration: 2 years part-time. Attendance is required for one afternoon and evening (the same day) per week. Some weekend attendance is also required for skills development workshops


Entry requirements: Entry onto the course is by application form and formal interview. You must be currently employed in human resources, or in a line management/supervisory role or related area. If you do not have formal qualifications you will be invited to show evidence that you are likely to make a contribution to, and benefit from, the course and be able to meet the assessment criteria. In most cases it will be sufficient to show capability in basic mathematics and written English, computer literacy, and considerable and varied experience of work in an office environment. A level or similar qualifications will help support a case for admission but is not essential. You will be expected to work in groups on given tasks and show willingness to undertake necessary and directed research. Applicants holding degree qualifications in a business-related discipline will normally be admitted to the course. Those holding such qualifications in other disciplines should normally also have significant experience of work in an office environment, preferably in a human resources role. Applicants who have achieved the Certificate in Personnel Practice or a similar qualification will normally be admitted to the course.

Key featuresn The course provides a dual award to

be achieved (PgDipHRM from the University of Bedfordshire and an Advanced Level Diploma in HRM from CIPD)

n It provides a professional route to CIPD membership for business professionals and graduates

n It provides a timely completion pathway

n It provides a career progression route onto the MSc in HRM

n The course is taught on a part-time basis to fit in with your existing work commitments

n You will experience learning (and networking) in the company of other HR practitioners and enhance your knowledge and understanding of HR issues within the public, private and not-for-profit employment sectors

About the courseThe human resources profession is changing; it is more business-focused, more internationally oriented and adds more value for employers than ever before. This course will provide students with essential knowledge, understanding and skills required to be effective HR practitioners. Through critical analysis and investigation they will develop an understanding of the business and international context within which HR operates, as well as the role of HR in driving organisational performance.

This course will also provide students with eligibility for membership into the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development the professional body for those involved in the management and development of people. The postgraduate diploma is aimed at those who are looking to progress to a management-level position and beyond within the personnel and development sector.

The course will develop your practical skills and widen your knowledge of specialist areas of human resource management including employee resourcing, learning and development, employee reward, and employee relations. You will be taught by tutors who are experts in their fields and study alongside other HR practitioners and people managers. Due to the practical application of the course, it is best suited to those currently working within a personnel and development role.

Career opportunitiesStudents who have undertaken this course have found that it boosts their career and earnings potential, and demonstrates to both current and future employers their value as an employee. The course also provides an opportunity to gain an internationally recognised professional qualification and become part of a community of 127,000 professionals that make the CIPD a vibrant and professional body, defining good practice for this increasingly critical business discipline. Your knowledge and understanding of important HR issues will increase via access to the CIPD’s range of podcasts, online journals, research and legal updates. You will also have access to the latest HR vacancies, business news, corporate governance, employment law and much more.

Human Resource Management (PgDip) Accredited by the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD)

Leading, managing and developing people

HRM in a strategic business context

Resourcing and talent management

Managing employment relations

Performance and reward management

Learning and talent development

Reflective practice in business leadership

Management research report


To find out more contact Janice Johnson:t: +44 (0)1234 793 082 e: [email protected]

Sarah Jones:t: +44 (0)1234 793 245 e: [email protected]

w: http://beds.ac.uk/business

59

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Duration: 1 year part-time (one afternoon and evening per week)


Entry requirements: You should have some experience in management or supervision and be qualified to degree/NVQ level 4 standard. Entry is also possible for applicants who have more substantial management experience and can demonstrate their ability to study at this level.

Key featuresn Our teaching team has first-hand

experience in the field, combined with significant research and consultancy work

n The course draws on best practice from all three sectors

n A nationally accredited course that will build on your experience and advance your career

n You can ‘fast track’ to our MBA when you successfully complete the Postgraduate Certificate

n Networking and learning opportunities through other students and the CMI

About the courseThis postgraduate course is intended for managers working in the private, public or voluntary sectors who are keen to reflect on and develop their practice. It will provide relevant theoretical knowledge and understanding relating to best practice in all three sectors, as well as opportunities to engage in debate with fellow managers. Students on the course are from a wide variety of organisational backgrounds and this provides a stimulating environment for critical debate and shared learning about leadership and management.

As well as enhancing your understanding of contemporary management theory, the course aims to develop your ability to reflect on your managerial experience and transfer

learning back into practice in the workplace. All participating members will be enrolled as student members of the Chartered Management Institute (CMI) for the duration of the course. CMI membership benefits include regular meetings with keynote speakers, as well as access to a state-of-the art management resources centre.

On successful completion of the course, you will receive the University of Bedfordshire Postgraduate Certificate in Management. Students who also successfully undertake an additional work-based project unit will also receive the CMI Level 7 Diploma in Strategic Management and Leadership – a nationally recognised qualification entitling you to apply for associate membership of the CMI.

Career opportunitiesOn successful completion of the course, you will be equipped for progression as a qualified, professional manager. The Postgraduate Certificate in Management is a generalist qualification, giving you an insight into your strengths and capabilities, thus enabling you to plan your preferred career path. The course also aims to improve the competitiveness of the organisation and optimise the use of resources. Successful completion of this course gives you automatic exemption from part of the MBA course. Please ask for further details.

Management (PgCert) Also accredited as the CMI Diploma in Strategic Management & Leadership

Managing people and relationships

Organisation and environment

Managing finance

Managing projects


To find out more contact Dr Alison Hirst:e: [email protected] w: http://beds.ac.uk/business

60

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Become a reflective manager able to apply theory and experience to improve practice in the workplace, whilst working towards dual accreditation from the University and the CMI

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK) T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International) E: [email protected] www.beds.ac.uk 61

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Computer systems and software are an integral part of the world in which we live. Few areas of our working and personal

lives remain untouched by technology. Well-engineered, reliable and usable systems are crucial to the survival of

virtually all organisations today, to the functioning of the global economy and even for our entertainment.

IT professionals have a crucial and challenging part to play in the effective application of computing technology to achieve effective processing of information. The ever-growing list of

activities to which computing is applied – and the importance of information processing generally – have created excellent employment opportunities for those who obtain appropriate

qualifications in IT.

At postgraduate level, the Department of Computer

Science and Technology runs highly successful specialist

and generalist courses for Honours graduates,

from computing and non-computing degree

courses respectively. The specialist route comprises

the MSc Computer Science, MSc Computer

Networking, and MSc Information Management

and Security, to MSc Computer Animation and

Games Technology, Computer Security and Forensics,

MSc Telecommunications Management, and MSc

Embedded Systems Engineering.

The generalist route offers MSc Applied Computing

and Information Technology,

and Business Information

Systems. Most courses are

available for part-time

study.

62

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

Computing Science & Technology

We offer vocationally relevant courses, a diverse range of staff expertise, and state-of-the-art facilities. Our students also benefit from industry and business involvement in curriculum development and delivery, to ensure that our courses meet employers’ needs. We also boast active applicable research on real-world problems to inform our teaching and pass the latest knowledge on to our students.

Professor Yong Yue Head of Computer Science and TechnologyDirector of the Institute for Research in Applicable Computing

Scan the code to see what else Yong has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/yong

Courses

66 MSc Applied Computing & Information Technology

67 MSc Business Information Systems

68 MSc/MPhil/PhD By Research in Computing

69 MSc Computer Animation & Games Technology

70 MSc Computer Networking

71 MSc Computer Science

72 MSc Computer Security & Forensics

73 MSc Embedded Systems Engineering

74 MSc Information Management & Security

75 MSc Telecommunications Management

For up-to-date information on part-time study options see: www.beds.ac.uk/parttime

63

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


The department was nominated for the European Electronics Industry University Department of the year award

The teaching team has previous experience of working with industry and a clear vision about balancing theory with practice

Industry links with local and regional partners provide students with professional and work placement opportunities

Partnership with 7Safe, a world-renowned expert in computer forensics investigation and training

State-of-the-art resources and facilities supported by dedicated technologists

Gain valuable experience through our Academic into Business Computing scheme, and work on real projects for real clients

Attend regular talks by high-profile guest speakers

FacilitiesOur purpose-designed facilities enable you to extend your skills and knowledge at an advanced level. What’s more, the British Computer Society (BCS) undertook an accreditation visit in 2009 and commended our facilities as

being among the top 25 per cent of department facilities in the UK.

Modern computing laboratoriesOur computers are updated regularly and provide hi-tech software environments for postgraduate students.

We have 18 state-of-the-art computing labs, including a suite of Graphics labs, which recently underwent a £60,000 refurbishment, and are used for teaching the latest computer modelling and virtual reality skills. The facility has been further upgraded with new top-end workstations with Intel core i7 Quad core CPUs, 6GB RAM and Quadro F580 graphics cards. This investment of facilities demonstrates our commitment to supporting our students with the best facilities.

Our fantastic equipment gives our students a competitive edge in graphics hardware, while the hi-spec machines have made image rendering much faster. Other labs include a Test Network lab for teaching networking and system administration, and a Human Computer Interface (HCI) lab for experiments to improve interaction between users and computers.

Access to industry-standard equipmentWe have a wide range of robotic equipment including humanoid robots

and robotic arms, as well as a state-of-the-art motion-capture suit and more than 450 workstations, each with specialised software specifically geared towards our computing students.

The department is also home to a Biometric lab, and a Computer Security and Forensics lab, which house a range of devices such as 2D and 3D face recognition, iris scanners, palm geometry, palm-vein readers, and fingerprint and signature recognition equipment. We make extensive use of virtual machines to allow students to experience a multitude of operating systems and specialised environments for teaching and project work.

Brand new engineering equipmentWe have recently invested £1m in brand new labs to support our engineering courses and provide opportunities for students to apply computing technology to engineering. Equipment includes cutting-edge Rohde & Schwarz wireless measurement facilities and a VoIP development network. We also have a suite of industrial-standard software and Cotex embedded systems development platforms.

These impressive facilities are backed up by a number of other support facilities including a £50,000 high-performance computer cluster (HPC). The HPC allows you to analyse data and identify patterns and trends, and stands more than six feet tall. It also has a number of database and web servers dedicated to the department’s online web services offerings.

Dedicated teaching spacesAll of our laboratories and teaching spaces are dedicated solely to the students in the department, which means that by studying at Bedfordshire you have dedicated work space and access to all of the resources you need to support your studies. In addition to the range of specialist teaching labs there are four general teaching labs which seat up to 30 students.

64

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

These are used for programming, and database and web design. We can configure these rooms to allow up to 120 students to take part in the same interactive practical sessions. Additionally, there are two new teaching rooms equipped with a desking system, featuring built-in computers with a motorised lift for the keyboard, mouse and monitor. These spaces can cater for 70 students in the large room and 30 in the smaller neighbouring facility.

Teaching and professional experienceThe research and industrial consultancy undertaken by the department is used to underpin the teaching of our postgraduate courses. All academic staff undertake research activities and the vast majority hold a PhD. Many have industrial work experience and possess Chartered status from professional bodies.

Our highly qualified staff are active in relevant research and the department has undertaken a large number of externally funded research and commercial projects, providing our students with an excellent springboard to research and industrial work. Students also benefit from special guest lectures given by external speakers and industrialists.

World-leading researchIn the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008 the University of Bedfordshire was recognised as “internationally excellent” in the areas of Computer Science and Informatics.

The Institute for Research in Applicable Computing (IRAC) is the home of research for the department. IRAC has four research centres, which focus mostly on computer graphics and visualisation (CCGV), wireless research (CWR), intelligent and distributed systems (CREDIT) and cyberstalking research (NCCR). The aim is to develop leading-edge solutions to real-world problems by looking at rigorous theoretical methods and applied approaches. We have more than 50 research students and 20 postdoctoral research fellows. All of our research is focused on providing innovative tools and solutions for real-world problems.

Examples of companies and organisations we have worked with include Aircom, Ansys, Luton Borough Council, Cancer Research UK, the Metropolitan Police, NEC (Europe), Nokia, Philips and Sony-Ericsson. These links have also greatly benefited

students through work experience and research-informed teaching.

Research degree study areasWe welcome research degree applications in the following areas:

n Computer graphics and medical visualisation

n Computer animation

n Real-time systems

n Internet services

n Distributed, parallel and pervasive computing

n Artificial intelligence

n Mobile communications

n Network planning, optimisation and performance evaluation

n IP networks (eg QoS, routing and traffic engineering)

n Cryptography and information security

See page 185 for more information on research.

Edewede OriwohMSc Computer Security & Forensics graduate

My experience of studying at Bedfordshire was interesting and exciting. The staff were really supportive and the University provided a good environment and facilities for research.

65

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013




Duration: 1 year full-time* or 2-3 years part-time*


Entry requirements: The course is most suitable for graduates with a moderate or general computing knowledge but with no formal background in the area of computing or information systems. Applicants should have a good Honours degree (normally a minimum 2:2) or equivalent, or a postgraduate qualification in a non-computing or IT-related subject area. Subjects excluded as first awards include Computing, Computer Science or Computer Studies, Information Systems or Technology, and Business Information Systems or Technology. For applicants with non-standard academic profiles, entry on the basis of Accreditation of Prior learning, certified or experiential (APCL/APEL), is available. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Gain experience of information

technology concepts that can be applied to your own discipline

n Gain valuable experience by working on our Academic into Business Computing scheme

n Open up your career opportunities by utilising the tools of computing and information technology to lead to innovation within your area of expertise

About the course This course is designed for non-computing graduates who are looking to apply information technology to their current career, or who are looking to change their career direction.

The course covers a wide range of topics including programming, databases, security, project management and computer networking. During the course you will learn the underpinning theory of these topics, and will apply this theory in practical scenarios.

Subject areas include data modelling and management; applied programming; emerging technologies; information security management; and professional project management. There is also a focus on research methodologies including ethics; legal aspects and professional applications of computing systems development; computer security; data governance; and computer programming using Java. You will also develop skills in communication, problem solving and teamwork.

Research underpins all aspects of this Master’s course. The department has a strong research record and attracts funding from UK Research Councils and the European Union, and the research undertaken provides a basis for our courses and teaching.

Career opportunities The course equips you with a broad range of knowledge and skills. Employers value our graduates because they have relevant practical experience and a sound theoretical understanding of the most up-to-date applied computing and information systems technologies.

You will be able to conceptualise, plan and design applications using industry-standard software tools. Graduates may also go on to become teachers, IT consultants, managers, systems developers and/ or programming supervisors within commerce and industries which make substantial use of computer and information technology.

Typical career routes include:

n IT opportunities lie within your own area of specialism (which may lay outside of the IT domain)

n Managers or practitioners within commerce

n Database and IT developers

n System designer/analyst

Further study options include an MSc by Research, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/research/rgs/apply

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study. Full-time courses starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months. Part-time students who start in September can complete the course in three years.

Applied Computing & Information Technology (MSc)

Data modelling and management

Applied programming

Computer security

Professional project management

Information security management

Data governance and compliance

Network systems



To find out more contact Dr Simant Prakoonwit:t: +44 (0)1234 400 400

(ext. 2196)e: simant.prakoonwit@beds.

ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/computer

Did you know?ICT is touching all areas of life – this course is designed for those who are looking to apply ICT to their own domain of expertise.

66

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013




Duration: 1 year full-time* or 2-3 years part-time*


Entry requirements: The MSc Business Information Systems is most suitable for graduates who have a sound computing knowledge but no formal background in the area of computing or information systems. Applicants should have a good Honours degree or equivalent, or a postgraduate qualification in a science-related subject area, with a significant (one-third or more) element in computing. Example subjects may be first awards in Physics, Mathematics, Information Science, Information Systems, Electronics or Computer Engineering. For applicants with non-standard academic profiles, entry on the basis of Accreditation by Prior learning, certified or experiential (APCL/APEL), is available. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Study an interdisciplinary course

that is at the interface of information technology and business

n There are exciting opportunities for professionals or employees wishing to pursue Continuing Professional Development (CPD) via our individual taught modular scheme (Postgraduate Diploma or Certificate)

About the courseThe MSc Business Information Systems is designed for those who require a broad overview of business information applications and technical knowledge of applied programming, computer security, financial and business data analysis,

strategic management of information systems and project management.

The course covers ethics, research methodologies, legal aspects, business applications and strategy, and data analysis. The course is ideal for an information systems or business graduate who is looking to further their knowledge in the area of business-led information systems.

Career opportunities On successful completion of the course, you will be equipped with a solid understanding of the various methods and techniques used in the development of systems for the business environment. You will gain practical skills that are much sought after in the business world, which will allow you to pursue a career in areas such as financial data analysis; design and development; security and programming; and database access across the web.

Typical career routes include:

n Business/systems analyst

n Project management

n IT consultant

n IT/Business lecturer

Further study options include an MSc by research, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/research/rgs/apply

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study. Full-time courses starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months. Part-time courses that start in September comprise three years of study.

Business Information Systems (MSc)

Applied programming

Computer security

Information management and security

Financial analysis




Data compliance and governance


To find out more contact Dr Simant Prakoonwit:t: +44 (0)1234 400 400

(ext. 2196)e: simant.prakoonwit@beds.


67

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

Gordon BradyMSc Business Information Systems student

The support from lecturers is absolutely first class. This is the most impressive thing about the University – the lecturers want to challenge you all the time, they want to push your knowledge and test your understanding so that you widen your boundaries constantly. This is what makes it a Master’s course in my opinion, and the emphasis is on challenging the student to keep up.

Scan the code to see what else Gordon has to say: http://uob.cc/gordonbrady


Starts in: Variable




Entry requirements: Applicants should have a good Honours degree in a computing-related discipline that is relevant to the area you wish to investigate in depth. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Research within IRAC is expanding

rapidly. Three custom-built laboratories have been opened during the last three years to accommodate research fellows and research students. This provides a vibrant and multicultural environment within which research is able to flourish

n The Institute has had considerable recent success in attracting research funding from EPSRC and the European Commission, and this has also provided increased momentum to expand the research infrastructure and research activities of the Institute

n The four research centres – the Centre for Computer Graphics and Visualisation (CCGV), the Centre for Research in Distributed Technologies (CREDIT), the Centre for Wireless Research (CWR), and the National Centre for Cyberstalking Research (NCCR) – all regularly receive external research funding and provide a range of exciting research opportunities at MSc by Research, MPhil and PhD levels

About the course The course is designed to develop your understanding of the research

process and your ability to analyse and constructively augment a particular research area, and to provide you with experience of communicating research results in written and oral form.

The course is for graduates from a computer-related discipline, who wish to investigate research as a possible career, or who wish to extend their knowledge of one particular facet of computing – possibly because it is difficult to find a taught MSc that fulfils their individual needs or covers the areas they wish to investigate in depth.

The precise content of the student’s study will be negotiated with the project supervisor and will be subject to approval by the Institute for Research in Applicable Computing (IRAC), in the same way as for applications for MPhil and PhD study. Students on the course will participate in the standard programme of research training offered to all research students.

Career opportunities You will be qualified for positions that require an advanced understanding of computing in the area you selected, particularly where independence of thought and analytical skills are required.

By Research in Computing (MSc/MPhil/PhD)

The precise area is negotiated by the student at an individual level, but will normally lie within the spectrum of research activities being undertaken within IRAC at the time

As research is continuously evolving, for an up-to-date picture you should visit: www.beds.ac.uk/research/irac to investigate the possibilities. You can also discuss your application with our academics (see below)


To find out more contact Professor Edmond Prakash:t: +44 (0)1582 743 935e: edmond.prakash@beds.


Raymond Brown PhD in Digital Forensics student

I chose to study this course at Bedfordshire as it was related to my work as an Investigation Officer with the Bedfordshire Police Service. I enjoy being at the cutting edge of digital forensic research as it is an exciting scientific discipline which is fast growing and much in demand.

68

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: Applicants should have a good Honours degree in either a computing-related subject or an art/animation related subject. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Work with cutting-edge technology at

the interface between animation and information technology

n Learn from experts with professional animation experience

n Attend regular talks by high-profile guest speakers

About the courseThe MSc in Computer Animation and Games Technology is ideal for Computing, Media or Art and Design graduates who have some experience of computer-based design or programming, and an interest in developing a career in the advanced practice of Computer Animation and Games Technology in industry or academia. You will engage with a wide range of topics including 3D modelling, animation, compositing motion capture, games, AI, games development and special effects, and develop skills that will be informed by professional practices and industry standard tools.

Career opportunities The broad skills you gain will equip you for a career in either the IT or media industries, in areas such as film, games production and advertising.

Career routes include:

n Computer animator/modeller – games or entertainment industry

n Programmer – graphics/visualisation/games

n Studio practitioner – creative industries

n Researcher advanced computer graphics

Further study options include an MSc by Research, MPhil or PhD, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/research/rgs/apply

Computer Animation & Games Technology (MSc)

Computer graphics

2D and 3D animation

Computer games programming

Digital studio practice

3D modelling

Digital media technologies


To find out more contact Professor Edmond Prakash:t: +44 (0)1582 743 935e: edmond.prakash@beds.


69

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

Ameeth Kumar Chidurala MSc Computer Animation & Games Technology student

I would recommend this course as you will be exposed to industry standards and the latest technologies. The University is the one-stop solution to providing you with the necessary expertise to make it in the world of work. The best thing I have learnt is how to shape my path to success.




Duration: 1 year full-time or 2-3 years part-time*


Entry requirements: The course is most suitable for graduates with a prior academic achievement or a formal background in the discipline of computing or information systems. Applicants should have a good Honours degree (normally a minimum 2:2) or equivalent, or a postgraduate qualification in a computer science or other science-related subject area, with a significant (one-third or more) element in computing. Example subjects may be first awards in Computer Science or Computer Systems, Information Science or Systems, Electronics or Computer Engineering. For applicants with non-standard academic profiles, entry on the basis of Accreditation of Prior Learning, certified or experiential (APCL/APEL), is available. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Work with a 64-node cluster and other

state-of-the-art equipment

n Work alongside leading experts in the areas of Wireless and Mobile Network Planning and Femtocells

n Study a course that integrates professional qualifications (CompTIA) and academic study

About the course With the arrival of anytime, anywhere access to network facilities (be it a desktop, laptop, PDA, smart phones) there is an increased need for continued development of new networking

protocols and technologies that can feed the demand of the nation. The MSc in Computer Networking is designed to give you an in-depth knowledge of both wired and wireless technology.

Career opportunities The course will equip you with a sound understanding of the various methods and techniques used in the area of networking technologies. You will gain practical skills that are much sought after in the business world, which will allow you to become a high-level network designer or administrator, or pursue further research.

Career opportunities include:

n IT and helpdesk support

n Network technician

n Systems analyst

n Network engineer or architect

n Computer networking instructor, university academic, or ICT teacher

n Network infrastructure manager


*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study. Full-time courses starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months. Part-time students starting in September can complete the course in three years.

Computer Networking (MSc)

Computer security

Networking administration and management



Network systems

Wireless networking

Distributed parallel architectures

Advanced security countermeasures


To find out more contact Dr Ali Mansour:t: +44 (0)1582 489 337e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/computer

Alabi Adekunle Oluwasuen MSc Computer Networking student

I chose this University because of its high credibility in computing, its modern learning community and close proximity to London. My ability to design and administer a network, combined with my project management skills, has given me the knowledge to face the challenges of the IT world.

70

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: The course is most suitable for graduates with a formal background in the discipline of computer science. Applicants should have a good Honours degree (normally a minimum 2:2) or equivalent, or a postgraduate qualification in a computer science-related subject area. Example subjects may be first awards in Computing, Computer Science or Computer Studies. Professionals or employees only wishing to pursue Continuing Professional Development (CPD) via our postgraduate individual taught modular scheme can also enrol for a Postgraduate Diploma or Postgraduate Certificate in Computer Science. For applicants with non-standard academic profiles, entry on the basis of Accreditation of Prior Learning, certified or experiential (APCL/APEL), is available. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Work with our 64-node cluster in an

innovative distributed environment

n Gain a breadth of experience in subjects such as secure communications, computer security, project management and intelligent agents

n Make use of our Academic into Business Computing scheme by working on projects with local companies

About the courseThe MSc in Computer Science is ideal for Computing graduates who are looking to explore the general subject of Computer Science, but who do not want to focus solely on one particular subject. The course is therefore ideal for those students that want to keep their career options open. A variety of diverse topics will be studied that can serve as a foundation for a general career in Information Technology.

The course covers core areas of Computer Science, ranging from Data Modelling, Embedded Systems and Systems Architecture to Intelligent Agents.

Career opportunities The course will equip you with the skills to pursue a career in internet design, remote data access and management, remote method invocation and networking. You will also gain practical skills that will allow you to become a specialist consultant, project manager, business systems analyst, IT consultant, practitioner and/or manager in computer science.

Successful students completing the course may go on to become high-level web application developers and managers. Graduates of this course can also pursue further research in the strategically and continually expanding areas of computer science.


n IT consultant

n Programmer/software engineer

n Systems/business analyst

n Web/web services/e-commerce developer


*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study. Full-time courses starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for

15 months. Part-time students beginning in September can complete the course in three years.

Computer Science (MSc)

Online database applications

Intelligent agents

Programming embedded systems


Systems architecture

Network systems

Distributed and parallel architectures

Cryptography and cryptanalysis


To find out more contact Dr Paul Sant:t: +44 (0)1582 743 705e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/computer

As part of the Distributed and Parallel Architecture unit, students learn how to connect a client to a server using Java and XMLRPC programming

71

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013




Duration: 1 year full-time* or 2-3 years part-time


Entry requirements: The MSc Computer Security and Forensics is most suitable for graduates with a prior academic achievement or formal background in the discipline of computing or information systems. Applicants should have a good Honours degree (normally a minimum 2:2) or equivalent, or a postgraduate qualification in a computer science or other science-related subject area, with a significant (one-third or more) element in computing. Example subjects may be first awards in Physics, Mathematics, Computer Science or Systems, Information Science or Systems, Electronics or Computer Engineering. For applicants with non-standard academic profiles, entry on the basis of Accreditation of Prior Learning, certified or experiential (APCL/APEL), is available. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Work with state-of-the-art computer

security and forensics tools such as 3D face scanners, palm readers and iris scanners

n Get the opportunity to undertake visits to computer forensics organisations such as 7Safe, and attend demonstrations and invited talks by hardware companies

About the course The MSc in Computer Security and Forensics is ideal for a graduate of Computer Science. It is designed to

cover the areas of computer security, networking and forensics and will prepare you for a career in the area of computer security, network security or forensic investigation.

During the course you will learn how to understand network security, scripting, cryptographic protocols and how to perform forensic data analysis using the latest commercial tools (Encase and Forensic Tool Kit). You will also discover the legal frameworks and legislation relating to computer crime, and how to present evidence to a court of law.

Career opportunities The course will equip you with a sound understanding of techniques used for both the securing, and forensic investigation, of computer networks. You will also gain practical skills that are much sought after in the business world, allowing you to become a specialist consultant, practitioner and/or manager in the area of computer forensics investigation and computer-based systems secure management. Graduates from this Master’s course can also pursue further research in the strategically and continually expanding areas of computer forensics and security.


n Security associates

n Security consultants

n Penetration testers

n Network security analysts

n Systems administrators


*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study. Full-time courses starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months. Part-time students beginning in September can complete the course in three years.

Computer Security & Forensics (MSc)

Computer security

Forensics data acquisition and analysis





Advanced digital forensics

Cryptography and cryptanalysis



Students complete a forensic data analysis assignment, using industry-standard software tools to look for evidence set out by our expert teaching team

72

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: Applicants should have a good Honours degree in an electronic and telecommunication engineering-related discipline that is relevant to the area you wish to investigate in depth. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Application-oriented course that

provides you with the opportunity to develop balanced knowledge and skills in both embedded engineering and computing to meet requirements from industry

n Combination of theoretical and hands-on experience with industrial-standard embedded system development toolkits

n Real-world problem-solving, supported by the department’s well-established connections to industry and internationally recognised research activities

About the courseThe course is designed to develop your understanding, skills and abilities necessary for embedded systems development, and at Master’s level, to meet the requirements of industry for highly skilled developers and designers. The course will help you to develop ‘know-how’ knowledge by providing you with underpinned theories and hands-on experience.

The course is designed for graduates from an engineering-related discipline,

who wish to become able and skilled developers of embedded digital systems; a fast-growing and challenging area of modern technology. The course will provide graduates with an opportunity to further their knowledge, ability and skills in the more focused area of embedded digital systems development.

Career opportunities You will be qualified for positions that require combined knowledge and skills of both engineering and computing such as:

n Systems analyst

n Embedded systems designer/developer

n IT consultant

n Computer science/electronic engineering lecturer

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study. Full-time courses starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

Embedded Systems Engineering (MSc)

Advanced DSP

Embedded sensors and controllers

Intelligent agents techniques

Programming embedded systems

Emergent technologies

Digital communications

Project management

Multimedia applications


To find out more contact Dr Dayou Li:t: +44 (0)1582 489 371 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/computer

We have recently invested £1m in brand new labs, which are kitted out with cutting-edge Rohde & Scwarz equipment to support our engineering courses

73

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: The course is most suitable for graduates who have a sound computing knowledge but with no formal background in the area of computing or information systems. Applicants should have a good Honours degree (normally a minimum 2:2) or equivalent, or a postgraduate qualification in a science-related subject area, with a significant (one-third or more) element in computing. Example subjects may be first awards in Physics, Mathematics, Information Science or Systems, Electronics or Computer Engineering. For applicants with non-standard academic profiles, entry on the basis of Accreditation of Prior Learning, certified or experiential (APCL/APEL), is available. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Gain experience of managing systems

security strategy, and apply this in your future career

n Gain real-world experience through projects run by our Academic into Business Computing scheme

n Explore the ever-increasing landscape of information security and the career opportunities that it presents

About the course The course is designed for those who want a broad overview of information management and security as well as technical knowledge of networking and security. The course is ideal for those who are looking to take up a governance/

compliance role within an organisation, or for those who are looking to take charge of data management.

During the course you will gain skills in programming, computer security, data governance and compliance.

Career opportunities The course will equip you with a sound understanding of the various methods and techniques used in the area of information management and security. You will also gain practical skills that are much sought after in the business world, which will allow you to pursue a career in areas such as information architecture, data modelling design, information security and network management. Graduates also go on to become practitioners and/or specialist consultants in the expanding area of information management and security.


n Information architect

n Data modeller

n Information security and network management

n Information business consultant


*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study. Full-time courses starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months. Part-time courses starting in September complete within three years.

Information Management & Security (MSc)

Computer security






Information security management

Data governance and compliance



With the vast increase in information and some high profile media cases surrounding the loss of data, this course is aimed at producing the next generation of information security managers

74

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: The MSc Telecommunications Management course is most suitable for graduates who have a background in computer networking or telecommunications. Applicants should have a good Honours degree or equivalent in Telecommunications or computing (including a network component). For applicants with non-standard academic profiles, entry on the basis of Accreditation by Prior Learning, certified or experiential (APCL/APEL) is available. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn You will study in a friendly

environment with state-of-the-art computer facilities

n There are opportunities for independent and work-related learning

n There are opportunities for professionals or employees wishing to pursue Continuing Professional Development (CPD) via our individual taught modular scheme (Postgraduate Diploma or Certificate)

n You will get the chance to work with “world-leading” researchers at the University (such as Professor Ben Allen)

About the course The MSc Telecommunications Management is appropriate if you are currently working within the telecommunications industry (or would like to work in the telecommunications industry) and are looking to gain

management level skills to enhance your career prospects. You will study a variety of units covering aspects of digital technologies, protocols and regulations for the telecommunications industry, project management, finance and managing people.

Career opportunities On successful completion of the MSc Telecommunications Management course you will have a solid understanding of both the business-related and telecommunications aspects required to pursue your aspirations of undertaking a management career within the telecommunications industry.


n Telecommunications engineer

n Telecommunications consultant

n Telecommunications manager

n Project manager (telecommunications)

n Team leader (telecommunications)


*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study. Full-time courses starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

Telecommunications Management (MSc)

Advanced digital communications

Financial analysis

Managing people

Network systems


Wireless networking

Telecommunications business environment



Dr Paul SantPrincipal Lecturer, and Academic Director for Postgraduate courses

Developing new infrastructures that can support the diverse range of applications and data types is a must – this course aims to develop the next generation of telecommunications experts.

75

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

The University’s Bedford campus is home to one of the largest education providers in the UK. The quality of

our provision is based on a long and established history of teacher education.

We have well-established partnerships with more than 500 primary and secondary schools, and 13 FE colleges across

the Eastern Region which means that we are constantly at the forefront of educational development and can tailor

our provision to meet the needs of teachers and other educational professionals.

We are developing new enhanced partnerships with schools and

local authorities across the region, including local

authorities in Central Bedfordshire,

Bedford, Luton, Milton Keynes and

Peterborough.

All students work with a school-based

mentor trained by the University

of Bedfordshire partnership. Many

of our partner schools have

employed graduate teachers from the University, and an

increasing number of school mentors are

former students.

76

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

Education & Teaching

We are one of the largest providers of Initial Teacher Education in the UK with a long established history of producing first-class teachers. We are driven by a philosophy of inclusion, of meeting individual needs and of encouraging all students to aspire to reach their potential in a supportive environment.

Wendy Cunnah Head of Department - Initial Teacher Training

Courses80 Certificate & PGCE Post-Compulsory

Education (incorporating DTLLS)

81 Chemistry Subject Knowledge Enhancement

82 Graduate Teacher Programme (GTP)

83 MA Education – e-Learning, Leadership & Management, Primary Education, Special Educational Needs, Specialist Mathematics Teaching

84 MA Education Studies (International)

85 PgCert Education Studies – e-Learning, Strategic Leadership & Management in Education, Special Educational Needs, Inclusion & Disability, Primary Education*, Education (National Award for Special Educational Needs Coordinators, Specialist Mathematics Teaching*, Academic Practice*, Behavioural Issues in School, Difficulties in Literacy Development & Dyslexia

86 Advanced Professional Certificate in Education

87 PGCE Education Key Stage 2/3 Middle Years (English, Mathematics or Science)

88 PGCE Primary Education

89 PGCE Primary Education with Early Years

90 PGCE Secondary Education Dance

91 PGCE Secondary Education English

92 PGCE Secondary Education Mathematics

93 PGCE Secondary Education Modern Languages

94 PGCE Secondary Education Physical Education

95 PGCE Secondary Education Science (Biology, Chemistry or Physics)

96 Mathematics Subject Knowledge Enhancement

97 PGCE Secondary Education 14-19 Applied ICT


27 MBA Educational Leadership*


*Subject to approval77

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Academic staff are experts in their respective fields and bring a wealth of experience and knowledge

We maintain close partnerships with more than 500 schools

We are continually forging new partnerships to ensure we deliver the highest level of training and teaching

We have a high graduate employment rate

In the Ofsted 2011 report, our Graduate Teacher Programme was awarded the highest grade – ‘Outstanding’

Many staff members have previously held senior positions in schools, education authorities and Ofsted, while others bring experience in health, social work and youth work

We have a 100 year tradition of training PE teachers

Our success We boast an impressive record for training teachers, and for many courses, enjoying a 100 percent graduate employment rate. Our research profile, in areas such as curriculum development, practitioner reflection and the use of technologies in teaching, enables students to benefit from cutting-edge practice.

We offer a wide range of Initial Teacher Education (ITE) courses, foundation degrees and postgraduate certificates, as well as Continuing Professional Development (CPD) for the region’s teachers. We offer a number of Postgraduate Certificates and Professional Graduate Certificates (the former enabling student teachers to gain Master’s level credits).

The Graduate Teacher Programme (GTP) allows you to qualify as a teacher while you work. In the recent Ofsted report,

our GTP course was awarded the highest grade – ‘Outstanding’. The course is particularly popular with mature students who are keen for a career change but need to continue earning while they train. We also offer part-time professional graduate certificates for those professionals working, or wanting to work, within Further Education (FE) colleges, and who are seeking teaching qualifications and other continuing professional/ lifelong learning accreditation.

Fantastic facilities The Bedford campus has superb facilities, including the Primary Centre providing enhanced learning and specialist provision for science, art technology and ICT. The University also has an £8m state-of-the-art sports facility for teaching physical education.

78

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

A supportive environment Our students are central to our work and we pride ourselves on the personal and individually tailored support offered by staff. Our excellent facilities and innovative courses seek to meet the aspirations of those who wish to make a difference to the lives of young people and to develop a career that brings rewards as well as job satisfaction.

We also seek to respond to international, national and local developments and initiatives, and aim to engage our department in creating opportunities to meet your aspirations, as well as the needs of future employers.

On the job trainingOn-the-job training is an integral part of becoming a teacher and the department takes this very seriously. We work with a very diverse mix of partner schools, including schools in rural and urban areas, providing students with a real classroom environment where they can practise and refine their professional skills. Increasingly students are gaining additional experiences through placements in special schools, museums, children’s services and the voluntary sector.

Richard PeelPGCE Secondary Education 14-19 Applied Business graduate Head of Department at Cottesloe School

The course was superb at giving me hands-on experience. The lecturers and link tutors were unbelievably supportive and I was placed in a broad variety of schools and colleges. Bedfordshire is an outstanding university.

79

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013



Location: University of Bedfordshire (Bedford campus) The course is also available at Barnfield College, Luton; Bedford College; Central Bedfordshire College, Dunstable; Grantham College; Leicester College; North Hertfordshire College; Milton Keynes College; South Nottingham College and Tresham College

Duration: 2 years part-time (classes will take place on Tuesdays 2-7pm)


Entry requirements: You must be engaged in teaching in post-compulsory (further, higher or adult) education for at least 50 hours per year with suitable qualifications in the subject you teach. All applicants must have English and Mathematics GCSE at grade C or above, or equivalent. Students whose first language is not English and who do not hold GCSE English must hold IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. Certificate in Education (CertEd): You must hold at least a BTEC (Edexcel) National Diploma, NVQ level 3, A Level or equivalent. Professional Graduate Certificate in Education (PGCE): You should possess a Second Class Honours degree or above.

Key featuresn The course allows you to progress

towards QTLS

n The personalised nature of the course ensures that it is relevant to your needs

n The course gives you the opportunity to study for your CertEd or PGCE part-time

n The different locations allow you to study locally for your qualification

n Tutors are “enthusiastic and teach well prepared sessions, closely aligned to learners needs” OFSTED 2011

n Attendance at study days enables subject specific development and professional networking

n Bursaries can be used to help pay course fees (subject to availability)

About the courseWhen you register for this course you join a network of over 500 people who are studying this course. The course, which is the recognised teaching qualification for staff in all areas of post-16 education, helps you to gain QTLS status (via registration with the Institute for Learning – IfL) and can be taken at two levels, Certificate and PGCE. The course is accredited by the IfL and provides core professional training for those involved in the post-compulsory education area, while addressing the national standards for teaching and learning in post-16 education and beyond.

We make sure that we take a very personalised approach to your learning. Assessment is based around your teaching practice and lessons are flexible enough to enable us to address the issues that are affecting you in your classroom. Regular study days, attended by participants from a wide network, allow you to meet tutors who teach in your own area as well as learn from teachers from other disciplines, whilst the taught sessions are used to explore areas of interest in the post-16 sector.

Career opportunitiesStudents from this course have progressed to a wide range of teaching and management careers in Further, Higher or Adult Education and post-16 education.

Post-Compulsory Education Certificate & (PGCE) (incorporating DTLLS)

Lindy Lloyd Professional Graduate Certificate in Post-Compulsory Education graduate

The attitude and commitment of the staff made the course excellent and one which I have recommended to friends and colleagues. It has given me confidence and enabled me to appreciate the work of other providers of adult learning such as the armed forces, NHS, colleges, etc and given me understanding of the complex structure of post-compulsory education.

Planning and preparing for teaching and learning

Assessment and evaluation

Professional teaching practice

Theories and principles of inclusive learning and teaching

Curriculum, design and development

Action research


To find out more contact Peter Wolstencroft:t: +44 (0)1234 793 178 e: peter.wolstencroft@beds.

ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/education

80

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: January


Duration: 20 weeks

Open to: UK/EU students

Entry requirements: All applicants must have a confirmed offer of a place on a PGCE, GTP or SCITT programme with a recognised provider of Initial Teacher Education (ITE) in England by the time the enhancement course starts in January each year. For those applying to the University of Bedfordshire’s Science with Chemistry PGCE, candidates must possess a Second Class Honours degree in a relevant science-based subject. GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and mathematics is also required. Students whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to hold IELTS with an average score of 6.0. Recent and relevant experience of working with children, preferably in a mainstream school, is desirable. All suitable applicants for PGCE will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau The University actively encourages applications from mature students or those thinking of returning to education.

Key featuresn Offers the opportunity to enter

chemistry Initial Teacher Education courses

n You may be eligible for a tax-free bursary – visit www.education.gov.uk/get-into-teaching/ for the latest information

n There are no fees to pay. For more information visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-into-teaching/

n We are one of the largest providers of Initial Teacher Education in the UK

n We boast an impressive record for training teachers

About the courseThis course is aimed at candidates who want to train as teachers of chemistry but do not have sufficient knowledge

and understanding of chemistry to allow them to teach the subject confidently, e.g. candidates may have a science degree with only some relevance to chemistry, or have experience using chemistry in the workplace.

Candidates are offered a place on the course on recommendation of an ITE provider. The course runs for 20 weeks from January to June and consists of 12 hours in the University and 13 hours independent study per week. On completion, participants will follow their chosen programme of Initial Teacher Education either at the University of Bedfordshire or elsewhere. A broad base of fundamental chemistry concepts will be covered with particular emphasis on the relevance to real-life experiences to generate interest and excitement. Where appropriate, links to areas of physics and biology will be explored to develop the depth of understanding necessary to teach effectively across the chemistry curriculum at Key Stage 4.

Participants on this course are eligible to receive a Training Agency (TA) tax-free training bursary which is linked to your intention to take up an Initial Teacher Education place following completion of the Chemistry Enhancement course. You do not pay course fees.

Career opportunitiesQualified chemistry teachers are in great demand throughout the UK.

Chemistry Subject Knowledge Enhancement

The range of chemistry topics included in the UK science 11-19 curriculum

The development of essential practical skills and safe laboratory working

Effective use of ICT to support learning in chemistry

The relevance of chemistry to modern society

Reflection on personal experience of a range of teaching approaches


To find out more contact Admissions:t: +44 (0)1234 793 279 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/education

81

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You must have a Second Class Honours degree that is relevant to the subject/phase of teaching in which you are interested. You must have a GCSE (or equivalent) grade C or above in English and mathematics. For Primary GTP applicants, a Science GCSE grade C or equivalent is also required. Students whose first language is not English and who do not hold GCSE English grade C or above must hold IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All GCSE requirements must be in place at the time of application, or by the closing date, which is usually the first week of December each year. Please check with Admissions at the Bedford campus for the latest information on the closing date and approved GCSE equivalents. The University does not offer equivalence tests for this course. Candidates should have some relevant, recent experience within schools. Successful applicants will be invited for an assessment and interview. The assessment will consist of an exercise with a group of pupils and a short written English test. Candidates for Primary GTP will also take a numeracy test. Candidates will be interviewed by a University tutor and a school deputy head teacher or Initial Teacher Education (ITE) coordinator. We encourage applications from a diverse range of students, including those considering a career change. All suitable applicants will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau and a medical check.

Key featuresn In the recent Ofsted inspection, we

were awarded the highest grade – Grade One – for this course

n You are paid a salary on the instructors/unqualified teachers scale (usually in the region of £15,000 per annum)

n The TA pays for your training costs

n It is particularly attractive to mature candidates who are seeking a career change

n We are one of the largest providers of Initial Teacher Education in the UK

n We have an impressive record for training teachers

n We boast a very high graduate employment rate

About the courseThe Graduate Teacher Programme (GTP) enables schools to employ people who are not yet qualified to teach and to work in partnership with the University to gain Qualified Teacher Status (QTS). This allows you to qualify as a teacher while you work. You are paid a salary on the instructors/ unqualified teachers scale (usually in the region of £15,000 per annum) and the Training Agency for schools (TA) pays for your training costs. It is particularly attractive for mature candidates who are seeking a career change.

Many applicants already have relevant experience in a support role in a school or in other sectors. Others are career changers who want to move into teaching. We invite applications for primary and secondary teaching in the following subjects: English, Mathematics, Chemistry, Biology, Physical Education, Design Technology, Information and Communications Technology (ICT) and Business Studies.

The University’s scheme includes secondary schools in Leighton Buzzard and Milton Keynes, and primary schools across Bedfordshire. You will be allocated a school at the interview stage. You are required to attend the University for one day per week to receive some taught input into your subject knowledge and teaching – usually by joining the PGCE lectures. Your training will largely take place in your ‘base’ school, but you will also spend time in at least one other school.

Assessment takes the form of a portfolio of evidence, which contains a range of documents including lesson observations and progress reports, planning and assessment records, written assignments carried out as part of the University-based course, and the school’s final assessment record. The portfolio is submitted to an external assessor who will also observe you while you are teaching.

Career opportunitiesThere is great demand for teaching posts throughout the UK.

Graduate Teacher Programme (GTP) Primary or Secondary

Curriculum development

The organisation and management of teaching and learning

Assessment, recording and reporting

Professional values and practice

The role of the teacher within the school and the wider children’s workforce

Self-reflection and personal career development



82

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Education (generic pathway)e-LearningLeadership & ManagementPrimary EducationSpecial Educational NeedsSpecialist Mathematics Teaching*

Starts in: October or February

Location: Bedford campus, plus selected school based locations



Entry requirements: Applicants will normally be working within an educational context and have a good Honours degree or substantial teaching experience. Some units require students to have a particular school role (check individual unit descriptions for details). If English is a second language, an IELTS average score of 6.0 or greater is required. The University actively encourages applications from mature students or those who have not studied at this level for a number of years.

Key featuresn Opportunity for professional

progression in education, following a generic or specialist route of your own choosing

n Study part-time to fit in with existing work commitments

n Course tailored to suit individual needs

n Motivated and experienced postgraduate team

About the courseThis 180 credit part-time course is intended for educational professionals who are actively involved in – or wish to research – teaching and learning or educational leadership, and who wish to undertake study at a postgraduate level. The course attracts entrants from a range of educational organisations including schools, the lifelong learning sector and universities. It is modular, credits being accumulated over time,

allowing progression at a pace that best suits the learner. The range of study units allows you to create a personalised programme to meet your own needs. The final phase of the award focuses on educational research, with the completion of a dissertation with a focus on education.

The MA Education aims to:

n encourage evidence-based practice

n increase awareness of and access to a range of ideas and research findings on education

n promote assessment formats with a negotiated focus to support individual and organisational needs

n promote engagement with key issues in education, involving critical examination of a wide range of key education sources and texts, leading to the identification and justification of recommendations for further action

Career opportunitiesTeachers often undertake the Master’s course for career progression. In terms of your professional development, your work for the MA Education will help you to link theory directly to everyday practice, so that you are in a better

position to make informed decisions about how to go forward as a classroom practitioner or school leader.

Education (MA)

You can follow a generic ‘pick and mix’ pathway to the MA Education, or (subject to availability) opt to specialise in one of the following areas:

e-Learning


Primary education

Special educational needs

Specialist mathematics teaching



* some restrictions apply – please contact Admissions for more details

83

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013




Duration: 18 months full-time


Entry requirements: Candidates are required to have a Second Class Honours degree or equivalent, and experience in some aspect of the education system of their own country. Students whose previous education has not been delivered through the medium of the English language are required to demonstrate proficiency in the English language with an IELTS score of 6 or above. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Flexible blended learning delivery

n The opportunity to share ideas and experiences with peers from other cultures as well as with academics

n Enhanced learning experiences through carefully planned educational visits arranged through our partnership office

About the courseThis course has been designed specifically for overseas postgraduate students (of education or of an education-related field) who wish to advance their knowledge of education. Or alternatively academics working in the field of education, graduate teachers, head teachers, teacher educators, and local district and government advisors who wish to develop their skills and knowledge in order to progress to more advanced posts within their own educational contexts.

It offers a breadth of study topics and units with the aim of enabling students to acquire an understanding of, and skills

relevant to education within their own national, as well as the global, context.

Students will develop a critical awareness of current problems and issues facing education systems across the world and will be able to further their expertise in areas of education of interest to them.

The course runs over four terms. Every term you will have group and individual tutorials to discuss your studies, and you will be offered support to improve your English language skills.

Term 1 You will be offered curriculum enhancement activities. These will include general introductory sessions for the course and visits to local educational institutions and organisations wherever feasible. You will also study one compulsory unit on Theories of Learning. English language enhancement will also be provided in term one and continue through the rest of the course as needed.

Term 2 You will study the unit International and Comparative Education, Research Methods in Education and a further education unit. There will be some optional units available, subject to demand.

Terms 3 and 4 You will conduct research and write up your dissertation.

Career opportunities This course has the potential to greatly enhance your career prospects in education. This course can be used as the basis for further study on doctoral level (PhD and EdD) courses.

Education Studies (International) (MA)

Theories of learning

Research methods in education

International and comparative education

Inclusion and diversity

Strategic leadership and management


To find out more contact Dr Andrea Raiker:t: +44 (0)1234 793 071 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/education

Did you know?We offer continual support to our students to ensure they achieve their full potential.

84

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Education Studies (generic pathway)e-LearningStrategic Leadership & Management in EducationSpecial Educational Needs, Inclusion & DisabilityPrimary Education*Education (National Award for Special Educational Needs Coordinators)*Specialist Mathematics Teaching*Academic Practice*Behavioural Issues in Schools**Difficulties in Literacy Development & Dyslexia**

Starts in: October (some courses start in February)

Location: Bedford campus, plus selected school based locations

Duration: 1 year part-time




progression in education, following a generic or specialist route of your own choosing

n Study part-time to fit in with existing work commitments



About the courseThe Postgraduate Certificates in Education (PgCerts) are one-year part-time courses of 60 credits, for educational professionals who want to develop skills and knowledge at postgraduate level. The course attracts entrants from a range of organisations including schools, the lifelong learning sector and universities. Each PgCert course consists of two units, which you will choose according to the pathway you wish to follow. It can be subsequently be used as credit towards an MA Education.

You will be advised on assignment themes so that you can organise your studies to suit your own career development and inform improvement within your organisation. Named PgCerts are designed to meet the needs of particular groups working in

education, while the generic route (Postgraduate Certificate in Education Studies) offers a wider choice of units.

Career opportunities Teachers often undertake a Postgraduate Certificate to help them develop knowledge and skills that can support both academic and professional development.

Postgraduate Certificates in Education


* some restrictions apply – please ask for details

**Available in distance learning mode

85

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: October or February

Location: Bedford campus, plus school based locations

Duration: 6 months part-time




progression in education, working in an area of your own choosing

n Study part-time to fit in with existing work and home commitments



About the courseThe Advanced Professional Certificate in Education (APCE) is a short course of 30 credits for educational professionals who want to develop skills and knowledge in a specific area of education at postgraduate level. The course attracts professionals from a range of educational organisations including schools, the lifelong learning sector and universities. The course can subsequently be used as credit towards a Postgraduate Certificate in Education.

Some of the Advanced Professional Certificate in Education courses require you to undertake research in education and therefore you need access to an

educational setting in order to complete your assessments. Some units require you to be working within a specific role within your organisation and so may not be appropriate for you. The choice of study options available can be discussed at application.

Career opportunities Teachers often undertake a short course to develop an area of their practice and as a ‘taster’ for further academic study that can contribute to professional progression.

Advanced Professional Certificate in Education


Curriculum design and development in physical education

Dance education

Evolving theories of autism

Exploring coaching and mentoring

Exploring e-learning

Exploring primary education

Inclusive education

Managing learning and teaching

Reflecting on professional practice

Special education needs and disability

Sport pedagogy (gymnastics)

Strategic leadership and management

Understanding difficulties in literacy development and dyslexia

Understanding pupil behaviour in schools


86

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013





Course code GTTR: English XQC3, Mathematics XGC3, Science XFCA


Entry requirements: Candidates must possess a Second Class Honours degree or above which has substantial content in English, mathematics or science. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English, mathematics and science. Candidates must demonstrate a breadth of knowledge of the National Curriculum core and foundation subjects. All GCSE requirements must be in place at the time of application. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All applicants should have recent and relevant experience of working with children in a mainstream UK school. We actively encourage applications from a diverse range of students, including those considering a career change. All suitable applicants will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau.

Key featuresn Offers the opportunity to become a

first class teacher

n You may be eligible for a tax-free bursary – visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-into-teaching/ for the latest information

n You will undertake at least 120 days of practical school placement

n “Cluster-based training supports central training well to provide a localised context for developing trainees’ understanding of how to relate theory to practice” (Ofsted report Nov 2011)

n We boast an impressive record for training teachers, who enjoy a high graduate employment rate

About the courseThe course prepares you to teach the 7-14 age range (Key Stages 2-3). You will acquire the skills and experience to become a general teacher at Key Stage 2 and a specialist teacher at Key Stage 3 in your specified subject (English or Mathematics or Science).

The University works in partnership with local schools to provide you with a course that has a predominantly professional focus. You will undertake three placements in different schools, covering the 7-14 age range. Initially, you will observe classes, then undertake small amounts of teaching yourself, progressively developing towards a substantial block of teaching. Teaching is through a blended learning approach and includes lectures, seminars and workshops, with opportunities for working independently and collaboratively.

Achieving the national standards for Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) specified in the most recent Government documentation is through a continuous assessment process. This course is offered for assessment at Master’s level, with a maximum of 60 Master’s level credits available. Students achieving 60 credits at M level and meeting the requirements for QTS will be awarded the Postgraduate Certificate in Education with QTS. Where appropriate, students will be awarded up to 60 level 6 credits and awarded the Professional Graduate Certificate in Education with QTS.

For details of fees and funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-into-teaching/ for the latest information.

Career opportunities Graduates of this course are in great demand throughout the UK in upper primary, middle or secondary schools.

Education Key Stage 2/3 Middle Years (English, Mathematics or Science) (PGCE)

Organisation and management of teaching and learning for middle years

KS2 core and foundation subject development

Subject enhancement and understanding of KS3 subject specialism





87

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013





Course code GTTR: X100


Entry requirements: Candidates must possess a Second Class Honours degree, or above. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English, mathematics and science. All GCSE requirements must be in place at the time of application. Applicants whose first language is not English, and who do not have GCSE grade C in English, need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All candidates must have some recent and relevant experience (a minimum of two weeks – five days in Key Stage 1 and five days in Key Stage 2) of working with children in a mainstream UK school. We actively encourage applications from a diverse range of students, including those considering a career change. All suitable applicants will be interviewed. The interview consists of an English test, mathematics test, collaborative group interview and one-to-one interview. All suitable applicants will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau.

Key featuresn An innovative and creative course

for teachers for the 21st century

n We have an impressive record of training teachers

About the courseThis course offers two options in Extended Professional Practice or Primary and Community Languages.

The course also offers an in-depth and high-quality qualification in primary school teaching, leading to Qualified Teacher Status (QTS). The 38-week, three-unit course is run in partnership with local schools and prepares you to teach the 5-11 age range.

The course has a professional emphasis with a minimum of 120 days spent in schools. School experience is a crucial

element of the course and you will undertake two different school placements at Key Stages 1 and 2. Over the course of the placements you will have increasing responsibility for a whole class.

The course starts early in September with an intensive induction programme when you will be introduced to the University; learn about the use of ICT for personal and professional development; be introduced to the foundation subjects and science; and start your sessions on research methodology. During this time we will start to prepare you for your first placement.

You can choose one of two routes: Extended Professional Practice or Primary Modern and Community Languages. The Extended Professional Practice involves engaging in the sessions which extend professional practice around the areas that have been identified as beneficial for working in all schools, but particularly those in challenging circumstances. It has been devised in collaboration with local head teachers in order to prepare students for working in schools of the future.

For the Primary Modern and Community Languages part of the course you will be introduced to the pedagogy of modern languages and supporting learners with English as an Additional Language, as

well as developing cultural awareness of working in a multi-lingual classroom. You will need a GCSE grade A-C for this option or be a native speaker of a language other than English.

For details of fees and funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-intoteaching/ for the latest information.

Career opportunities Graduates of this course benefit from enhanced employability and a competitive edge when applying for teaching posts. We welcome students back as mentors.

Primary Education (PGCE)

Perspectives, values, principles and beliefs of education

Learning and teaching – the curriculum

The development portfolio



88

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013





Course code GTTR: X121


Entry requirements: Candidates must possess a Second Class Honours degree, or above. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English, mathematics and science. All GCSE requirements must be in place at the time of application. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language All candidates must have some recent and relevant experience (a minimum of two weeks – five days in Key Stage 1 and five days in an Early Years setting) of working with children in a mainstream UK school. We actively encourage applications from a diverse range of students, including those considering a career change. All suitable applicants will be interviewed. The interview consists of an English test, mathematics test, collaborative group interview and one-to-one interview. All suitable applicants will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau.

Key featuresn An innovative and creative course for

21st century teachers


About the courseThis is a Master’s level course and offers an in-depth and high-quality qualification in primary school teaching, leading to Qualified Teacher Status

(QTS). The 38-week, three-unit course is run in partnership with local schools and prepares you to teach the 3-7 age range. The course has a professional emphasis with a minimum of 120 days spent in schools. School experience is a crucial element of the course and you will undertake two different school placements, Key Stage 1 and Early Years (although not necessarily in sequential order). Over the course of the placements you will have increasing responsibility for a whole class.

The course starts early in September with an intensive induction programme during which you will be introduced to the University; learn about the use of ICT for personal and professional development; be introduced to the foundation subjects and science; and start your sessions on research methodology. During this time we will start to prepare you for your first placement.

The teaching is made up of lectures, seminars, workshops, technology-enhanced activities and tutorials with additional support from mentors and professional staff when out on placements. Students follow the same course as other Primary PGCE students, but with slight timetable modifications to allow you to study aspects of Early Years Practice which include:

n Pedagogical approaches to teaching in an Early Years setting, including specific practical teaching and learning ideas, and activities

n Planning, teaching and assessing the Early Years curriculum

For details of fees and funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-intoteaching/ for the latest information.

Career opportunities Early Years is a growth area in the education sector and teachers capable of delivering this strand will be very much in demand. Graduates of this course benefit from increased employability and a competitive edge when applying for teaching posts. We welcome students back as mentors.

Primary Education with Early Years (PGCE)

Perspectives, values, principles and beliefs of education

Learning and teaching – the curriculum

The development portfolio



89

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013





Course code GTTR: W5X1


Entry requirements: Candidates should possess an Upper Second Class Honours degree or above in dance, or a degree that demonstrates a substantial dance component. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and mathematics. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All applicants should have recent and relevant experience of working with children in a mainstream UK school. All suitable applicants will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau.

Key featuresn Comprehensive preparation for

teaching dance at secondary level (National Curriculum, GCSE, A level, other accredited courses)




About the courseDuring the course, you will attend subject-specific sessions, lectures and seminars designed to develop the knowledge, skills and understanding required to teach dance in secondary schools. The teaching builds on your existing knowledge about dance, developing effective pedagogical practice to enable you to inspire pupils with competence in dance performance, choreography and appreciation.

In addition, you will develop knowledge of general professional issues and explore the role of dance in relation to the National Curriculum and GCSE, A level and other accredited courses. The University works in partnership with local schools to provide you with a course that has a predominantly professional focus. You will undertake two placements in different schools, at least one of which includes A level dance, in addition to an observation practice in a primary school. In the school placements, you will be supported by teachers who have extensive experience in Dance. Teaching is through lectures, seminars and workshops, with opportunities for working independently and collaboratively. There are assignments, rather than formal examinations, and continuous assessment related to the national standards for Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) specified in the most recent Government documentation.

This course is offered for assessment at Master’s level, with a maximum of 60 Master’s (M) level credits available. Students achieving 60 credits at M level and meeting the requirements for QTS will be awarded the Postgraduate Certificate in Education with QTS.

Where appropriate, students will be awarded up to 60 level 6 credits and awarded the Professional Graduate Certificate in Education with QTS.

For details of funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-into-teaching/ for the latest information.

Career opportunities Graduates from this course are in great demand throughout the UK.

Secondary Education Dance (PGCE)

The nature of dance and the dance curriculum

Teaching and learning in dance

Assessment for learning

Subject enhancement and understanding of dance 11-16



90

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013





Course code GTTR: Q3X1


Entry requirements: Candidates must possess a Second Class Honours degree or above in which English or its related components represent at least 50 per cent of the degree. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and mathematics. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language All applicants should have recent and relevant experience of working with children in a mainstream UK school. We actively encourage applications from a diverse range of students, including those considering a career change. All suitable applicants will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau.

Key featuresn You will undertake at least 120 days

of practical school placement

n We boast an impressive record for training teachers, enjoying, for many courses, a 100 per cent graduate employment rate

n We are one of the largest providers of Initial Teacher Education (ITE) in the UK

About the courseYou will acquire knowledge and experience of teaching literature, English language, drama, and media studies in creative and imaginative ways.

Knowledge of the canon of poetry, plays and novels are necessary to be able to deliver the curriculum. You should be familiar with classic works, as well as a range of modern fiction, non-fiction, multimodal texts and poetry suitable for all ages. Language and literature are rapidly changing to accommodate the post-modern pressures of a broadband age and you are expected to have knowledge of new emerging genres and other virtual areas where young people are creative with reading and writing.

You will attend subject-specific sessions, lectures and seminars that are designed to develop awareness and understanding of general professional issues, the role of the National Curriculum in relation to English, and issues such as lesson planning and assessment. With a blended learning approach at the heart of this course, you will collaborate and take an online collegiate approach to your studies through both the Virtual Learning Environment and the e-Portfolio.

The University works in partnership with local schools to provide you with a course that has a predominantly professional focus. You will undertake two placements in contrasting schools in addition to observation practice in a primary school. While on the school placements you will be supported by teachers who have extensive experience in English.

Teaching is through lectures, seminars and workshops, with opportunities for working independently and collaboratively. There are course assignments, but no formal examinations, and the continuous assessment of teaching is based on achieving the national standards for Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) specified in the most recent Government documentation. This course is offered for assessment at Master’s level, with a maximum of 60 Master’s (M) level credits available. Students achieving 60 credits at M level and meeting the requirements for QTS will be awarded the Postgraduate Certificate in Education with QTS. Where appropriate, students will be awarded up to 60 level 6 credits and awarded the Professional Graduate Certificate in Education with QTS.

For details of funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-intoteaching/ for the latest information.

Career opportunities Graduates from this course are in great demand throughout the UK.

Secondary Education English (PGCE)

The nature of English and the English curriculum

Learning and teaching methodologies with practical application


Use of technology in supporting learning



91

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013





Course code GTTR: G1X1


Entry requirements: Candidates must possess a minimum Upper Second Class Honours degree in mathematics or in a subject with at least 50 per cent mathematical content, such as engineering. A levels in mathematics or physics are desirable. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and mathematics. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All applicants should have recent and relevant experience of working with children in a mainstream UK school. We actively encourage applications from a diverse range of students, including those considering a career change. All suitable applicants will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau. For suitable applicants who are committed to teaching mathematics but who do not have the majority of mathematics in their first degree, the University offers a 20 - week Mathematics Subject Knowledge Enhancement (SKE) course. The SKE offers a period developing personal mathematics subject knowledge and focused reflection on the learning of mathematics prior to joining the PGCE.

Key featuresn You may be eligible for a tax-free

bursary – visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-into-teaching/ for the latest information



n We boast an impressive record for training teachers, enjoying, for many courses, a 100 per cent graduate employment rate

About the courseMathematics is a challenging and demanding subject within the school curriculum. You will develop skills to teach a broad spectrum of mathematical concepts using a variety of different approaches, including a focus on the development of thinking skills through investigational, collaborative and problem solving activities. Teaching is designed to model the practice to be developed and includes opportunities for working independently and collaboratively. You will attend subject-specific sessions, lectures and seminars, which are designed to develop awareness and understanding of general professional issues; the nature and content of the mathematics curriculum; and the role of Information Communication Technology (ICT) in relation to mathematics and issues such as planning and assessment.

The University works in partnership with local schools to provide you with a course that has a strong focus on exploring theory in practice. You will undertake two placements in different schools, in addition to observation of practice in a primary school. While in school placements, you will be supported by teachers who have extensive experience

in teaching mathematics. There are course assignments but no formal examinations and the continuous assessment of teaching is based on achieving the national standards for Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) specified in the most recent Government documentation.

For details of funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-into-teaching/ for the latest information

Career opportunities Graduates from this course are in great demand in teaching posts throughout the UK.

Secondary Education Mathematics (PGCE)

The nature of mathematics and the mathematics curriculum

Teaching and learning mathematics


Subject enhancement and understanding of mathematics 11-16



Olubukola AdeniyiPGCE Secondary Education Mathematics student

The University has a great reputation for teaching and I love mathematics so the PGCE in Mathematics at Bedfordshire was the obvious choice for me. The library has vast resources on offer and the staff are very supportive.


92

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013





Course code GTTR: R9X1


Entry requirements: Candidates must possess a good Honours degree in one of the following languages: French, German Spanish or Italian, or be a native speaker of one of these. Candidates should also have proficiency in a second language (up to A level standard). An extension course may meet the requirements. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and mathematics. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language All applicants should have recent and relevant experience of working with children in a mainstream UK school. Visiting a school in the UK at the time of application is recommended. All suitable applicants will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau.

Key featuresn This course attracts a bursary

n Offers the opportunity to become a first class languages teacher

n Students undertake at least 120 days of practical school placement


n We are close to London and its cultural opportunities

About the courseThe Secondary PGCE in Modern Languages aims to develop the necessary skills to teach modern languages effectively, and make learning experiences for young people enjoyable and varied. It also seeks to foster a professional attitude amongst student teachers as well as a critical awareness of key issues of policy and practice underpinned by relevant evidence.

In addition to placing an emphasis on the key principles of modern languages teaching and learning, the course explores the role of digital technologies in supporting teaching and learning, and it focuses on the international dimension of the curriculum. Student teachers are encouraged to take part in activities organised by cultural and educational institutions in the Greater London area.

Successful applicants will undertake work placements in two schools to gain practical teaching experience. Throughout your placement you will benefit from the support of experienced teachers and develop your subject specialism(s).

We accept student teachers from a wide range of language specialisms. Where students’ main specialism is a language other than French, given curriculum patterns in schools, we normally expect students to be able to offer French as a teaching language up to Key Stage 3 or take up a French Extension course prior to joining this course.

This course aims to encourage student teachers to offer, in their practical teaching placements, as many languages as they are able to in order to diversify the languages provision of secondary schools. This may involve introducing them as extracurricular subjects in order to attract interest amongst pupils and continue to build on them as the school and its pupils progress.

For details of funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-intoteaching/ for the latest information.


Secondary Education Modern Languages (Spanish, Italian, German, French) (PGCE)

Language acquisition and language learning

The methodology of teaching modern languages

Planning, conducting and assessing learning

Instructional materials design

Exploring key issues such as motivation and notions of culture in language learning through innovative methodologies

Embedding principles and practical approaches of mobile learning in the learning of languages

Continuity and progression of modern languages through the key stages





93

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013





Course code GTTR: X9C6


Entry requirements: Candidates must possess an Upper Second Class Honours degree or above in Physical Education or a related subject. A levels and/or GCSE qualifications in Physical Education are desirable. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and Mathematics in place at the time of application. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-languageAll applicants should have recent and relevant experience of working with children, preferably in a mainstream UK secondary school. Coaching experience and national governing body awards are also desirable. Due to the practical nature of the course, all applicants must be able to swim. We actively encourage applications from a diverse range of students, including those considering a career change. All suitable applicants will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau.

Key featuresn Opportunity to be taught by

outstanding practitioners

n We boast an impressive 100-year tradition of training Physical Education teachers and have an outstanding graduate employment rate



About the courseDuring the course, you will gain an understanding of the diverse nature of Physical Education and how it relates to young people, both in school and beyond. You will develop skills to teach a broad curriculum and explore a variety of approaches to promote high quality teaching and learning. Teaching is designed to model innovative and effective practice and includes opportunities for working independently and collaboratively.

The University works in partnership with local schools to provide you with a course that has a strong focus on exploring theory in practice. You will undertake two placements in different schools, in addition to observation of practice in a primary school. While on school placements, you will be supported by teachers who have extensive experience in teaching Physical Education. There are course assignments, but no formal examinations and the continuous assessment of teaching is based on achieving the national standards for Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) specified in the most recent Government documentation.

This course is offered for assessment at Master’s level, with a maximum 60 Master’s level credits available. Students achieving 60 credits at M level and meeting the requirements for

QTS will be awarded the Postgraduate Certificate in Education with QTS. Where appropriate, students will be awarded up to 60 level 6 credits and awarded the Professional Graduate Certificate in Education with QTS.

For details of funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-into-teaching for the latest information.

Career opportunities Graduates from this course are in great demand for teaching posts throughout the UK and abroad.

Secondary Education Physical Education (PGCE)

The nature of physical education and the physical education curriculum

Teaching and assessment for learning in physical education

Practical areas: athletics, dance, games, gymnastics, health based physical education, outdoor and adventurous activities, and swimming

Professional studies including behaviour management for learning



94

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013





Course code GTTR: Chemistry F2X1, Physics F3X2, Biology CX11


Entry requirements: Candidates must possess a Second Class Honours degree in a relevant science subject, or a degree of which 50 per cent is in the relevant science. A levels in science subjects are desirable. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and mathematics. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language All applicants should have recent and relevant experience of working with children in a mainstream UK school. We actively encourage applications from a diverse range of students, including those considering a career change. All suitable applicants will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau. For suitable applicants who want to train as teachers of chemistry but do not have sufficient knowledge and understanding of chemistry to allow them to teach the subject confidently, the University offers a 20-week chemistry Subject Knowledge Enhancement (SKE) course. This offers a period developing personal chemistry subject knowledge and focused reflection on the learning of chemistry.

Key featuresn You may be eligible for a tax-free bursary

visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-into-teaching for the latest information




About the courseScience is an exciting and rapidly progressing subject that is challenging to teach. During the course you will study science in the curriculum and develop the skills and experience necessary to teach scientific concepts in a variety of ways. You will attend subject-specific sessions, lectures and seminars designed to develop awareness and understanding of general professional issues and the content of the science curriculum, and practical issues such as lesson planning and assessment.

You will explore a wide range of resources and teaching strategies available to present science in an interesting, informative and relevant way, including the use of practical and investigative work. You will also examine the role of Information Communication Technology (ICT) in the teaching and learning of science.

The University works in partnership with local schools to provide you with a professionally focused course. You will undertake two placements in different schools in addition to observation practice in a primary school. Whilst on school placements, you will be supported by teachers who have extensive experience in science.

Teaching is through lectures, seminars and workshops with opportunities for working independently and collaboratively. There are no formal examinations and the continuous assessment is based on achieving the national standards for Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) specified in the most recent Government documentation. This course is offered for assessment at Master’s level, with a maximum of 60 Master’s (M) level credits

available. Students achieving 60 credits at M level and meeting the requirements for QTS will be awarded the Postgraduate Certificate in Education with QTS. Where appropriate, students will be awarded up to 60 Level 6 credits and awarded the Professional Graduate Certificate in Education with QTS.

For details of finance visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-intoteaching/ for the latest information.


Secondary Education Science with Biology or Chemistry or Physics (PGCE)

The nature of science and the science curriculum

Teaching and learning science


Subject enhancement and understanding of science 11-16





Did you know?The University maintains excellent partnerships with over 500 schools and works closely with them to provide you with professionally focused courses and opportunities for work placements.

95

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: January


Duration: 20 weeks


Entry requirements: All applicants must have a confirmed offer of a place on a PGCE, GTP or SCITT programme with a recognised provider of Initial Teacher Education (ITE) in England by the time the Enhancement course starts in January each year. For those applying to the University of Bedfordshire’s Secondary Mathematics PGCE, candidates must possess a minimum Second Class Honours degree with some relevance to mathematics plus A levels, or equivalent, in mathematics or physics. Students whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to hold IELTS with an average score of 6.0. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and mathematics. Recent and relevant experience of working with children, preferably in a mainstream UK school, is also required. All suitable applicants for PGCE will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau. The University actively encourages applications from mature students or those thinking of returning to education.

Key featuresn Offers the opportunity to enter

Mathematics Initial Teacher Education courses


n There are no fees to pay. For more information visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-into-teaching


n Ensures confidence and competence in mathematics and focussed reflection on effective teaching of the subject

About the courseThe Mathematics Subject Knowledge Enhancement (SKE) course offers a period of developing personal mathematics subject knowledge and focused reflection on the learning of mathematics. It provides an opportunity to train as a teacher of mathematics for those who do not have the majority of mathematics in their first degree. Mathematics can be engaging and exciting, and our aim is to develop teachers who share that belief and can convey it to pupils. We explore the connections found in school mathematics in order to develop depth of understanding and generate interest and excitement that will be sustained and transferred in the classroom. Teaching includes a broad range of approaches including individual, pair and group work, and practical and ICT-based activities.

Candidates are offered a place on the SKE course on recommendation of an ITE provider. The course runs for 20 weeks from January to June and consists of 12 hours at the University and a minimum of 13 hours of independent study per week. On completion of the course, students follow the programme for the Secondary Mathematics ITE course for which their provisional place was offered.

Participants on the Mathematics SKE course may be eligible for a Training Agency (TA) tax-free bursary which is

linked to your intention to take up an Initial Teacher Education place following completion of the SKE course. You do not pay fees.

Career opportunities Qualified mathematics teachers are in great demand throughout the UK.

Mathematics Subject Knowledge Enhancement

The range of mathematical topics included in the UK mathematics 11-19 curriculum

The wealth of connections which give mathematics its fascination and power

The value of articulation and collaboration in the learning of mathematics

Effective use of ICT as apparatus that supports the learning of mathematics

Reflection on personal experience of a range of teaching approaches



96

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013





Course code GTTR: G5XC


Entry requirements: Candidates should possess a Second Class Honours degree or above, where ICT or its related components represent at least 50 per cent of the degree. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and mathematics. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All applicants should have recent and relevant experience of working with young people in an educational setting, preferably a UK mainstream school. We actively encourage applications from mature students and those thinking of returning to education. All suitable applicants will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau.

Key featuresn We offer the opportunity to become

an innovative teacher in Information Technology, becoming qualified to teach across a range of settings, including secondary schools and in FE


n You will undertake at least 120 days of practical school and college placements


About the courseInformation Technology in schools and colleges is developing rapidly in order to prepare young people to take their place in the ‘information society’. One of the

primary aims of the course is for you to become a competent and effective teacher of ICT within the changing context of secondary education. This course is particularly attractive to mature candidates in employment who are seeking a career change.

You will acquire understanding of ICT within the context of the National Curriculum and within the 14–19 age curriculums in both schools and Further Education (FE) colleges. Teaching is through a blended learning approach, including lectures, seminars and workshops, with opportunities for working independently and collaboratively.

The University works in partnership with local schools and colleges to provide you with a course that has a predominantly professional focus. You will undertake two placements in contrasting schools in addition to a placement with a post-16 provider.

Achieving the national standards for Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) specified in the most recent Government documentation is through a continuous assessment process. This course is offered for assessment at Master’s level, with a maximum of 60 Master’s level credits available. Students

achieving 60 credits at M level and meeting the requirements for QTS will be awarded the Postgraduate Certificate in Education with QTS. Where appropriate, students will be awarded up to 60 level 6 credits and awarded the Professional Graduate Certificate in Education with QTS.

For details of funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-into-teaching/ for the latest information.

Career opportunities Graduates from our secondary courses are in great demand throughout the UK. This is particularly true within Information Technology as a subject area within the rapidly changing ICT curriculum.

Secondary Education 14-19 Applied ICT (PGCE)

Curriculum development in Information Technology

The organisation and management of teaching and learning in Information Technology

Subject enhancement and understanding of Information Technology in the 14-19 curriculum




Did you know?Depending on your field of expertise, we will help you apply your years of professional knowledge in an educational setting.

97

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

The University offers a wide variety of health-related

courses within its Faculties of Health and Social Sciences;

Creative Arts, Technologies and Science; and the Bedfordshire

and Hertfordshire Postgraduate Medical School (BHPMS).

We offer a variety of contemporary courses designed

with medical, biomedical, nursing and allied health professionals

in mind – from postgraduate degrees for Registered Nurses to

public health options and the new Biomedical Engineering course.

Our Park Square campus and the Butterfield Park site in

Luton have specialist state-of-the-art facilities

for postgraduate research students, and staff receive

research funding from industry, research councils

and leading charities. As a result of continued investment, the division

has modern, well-equipped laboratories which include a new 50-seat lab, built for

our postgraduate students. Our ongoing research activity is relevant to

treating cancer, diabetes, chronic kidney diseases,

neurodegenerative disorders and

chronic infections.

98

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

Health & Biological Science

Dr Clare Morris Associate Dean, Bedfordshire and Hertfordshire Postgraduate Medical School, and Lecturer in Medical Education

We consistently receive excellent feedback from our students and graduates, who tell us that our courses provide a springboard to new roles and responsibilities within their professional contexts – and new career pathways. We offer a holistic approach, academic rigour and learning relevant to the workplace, while valuing individual students’ needs and ensuring their professional development is at the centre of everything we do.

Scan the code to see what else Clare has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/claremorris

Courses

102 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Advanced Nursing Studies

103 MSc Advanced Nursing Studies with Overseas Nursing Placement

104 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Advanced Practice

105 MSc Biomedical Engineering

106 MSc Biotechnology

107 PgCert Dental Education

108 PgCert Dental Law & Ethics

109 MSc Diabetes

110 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Enhancing Quality Through Patient Safety

111 MSc Environmental Management*

112 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Health Studies

113 PgCert/PgDip/MA Medical Education

114 PgCert Medical Education Leadership

115 PgCert Medical Simulation

116 MSc Osteopathy

117 MSc Pharmacology

118 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Public Health (taught)

118 MSc Public Health (distance learning)

119 PgCert Research Methods

120 PgDip/MSc Specialist Community Public Health Nursing (Health Visiting, School Nursing)

120 MSc Specialist Community (District) Nursing

121 Professional Doctorate in Health Related Studies


22 MBA Hospital and Health Services Management

57 Executive MBA (Healthcare)



99

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Many of our postgraduate health courses are taught at our purpose-built, award-winning Butterfield Park in Luton, which houses a mix of networked computer suites and skills labs, plus a brand-new Simulation Centre. Similarly, our new Buckinghamshire campus at Oxford House in Aylesbury has been designed with healthcare students in mind

Our Putteridge Bury campus links to all the major clinical and academic centres across Bedfordshire and Hertfordshire

Courses are designed mindful of the competing demands on our students, many of whom work full-time in the NHS.

Interactive study days are combined with supported online learning and innovative assessment practices, making strong connections between issues in practice and course content

We have more than 30 years experience running bioscience courses

Access to up-to-date, well equipped labs offering a modern working environment and modern working techniques

Excellent transport links, with London only 30 minutes from the University by train

Faculty of Health and Social Sciences (HSS) Our innovative courses attract students from a diverse range of clinical backgrounds and we offer a flexible, work-based approach to teaching and learning that encourages reflective practice. All postgraduate work is informed by research and grounded in a robust evidence base. The faculty’s research is undertaken in the Institute for Health Research (IHR), which aims to engage in collaborative research at local and international level, and to create research partnerships with purchasers and providers of healthcare, within the professions, industry and the independent sector.

Research areas include:

n Healthcare inequalities

n Primary healthcare

n Chronic disease management

n Health policy, organisational development and educational research

n Sports therapy

See page 185 for more information.

The Institute for Health Research carries out topical research which impacts. policy and practice, including work on health inequalities and the health needs of the UK’s multi-ethnic and multi-faith population.

Faculty of Creative Arts, Technologies and Science (CATS) The faculty brings together a range of disciplines, to generate innovative courses relevant to today’s marketplace. A wide spectrum of research is undertaken by staff in the Division of Science who are also members of the Institute of Biomedical and Environmental Science and Technologies (iBEST). Research activity in human disease, health and wellbeing, and environmental

100

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

science is particularly relevant to our expanding portfolio of postgraduate courses which includes the MSc Biotechnology, the MSc Pharmacology, the MSc Biomedical Engineering and the brand-new MSc Environmental Management.

Bedfordshire and Hertfordshire Postgraduate Medical School (BHPMS) The Postgraduate Medical School, based at our Putteridge Bury campus, works collaboratively with a range of partners to design high-quality postgraduate courses and Continuing Professional Development opportunities for medical, dental and healthcare professionals. Key areas of activity include medical education, leadership and simulation, dental education, public health and diabetes. Courses are underpinned by contemporary research within the Institute for Health Research (led by Professor Gurch Randhawa) and the Institute for Diabetes in the Older Person (led by Professor Alan Sinclair, Dean of BHPMS).

Scan the code to see what else Emma has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/emmaamir-ebrahimi

Emma Amir-Ebrahimi PhD Student, Division of Science

Postgraduate study in the biological science area gives you the foundation to enter many different careers, such as medicine, psychiatry, forensics, microbiology, haematology or medical equipment sales.

101

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: September, February or May

Location: Luton campus, Park Square; and Butterfield Park, Luton



Entry requirements: An Honours degree from a UK university or equivalent, or exceptional evidence of previous advanced study, research and professional experience. Applicants’ previous study must be related to nursing. International and EU Applicants will need an IELTS score of 6.0, an Honours degree relating to nursing from a recognised university and registration with a Nursing Council. Previous post-registered clinical experience is advantageous in helping students apply concepts to their practice.

Key featuresn It enables you to focus on your

discipline area

n Contributions from an experienced multidisciplinary course team

n Innovative in its approach, with a strong emphasis on theoretical learning

n Unique combination of subject areas applicable to advanced practice

n The team has extensive experience in supporting students from overseas

About the courseThe course has been designed to enable you to build on your existing knowledge base and be more confident with complex decision-making skills and clinical competencies for expanded practice. It integrates research, education and management issues to enable you to evolve a high degree of professional autonomy and independent practice.

This is a full-time academic course and does not offer clinical placements during the course or lead to registration as a nurse in the UK.

Career opportunitiesHealth professionals are increasingly aware of the need to provide advanced practice within the context of healthcare agendas.

Nurses have to operate in increasingly complex organisations and be familiar with advancing practice in all areas of healthcare. This course offers an opportunity for experienced nurses to develop their knowledge and prepare for taking lead roles in key developments. Home-based students are required to apply their new knowledge to their work environment.

On completing this course, students could progress into the following areas: advanced practitioner roles; consultancy; managerial positions; health and social care policy development; teaching; and research and development.

Advanced Nursing Studies (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

To find out more contact Andrew Humphries:t: +44 (0)1582 489 145e: andrew.humphries@beds.

ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/health

Clinical reasoning in nursing assessment and diagnosis

Nursing management of multiple health needs

Evidence-based learning

Supervising learning and development

Assessing and evaluating performance


102

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013



Location: Luton campus, Park Square; and Butterfield Park, Luton



Entry requirements: This is a full-time academic course with the opportunity to undertake the Overseas Nursing Placement (ONP) to become registered on the Nursing Midwifery Council and practice as a nurse in the UK. Applicants will need an IELTS of 7.0 in each of the four elements (reading, writing, listening, speaking), an Honours degree relating to nursing from a recognised university and registration with a Nursing Council. You must successfully pass an occupational health and CRB check before undertaking a placement. Additionally, you will be required to obtain a Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC) decision letter that does not expire before the end of your placement; and two original references. You must state on your application form your intention to undertake the overseas nursing placement. Previous post-registration clinical experience is advantageous in helping students apply concepts to their practice.


discipline area

n Contributions from an experienced multidisciplinary course team

n Innovative in its approach, with a strong emphasis on theoretical learning

n Unique combination of subject areas applicable to advanced practice

n Opportunity for suitably qualified nurses from overseas to gain registration in the UK as a nurse. This is subject to each candidate obtaining a decision letter to proceed from the NMC and fulfilling the above criteria for entry

n The team has extensive experience in supporting students from overseas

n Excellent transport links, with London only 30 minutes from the University by train

About the courseThe course has been designed to enable you to build on your existing knowledge base and be more confident with complex decision-making skills and clinical competencies for expanded practice. It integrates research, education and management issues to enable you to evolve a high degree of professional autonomy and independent practice.

Career opportunitiesHealth professionals are increasingly aware of the need to provide advanced practice within the context of healthcare agendas.

Nurses have to operate in increasingly complex organisations and be familiar with advancing practice in all areas of healthcare.

This course offers an opportunity for experienced nurses to develop their knowledge and prepare for taking lead roles in key developments.

Overseas nurses who undertake the ONP for registration in the UK will have the opportunity to become proficient in a new environment, as well as developing their theoretical frameworks.

On completing this course, students could progress into the following areas: advanced practitioner roles; consultancy; managerial positions; health and social care policy development; teaching; and research and development.

Advanced Nursing Studies with Overseas Nursing Placement (ONP) (MSc)

To find out more contact Andrew Humphries:t: +44 (0)1582 489 145e: andrew.humphries@beds.


Clinical reasoning in nursing assessment and diagnosis

Nursing management of multiple health needs

Evidence-based learning



Overseas nursing placement (only for candidates who fulfil the criteria for entry onto the register as stated in the entry requirements)


Did you know?This course offers a unique combination of study areas and the ideal opportunity for overseas qualified nurses to gain registration in the UK.

103

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013



Location: Luton campus, Park Square; Buckinghamshire campus, Aylesbury; and Butterfield Park, Luton


Open to: UK students

Entry requirements: You should have a Honours degree from a UK university or equivalent, or, exceptionally, evidence of previous advanced study, research or professional nursing or midwifery experience. Applicants must currently be working as a registered health professional within the NHS or independent sector.


specialist area of clinical practice

n It takes an evidence-based approach and involves key staff who are actively engaged in clinical practice and research

n Relates theory to practice and practice to theory

n Incorporates innovative and flexible learning

About the courseExciting changes in healthcare provision, research, client needs, technology and practice have all had a major effect on the work of the health professional in the 21st century. Therefore, it is essential that practitioners providing care are equipped with the most up-to-date skills and knowledge in order to provide the most appropriate care to people using their services.

This course has been developed to embrace the dynamic challenges faced by advanced practitioners in a modern healthcare setting. It therefore integrates research, education and management issues to enable you to evolve a high degree of professional autonomy and independent practice.

By building on your existing knowledge base, and by providing you with the necessary advanced theoretical and clinical expertise, this course will help

you become efficient at managing your own clinical case loads and undertaking advanced health assessment, as well as developing your diagnostic reasoning skills. These issues will relate strongly to the ever-changing climate within healthcare arising from Agenda for Change; the National Health Service Plan; Skills for Health; the Knowledge and Skills Framework; Nursing and Midwifery Council recommendations for 2012 for Advanced Practice; the Royal College of Nursing; and other government health initiatives and agendas such as the National Service Frameworks (NSFs).

Career opportunitiesAs healthcare continues to evolve and change, it is important that practitioners are prepared to a level at which they can deliver an effective and efficient service. Alongside the development of new approaches to care, this course will provide participants with the necessary skills and knowledge to enable them to develop and expand advanced clinical practice roles within their organisations. On completing this MSc course, students are likely to progress into the following areas: advanced practitioner roles; nurse consultant posts; managerial positions; teaching; and research and development.

Advanced Practice (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

To find out more contact Anthony McGrath:t: +44 (0)1582 743 870e: anthony.mcgrath@beds.


Assessment and diagnostic skills

Managing multiple health needs

Influencing people and organisations

Project management in health and social care

The option units currently available in the second term include:


Examination of the newborn

Human factors, environment and design in patient safety

Personal development planning (PDP) learning contract

Nurse and midwife independent and supplementary prescribing



104

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013





Open to: UK/EU/International students*

Entry requirements: Applicants should have a good Honours degree or equivalent in a biological or biochemistry-related subject. Applications may be considered from a sound academic background and good, relevant practical experience. All international/overseas applicants will be assessed in accordance with University policy. The minimum requirement is level B2 on the CEFR, equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn This course offers a unique

combination of core subject areas in basic Bioscience, and Biomedical Engineering and development

n The teaching team comprises leading specialists and research-active staff at the University

n High-quality, broad-based training in Biomedical Engineering underpinned by a wide knowledge base and key transferable skills

About the courseBiomedical Engineering can be defined as the application of biotechnology to problems in human medicine. The discipline itself has emerged to bring together the principles of engineering with those in the bioscience aligned to medicine. It is a highly interdisciplinary field and includes a large number of sub-specialties where research expertise is brought together in various combinations to create new products, instrumentation or software to advance biology and improve healthcare. Underpinning this course is an understanding of cell and molecular biology. From this students will then be exposed to a number of key areas in Biomedical Engineering including: computational, which should allow students to understand

the potential of genomic analysis and its relationship to the emerging field of proteomic and metabonomic analysis; medical imaging and cryobiology will detail principles of protein localisation in cells and tissues, methods of cell and tissue visualisation through to the use of whole body imaging by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI); finally, tissue engineering will build on the students’ existing understanding of maintenance of cells in vitro and the development of methods to create three-dimensional cultures and tissues. Our students will participate in individual projects with the aim of extending their range of practical skills in the context of research.

Career opportunitiesBiomedical Engineering is, together with Biotechnology, one of the UK’s leading, cutting-edge industrial sectors. The UK also has the dominant market position in the European market. Similar growth is also visible in India and China where considerable emphasis is being placed on the development of hi-tech, strongly science-based industries.

This demonstrates that the course will generate graduates who will move into a major industrial growth area.

Typical career destinations include: pharmaceutical or biotechnological industries; academic institutions; the public and private healthcare sectors.

*This course is open to international students who have a work permit (HSMP) and visa allowing them to study part-time.

Biomedical Engineering (MSc)

To find out more contact Dr Guy Grant:t: +44 (0)1582 743 566 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/health


Computational biology

Medical imaging and cryobiology

Biomaterials and tissue engineering

Laboratory-based research project

Medical imaging and cryobiology


Dr John Reynolds Principal Lecturer in Biomedical Science

Scan the code to see what else John has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/johnreynolds

We have exclusive laboratories for postgraduate students, where they can undertake their research projects in the depth that they require. The employability of our postgraduate students is very good. Many students go on to do Phd’s either at Bedfordshire or various research institutes all over the world.

105

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: Applicants should have good Honours degree or equivalent in a biological or biochemistry-related subject. Applications may be considered from a sound academic background and good, relevant practical experience. All international/overseas applicants will be assessed in accordance with University policy. The minimum requirement is level B2 on the CEFR, equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn The course provides high-quality,

broad-based training in biotechnology, providing a wide knowledge base and key transferable skills

n The experienced teaching team consists of research-active specialists in academic disciplines related to biotechnology, drawn from institutions across the UK

n The academic staff have extensive experience in supervising the training of postgraduate research students and the practical projects of postgraduate students on taught courses

About the courseMSc Biotechnology course covers comprehensively the core subjects of modern Biotechnology: through an advanced understanding of molecular and computational biology to applied microbiology.

The aim of the course is to provide students with an understanding of how microbes can be used on an industrial scale to benefit humankind. New technologies in molecular biology, microbiology and computational biology will be taught and an insight given into how these methodologies are applied in

biotechnology industries. The underlying biochemistry will be explained at an advanced level. Laboratory-based projects will be offered in one of the four taught themes – (i) molecular biology, (ii) computational biology, (iii) applied microbiology and (iv) analytical biology – to provide our graduates with the laboratory skills required for subsequent employment in biotech/pharmaceutical industries or academia.

Career opportunitiesBiotechnology is one of the UK’s leading manufacturing sectors and it is a rapidly developing and expanding industry in many other countries, including China and India. It is also a rapidly growing area in universities, providing

academic research opportunities or possible employment in related spin-out companies. Therefore, this Biotechnology degree will support graduates seeking careers in biotechnology industries, including pharmaceutical and food companies; academic institutions; health-related industries, including the NHS; and other public organisations.

Biotechnology (MSc)

To find out more contact Dr Arthur Hosie:t: +44 (0)1582 743 203 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/health

Analytical methods

Applied microbiology

Computational biology

Molecular biology

Research project


Aishwarya ShivashankarappaMSc Biotechnology student

The Professors who teach on the course are highly experienced, and the guidance and support from them is very good.

106

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: September or January




Entry requirements: This postgraduate course is open to individuals who have a first degree (or equivalent qualification or experience) in dentistry, nursing and allied dental professions. It may also be available to those from other backgrounds (eg healthcare managers and educational developers) who wish to develop their knowledge of education, training and leadership in the context of dentistry. When applying you will meet the course leader to discuss your learning needs and requirements, and the appropriateness of the course to meet these.Members of the course team will be happy to discuss your eligibilty for the course and how it may meet your professional learning and development needs.

Key featuresn This innovative, flexible course

combines study days with supported online learning

n The experienced, interdisciplinary course team are established medical and dental educators with experience spanning undergraduate and postgraduate dental, medical and healthcare education

n The course has a unique focus on the development of dental educators for staff working in NHS, HEI and private sector contexts

n The PgCert in Dental Education is accredited by the Higher Education Academy, leading to fellowship of the HEA

About the courseThis innovative course combines study days, workshops and masterclasses with remote access online learning.

The course is likely to appeal to dental professionals who are engaged in education and/or training in primary or secondary care dental settings. Those who are teaching dental students or courses related to dentistry, such as those for dental nurses, therapists, hygienists or technicians, are also encouraged to apply.

The course has a practice-based approach, designed to address the development needs of those new to dental education and training, and those with experience. It has a flexible structure, with clear pathways to higher awards (PgDip and MA in Medical Education), as well as the opportunity to engage in stand-alone units or study days for Continuing Professional Development purposes.

The course places clear emphasis on the development of dental educator skills and also affords opportunities to explore

interprofessional, interdisciplinary and disciplinary specific aspects of education and training.

Education and training in dentistry have undergone significant reform in the past decade, creating new challenges and opportunities for those with educational roles and responsibilities.

Visiting experts will make regular contributions to study days, masterclasses and online activity.

Career opportunitiesThis course supports the development of individuals who wish to pursue explicit educational and/or educational leadership roles in the context of dental education.


Dental Education (PgCert)

To find out more contact Victoria Martin:t: +44 (0)1582 489 006 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/health

Dental education in practice – focuses on aspects of dental teaching including tutorials, supervision and chairside teaching; also includes observation of teaching in your workplace

Contemporary educational perspectives – explores the ways in which theories of learning shape, influence and allow us to develop our teaching, learning and assessment practices

Workplace-based learning – offers a contemporary analysis of workplace-based learning and assessment and how to enhance their effectiveness


107

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

Elinor Japp Dentist, PgCert in Dental Education graduate

The course entertained, challenged and stimulated me intellectually, professionally and personally. It has fundamentally changed the way I think and improved my practice.


Starts in: October or January each year




Entry requirements: This postgraduate course is open to individuals who have a first degree (or equivalent qualification or experience) in dentistry, dental nursing and allied dental professions.

Key featuresn The only university accredited course

in Law and Ethics specifically for dental professionals

n A practice-based course addressing aspects of law and ethics in dentistry

n Opportunities to tailor assessments to relevant areas of professional interest and/or workplace need

n Combines face-to-face study with online learning

About the courseThis innovative and dynamic course has been designed specifically for dental care professionals, working in a range of dental care contexts. The course provides unique opportunities to critically examine dental care and practice from relevant ethical, legal and professional standpoints.

This part-time course combines study days (eight in total), with supported on-line learning and self-directed study. You will be taught by dentists and other health and social care professionals with legal and ethical expertise.

You will have an opportunity to tailor assessment tasks in ways that allow you to deal with real issues you encounter in your professional lives. Tutor support for assessment activities is provided. This practice-based approach is designed to address the various needs of those who are relatively new to dental practice as well as those who are more experienced.

Career opportunitiesDesigned to develop the skills and practices of dental care professionals with an interest in legal and ethical dental practice. The course promotes a strong action orientation and is likely to be of relevance to those who wish to enhance their legal role in dental practice and other settings (eg practice managers, clinical leads), indemnity organisations, primary care organisations or to legal firms as expert witnesses.

Dental Law & Ethics (PgCert)

To find out more contact Dr Hoda Wassif:t: +44 (0)1582 489 224 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/health

Legal, ethical and professional frameworks that underpin dental practice

Comprehensive view on aspects of dental law as it relates to dental care and practice


Did you know?This is the only university accredited course in Dental Law and Ethics within the UK, that is specific to dental staff. This course focuses on enabling dentists to work with professionally relevant legal and ethical principles, considering the ways in which these principles influence their everyday practice.

108

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: September but admissions throughout the year


Duration: Usually 2-3 years (but up to 6 years) part-time


Entry requirements: You should normally have an undergraduate degree in medicine or in a health-related profession, with at least one year of full-time practice (or equivalent) at post-registration level. Healthcare professionals without a degree who have professional qualifications with normally three years’ experience post-registration will be considered.

Key featuresn The Bedfordshire and Hertfordshire

Postgraduate Medical School has a strategic campus at Putteridge Bury and links to all the major clinical and academic centres in both counties; a new Institute of Diabetes for Older People (IDOP) was launched in May 2008 and is undertaking some key studies with funding from the Department of Health and the European Union

n The teaching teams comprise senior NHS specialists led by Professor Alan Sinclair, who is a leading international figure in medicine and diabetes; he directs a major programme in diabetes research and also leads on several national and international initiatives

n Close links with the University of Hertfordshire and Cranfield University are being developed to enable more collaboration in diabetes learning and teaching

n A distance learning course in Diabetes at Master’s level is under development

About the courseThis course is designed to enhance the academic capabilities, including clinical research methodology skills, of medical and healthcare practitioners, and to meet their Continuing Professional

Development needs. It aims to equip healthcare practitioners with the knowledge and skills to engage positively in a wide spectrum of academic activities. Working within the NHS is not mandatory since the course will also benefit those in other health-related areas. Students from overseas will find that the friendly and supportive environment within the Bedfordshire and Hertfordshire Postgraduate Medical School (BHPMS) assists them in adapting to this blended-learning course.

On successful completion of the course, you will have developed a wide range of skills, knowledge and attitudes with which to undertake greater involvement in clinical practice and research activity using an evidence-based framework.

The highly experienced and supportive teaching team will help you to develop a critical, analytical and reflective stance towards medical education and its practice. The course includes a combination of face-to-face study days and independent study, as well as various assessment methods. Student feedback confirms that excellent support is available throughout the course.

Career opportunitiesYou will have the opportunity to gain a high-quality postgraduate qualification and to specialise in the area diabetes. You will gain a firm foundation in the design, implementation and evaluation of clinical research activity in both practice and higher education settings. You will then be able to apply this knowledge and skills to foster your career development either as a doctor in training, or other health professional.


Diabetes (MSc)

To find out more contact Professor Alan Sinclair:t: +44 (0)1582 743 285e: [email protected]

Maureen Edovic:t: +44 (0)1582 743 988e: maureen.edovic@beds.


Research methodology

Project preparation

Evidence-based medicine

Ethical and legal aspects

Detailed areas of study relating to the specialism of diabetes


Did you know?This course is delivered almost entirely by senior NHS specialists and all units have practical guidance on diabetes care in most clinical settings.

109

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: October

Location: Luton campus, Butterfield Park, Luton



Entry requirements: You should have an Honours degree from a UK university or equivalent, or, exceptionally, evidence of previous advanced study, research or professional experience.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn We have good links with local

organisations who lead in the delivery of the patient safety agenda

n The University has worked with organisations at a national level on safer care initiatives

n We are one of the first educational organisations in this country to offer this type of course

About the courseThis MSc Enhancing Quality Through Patient Safety, is one of the first in the UK to deal specifically with the patient safety agenda. Safer care is a key priority of the Department of Health, as evidenced by the fact that it is the first objective in the Standards for Better Health document (DH, 2004).

Since its creation in 2001, the National Patient Safety Agency (NPSA) has concentrated much of its efforts on facilitating organisational and occupational change to promote patient safety. It is therefore clear that senior healthcare staff need to support and drive the patient safety agenda as an integral part of their work role.

Offering this high quality programme at Master’s level meets the continuing professional development (CPD) needs of the staff involved in delivering the objectives of the Department of Health and its partner organisations such as the NPSA and the NHS Institute for Innovation.

Career opportunitiesThe drivers for enhanced quality and patient safety will continue to grow. Practitioners achieving this qualification will be well placed to participate and lead in the developments that are being made and planned within the patient safety arena.

Enhancing Quality Through Patient Safety (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

To find out more contact Frank Milligan:t: +44 (0)1582 743 825 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/health

The nature and frequency of patient safety incidence

Safety culture and root cause analysis

Risk assessment and solution development

Human factors and design improvements for safer care

Implementing patient safety solutions


110

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013





Duration: 12 months full-time (intensive); otherwise 18 months. Part-time 3 years


Entry requirements: Honours degree at 2:2 or above in a relevant scientific subject i.e. biological, ecological or environmental related science. Applications may also be considered from candidates with relevant practical experience. All international/overseas applicants will be assessed in accordance with University policy. The minimum requirement is level B2 on the CEFR, equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Unique combination of environmental,

ecological and biotechnological sciences, combined with environmental project management skills

n Our teaching team includes internationally recognised academics – as well as guest lectures and talks from government and industry scientists

n Focus on key industry related employability skills

About the courseThe MSc Environmental Management course will provide a deep understanding of key theoretical and practical skills relating to global environmental change (including, but not limited to climate change). The course also empowers graduates with the key skills to effectively manage a changing environment (from scientific skills such as predicting changes and optimising environmental processes such as food production using biotechnology based methods, to management skills such as understanding of legislative and

economic processes in an international context). Each subject covered will draw upon the latest scientific literature, knowledge of academic staff (who are key researchers in many of the areas taught) and where appropriate, guest lecturers from other leading academics, government agency scientists or managers and industry professionals.

The key strengths of the course are the integration of environmental science, biotechnological methods and project management to sustainably manage the environment, biodiversity and ecosystem services (and the economic value of these services, such as food security, clean water and elimination of waste) in a world that is changing through diverse anthropogenic activities.

Career opportunitiesThe course will support graduates seeking careers in environmental science and management from a wide range of employment opportunities in the public and private sectors provided by environmental and ecological consultancies, environmental and agricultural research organisations, academic institutions, environmental agencies and other organisations in the following key areas:

n Research and development

n Environmental risk assessments

n Environmental biotechnology and food security

n GM trials and other biotechnology related environmental risks

n Environmental and Ecological Impact Assessments

n Environmental Data Analysis, Scientific Writing and Information Systems

Environmental Management* (MSc)

To find out more contact Dr Rick Stafford:t: +44 (0)1234 400 400

(ext. 2142) e: richard.stafford@beds.


Global environmental change

Environmental biotechnology

Environmental project management


Did you know?Topical areas are covered in detail by this course, including climate change, food security and environmental sustainability, all of which are areas of high priority for funding and research for most national governments and industrial research and development internationally.

111

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have a Diploma in Nursing or an Honours degree from a UK university or equivalent, and relevant professional experience.

Key featuresn It is offered in a flexible format

n It enables you to follow your own subject discipline

n It enables you to gain credit for your professional experiences

About the courseThis course offers you the unique opportunity to have your professional experience recognised by the award of up to 90 Master’s level academic credits through the Accreditation of Prior and Experimental Learning (APEL) process. You may also use Accreditation of Prior Certificated Learning (APCL) acquired at other institutions.

You have the opportunity to build your own programme of learning that meets your specific learning needs with the aim of improving your employability prospects.

If you wish to make an APEL claim against your practice experience you will be required to undertake an APEL Portfolio. All students accessing this course will be expected to complete a Personal Development Planning (PDP) learning contract to demonstrate how their chosen units relate to their personal and professional development.

Career opportunitiesYou are expected to complete a learning contract that actively engages you in the process of PDP. The units you select will be specifically related to your career development. After completing this course you may wish to progress into the following areas: senior roles in health and social care environments; specialist practitioner roles; teaching roles; research; consultancy; and health/social service management.

Health Studies (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

To find out more contact Jacqueline England:t: +44 (0)1582 743 481 e: jacqueline.england@beds.


The course is tailor-made to each individual applicant using a Personal Development Planning (PDP) learning contract and option units.

The option units currently available include:

Assessment and diagnostic skills


Examination of the newborn

Human factors, environment and design in patient safety

Influencing people and organisations

Managing multiple health needs

Nurse and midwife independent and supplementary prescribing

Patient safety

Project management in health and social care


Leadership in healthcare practice


112

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: September, January or April




Entry requirements: This is a postgraduate course open to individuals who have a first degree (or demonstrably equivalent qualification or experience) in medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine or a related healthcare discipline. It may also be open to graduates with interests in educational or faculty development in these areas.

Key featuresn This innovative, flexible course

combines study days with supported online learning

n Specialist PgCert awards in Dental Education, Medical Education Leadership and Medical Simulation are available

n The experienced course team bring expertise from higher and professional education contexts and are recognised for their innovative approaches to faculty development in medicine and dentistry

About the courseThis flexible course is designed for those with an interest in education in the context of medicine and/or health. Current students include hospital doctors, GPs, dentists, nursing, midwifery and allied health professionals working in NHS, Deanery, Higher Education and independent sector contexts. The PgCert in Medical Education is accredited by the Higher Education Academy (HEA), leading to fellowship of the HEA.

The course is aligned to appropriate professional standards and is therefore suitable for educational and clinical supervisors, as well as those wishing to become GP Trainers. The MA Medical Education course has been designed with the needs of busy professional people in mind. Each unit combines two to five focused study days (over a three-month period) with interactive online learning and

supported self-directed study. It offers stand-alone interim awards at PgCert and PgDip and has recognised entry routes from our specialist PgCert pathways in Dental Education, Medical Simulation and Medical Education Leadership see pages 107, 114 and 115.

There are specified Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL) routes for individuals who have already completed a PgCert in an equivalent area and an entry by advanced standing route for experienced educators.

The course positions medical and healthcare education in its contemporary professional, policy and practice contexts. There is an explicit focus on the development of a full range of medical educator and educational leadership skills and the approaches to learning, teaching and assessment are designed to ensure that your practice is underpinned by sound theoretical principles.

Each unit provides opportunities to engage in work-related professional development activity and the highly experienced and supportive course team will help you develop a critical, analytic and reflective stance towards medical and healthcare education and its practice.

Career opportunitiesIncreasingly there is an expectation that those who are involved in education and training in both NHS and Higher Education contexts, should have a postgraduate qualification in learning and teaching.

Past students have commented that engagement in the course has broadened career opportunities and enhanced their career progression, providing them with the impetus and enthusiasm to adopt wider educational roles and responsibilities.

Medical Education (PgCert/PgDip/MA)

To find out more contact Dr Clare Morris:t: +44 (0)1582 743 868 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/health

Medical education in practice

Dental education in practice

Simulation in practice

Educational policy and leadership

Contemporary educational perspectives

Workplace-based learning

Promoting professionalism

Curriculum in practice

Professional development

Faculty development

Evidence-based medical education

Medical education project


Dr Claire ColebournConsultant Intensivist, John Radcliffe Hospital, Oxford MA Medical Education graduate

The course is a real career springboard and it has made my working life a lot more fulfilling. It was undoubtedly the best thing I have done since qualifying.

113

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: This is a postgraduate course open to individuals who have a first degree (or demonstrably equivalent qualification or experience) in medicine, dentistry, nursing, allied health or social care. It may also be available to those from other backgrounds who wish to develop their knowledge of education, training and leadership in medicine and/or health (eg healthcare managers and educational developers).

Key featuresn An innovative, flexible course

combining study days with supported online learning

n Core and optional units allow tailoring to interests and role

n Experienced interdisciplinary course team who have local/national advisory and consultancy roles

n Focus on the development of educational leadership capabilities

n Relevant for those with formal leadership roles or for practitioners wishing to influence policy and practice

About the courseThis flexible course is designed for those engaged in teaching, learning and assessment and/or workforce development within medical, dental and healthcare contexts. Current students include hospital doctors and managers, GPs, dentists, vets, osteopaths, nursing, midwifery and allied health professionals working in NHS, Deanery, Higher Education and independent sector contexts. Our students often comment on the richness of learning opportunities provided by these multidisciplinary cohorts. The design of the Postgraduate Certificate in Medical Education Leadership has been informed

by the work of the NHS Institute for Innovation and Improvement models of Leadership.

The structure and delivery of the curriculum recognises the need for busy professionals to relate their learning directly to their current and future roles. Each unit within the award combines three or four focused study days (over a three-month period) with interactive online learning and supported self-directed study. There is an explicit focus on the development of a range of educational and developmental leadership skills and all learning and teaching approaches are underpinned by sound theoretical educational and leadership principles. The assessment for and of learning is supported by a highly experienced and accessible team who enable learners to develop a critical, analytic and reflective stance towards leadership in medical, dental and healthcare education and workforce development.

Students choose to undertake this qualification as a stand-alone certificate or as a recognised entry route into the PgDip or MA in Medical Education.

Career opportunitiesIncreasingly, there is a growing expectation that those involved in education and training in medical and Higher Education contexts should have a relevant postgraduate qualification. Past students have commented that engagement in this course has broadened opportunities and enhanced their career progression, providing them with the recognition, impetus and enthusiasm to adopt wider educational and/or leadership roles and responsibilities. This course is therefore relevant for those with formal leadership roles or for practitioners wishing to influence policy and practice.

Medical Education Leadership (PgCert)

To find out more contact Linda Jones:t: +44 (0)1582 743 798 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/health

Educational policy and leadership (core)

Professional development (optional)

Promoting professionalism (optional)

Faculty development (optional)

Workplace-based learning (optional)


Did you know?This innovative and flexible course has been designed with the needs of medical and healthcare professionals in mind, giving you the opportunity to share practices and knowledge with a wide range of individuals working in these fields.

114

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013



Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton and Luton campus, Butterfield Park



Entry requirements: This is a postgraduate course open to individuals who have a first degree (or demonstrably equivalent qualification or experience) in medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine or a related healthcare discipline. It may also be open to graduates with interests in educational or faculty development in these areas.

Key featuresn This flexible course combines study

days with supported online learning

n Opportunity to rehearse, critique and develop core facilitation skills which maximise learning in simulated settings

n Assessment activity is related to real-world issues, with options to tailor to your own work context

n The experienced course team bring expertise from higher and professional education contexts and are recognised for their innovative approaches to faculty development in medicine and dentistry

About the courseThis flexible course is designed for those with an interest in the educational uses of simulation in medicine and/or health. Current students include hospital doctors, general practitioners, nurses and midwives working in NHS and Higher Education contexts. Whilst simulation is now well embedded within medical and healthcare education and training, its use is often adopted uncritically. This course explores both the ‘thinking behind’ the use of simulation and the ways in which its educational use can be enhanced. It also provides opportunities to rehearse approaches to the use of simulation in our state-of-the-art simulation centre and to tailor assessment elements in line with professional interests and needs.

The PgCert course has been designed with the needs of busy professional people in mind. There is one core unit – simulation in practice – and one optional unit. Each unit combines four study days (over one term) with interactive online learning and supported self-directed study. Our learning, teaching and assessment strategy fosters the development of educational approaches which are underpinned by sound theoretical principles. Each unit allows some scope to engage in work-related professional

development activity and the highly experienced and supportive course team will help you develop a critical, analytic and reflective stance towards using medical simulation.

The PgCert in Medical Simulation provides a pathway into our highly regarded MA in Medical Education for those who wish to develop their interests and expertise further.

Career opportunitiesIncreasingly there is an expectation that those who are involved in education and training in both NHS and Higher Education contexts, should have a postgraduate qualification in learning and teaching. Past students have commented that engagement in the course has broadened career opportunities and enhanced their career progression, providing them with the impetus and enthusiasm to adopt wider educational roles and responsibilities.

Medical Simulation (PgCert)

To find out more contact Tony Kemp:t: +44 (0)1582 489 090 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/healths

Simulation in practice

Contemporary educational perspectives

Workplace-based learning


Did you know?Our new state-of-the-art Simulation Centre provides students with opportunities to practise approaches to the use of simulation in education or staff training.

115

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013



Location: British School of Osteopathy, London



Entry requirements: The normal minimum requirements for entry onto the Master’s in Osteopathy course are five GCSE’s at grades A-C including Mathematics and English language and three A Levels at which are to include Biology and one other science (preferably Chemistry). A typical offer is three A Levels at grades BBC. As an alternative to A Levels, AVCE, BTEC National Diplomas, Access Certificates, Scottish Highers, Irish Leaving Certificates, International Baccalaureates and a large number of home and overseas qualifications with relevant science content at an appropriate level are accepted. Students whose first language is not English are required to demonstrate fluency in both written and spoken English. A wide range of English language qualifications are accepted, including IELTS and TOEFL.All prospective students are required to attend an Interview and Evaluation Day during which prospective students are normally required to perform a range of aptitude tests, a written English test and a personal interview in order to demonstrate their suitability for the profession and the BSO.

Key featuresn Practical training with experienced

osteopaths

n A student-centred approach to academic and clinical training

n Opportunities to work with patients in a wide variety of clinical settings

n Teaching and learning to help you develop your own learning style

About the courseOsteopathy is a four year course that leads to professional registration with the General Osteopathic Council. Upon

successful completion, you will be able to practice as an osteopath. Osteopathy is a primary health care system, similar to physiotherapy and complementary to other medical practices. Osteopaths primarily work through the neuro-musculo-skeletal system, mostly on muscles and joints, using holistic and patient-centred approaches.

Career opportunitiesThe majority of students leaving the BSO become self-employed osteopaths. Opportunities in osteopathy are increasing and, as the public awareness of osteopathy grows, there is an increasing demand for qualified and registered osteopaths. Although most osteopaths work on a self-employed basis in the private sector, there are increasing opportunities to develop your career in a multidisciplinary environment. Developing links between the National Health Service and the osteopathic profession mean that there are

opportunities to work within hospitals, in partnership with doctors in general practice and in community health centres.

Osteopathy (MSc)

To find out more contact Admissions at the British School of Osteopathy:t: +44 (0)20 7089 5316 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/osteopathy

Human anatomy, physiology and pathology

Osteopathic technique, ethics and philosophy

Practice management and business


116

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: Applicants should have a good Honours degree or equivalent in a biological or biochemistry-related subject. Applications may be considered from a sound academic background and good, relevant practical experience. All international/overseas applicants will be assessed in accordance with University policy. The minimum requirement is level B2 on the CEFR, equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Unique in its combination of core

subject areas in drug research and development, all of which draw upon the latest developments in laboratory and clinical practice in pharmacology

n The teaching team comprises leading specialists and research-active staff at the University, as well as in other institutions, pharmaceutical industries, government agencies and NHS sectors

n High-quality, broad-based training in pharmacology underpinned by a wide knowledge base and key transferable skills

About the courseThe MSc Pharmacology course is designed to allow students to gain a broad overview of drug discovery and development; mechanisms of drug action at molecular level; drug treatment of relevant human diseases; and practical experiences of cell and molecular technologies used in relevant areas of pharmacology at an advanced level – all of which draw upon the latest developments in laboratory practice and clinical practice.

You will gain an in-depth knowledge of individual examples of drug development throughout and specialise in selected areas towards the end of the course, culminating with a laboratory research project chosen in one of these areas. Intensive laboratory practical experience and a research project are vital parts of training at Master’s level in Science. This course is designed to provide wider choices of laboratory-based research projects by applying state-of-the-art technologies and instruments under supervision of the research-active staff in the division.

Career opportunitiesThe course will support graduates seeking careers in drug research and development by offering a wide range of employment opportunities provided by pharmaceutical or biotechnological industries, academic institutions, the NHS and other public organisations. Key areas include: Higher Education (MPhil/PhD); drug design; pre-clinical research in experimental and biological studies; pharmacogenomics and proteomics clinical research; drug registration; licensing and regulatory affairs; medical information; medical sales; medical writing; and cell and molecular-based technologies.

*This course is open to international students who have a work permit (HSMP)and visa allowing them to study part-time. Distance learning is not available to international students.

Pharmacology (MSc)

To find out more contact Dr Zheying Zhu:t: +44 (0)1582 743 476 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/health


Drug discovery and development

Molecular pharmacology

Clinical pharmacology and therapeutics

Research project


Did you know?The Division of Science has invested £1m to create a new laboratory facility for postgraduate students, providing the division with a suite of modern, well-equipped labs.

117

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have a Honours degree, or equivalent in terms of experience. You must be working within public health. All applicants must have the ability to study and complete all assessments with a suitably high standard of English, which in the case of overseas students, will be assessed in accordance with University policy. Our minimum requirements are IELTS 6.0 or equivalent. Please visit www. beds.ac.uk/english-language for detailed information.

Key featuresn It is offered in a flexible format

n It enables you to follow your own discipline

About the courseThis course focuses on the applied principles of public health and is aimed at both medically and non-medically qualifiedpeople. It is relevant to people with health service and non-health service backgrounds including primary or secondary care;nursing and professions related to medicine; health promotion; healthcare research; health management; and anyone wishing to develop a career in public health. An innovative work-based approach centres the course within the student’s practice and specific areas of interest appropriate to their level of experience and skill.

The course is dedicated to creating an effective ‘community of inquiry’ to foster group learning and support. It is based on the principles set out in the UK Government Public Health White Papers, which the National Health Service (NHS) uses to improve health and prevent disease, and not just to provide treatment for those who are ill. How these principles can be employed internationally will be explored. The course provides a useful introduction

to the academic part of the syllabus for the Membership of the Faculty of Public Health Medicine (MFPHM) part one examination and will also position students to take the core public health competencies. The course develops participants’ practical and critical public health skills which is underpinned by a sound understanding of associated theories. The course has three entry awards – Postgraduate Certificate, Postgraduate Diploma and Master of Science degree.

During the course you will have the opportunity to develop your own special interests and embark on academic research. The course is delivered by an eminent group of academics who, between them, have many years of public health expertise at practitioner and researcher level. Delivery of the course will also be via online interactive material and participation will be required via blogging and wikkies. Technological requirements are a computer with Windows 7 or XP running Microsoft Windows 2007. Technical help is available if needed.

Career opportunitiesPublic health has become an increasingly significant focus of government plans worldwide, initiating developments at local and national levels within multiple healthcare settings. Organisations require practitioners who have the

specialist skills and attitudes provided by this course, whether experienced practitioners or graduates seeking a working understanding of public health.

* Distance learning is not available to international students

Public Health (Taught) (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)Public Health (Distance Learning) (MSc)

To find out more contact Susan Sapsed:e: [email protected] e: bhpms.publichealth@beds.

ac.uk w: www.beds.ac.uk/bhpms

Concepts in public health

Exploring research methodology

Experimental evidence and evaluation

Epidemiology in public health

Ethical and legal issues in public health

Policies and issues in public health

Public health protection

Diversity in public health


118

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: February

Location: British School of Osteopathy, London

Duration: 12 months part-time


Entry requirements: Applicants should have a UK or overseas degree from a recognised academic institution, or an equivalent professional qualification, or a recognised health care qualification in osteopathy, chiropractic or physiotherapy. All students are required to have basic IT skills and a computer internet connection.

Key featuresn A strong manual medicine and

therapy focus

n High-quality educational, scholarship and research activities

n An opportunity for osteopaths, chiropractors and other manual medicine practitioners to engage in shared learning and enquiry

About the courseThis course is designed to fulfil individual and professional needs and meet the challenges of professional revalidation, both in terms of short and long-term study.

For osteopaths and other manual therapy practitioners who are currently involved in teaching or research, or are considering an academic career, this one year course aims to support their professional development as academics and/or researchers.

Career opportunitiesIn addition to the research-specific knowledge and skills gained upon completion of your programme of study, you will have developed transferable skills in areas such as communication, information literacy, creativity and critical thinking that will enhance your employability. In particular, the course will enable you to pursue a career in academia and research by teaching the requisite skills to equip you for life in today’s ever-changing health care environment.

Research Methods (PgCert)

To find out more contact the British School of Osteopathy:t: +44 (0)20 7089 5316 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/research

Advanced research methods and design

Statistics for health care research

Descriptive and inferential statistics

Introduction to multivariate and multivariable analysis

Practice of data analysis using SPSS and other statistical software packages


Did you know?The British School of Osteopathy is the oldest school of Osteopathy in the UK and its teaching clinic is the largest and busiest in Europe.

119

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: March and/or September




Entry requirements:MSc Specialist Community Public Health Nursing (Health Visiting) You should have a good first degree in an appropriate subject-related discipline, or a Diploma in Nursing or Midwifery, plus practice-related experience. All applicants need to demonstrate their literacy and numeracy by attaining GCSEs in English and Maths at grade C or above, or equivalent -- for example level two adult literacy and numeracy. MSc Specialist Community Public Health Nursing (School Nursing) You should have a good Honours degree or equivalent. You must be live on the nursing or midwifery register held by the NMC. Applicants must also have completed a period of experience of sufficient length to have consolidated pre-registration outcomes and to have gained a deeper understanding in relevant professional practice, usually two years. MSc Specialist Community (District) Nursing You must have a good Honours degree in an appropriate subject-related discipline or equivalent. You must be on Part One of the NMC register. Applicants must also have completed a period of experience of sufficient length to have consolidated pre-registration outcomes and to have gained a deeper understanding in relevant professional practice, usually two years.

Key featuresn Supported practice placements in

partnership with NHS Trusts

n Courses supported by nationally renowned research provided by the Institute for Health Research

n Innovative teaching, including web-based support and state-of-the-art learning environments

n We are joint first in the UK for nursing graduate prospects, achieving top marks in The Independent’s Complete University Guide 2012

n Rated as ‘outstanding’ for student support through our innovative personal lecturer scheme

n Dynamic course, led by experienced practitioners and lecturers

n Includes small-group teaching

n Supported in practice by community practice teachers and mentors

n Taught by experts with a wealth of specialist knowledge and skills in community-based nursing

About the courseThese courses are designed to focus on healthcare and social care provision to individuals, groups and communities within specialist community services. The emphasis in practice is on developing your competence and confidence in assessing the needs of individuals, groups and communities, and working in partnership with them to make informed health choices. The courses at Master’s level will equip you with the skills, knowledge and value base to enable you to function within the community and become an autonomous, reflective, evidence-based

and innovative practitioner, as well as help you to deliver an effective, client-centred and holistic programme of care.

Career opportunitiesOn successful completion of any of these courses, you will be entered onto the Nursing and Midwifery Council Register as a qualified Public Health Nurse.

Specialist Community Public Health Nursing (Health Visiting, School Nursing) (PgDip/MSc) Specialist Community (District) Nursing (MSc)

To find out more contact Christine Norgate:t: +44 (0)1582 743 841 e: christine.norgate@beds.


Assessments and interventions in public health practice

Promoting public health

Leadership and management in public health practice

Service improvement and innovation

Nurse prescribing


120

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: October




Entry requirements: You should be a senior professional from a health and social care profession, a profession allied to medicine or community support service in the UK, and have a first or upper second class Honours degree from a UK university or equivalent. Additionally, you should be in relevant employment, as the workplace will be the primary source for data collection used for the thesis element of the course. Applicants must submit a 500-word research proposal and a supporting letter from their employer. Suitable candidates will be invited for an interview.

Key featuresn It will enable you to develop evidence-

based practice and improve current practice in your field

n It is taught and supervised by health and social care practitioners with a wide range of research expertise

n It promotes meaningful study that will contribute to enhanced and innovative clinical practice

n You will be able to identify your own personal learning needs and develop a Professional Development Portfolio

About the courseThis Professional Doctorate has been developed in response to national and local initiatives with a focus on enhancing the profile of senior practitioners in health, social care and those of professions allied to medicine with a responsibility for the development of evidence-based practice and practice improvement.

It aims to provide a channel through which students will:

n Influence local and national policy and practice agendas within their own sphere of practice

n Develop their leadership capability through reflection and project management

n Enhance their creativity, critical thinking, risk taking and self-awareness

n Plan, implement and evaluate their own professional goals and those of their employer

n Promote an evaluative culture within their organisation where they can influence, implement and evaluate change

n Develop supportive networking opportunities with their peers

n Enhance their research skills and capacity through conference presentations and publications

n Become a member of the wider research community

The taught component of the course comprises a range of teaching and learning methods including lectures, seminars, group-work, e-learning, discussions, debates and workshops. The focus at stage one will be on the students’ learning needs in relation to the development of general research and project-specific skills.

The second stage builds on the first, with a focus on enhancing the students’ critical and analytical skills within a variety of research, service evaluation and audit methodologies.

Teaching at the first two stages will take place in three one-week blocks per stage in the autumn, spring and summer, supported by e-learning and supervisory tutorials.

There are no taught components at stages three and four, but the supervision continues through the use of tutorials with your supervisory team and via e-learning. You will also attend cohort study days for workshops about the viva voce exam and preparation of the thesis, which involves practice-based research and would normally not exceed 65,000 words in length.

The Professional Doctorate will be awarded to students who have critically investigated and evaluated an approved topic resulting in an independent and original contribution to professional practice, as demonstrated through the examined thesis and viva voce.

Career opportunitiesThis course will enable senior health and social care practitioners to enhance their profiles by building on their expertise and enhancing their skills and competency.

Professional Doctorate in Health Related Studies

To find out more contact Dr Sharon Black:t: +44 (0)1296 734 321 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/health

Key skills for postgraduate study

Planning projects in health and social care


Did you know?This Professional Doctorate responds to local and national initiatives with a focus on senior medical, health and social care professionals’ skills enhancement.

121

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

The University of Bedfordshire is a major

provider of education and research in exercise science, sport and physical education

(PE) and has established a reputation for its exceptional

teaching, pioneering research and high graduate

employment rate.

All our courses are underpinned by research

conducted at the University. In the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise 2008, the University was commended for its “world-leading” research in several areas including sport.

In order to remain at the forefront of academic

excellence and offer vocationally relevant courses, we are continually developing

new and exciting postgraduate degrees in PE, sport and

exercise science.

We are the first university to work with the Dame Kelly

Holmes Legacy Trust as an associate partner.

The partnership will allow talented young athletes the chance to learn from world-

class athletes and achieve their full potential, whilst opening up new opportunities for our

students to engage in the elite sporting community.

122

Exe

rcis

e S

cien

ce, S

po

rt &

PE

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Exercise Science, Sport & PE

The Department of Sport & Exercise Science offers a range of exciting and innovative courses that provide an opportunity for academic development and personal research, whilst providing skills and knowledge that make our graduates attractive to employers. Our state-of-the-art laboratories include an environmental chamber and muscle cell physiology laboratory, and you will be taught by staff who are widely recognised as leading experts in their fields, with experience of working at the highest level in sport and exercise science.

Professor John Brewer Head of Department Sport & Exercise SciencesDirector of Sport & Enterprise

Courses

126 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Clinical Exercise Physiology

127 PgCert/PgDip/MA Community Sport Management

128 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Physical Activity, Nutrition & Health Promotion

129 PgCert/PgDip/MA Physical Education & Sport Pedagogy

130 MSc Molecular & Cellular Exercise Physiology

131 MSc Sport & Exercise Rehabilitation*

132 PgCert/PgDip/MA Sport Development Management

133 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Sports Performance



123

Exe

rcis

e S

cien

ce, S

po

rt &

PE

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13


Gain access to “world-leading” staff expertise and research as rated by the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008

Benefit from our research informed teaching and learning

Work in our state-of-the-art facilities which were used to train 2012 Olympic athletes

Staff are experts in their respective fields and many are internationally recognised

A long established history of high-quality teaching and over 100 years’ experience of teaching PE

Our Sport science labs boast an array of technical and scientific equipment for students to get involved in practical experiments to enhance their learning

Strong links with professional clubs and county football associations

Our courses provide an exciting, up-to-date industry-specific curriculum

Home to the muscle cellular and molecular physiology lab – currently the only one of its kind in the UK

Industry-standard facilities Our Bedford campus is home to a state-of-the art £8m Physical Education and Sport Science Centre, which will be used to train athletes for the 2012 Olympics. It boasts an array of hi-tech equipment including a human performance laboratory and two fully equipped gyms with movement sensor lighting, a spectator gallery, two high-quality dance studios and the muscle cellular and molecular biology laboratory, the first of its kind in the UK.

Department of Sport and Exercise Science Staff in the department have a range of experiences in sport and exercise, with a wide range of research interests and involvement with elite sport at the highest level. Many staff are recognised nationally and internationally for their academic work and experiences, including research.

Recent multi-million pound investment in state-of-the-art laboratory facilities has provided the Department with high-quality opportunities for learning and engagement in experimental work. The laboratories have a range of scientific equipment that includes an

environmental chamber, and equipment for the measurement of oxygen uptake, speed, reaction times, strength, power and body composition, as well as a dedicated tissue culture facility, the innovative muscle cell and molecular biology laboratory.

Recent new appointments have strengthened the Department’s expertise and reputation in muscle cellular and molecular physiology and applied sports science. Research interests include: muscle cellular and molecular physiology; applied sport and exercise physiology; and physical activity and health. Underpinned by research conducted at the University, the Department offers the following courses: MSc in Clinical Exercise Physiology; MSc in Sports Performance; and an MSc in Physical Activity, Nutrition and Health Promotion. The Department has also recently introduced a brand-new course, MSc Molecular and Cellular Exercise Physiology, find out more about this new course on page 130.

Department of PE and Sports StudiesPE teacher training education has been provided at our Bedford campus for more than 100 years and the University is one of the largest trainers of PE teachers in the UK. The Department has developed two brand-new courses – MA in Sport Community Management and MA in Sport Development Management - and will introduce further courses based on the needs of the current sporting environment.

Staff are actively involved in research and are committed to providing engaging teaching that incorporates the latest research findings, policies and practices. Some have held senior positions teaching PE in schools and have competed in national sports teams. The Department’s main focus is on physical education, pedagogy, community sport development and management, the promotion of active lifestyles and in-depth academic investigation into the nature of sport

124

Exe

rcis

e S

cien

ce, S

po

rt &

PE

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

in its numerous contexts and course specific areas of investigation such as adventure recreation, community development and management, and the national curriculum.

Institute for Sport and Physical Education (ISPAR) ISPAR draws together a wide range of disciplinary perspectives across the biophysical and social sciences. Research is focused around five main themes:

n Physical activity and health

n Social and cultural aspects of physical activity

n Muscle cellular physiology

n Applied sport and exercise physiology

n Physical education and sports pedagogy

Recent research projects have included:

n Who makes the best games? The results of a collaborative game-making project

n Teaching A level physical education to digital natives using a 21st century approach

n The occupational socialisation of physical education teachers and their development of knowledge and beliefs: a study of pre-service, graduating and graduated teachers

n Development of a practitioner research network in physical education

To find out more refer to page 185.

Scan the code to see what else Gordon has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/gordonmellor

Dr Gordon Mellor Head of the Department of Physical Education & Sports Studies

Our courses are all vocationally orientated. We understand that the best preparation for a career is important to students and this knowledge underpins all that we do. The ‘real world’ of sport and physical activity informs and determines what we teach and how we teach it. We help students identify what they need to achieve in order to succeed in their chosen career and we facilitate their efforts in this respect.

125

Exe

rcis

e S

cien

ce, S

po

rt &

PE

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

www.beds.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK/EU) T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (International) E: [email protected]



Duration: 1 year full-time, Part-time study is available by negotiation


Entry requirements: Students from the UK will normally need at least a Second Class Honours degree or equivalent in a relevant science-based subject, such as biological science, sport and exercise science, psychology/ health psychology, exercise or a health science-based subject (eg nursing, physiotherapy, medicine or osteopathy). All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key features n Unique course with a multidisciplinary

approach to teaching

n Practical components of the course will allow application of theory

n Gain access to “world-leading” staff expertise and research as rated by the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008

About the courseThe aim of the course is to provide an intellectually challenging multidisciplinary programme of advanced study in the application of exercise physiology in clinical settings. The course involves the detailed study of the physiological consequences of a range of chronic debilitating diseases and highlights the predictable changes that these different diseases cause during exercise testing. You will be given a solid grounding in the theory and application of a variety of physiological tests and their application in clinical populations. The theoretical parts of the course are underpinned by significant time spent in the laboratory

learning the practical skills required. This includes graded cardiopulmonary exercise testing; cardiac ultrasound measurements; vascular ultrasound measures; and muscle function analyses. A further strength is having the practical and theoretical elements of Phase IV cardiac rehabilitation embedded within the course delivery. The integration of theory and practice within the course ensures that you will be able to meet developing statutory professional requirements of practice-specific knowledge, understanding and skills.

Career opportunities Graduates will be able to work in the health and fitness industry. Further career opportunities also include health promotion and development with local authorities, and working as a researcher within the NHS. Graduates will also be well-placed to develop their research interests within higher education.

Clinical Exercise Physiology (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

To find out more contact Dr Nick Sculthorpe:t: +44 (0)1234 793 464e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/exercise

Darren Player PhD in Exercise Biochemistry and Cell Biology student

The nature of the campus and teaching allows each student to be involved and have the opportunity to meet with the academic staff on a one-to-one basis. The lecturers are always willing to help, whether it is for academic reasons, or if you want advice on future career opportunities.

Research design

Exercise testing and diagnosis

Exercise testing and prescription

Physical activity, nutrition and metabolic health

Laboratory skills

Research methods

Advanced exercise testing and diagnosis

Placement

Strength and conditioning


126

Exe

rcis

e S

cien

ce, S

po

rt &

PE

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK/EU) T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (International) E: [email protected] www.beds.ac.uk



Duration: Full-time* or part-time


Entry requirements: Students from the UK will normally need at least a Second Class Honours degree or equivalent in a relevant sport related subject. Applicants with non-sport related Honours degrees but with appropriate professional or extensive volunteering experience may also be considered. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key features n Part-time and full-time options

available to suit your needs

n Flexible blended learning delivery

n Work in our state-of-the-art facilities which were used to train 2012 Olympic athletes

n Benefit from research-informed teaching and learning

n Access to “world-leading” staff expertise and research as rated by the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008

About the courseThe management of sport in the community is an ever-expanding field. The rapid growth of the sports sector has created opportunities to become a sports professional in an expanding, borderless industry. Sport is one of the most important industries in the UK in terms of interest, participation and consumer spending. With the Commonwealth Games in Glasgow in 2014 and the 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games in London as UK examples of a growing global

phenomenon, the demand for well-rounded graduates in the community sport management related professions has increased.

This is the course for students who are interested in managing sport at a community level: the bottom up model. The course is primarily concerned with learning how to promote and manage sport and active recreation participation in communities. It therefore explores the theory and application of the concepts of community, social capital, equity and sustainability. The course draws on research using the interpretive paradigm and develops an interventionist position which is distinctive from the more instrumental position of policy makers.

The course offers both full and part-time modes of study, with the former being attractive to sport graduates interested in management and the latter being especially attractive to sport coaches, managers and community leaders already working in the field.

Career opportunities Graduates of this course are well-placed to pursue careers in the areas of sport and leisure management, sport development, community sport organisation and facilitation, active lifestyles and healthy living promotion, and sport and leisure consultancy.


Community Sport Management (PgCert/PgDip/MA)

To find out more contact Dr Gordon Mellor:t: +44 (0)1234 793 370 e: [email protected]

Dr Paul Beedie:t: +44 (0)1234 793 284 e: [email protected]

w: http://uob.cc/exercise

Research methods in sport

Sustaining community sport

Managing community sport

Funding for sport

The sport manager

Sporting enterprise and entrepreneurship

Community sport leadership

Dissertation


127

Exe

rcis

e S

cien

ce, S

po

rt &

PE

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Duration: 1 year full-time. Part-time study is available by negotiation


Entry requirements: Students from the UK will normally need at least a Second Class Honours degree or equivalent in a relevant science-based subject, such as biological science; sport and exercise science; psychology/health psychology; exercise; or a health science based-subject (eg nursing, physiotherapy, medicine or osteopathy). All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key features n Up-to-date course based on current

scientific evidence and health policies

n Student-centred to support an individuals academic, research and vocational accreditation aspirations

n Work or research placement opportunities to gain experience in an area of interest in public health, community, research and clinical settings

About the courseThis course offers a unique combination of topics which are relevant to the effective promotion of healthy lifestyles to prevent and treat diseases and conditions such as obesity, cardiovascular disease, type 2 diabetes mellitus, cancer and mental ill-health. Particular emphasis is placed on the role of physical activity, nutrition, health psychology, and professional communication skills in promoting health within a variety of population and patient groups, and within both community and clinical settings.

There are invaluable opportunities to further career prospects as part of the placement and research project units and to develop links with local NHS organisations, researchers and clinicians. Students are also encouraged to become active members of research teams conducting projects of relevance to physical activity, nutrition and health within the Institute for Sport and Physical Activity Research (ISPAR), including those in collaboration with local hospitals and/or schools. In addition, support is provided to those students wishing to apply for registration initially as an Associate Nutritionist with a view to converting to full registration as Nutritionist or Public Health Nutritionist following further relevant experience.

Career opportunities Diverse careers are open to graduates upon completion of this course, particularly in the health sector, and health and fitness industry. Examples include the areas of public health management, health commissioning and health provision; health improvement specialist posts (including those with a particular focus on the promotion of physical activity and/or healthy nutrition, healthy lifestyles, or a particular disease eg obesity); and exercise referral specialists.

There is also potential for graduates to be involved in consultancy-related activities relating to course fields and their specialist focus. Completion of this course also prepares students to undertake further postgraduate research qualifications or to be involved in research projects. For those health professionals or graduates already in post or accredited, the MSc in Physical Activity, Nutrition and Health Promotion offers opportunities to specialise in the fields of physical activity and nutrition and develop expertise in health promotion.

Physical Activity, Nutrition & Health Promotion (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

To find out more contact Dr Catherine Kerr:t: +44 (0)1234 793 241 e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/exercise

Physical activity, nutrition and strategic health planning

Professional skills for healthcare providers

Physical activity, nutrition and metabolic health

Psychological approaches to public health

Research methods and research design

Dissertation

Electives (eg placement, behavioural change, people management, exercise prescription)


Did you know?Placements and projects may be based in community, clinical, or laboratory settings. And they are all relevant to the local strategic commissioning and/or healthcare provision in relation to physical activity and nutrition, innovative research relating to physical activity, nutrition and health, and community-based schemes.

128

Exe

rcis

e S

cien

ce, S

po

rt &

PE

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time (for MA degree)


Entry requirements: Students from the UK will normally need at least a Second Class BA/BSc Honours degree or equivalent in the field of sport-related studies generally, with one of the following titles (indicative list only): Physical Education (with Qualified Teacher Status), Physical Education, Physical Education and Sport, Sport Science, Sport Studies, Sports Coaching, Sports Science and Coaching. Special entry is available for applicants with a primary school teaching qualification with appropriate experience in physical education and sport, and for applicants with no degree but with extensive and appropriate teaching and/or coaching experience and demonstrable through Advanced Prior Experience and/or Learning (APEL). All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key features n A 100-year tradition of physical

education teaching

n Wide variety of practical and theoretical topics

n Holiday and vacation schools available on some units

n We can provide you with work placements during your course (if required)

About the courseThe MA Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy is a rigorously designed and intellectually demanding professional education and development Master’s

degree. It is studied in order to become a more effective and reflective teacher or coach in school, club and other community sport settings. The course offers a flexible route of study to suit those with interest and/or aspiration to develop and advanced knowledge and critical understanding in the following areas: primary school sport and physical education, physical education teacher education, sports coaching.

The course also offers two research pathways, one that builds on a practitioner research methods unit leading on to a practitioner research-focused dissertation and a second that builds on a social research methods unit into a social research dissertation. Each of the units studied is grounded in the most recent developments in research on physical education and sport pedagogy, to which members of the course team are themselves significant contributors.

Career opportunities Physical Education teaching, sports coaching in schools, community sports coaching, performance sport coaching, Physical Education Teacher Education, Coach Education

A flexible, research-led and research-informed Master’s course being taught by world-leading researchers in the areas physical education and sports coaching grounding the theoretical

study of physical education and sport pedagogy in your practical experience, drawing on current and past workplaces.

Physical Education & Sport Pedagogy (PgCert/PgDip/MA)

To find out more contact Dr Stephen Harvey:e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/exercise

Advanced sport pedagogy

Models based practice (includes practical)

Physical literacy and motor development (includes practical)

Becoming a physical education and sport practitioner

Physical education and sport pedagogy theory in action

Models of physical education teacher education

Assessment for learning in sport, exercise and active leisure

Practitioner research methods

Research methods

Dissertation


129

Exe

rcis

e S

cien

ce, S

po

rt &

PE

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Location: Luton campus and Bedford campus



Entry requirements: Graduates with a first degree normally 2:1 (at least 2:2 classification) in a relevant biological science (including anthropology and psychology), sport / exercise science, human movement, physical activity, biomedical and health-related sciences (e.g. nursing, physiotherapy, medicine, osteopathy).For applicants already trained in cell and molecular biology, leading-edge information and advanced techniques are provided.All applicants must have the ability to study and complete all assessments with a suitably high standard of English. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key features n Experience a unique course with a

multidisciplinary approach to teaching

n Benefit from practical components of the course which allow application of theory

n Gain hands-on training in molecular exercise physiology techniques and train to critically analyse and communicate original scientific material

About the courseThe aim of the course is to provide an intellectually challenging multidisciplinary programme of advanced study in application of molecular and cellular exercise physiology research.

Molecular and cell biology methods are now required to address many of the

big, unanswered questions in the sports and behavioural sciences, but few sports and behavioural scientists are trained in these techniques. The major aim of this MSc is to address this skills gap by providing hands on training in techniques of cell and molecular biology such as qRT-PCR (gene expression or genotyping), cell culture, microscopy, immunostaining, histochemistry and western blotting for graduates of sports- and behavioural science-related degrees. Vocational laboratory training will provide you with necessary skills and training to be employed in molecular exercise physiology or life sciences research and the transferable skills to allow you to work in other laboratory-based settings such as industry/biotechnology.

The course is delivered in well-equipped new purpose-built facilities at our Bedford campus, within the Institute for Sport and Physical Activity Research (ISPAR), which has dedicated Molecular, Cellular and Human Physiology Research Laboratories. In addition there is access to linked facilities at the Institute of Biomedical and Environmental Science Technology (IBEST) with Microbiology, Tissue Culture and Analytical Laboratories equipped to a similar high standard at our Luton campus.

Career opportunities Graduates will gain a qualification relevant to a wide range of careers in the healthcare, physical activity, biomedical and public health promotion sectors. Together with specific research,

professional and generic skills and qualities for employment in academic and research settings related to physical activity and health, human movement or exercise, sport science, biomedical and the life sciences (ranging from anthropology to zoology). In addition to specialist knowledge, graduates develop valuable transferable laboratory practical skills, thus increasing employability in a difficult job market.

Molecular & Cellular Exercise Physiology (MSc)

To find out more contact Dr William M. Brown:t: +44 (0)1234 793 264 e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/exercise

Research design


Laboratory techniques in molecular and cellular physiology

Research methods

Molecular and cellular aspects of exercise-induced hypertrophy

Molecular and cellular aspects of endurance exercise adaptation

Anatomy and physiology of the musculoskeletal system


130

Exe

rcis

e S

cien

ce, S

po

rt &

PE

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13





Duration: 12-18 months full-time, or 3 years part-time


Entry requirements: Graduates with a first degree normally 2:1 (at least 2:2 classification) in a relevant health science subject (i.e. Physiotherapy, Sports Therapy, Chiropractic, Osteopathy, Medicine) or equivalent, and two years paid work-based experience in therapeutic practice. All non-standard entry candidates will be required to attend an interview with the Award Manager.

Key features n The course integrates theoretical

and practical components needed by students who wish to work within sport and exercise rehabilitation

n Some units are shared with other courses allowing students to exchange ideas and share good practice

About the courseThis is a course designed primarily for qualified and practising Physiotherapists, but is also available to other musculoskeletal therapists including: Sports Therapists, Chiropractors, Osteopaths and Doctors.

The course provides a framework through which therapists can develop and hone their expertise in the management of sports and exercise injuries, and the management of sports and exercise performance. Therapists will have the opportunity to refresh and develop their knowledge of: anatomy, biomechanics, physiology and pathologies, common in the field of sport and exercise.

Therapists will be able to learn a range of assessment and treatment techniques, whilst studying within a department which is second to none in terms of its equipment. Students will also work alongside teaching staff

who have outstanding experience of clinical practice within the field, including supporting athletes for the 2012 Olympics and other international sporting events.

Through practice, reflection and critical discussion amongst the variety of musculoskeletal professionals studying on the course, therapists will be able to develop sophisticated understandings of assessment and treatment skills and the evidence base that underpins these. During their time on the course therapists will learn to undertake autonomous assessment and treatment planning, to manage complex and unpredictable conditions and to evaluate their own practice as highly accomplished sports and exercise rehabilitation specialists. They will also learn to critically evaluate the evidence base for their practice, formulating new ideas and novel solutions and stimulating them to identify gaps in the evidence that give rise to new research questions.

Career opportunities Lecturer in Further or Higher Education†

Teacher†

Specialist Physiotherapist/Specialist Sports Therapist†

Strength and conditioning specialist†

Laboratory Specialised Technician

Police†, Armed Services and Prison Service

Further research

†Subject to existing or additional qualifications

Sport & Exercise Rehabilitation* (MSc)

To find out more contact Mark Cousins:t: +44 (0)1582 489 214e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/exercise

Assessment and prehabilitation/ rehabilitation

Physiology of strength and injury

Biomechanics of sports and injury

Psychology of injury and rehabilitation

Physiotherapy clinical critical reasoning and professional development

Advanced physiotherapy practice and reasoning

Dissertation

Research methods


131

Exe

rcis

e S

cien

ce, S

po

rt &

PE

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Duration: 1 year full-time*, or 2-4 years part-time


Entry requirements: Students from the UK will normally need at least a Second Class Honours degree or equivalent in a relevant sport related subject. Applicants with non-sport related Honours degrees but with appropriate professional or extensive volunteering experience may also be considered.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key features n Flexible blended learning delivery

n Work in our state-of-the-art facilities which were used to train 2012 Olympic athletes

About the courseThe management of sport in the community is an ever-expanding field. The rapid growth of the sports sector has created opportunities to become a sports professional in an expanding, borderless industry. Sport is one of the most important industries in the UK in terms of interest, participation and consumer spending. With the Commonwealth Games in Glasgow in 2014 and the 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games in London as UK examples of a growing global phenomenon. The demand for well-rounded graduates in sport development and sport management related professions has increased.

The Sport Development Management course aims to be at the leading-edge of international and UK study in sport and development – a specialised

professional and research field that is built upon the role of sport in the development process. The course is designed to empower current and future leaders working in the public and voluntary, as well as private areas of sport and development management; providing advanced skills and knowledge necessary to enter and excel in this dynamic field. The course has two primary, though interrelated foci: firstly, the management and development of sport, with an emphasis on the development and enhancement of sport participation and providing sustainable pathways to policy and practice. Secondly, development through sport, where sport is used as an effective and cost efficient tool for human and social development.

The Sport Development Management course has been developed in response to the demand for these highly skilled sport development managers. The Master’s integrates a variety of problem and project-based learning and teaching approaches, so that students maximise their professional and personal development. Built around a core of Master’s-level analysis and management in sport development, students are encouraged to personalise their studies through appropriate choices of option units to reflect their career aspirations.

The course offers both full and part-time modes of study, with the former being attractive to sport graduates interested in management and the latter being especially attractive to sport coaches, managers and community leaders already working in the field.

Career opportunities Graduates of this course are well-placed to pursue careers in the areas of sport and leisure management, sport development, community sport organisation and facilitation, active lifestyles and healthy living promotion, and sport and leisure consultancy.

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise of 12 months of study, but those starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

Sport Development Management (PgCert/PgDip/MA)

Research methods in sport

Sport development in global context

Sport development management

Funding for sport

The sport manager

Sporting enterprise and entrepreneurship

Community sport leadership

Dissertation


To find out more contact Dr Gordon Mellor:t: +44 (0)1234 793 370 e: [email protected]

Sam Elkington:t: +44 (0)1234 400 400

(ext.4249) e: samuel.elkington@beds.

ac.uk

w: http://uob.cc/exercise

132

Exe

rcis

e S

cien

ce, S

po

rt &

PE

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13






Entry requirements: Students from the UK will normally need at least a Second Class Honours degree or equivalent in a relevant science-based subject, such as biological science, sport and exercise science, psychology/health psychology, exercise or a health science-based subject (eg nursing, physiotherapy, medicine or osteopathy). All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key features n Unique course with a multidisciplinary

approach to sports performance

n Enhanced employability with opportunities to gain professional accreditation in your chosen field

n Explore different disciplines and their contribution to helping athletes increase performance

n Practical components of the course will enable application of theory

n Gain access to “world-leading” staff expertise and research as rated by the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008

About the courseThe MSc Sports Performance is an innovative course designed to meet the needs of students who are interested in the optimisation of performance in sport. It is designed to provide the necessary theoretical and practical skills for those who wish to work with performers as a coach, strength and conditioner, or in sports science support. In addition it

provides an avenue for elite performers to study their own performance and to develop the necessary skills to help their future performance, or prepare them for work opportunities after retirement from sport. This could be linked to the University’s sports scholarship scheme, from which funding for elite sports performers is available. The course also provides the necessary foundation knowledge and skills for professional accreditation with a number of bodies including the British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences (BASES); the United Kingdom Strength and Conditioning Association (UKSCA); or appropriate higher coaching awards (Level 3 or above).

Career opportunities Career opportunities in the sports field have expanded greatly in recent years. The professionalising of many sports through the National Lottery process and increased governing body investment has opened up opportunities in many areas of sports including coaching, sports science support, and strength and conditioning areas. Growth has been particularly encouraging in female and Olympic sports, opening up

employment opportunities for graduates with the necessary higher qualifications and professional accreditation.

Sports Performance (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

To find out more contact Dr Iain Fletcher:t: +44 (0)1234 793 291 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/exercise

Strength and conditioning

Performance analysis

Research design

Coaching in a performance setting

Sport science support

Laboratory skills

Exercise prescription for clinical populations

Research methods

Professional skills

Cardiopulmonary exercise testing and interpretation


133

Exe

rcis

e S

cien

ce, S

po

rt &

PE

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

The Division of Tourism and Leisure at the University of Bedfordshire has a

proven track record of providing high-

quality management courses in tourism, leisure and events. All our courses are

underpinned by research conducted

at the University so our students can benefit from

the latest thinking and developments

in the area. In the Government’s

Research Assessment

Exercise (RAE) 2008 we were commended

for ‘world-leading’ research in the area of

tourism and leisure.

134

Tou

rism

, Ho

spit

alit

y &

Eve

nts

Man

agem

ent

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Tourism, Hospitality & Events Management

Dr Sally EverettHead of the Division of Tourism and Leisure

The Division has a very supportive and dedicated staff team who are enthusiastic and passionate about their subject and our students. We maintain an extensive range of employer and partnership links and are able to offer unique employment opportunities for work placements and internships, which may in some instances present permanent employment opportunities for our graduates.

Courses

138 PgCert/PgDip/MSc International Tourism & Hospitality Management

139 PgCert/PgDip/MSc International Tourism Management

140 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Sport Tourism Management

141 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Tourism & Events Management

142 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Tourism & Environmental Management


Scan the code to see what else Sally has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/sallyeverett

135

Tou

rism

, Ho

spit

alit

y &

Eve

nts

Man

agem

ent

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13


We maintain strong links with organisations from the events, hotel and tourism sector to contribute to our Division career days, inform our curriculum, provide consultancy opportunities and ensure our courses meet the requirements and needs of employers

You will be taught by a dynamic team of highly qualified staff, many of whom are internationally recognised

All of our courses are underpinned by research conducted at the University

You will gain a qualification that reflects current thought and practice, essential for a successful career in tourism, leisure and events tourism

The Division is home to some of the best-known experts in tourism and leisure, bringing specialist knowledge and extensive experience into the University to offer courses with real breadth and depth. Staff are actively engaged in current research activity, which is why the University of Bedfordshire is leading the way in tourism research in areas including food tourism and poverty alleviation. We also for the first time, co-hosted the prestigious annual International Tourism Sustainability Conference, in Mauritius which is testament to our growing reputation.

Teaching is focused in a number of areas including:

n Inward foreign investment

n Financial management for hospitality

n International tourism management

n Tourism and hospitality marketing

n Event management

n Sport tourism

Innovative courses The Division has a wide range of full-and part-time Master’s courses in tourism, events and hospitality management, which are all enhanced by research-informed teaching and employer engagement to ensure you gain the knowledge and skills to meet the needs of today’s employers. The courses are MSc in International Tourism Management; MSc in Tourism and Environmental Management; MSc in Sport Tourism Management; MSc in Tourism and Events Management; and MSc in International Tourism and Hospitality Management. These courses are also offered as Postgraduate Diplomas and Certificates.

Please visit www.beds.ac.uk/tourism to find out more.

Institute for Tourism Research (INTOUR) Our reputation has been further strengthened by the launch of the Institute for Tourism Research (INTOUR)

136

Tou

rism

, Ho

spit

alit

y &

Eve

nts

Man

agem

ent

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

which will ensure the Division continues to make an invaluable contribution to research in this field.

INTOUR is the University of Bedfordshire’s research and consultancy institute for tourism management. The key thematic foci of the institute are:

n Environment and sustainable development

n Economic impact and regeneration

n Heritage and cultural interpretation

n Social inclusion and community cohesion

INTOUR has a vibrant PhD tourism programme with distinguished alumni who now have senior positions in academia, business and government departments. Examples of research enquiry include: cultural identity; poverty alleviation; sustainable tourism; post-disaster recovery; food tourism; environmental management and hotel development and financial investment.

Vocational focus We have established links with several large travel and leisure companies including The Hilton Group, Monarch Airlines, easyJet, Wrest Park and Canals and Rivers Trust, which allows our students to engage with industry and gain hands-on practical experience to enhance their learning. Current activities that our postgraduate students are involved in include:

n Producing a marketing strategy for English Heritage at Wrest Park

n Working as consultants on research projects for national organisations eg British Waterways as part of our new Junior Research Institute (student-led group).

n Field trips to local businesses and leisure attractions

n Involvement and engagement in research seminars with world-renowned professors

n Publishing work in academic journals

n Conference attendance

n International partnerships

137

Tou

rism

, Ho

spit

alit

y &

Eve

nts

Man

agem

ent

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Duration: 12 or 18 months full-time


Entry requirements: Applicants are expected to have a good Honours degree in a field related to tourism, hospitality or the wider social sciences such as: hotel management; history/heritage studies; human communications; environmental studies; natural resource management; geography; political science/policy studies; international development/ International studies; planning/town planning/landscape planning; tourism management/tourism studies; leisure management/leisure studies; events; marketing; or economics. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key features n Industry relevant and applied units

which equip students with the skills necessary to be successful in the industry

n The course draws on substantial links with industry partners to provide real-life case studies

n Research-informed teaching delivered by experts in the field who are actively publishing and collaborating with industry and academic colleagues

n The course attracts world-leading and world-renowned scholars to deliver guest lectures and sessions

About the courseThe MSc International Tourism and Hospitality Management is an interdisciplinary course which looks critically at the broad range of issues

which affect international tourism, hotel and hospitality management. These contextual matters primarily include strategic tourism and hospitality management, international marketing, human resource management, financial management for the hospitality industry, social issues, political issues, environmental issues, global issues, and a range of specialist areas of interest to the sector (sport, event management, environment and hotel management). Thus, you will be expected to be able to read about, understand, and articulate a very wide range of academic and industry sources, case studies and resources.

This course is one of the most robust, challenging, relevant and industry-focused of its kind in the UK. The course is underpinned by world-leading research and experts from several disciplinary departments within the University; real-life industry case studies and examples; draws on an impressive range of specialist and more generalist core and optional units; builds on a very popular and successful portfolio of tourism Master’s awards; and equips you with the skills, knowledge and experience to ensure you can confidently embark (and develop) a career in tourism and/or hospitality management.

Career opportunities On completion of this degree, it is expected that you will be able to pursue careers in numerous areas including: policy-direction in government sector tourism planning/management; market development in corporative tourism; third sector work in local/regional/national/trans-national areas of public culture/public nature/heritage which have interface with tourism; hotel and hospitality management; tertiary sector education in hotel and hospitality, tourism management/studies; culturally-appropriate tourism/hospitality management; environmentally-

responsible strategic tourism/hospitality management; consultancy (research) work in tourism/hospitality, or become entrepreneurs.

This course is primarily aimed at people wanting to move directly into employment, but if you find your studies particularly stimulating and want to study further then there is always the possibility to continue to Doctoral studies, i.e. a PhD or a DBA level.

International Tourism & Hospitality Management (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

To find out more contact Dr Sherif Elroubi:t: +44 (0)1582 743 129 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/tourism-pg

Strategic tourism and hospitality management

International tourism marketing

Financial management for the hospitality industry

Managing people

Research philosophies and principles

Research practice in tourism

Dissertation

Business principles and practice in hospitality

International tourism development

Event tourism

Contemporary issues in tourism

Events management

Sport tourism

Planning for leisure and tourism provision


138

Tou

rism

, Ho

spit

alit

y &

Eve

nts

Man

agem

ent

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Duration: 12 or 18 months* full-time


Entry requirements: Students from the UK will normally need at least a Second Class Honours degree or equivalent. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language


n Extensive industry links ensuring ‘real-life’ applicable research

n New university-designated Institute for Tourism Research (INTOUR) and Junior Research Institute for students

About the courseTourism is conceivably the world’s largest industry today. This innovative and interdisciplinary course provides

students with a critical view of the broad range of global issues which affect international tourism and its management. These include: marketing management; heritage, cultural, social, environmental and political issues; and sustainable development. Students are expected to be able to read, understand and articulate a wide range of outlooks on the selection, production, and development of peoples, places, and pasts for tourism today. The course draws upon up-to-date examples and case studies from the industry and uses a virtual learning environment to facilitate learning.

Career opportunities Diverse careers are open to graduates of this course. These include working in organisations which are involved in the planning of tourism development, including ministries of tourism; regional/national tourism organisations and other state-sponsored tourism agencies; local government and development authorities’ offices; and non-governmental organisations and consultancies. Many sectors of the tourism industry offer employment opportunities including: tour operators and enterprises; airlines;

and the hospitality and hotel sectors. Management consultancy, policy advice and research in relation to travel and tourism think tanks are also other possible career options, alongside academic careers in further and higher education

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 or 18 months of study, but those starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

International Tourism Management (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

To find out more contact Dr Sherif Elroubi:t: +44 (0)1582 743 129 e: [email protected]

Dr Sally Everett:t: +44 (0)1234 793 273 e: [email protected]

w: http://uob.cc/tourism-pg







Event tourism

Sport, tourism and cities

Planning for leisure and tourism

World-making: tourism and globalisation

Stewardship, tourism and the environment

Dissertation


139

Tou

rism

, Ho

spit

alit

y &

Eve

nts

Man

agem

ent

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Location: Park Square, Luton campus

Duration: 1 year full-time* or 2 years part-time



Key features n Benefit from flexible blended learning

delivery

n Benefit from extensive industry links ensuring `real-life’ applicable research

About the courseThe sport and leisure industry is rapidly growing – it has been conservatively estimated that sport is an important consideration for over 22 percent of vacations and is worth billions worldwide. The postgraduate degree in Sport Tourism Management is an

innovative new course which will provide you with the management and business skills necessary to become effective senior managers in the global tourism industry.

This dynamic course blends practical and theoretical aspects of sport tourism with an emphasis on real-life operational principles and practice. You will become familiar with current issues in the industry and will gain knowledge of operational aspects. The course will be underpinned by academic theory in leisure, sport events and fandom and will involve students in the application of concepts in industry-related situations.

Career opportunities A choice of careers is open to graduates upon completion of this course, including the management of sport events and stadia, sport tour managers and sport development managers. Graduates will also be able to pursue specific posts in the tourism/leisure/sport/recreation industries as leisure centre managers, sports club managers, project managers and tour guides.


Sport Tourism Management (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)


Research philiosophies and principles

Sport tourism



World-making: tourism and globalisation


Sport, tourism and cities

Planning for leisure and tourism

Sport and leisure industry context and environment

Dissertation

Event tourism


To find out more contact Denise Cardwell:t: +44 (0)1582 489 354e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/tourism-pg

Formula 1 race at the Valencia Grand Prix Spain

140

Tou

rism

, Ho

spit

alit

y &

Eve

nts

Man

agem

ent

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Duration: 12-18 months full-time or 2 years part-time




n Extensive industry links ensuring ‘real-life’ applicable research

n Gain access to our “world-leading” staff expertise and research as rated by the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008

n Research-informed teaching and learning

n Underpinned by academic theory in tourism, leisure and events

About the courseEvents-related tourism is one of the fastest growing global industry sectors today. With an increase in international events and festivals, there has been a rise in demand for high-level management skills too.

The MSc in Tourism and Events Management is an innovative and inter-disciplinary new course, specifically developed for the MICE (Meetings, Incentives, Conferences, Exhibitions/Events) Industry, after consultation with leading professionals in the field. It will provide students with the skills necessary to meet the demand for management professionals in the industry.

The course will focus on tourism-related events and leisure and sporting events, including local and regional sporting competitions as well as global scale events, such as the Olympics. Although multidisciplinary, this course will also focus on problem-solving and decision-making and will enable critical thinking and creativity in analysis, synthesis and appraisal.

The course is underpinned by academic theory in the fields of tourism, leisure and events and will involve you in the application of concepts in industry-related scenarios and realistic simulations. You will develop and apply the skills of critical evaluation and be encouraged to become a self-directed, independent, reflective learner.

Career opportunities A choice of careers will be open to graduates upon completion of this course in the areas of event marketing; event management; special production strategies and organising events; festival management; hospitality and event operations; corporate and public sector leisure and tourism services; and event and exhibition venues. Graduates will also be able to pursue posts as events consultants and not-for-profit event organisers.

Tourism & Events Management (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

To find out more contact Dr Nazia Ali:t: +44 (0)1582 793 132 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/tourism-pg



Events management

Sport tourism

Sport tourism and cities



Event tourism

Communication strategies for events

Worldmaking: tourism and globalisation



Dissertation


141

Tou

rism

, Ho

spit

alit

y &

Eve

nts

Man

agem

ent

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13Bonny Baby MSc Tourism and Events Management

I chose this university because of the great feedback from management students. This course helped me to achieve my career goal by getting me into a management placement in the international hotel group, Marriott. I would definitely recommend the University to anyone interested in tourism management.




Duration: 12 or 18 months full-time* or 2 years part-time


Entry requirements: Students from the UK will normally need at least a Second Class Honours degree or equivalent.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key features n First course in the UK to combine

tourism and environmental studies

n Benefit from specialist lectures offered by other universities, agencies and commercial enterprises

n Options to choose career pathways within business, government, non-government or voluntary organisations

n Visit specialist facilities and development sites

n Gain access to our “world-leading” staff expertise and research as rated by the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008

About the courseThe MSc Tourism and Environmental Management is an innovative new course which will equip students to engage with and manage the complex changes and challenges facing the international tourism industry in the 21st century. It is the first Master’s degree in the UK to combine tourism and environmental studies within a theoretical framework.

The uniqueness of the course is based upon its interdisciplinary approach to analysing the tourism and environment relationship, one that is based on a combination of the paradigms of the social and natural sciences.

Based upon its integrated scientific approach, the course will equip you to choose career pathways within business, government, non-government or voluntary organisations. You will have the opportunity to acquire invaluable business and consultancy skills in environmental impact assessment related to the tourism industry.

Career opportunities Diverse careers are open to graduates upon completion of this course. These include organisations that are involved in the planning of tourism development, including ministries of tourism; regional/ national tourism organisations and other state-sponsored tourism agencies; local government and development authorities’ offices; and non-governmental organisations and consultancies.

Many sectors of the tourism industry offer employment opportunities including: tour operators and enterprises; airlines; and the hospitality and hotel sectors. Management consultancy, policy advice and research in relation to environment and tourism think-tanks are also other possible career options, alongside academic careers in further and higher education.

The generic skills acquired through the course also enable graduates to pursue careers in organisations outside the tourism and environment sectors.

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 or 18 months of study, but those starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

Tourism & Environmental Management (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

To find out more contact Dr Sally Everett:t: +44 (0)1234 743 273 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/tourism-pg


Environmental management and sustainability

Environmental project management





Dissertation


142

Tou

rism

, Ho

spit

alit

y &

Eve

nts

Man

agem

ent

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13


We maintain links with organisations from the travel and tourism sector including London Luton Airport, Wrest Park, Monarch Airlines and British Waterways.

143

Tou

rism

, Ho

spit

alit

y &

Eve

nts

Man

agem

ent

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

144

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

The Bedfordshire Institute for Media, Arts and Performance offers a dynamic, artistic and professional environment in which to

learn, with research that has been rated as “world-leading” in the Government’s

Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008.

We aim to produce world-class practitioners for the creative industries. The Institute has established links with media, design

and performing arts companies with good opportunities for work placements and

gallery space for students. We specialise in the unique combination of craft,

professional and essential business skills for the creative industries.

A good number of our lecturers and academic staff have been actively involved in the media

industry for many years, prior to joining us at the Bedfordshire Institute for Media, Arts and

Performance. Most have worked, and some continue to work,

in journalism, broadcasting, film,

dance, theatre and for radio and television companies. Other staff

regularly author and co-author an impressive number of texts on their specialist areas.

Those who study an Art and Design related course will have personal access to a young and

creative team of practitioners and academics who regularly publish and exhibit nationally and

internationally in the creative industries.

Our courses not only provide a rigorous and supportive academic framework for your

studies but also give you access to the invaluable professional networks which our

staff maintain and work within. All our Master’s courses have strong relationships with the

creative and teaching professions; and all provide an inspiring, empowering and enjoyable route to

postgraduate attainment in your chosen area.

Media, Arts & Performance

Professor Alexis Weedon Head of Journalism & CommunicationsUNESCO chair in New Media Forms of the Book

Scan the code to see what else Alexis has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/alexis

The best thing about my job is celebrating the achievements of research by students and staff – whether they have an article or creative work published, a paper accepted in an international conference, a piece of artwork exhibited or purchased, or a performance that is well received. The cultural richness that comes from such a diverse and international student body is inspiring.

Courses

148 MA Art & Design

149 MA Art, Design & Internet Technologies

150 MA/MPhil/PhD By Research in Media

151 MA Community Dance Leadership

152 MA Creative Digital Film Production*

153 MA Dance Performance & Choreography

154 MSc Dance Science

155 MSc Digital Film Technologies & Production*

156 MA Documentary

157 MA Fashion Design, Styling & Promotion*

158 MA International Cinema

159 MA International Journalism

160 MA Mass Communications

161 MA Media, Culture & Technology

162 PgCert Performing Before the Camera

163 Professional Doctorate in Journalism, Media, Cinema or Television



145

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Strong links with the Research Institute of Media, Art and Design

Teaching staff have experience in local, regional, national and international magazines, newspapers, the broadcast media and PR

Our artist in residence programme offers opportunities for professional dance artists to develop their work and enables students to study alongside those making work for professional performance and touring

The Division of Performing Arts and English has a strong research culture that develops and maintains the excellent quality of teaching in its subject areas

We boast a multi-million pound Media Arts Centre containing a television studio, white space studio, performance studio, two electronic newsrooms, ten digital video suites, multimedia computer suites and creative writing labs

We offer regular RIMAD research seminars, screenings, talks by guest speakers and research projects, as well as being home to the editorial base for Convergence: The International Journal of Research into New Media Technologies

Regular masterclasses and guest lectures from high-profile speakers in industry

Staff regularly publish and exhibit their work

Close to London and the internationally renowned West End theatre scene, plus many broadcasting companies

Emphasis on employability and transferable skills

Work on Radio LaB, the University’s very own radio station – you can present and produce your own shows, and it also provides an outlet for student music

Media The Institute boasts a multi-million pound Media Arts Centre, that offers four broadcast spaces, including an industry-standard television studio with four High Definition cameras; a ‘white space’ rehearsal studio; a ‘self op’ studio with green screen facilities, an integrated digital newsroom; and a performance theatre that is fully equipped with a lighting rig, control room and vision mixing equipment. The Centre also has two radio stations, along with ten digital video suites, numerous multimedia computer suites, and creative writing labs with additional studios for animation and design work.

Art and Design The Division of Art and Design has gone from strength to strength over the last few years. Not only have we leapt a massive 45 places up the league tables, but we have now entered the top 20 for student satisfaction in the Guardian University Guide 2012. Our spacious art and design studios offer a friendly working environment in which resources are continually being improved and upgraded so you can develop your ideas, skills and research.

Performance Our Performing Arts students have access to modern, professional-standard facilities to support learning, teaching

and research in dance. Our Bedford campus boasts a £4.5m 280-seat purpose-built performance theatre, which is fully equipped with state-of-the-art lighting and sound systems.

There are also three large specialist Dance studios, each of which is fitted with professional sprung floors and AV equipment. Additionally, students have access to an 80-seat studio theatre, two large gym spaces for rehearsal and practical research, as well as a suite of specialist movement science laboratories.

Engaging with industry The Institute capitalises on its role as a provider of advanced-level education and training in dance by continually seeking to enhance the network of partners with which it collaborates as part of a regional hub of dance and arts activity. Students have access to a programme of professional work within the University of Bedfordshire Theatre, and they can also benefit from inward visits from artists and educators via performances, and have the opportunity to get involved in masterclasses and workshops from professional artists.

First-hand professional experience The state-of-the-art Media Arts Centre has been a backdrop for the BBC’s Politics Show East when it hosted a special Question Time event. The show

146

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

was broadcast live from our industry-standard TV studio. Our Media students were also given the opportunity to help in the production of the show and operate the cameras.

Our students can also get involved in Radio LaB – a full-time community radio station that is run by our students at the Luton campus. And, the TV Lab was launched in April 2011, providing a platform for live television to be broadcast from our studios in the University.

In March 2010 the University of Bedfordshire Theatre hosted its first professional season of work, offering showcases in dance, theatre, film, comedy and music. As a result, students have access to on-site professional-level touring performance, and such work is embedded in their learning through attendance as audience members, and through utilisation of the education and outreach work that frequently accompanies their performance output.

Students can also benefit from the Dance and Performance Evening School, which provides further training in a range of dance and performance techniques.

Research In the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008, the University of Bedfordshire was

commended for its “world-leading” research in several areas including Communications, and Cultural and Media Studies. Half of our Media research was rated as “world-leading” or “internationally excellent” and 95 per cent was judged as being of ‘‘international significance” (RAE) 2008. Highlights include Professor Alexis Weedon’s research on how books are turned into films, and Professor Ivor Gaber has advised the Department of International Development.

The Research Institute for Media, Art and Design (RIMAD) has an ethos of pursuing excellence in our students, staff and international profile. The Institute supports a wide range of research degrees and major research projects. We encourage applications and research proposals in practice-led projects, as well as theoretical and historical research across the media, art and design disciplines.

The Centre for International Media Analysis, Research and Consultancy (CIMARC) has research specialisms in new media, publishing, cross-media integration, political communication, journalism, sport media and community radio.

Dance at Bedfordshire has developed an international reputation in recent years

for research in the field of dance and new technology. The Centre for Applied Research in Dance (CARD) supports and promotes excellence in research in e-dance and knowledge transfer between the academic and professional domains within the subject, and aims to enhance learning and teaching in dance through the development of advanced scholarship in the subject.

Research degree study areas We welcome research degree applications in the following areas:

n Psychoanalysis and cinema/games

n Cultural impact of new media technologies

n Linguistics and gender

n English literature

n Journalism

n Sport and media

n Publishing

n Spanish cinema

n Practice-led research in: documentary, creative writing, art or design, new media

n Performing arts, dance or theatre

See page 185 for more information on research.

Madhurima PaulMA Media Arts (Mass Communications) graduate

I chose to study at Bedfordshire because of its outstanding performance and its reputation in the arts. The courses offered by the University are brilliant, and so is the teaching.

147

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have a good Honours degree in an art and design subject. Applicants who have developed an artistic or design practice, having completed a degree in another discipline, are also welcome, provided you can provide portfolio evidence of your practice.With applications, students should submit a statement of approximately 500 words that gives a rationale for their work with an indication of how they aim to develop it during the course.Applications should also be supported by no more than 12 photographic examples of creative work, submitted in a PowerPoint or PDF document on a CD-ROM. Once we have received the application we will invite applicants for an interview, with their portfolio.As we are unable to interview overseas students, they should give particular attention to the supporting statement and are asked to submit no more than 25 photographic examples of their work in a PowerPoint or PDF document. As well as examples of completed work, we are particularly interested to see evidence in the portfolio of how you have developed visual ideas for the work.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Unique multidisciplinary course

offering the opportunity to engage in a range of creative practices and critical ideas

n You can focus your studies in any area from animation, fashion, graphic arts, illustration, interior design, textiles, fine art, photography and video art, and advertising for design

n Access to studio space and excellent facilities including printmaking, computers, video and photography, and materials workshops

About the courseThe course is open to applicants from a range of art and design disciplines and practices. It will provide a distinctive learning experience that links creative practice with relevant theory, so that you can develop your creative practice at a professional level in a focused and critically robust way. The course draws on a strong art and design research culture, balanced by a focus on the actual production of art works and design.

You will be encouraged to consider in depth, the nature of your creative practice, as well as the ideas and issues that concern you as an artist or designer. We would expect you to be an independent and critical thinker and, with tutorial support, develop a practice that best suits your creative intentions.

Through studio practice, seminars, research and critical writing you will engage in contemporary art and design discourse and locate your work in a cultural and critical context, whilst establishing your practice at a professional level. As a student on the course you will be able to draw on expertise in critical theory and visual culture, graphic design and illustration, interior design and interior architecture, fine art, photography, video art, fashion, animation and motion graphics.

Career opportunitiesThe course is primarily aimed at students who wish to establish their artistic and creative practice at a professional level, working as independent artists and designers, and you will be encouraged to take advantage of exhibition and competition opportunities.

Having taken an advanced course in art and design, you will have been able to develop, focus and substantiate your creative ideas – a process which should help you find appropriate employment in the creative industries.


Art & Design (MA)

To find out more contact Colin Davies:t: +44 (0)1582 743 185e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/media

Contemporary issues in art and design

Visual culture and critical theory

Studio practice as research

Professional studio practice


148

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have a good Honours degree in an art and design subject, and have developed an interest in the use of new technologies in creative practice. We will also consider applicants who are graduates of computer science courses who have developed an interest in visual arts or design practice and can demonstrate, through a portfolio of your work, that you will be able to engage with an art and design course. With applications, students should submit a statement of approximately 500 words that gives a rationale for their work with an indication of how they aim to develop it during the course.Applications should also be supported by no more than 12 photographic examples of creative work, submitted in a PowerPoint or PDF document on a CD-ROM. Once we have received the application we will invite applicants for an interview, with their portfolio.As we are unable to interview overseas students, they should give particular attention to the supporting statement and are asked to submit no more than 25 photographic examples of their work in a PowerPoint or PDF document. As well as examples of completed work, we are particularly interested to see evidence in the portfolio of how you have developed visual ideas for the work.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn One-to-one contact with staff, with

an emphasis on your development

n Unique course that offers the opportunity to engage in creating and disseminating art and design work, exploiting the internet and new technologies

About the courseThis course recognises that the internet and associated technologies offer the artist and designer new opportunities for the creation and dissemination of work. The course is aimed at those who wish to acquire a broad professional basis in the expanding creative internet and new media technologies. This course offers exciting possibilities for collaborative ventures between scientific and artistic disciplines. You will work alongside MA Art and Design students and there will be an emphasis on the relationships between practice, theory and internet programming. Like art and design students, you will be encouraged to articulate contemporary art and design discourse and locate your work in a cultural and critical context.

You will not only be able to draw on expertise in art and design theory and practice, but also expertise in computing.

Career opportunitiesHaving taken an advanced course in Art, Design and Internet Technologies, you will have been able to develop, focus and substantiate your creative ideas within an area of expertise that is offering new

employment opportunities in specific sectors of the creative industries. The course will also equip you to establish your artistic and creative practice at a professional level, working as an independent artist or designer.


Art, Design & Internet Technologies (MA)

To find out more contact Colin Davies:t: +44 (0)1582 743 185e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/media


Applied programming

Multimedia applications

Contemporary issues in art and design

Visual culture and critical theory

Studio practice as research

Professional studio practice


Colin DaviesHead of Art & Design

When choosing a course look to the teaching staff to see how many have a professional practice outside of teaching. At Bedfordshire we offer you the perfect balance between teachers and practitioners.

Scan the code to see what else Colin has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/colin

149

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: September, January or June

Location: Luton or Bedford campuses, dependent upon specialist subject area

Duration: 1 year MA by Research, 2 years MPhil, 3 years PhD


Entry requirements: You should have a good Honours degree or equivalent professional standing in a relevant discipline for the MA route. An MA or outstanding BA is required for the MPhil/ PhD route.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Solid links with media industries and

practitioner networks, as well as scholarly expertise

n World-class expertise in applied and practice-based research and cutting-edge areas such as new media, as well as traditional areas of media analysis

n Full support of specialised research groups in film and cross-media research, new media research, journalism and political communication and practice-based research

n Lively research culture, including weekly research seminars and regular international conferences

n Postgraduate office space

About the courseThe Research Institute for Media, Art and Design (RIMAD) offers research-based MA, MPhil and PhD opportunities. The Institute has established expertise in a number of specialist areas in media, and art and design, and has many years of experience supervising research students to completion.

RIMAD is very well placed to offer supervision in emerging fields of practice-based research.

Recent students have worked in a diverse range of areas including creative writing, visual arts, film studies, media analysis, video game studies and more.

Career opportunitiesCareer opportunities are dependent upon specific areas of study, but employment prospects in education,

media organisations, the creative industries and government are all greatly enhanced by research qualifications.

Applicants are advised to visit our website: www.beds.ac.uk/research for further details on the research specialisms of the Institute.

By Research in Media (MA/MPhil/PhD)

To find out more contact Professor Garry Whannel:t: +44 (0)1582 743 452e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/media

Practice-led MA by Research – areas of specialism include:

Art and design

Creative writing

Film

Journalism

Multimedia

Performance

Radio

MPhil/PhD – areas of specialism include:

Art and design (practice-based research)

Creative writing (practice-based research)

English

Film theory and practice

Media and sport

Music technology

New media/internet studies (theory and practice-based research)

Performance


Gavin Stewart PhD graduate

I chose to do a PhD with RIMAD because it provided an opportunity to develop my own research project and creative work in a well-resourced and supportive environment. Completing my PhD was an exhilarating and rewarding experience which required me to think in new and challenging ways. The University has some truly remarkable researchers who are recognised as world-class.

150

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree in a relevant subject, or relevant professional experience as equivalent.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn The division has a deep and extensive

network with arts organisations, venues, artists, festivals and educational establishments locally, regionally, nationally and internationally

n Develop applied projects in communities through which you can test your ideas, develop new models and build networks of your own

n The University also houses several regional dance companies, including Step Out Arts and DanceDigital

About the courseThe MA Community Dance Leadership centralises the dance artist as an agent of change, locating both dance methodology and choreographic practice within the areas of community arts, cultural enrichment, social cohesion, inclusivity and diversity. As a dance leader you will instigate both artistic innovation and inclusive participatory paradigms that engage diverse communities in dance. You will have outstanding opportunities to develop your practice in an industry-focused academic environment that has strong partnerships with key arts organisations and community projects.

In addition, the course will offer you the opportunity to focus on your development as a progressive, critically informed, highly skilled, independent and self-sufficient dance leader and artist. During the course you will be able to refine and develop your leadership, facilitation, teaching and management practices in dance to enable you to develop substantive contributions to the field through practice, research and employment. You will also research and develop critically informed approaches to engaged practice, participatory arts, community dance and activism in the development of the dance sector.

Students on this course are taught by tutors with internationally significant experience as academics, practice-led researchers and dance artists.

Career opportunitiesThere are many career opportunities available to successful students who complete this Master’s course, including:

n Community dance artist

n Arts manager

n Interdisciplinary performance practitioner

n Choreographer

n Educator

n Independent portfolio worker in the creative industries

n Screen-based performance

Possible pathwaysThe full-time pathway is completed over one academic year, including the summer

session, and the course teaching typically runs from October to the September of the following year.

A two year part-time pathway is available. A University Certificate in Somatic Practice is also available.

Community Dance Leadership (MA)

To find out more contact Amalia Garcia:t: +44 (0)1234 793 295e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/media

Dance artist in the community

Delivering community dance leadership

Dance for inclusion and diversity

(Co-Lab): Inter-professional working project

Researching dance

Dance research project/dissertation

Somatic practice (optional)

Choreographic research (optional)

The dancing mind: dance psychology (optional)


151

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013



Starts in: February




Entry requirements: Candidates should have a lower Second-class or above Honours degree, or a postgraduate qualification such as a Postgraduate Certificate. Candidates will also be considered if they possess significant media industry experience. Candidates for the course will be expected to submit a portfolio of work with their application. Candidates will be interviewed by telephone about how they produced their portfolio.

All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn A dynamic and experienced course

team of acclaimed film-makers and published scholars

n Excellent media production facilities

n A course structure that provides an exciting and challenging blend of practice and theory

n Regular opportunities to participate in media-related research seminars, events and conferences

About the courseMA Creative Digital Film Production is a new specialist course in digital film production. This course provides an opportunity to develop your practical skills, and your creative and critical thinking in a stimulating and challenging environment. It is a cohesive and dedicated course that provides lectures and workshops by a range of academic experts and professional practitioners.

The course builds towards a Master’s project that will challenge you to make an extended film project or undertake a research dissertation.

Career opportunitiesThe MA Creative Digital Film Production will be valuable for anyone seeking to work with the moving image. It is of particular value if you are seeking to develop a career as an independent media producer or if you are seeking work within the television and film industries. Other career paths open to you include broadcasting, arts or media administration, marketing, sales and advertising.

Creative Digital Film Production* (MA)

To find out more contact Dr Gavin Stewart:t: +44 (0)1582 743 250e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/media

Cross-media approaches to story-telling

Scriptwriting

Digital film production

Production planning and development

Editing and post-production techniques

Film history and theory


Did you know?MA Creative Digital Film Production is a fantastic opportunity to meet a wide range of industrial professionals and to participate in an international film festival.

152

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013







Key featuresn The division has well-established

relationships with professional choreographers and artists, and draws upon this network to bring in the highest quality artists to work with you

n Students participate in SHIFT Dance Company: Repertory and Performance, and work with professional choreographers to create a touring programme

About the courseThis Master’s degree is an exceptional course that is designed to enhance your professional skills and employability in a range of artistic, academic, educational and community contexts. The distinctiveness of the course stems from the flexibility of opportunity to engage in professional-level repertory performance practice and creative and choreographic research in an industry-focused academic environment.

Additionally, the course enables you to focus on your development as a professionally-equipped, independent and self-sufficient dance practitioner and scholar, and finesse your practical, theoretical and professional skills in performance and/or choreographic

practice as a means of enhancing and sustaining access to employment. During this postgraduate course you will be able to immerse yourself in high-quality practice-led learning and teaching that is located in excellent studio, theatre and library facilities. You will also gain full access to our on-campus professional performance work.

Career opportunitiesOn completion of this Master’s course you will be equipped to pursue a wide variety of careers including:

n Performer

n Interdisciplinary performance practitioner

n Choreographer

n Educator

n Independent portfolio worker in the creative industries: consultant and researcher

n Screen-based performance

Possible pathways:The full-time pathway is completed over one academic year, including the summer session and the course teaching typically runs from October to the September of the following year.

A two-year part-time pathway is available. A Postgraduate Certificate in Repertory and Performance is available. A University Certificate in Somatic Practice is also available.

Dance Performance & Choreography (MA)


Repertory and performance

Dance research project/dissertation

Researching dance

(Co-Lab): Interprofessional working project


Choreographic research (optional)

The dancing mind: dance psychology (optional)


Professor Helen BaileyHead of the Division of Performing Arts & English

This course prepares students for employment by attempting to mirror industry standards and professional expectations, and by making use of regional and national contacts in the contemporary dance and performance sector. What’s more, the core teaching team has a wealth of expertise within the dance profession, which is a vital resource for students.

153

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013







Key featuresn Flexible course, enabling students

to focus on the role of dance in public health, elite participation or a combination of both

n The course is led and taught by staff with a strong academic and applied practice background in dance and sport science research, dance making, performance and leadership

About the courseDance Science is developing new areas of knowledge in the subject and this course is unique in the UK. It will provide you with an intellectually challenging programme of advanced study in the latest approaches to dance practice from psychological, physiological and biomechancial perspectives. This postgraduate course is taught in state-of-the-art movement analysis laboratories in which you will have access to some of the latest technologies to support research in dance and exercise sciences. It will allow you to develop expertise in a range of scientific approaches to dance, preparing you for a career in the professional dance performance sector.

The course develops your understanding of, and interaction with, dance, from a scientific perspective, whilst contextualising your studies within the cultural, artistic, political and social circumstances of dance practice. It also focuses on your development as a competent and rigorous dance scientist able to work holistically from physiological, psychological and biomechanical perspectives with recreational, vocational and professional dancers.The MSc Dance Science enhances your employability through the choice of elite-focused and/or public-health focused units throughout the duration of the course; you can choose to specialise in one area or select across both to diversify your training. What’s more, the course engages you directly in the context of applied dance science employment by replicating the demands of the workplace in set assessments and specifically the nature of multidisciplinary partnership working in the Interprofessional Working Project unit (full-time students: term two; part-time students: term four).The course capitalises on the combined teaching, learning and research excellence of the Division of Performing Arts and English, and the Department of Physical Education and Sports Studies.

This opportunity is currently unique to the University of Bedfordshire and will allow a rich cross-fertilisation of ideas, debate and research across disciplines, whilst allowing students access to a wide range of elective units to carve a distinct study and research pathway suitable for a sustainable career in dance science.

Career opportunitiesThere are many career opportunities available to students who successfully complete this course including:

n Researcher in dance science and applied contexts

n Educator

n Independent portfolio worker in the industries

n Movement and health professional

n Performer

Possible pathwaysThe full-time pathway is completed over one academic year, including the summer session and the course teaching typically runs from October to the September of the following year.

A two year part time pathway is available. A University Certificate in Somatic Practice is also available.

Dance Science (MSc)


Research design

Research methods

The dancing body I: applied physiology

The dancing body II: applied biomechanics

The dancing mind: dance psychology

(Co-Lab): Interprofessional working project

Dissertation

Physical activity, nutrition and metabolic health (optional)

Exercise testing and diagnosis (optional)

Psychological approaches to public health (optional)

Coaching in a performance setting (optional)

Professional skills for healthcare providers (optional)

Performance analysis (optional)

Strength and conditioning (optional)



154

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013



Starts in: February




Entry requirements: Candidates should have a lower Second-class or above Honours degree, or a postgraduate qualification such as a Postgraduate Certificate. Candidates will also be considered if they possess significant relevant industry experience. Candidates for the course will be expected to submit a portfolio with their application. Candidates will be interviewed by telephone about how they produced their portfolio. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Excellent media production facilities

n A course structure that provides an exciting and challenging blend of technology workshops, practice and theory

n A dynamic and experienced course team of acclaimed media-makers and published scholars

n Regular opportunities to participate in media-related research seminars, events and conferences

About the course

MSc Digital Film Technologies and Production is a specialist course, focused on the effective deployment of contemporary digital film technology. This course provides an opportunity to develop your practical skills, and your critical thinking about digital film technologies in a stimulating and

challenging environment. It is a cohesive and dedicated course that provides a combination of practical workshops with lectures and seminars by academic and professional practitioners.

The course builds towards a Master’s project that will challenge you to make an extended practical project or undertake a research dissertation.

Career opportunitiesMSc Digital Film Technologies and Production will be valuable for anyone seeking to work with digital film technologies. It is of particular value if you are seeking to develop a career as a media technologist or if you are seeking work within the television and film industries. Other career paths open to you include broadcasting, arts or media production, theatre production, marketing, sales and advertising.

Digital Film Technologies & Production* (MSc)


Digital film technologies

Production planning and development

Lighting and sound

Editing and post-production techniques

Production roles, responsibilities and workflows

The film business: current issues and debates


Did you know?MA Digital Film Technologies and Production provides an excellent opportunity to engage with a wide range of industrial professionals and gain access to new techniques and technologies.

155

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have at least a lower Second Class Honours degree or a postgraduate qualification such as a Postgraduate Certificate in Media Studies or Practice, or equivalent.Applicants should have a first degree in the areas of Arts, Humanities or Social Science, or should possess significant media industry experience.All applicants must submit a two-page proposal outlining a documentary film they would like to make. This should be accompanied by a show-reel that demonstrates their ability to tell stories with pictures and sound.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn We boast a multi-million pound

Media Arts Centre containing a television studio, white space studio, performance studio, two electronic newsrooms, ten digital video suites, multimedia computer suites and creative writing labs

n You will have the unique opportunity to study documentary practices in moving image, photographic and journalistic forms

n Opportunity to develop your practical skills in a stimulating environment

About the courseThis is an innovative taught course in documentary production with a base in digital video production and the possibility of exploring photography and multimedia.

It is designed to establish a firm theoretical and practical base from which you can develop and make your own documentaries. Students from a variety of backgrounds will be able to use their subject knowledge to produce documentaries.

All stages of the process will be covered, from the initial proposal, research and writing, to the design, filming and editing of the final documentary. You will be able to choose from video, photography and multimedia technologies to realise your ideas and to discover the unique features of each medium.

This MA will enable you to produce a major practical project informed by contemporary debates and historical perspectives. You will explore the role of fact-based production within the context of constant rapid technological change.

The course is underpinned by an awareness of the political, legal, moral and ethical issues that inform contemporary production and exhibition.

We have excellent links with industry professionals and throughout the

course there are opportunities to attend documentary festivals in the UK and mainland Europe.

Career opportunitiesThe career paths open to successful students include documentary film making and media research.

Documentary (MA)

To find out more contact Dave Green:t: +44 (0)1582 743 040e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/media

Documentary production

Documentary history and theory

Cinematography

Sound design

Production research


Work with the very latest industry-standard technology to refine your specialist skills, and produce your own documentaries on location (as above)

156

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013



Starts in: February




Entry requirements: Good Honours degree in a relevant area of study – or substantial industry experience (min 4 years).All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Professional support provided to our

students

n Benefit from up-to-date digital skills and equipment needed in contemporary fashion design

n Flexibility in attendance and length of course

n Be taught by excellent staff in a supportive atmosphere

About the courseThe MA is designed to offer a programme of study at Master’s level. Emphasis at this stage is centred on students understanding the skills and specialist knowledge needed to study Fashion Design, Styling and Promotion at this level, and developing frameworks of thinking and practical methods of application needed to complete studies at M level. The MA provides an appropriate understanding and a skillset for future development in Fashion Design, Styling and Promotion.

The MA offers students a series of inductions and continuing support introducing practical skills and creative thinking that are pertinent to success within Fashion Design, Styling and Promotion: including CAD, design and enterprise.

Projects and workshops are designed to engage debate in fashion and enhance a fundamental understanding and

knowledge of the discipline to include practice, business and the potentiality of the subject area. Skills in analysis, and research in applied practice are introduced through the unit structure.

The MA provides the key skills needed to assist life-long learning and a sustained career in the chosen discipline and include those transferable skills needed for continued development or career change.

Career opportunitiesUpon completion of this course, students will be prepared to enter the industry in: fashion design, entrepreneurial opportunities, in addition to the fashion promotion industry as a buyer or stylist.

Fashion Design, Styling & Promotion* (MA)

To find out more contact Danielle Roberts:t: +44 (0)1582 743 401e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/media

Computer-aided fashion design

Pattern cutting

Display and promotion

Drawing and styling


Did you know?We use London as a resource, with regular visits to fashion events and regular talks and workshops with leading practitioners from London and Europe.

157

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have at least a lower Second Class first degree or a postgraduate qualification such as a Postgraduate Certificate in Media Studies, or equivalent.Applicants should have a first degree in the areas of Arts, Humanities or Social Science, or should possess significant media industry experience.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn This is the first MA course to focus

on the relationship between cinema as art and industry in a global context

n The course was developed by leading international cinema expert, Professor Geoffrey Nowell-Smith, editor of the Oxford History of World Cinema

n Work with experts in film analysis, and benefit from regular seminars, screenings and guest speakers

About the courseThis course provides an overview of cinema in a global perspective, with the opportunity to examine diverse examples in detail.

Born at the beginning of the 20th century, cinema soon spread to all parts of the globe. It became a means of expression for cultures the world over, but also an industry dominated by a handful of companies, mainly American-based.

This course looks at all aspects of the cinema phenomenon – at aesthetics and economics, at the work of film-makers around the world, at the global media industries and at the interrelations between these aspects. Also, as part of our media arts postgraduate provision, it provides a thorough grounding in the study of the media as a whole, enabling students to get a clearer picture of the

place of cinema in the wider context of global media.

Half of the course consists of self-directed independent study with individual supervision, allowing students to pursue their own particular area of interest (subject to suitable supervisory availability).

Professor Geoffrey Nowell-Smith, a former Professor at the University, who devised the course, gave it a global perspective. He comments that:

“The cinema conquered the world in a very short time and its parts have always remained interconnected, with Hollywood in a dominant position. Many film studies courses, even at MA level, only look at the parts – this one looks at the whole. It puts students in a position to really understand the context in which film and other media operate.”

Career opportunitiesThis course is ideal for students seeking a job in cinema-related fields in areas such as programming, marketing or administration. It provides an understanding of film in relation to the global cultural industries. It is also a valuable academic qualification for people teaching film studies at all levels.

International Cinema (MA)

To find out more contact Dr. Austin Fisher:t: +44 (0)1234 743 173e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/media

Cultural theories

European cinema

Film analysis

Representation and reality

Post-colonial and ‘third’ cinema

World cinema and global media


158

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

Gain a thorough understanding of cinema within a global perspective – as well as studying the media as a whole






Entry requirements: Candidates should have a lower Second-class first degree or a postgraduate qualification such as a Postgraduate Certificate in Journalism or the equivalent. Applicants will be expected to produce a portfolio of journalism work which should include: a news story and a 1,000-word feature article on a given subject. Inclusion of these two pieces is the minimum requirement for portfolio submission. Applicants to this course will also be interviewed about how they researched and wrote the pieces in their portfolio. Staff will then assess the prospective student’s aptitude and suitability for the course.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Evaluate and analyse globalisation

in its many guises, including: the nature of the global downturn; the role of important transnational global economic and political players; and how digital technologies and new media and business opportunities and challenges have changed how journalists work

n Learn the craft of thorough and effective journalism practice for audiences from the hyper-local to the global, instructed by experienced professionals

n Develop an internationalised approach to journalism beyond specific cultural perspectives, deepening the level analysis

n Learn and practice the latest academic and journalistic research techniques

n Articulate your journalism across a series of media platforms

n Produce under supervision a final project or subject of your choice, either in the form of a journalistic portfolio or as an academic dissertation

About the courseThe MA International Journalism is a course for our times, designed to respond to the various challenges of globalisation and the need for a more internationalised approach to journalism.

The degree will challenge those from the UK and beyond to think past their national perspectives, comprehending that to get the full story you need to look across both geographical borders and traditional divisions within journalism.

Today’s big stories are complex, simultaneously political, economic, hyper-local and global. On the course you will learn and critique theories relating to the role of the media and globalisation and will have the opportunity to practise journalism across various media platforms, using our new state-of-the-art digital newsroom.

Career opportunitiesThe qualification will be of value to anyone seeking to work as regional or national reporters, political, economic and foreign correspondents. In terms of journalism’s related industries, the qualification would be of value to those seeking work as media regulators, related lobby groups and the creative industries more broadly. The media industry is a rapidly changing field and an understanding of the ways in which the media can be allied is an important transferable skill. The project work on the course provides an opportunity to make contacts and develop specialist knowledge of specific areas of the media and regulation.

Typical areas that media graduates could expect to find work in include

broadcasting, journalism, arts or media administration, governmental regulation of the media and lobbying of governments on behalf of the media, research, marketing, sales and advertising, design, and writing. Students who graduate from this MA course will be qualified to apply for MPhil and PhD research degrees.

International Journalism (MA)

To find out more contact Dr Paul Rowinski:t: +44 (0)1582 489 195e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/media

The global reporter

Journalism practices around the world

Research methods

Multiplatform journalism

Research project


159

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have at least a lower Second Class Honours degree or a postgraduate qualification such as a Postgraduate Certificate in Media Studies, or equivalent. Applicants should have a first degree in the areas of Arts, Humanities or Social Science, or should possess significant media industry experience.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn We have been offering Master’s

courses in media for more than 15 years and this course has grown out of our experience and expertise in new media, cinema, and journalism

n We have academic staff who are specialists in many areas including new media, publishing, journalism, radio, the media industry, cinema, documentary production and sport in the media

n Opportunities to develop your own specialist interests, with individual tuition

n Opportunities to volunteer on our community radio station Radio LaB 97.1fm for those who have skills in this area

About the courseAs the various elements of the mass media converge, it is increasingly appropriate to develop a broader understanding of how different aspects of the media interconnect. This course

examines key issues of media and communication, introducing principles of cultural theories and media research methods.

For this course you must complete a series of core units that address the central issues and concepts informing the study of the media. You can then choose from a range of units that address various aspects of media, including new media technologies, cyberculture, electronic publishing, the media industries and international cinema.

Your choice can be guided by your interests. For example, a student interested in the international media industry could combine units on publishing, the internet and international cinema to gain a better understanding of the environment in which they may work in the future.

The course includes two self-directed independent study projects, which can be either a dissertation based on a research project, or a practical project with a critical contextual study. It is this project work that provides you with the opportunity to tailor the course to your own interests (subject to staff supervisory expertise).

Career opportunitiesA wide range of potential employment opportunities in the media exist for those who have developed their knowledge and understanding at postgraduate level, including media research, journalism, arts administration, advertising and PR.

Mass Communications (MA)


Media theories and methods

Designing for the web

Media and cyberculture

Publishing, culture and technology

World cinema and global media since 1975


Online industry and culture

Film analysis


Dipannita MukjerjeeMA Mass Communications student

To be a professional in the field you need to know the theories, so I decided to study this course to give me an overall idea of media. I really enjoyed the unit on world cinema and global media since 1975.

160

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have at least a lower Second Class Honours degree or a postgraduate qualification such as a Postgraduate Certificate in Media Studies, or equivalent.Applicants should have a first degree in the areas of Arts, Humanities or Social Science, or should possess significant media industry experience.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn The course has been running

successfully for more than 12 years and was launched as part of our strategic development of research on new media and convergence

n The Research Institute for Media, Art and Design at the University of Bedfordshire is the editorial base for Convergence: The International Journal of Research into New Media Technologies

n The Research Institute for Media, Art and Design also plays host to the annual Under the Mask: Perspective on the Gamer conference, as well as staging regular research seminars, screenings, talks by guest speakers and reports on our various research projects

About the courseThis course investigates the major developments and current debates in media theory as they relate to contemporary media artefacts; such as

the internet, video games, film, television programmes and increasingly, mobile computing. This investigation occurs in both the theoretical and practical components of the course and uses an extensive and diverse range of literature, course materials and assessments that draw on a wide range of intellectual traditions.

The course also offers opportunities to study a range of disciplines relating to media, culture and technology. In doing so, you will develop a portfolio of work and explore many of the latest developments in communication technologies.

This course includes two self-directed independent study projects, which can be either a dissertation based on a research project, or a practical project with a critical contextual study. Students can choose to be supervised for their independent studies in a wide range of subjects; including new media studies, digital aesthetics, computer game cultures, cyberculture and the impacts of mobile computing on society.

Career opportunitiesCareer paths open to you include web design, mobile computing design, media research, journalism, advertising and PR.

Media, Culture & Technology (MA)

To find out more contact Dr Gavin Stewart:t: +44 (0)1582 743 250e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/media

Designing for the web

Media and cyberculture

Games studies

Online industry and community

Publishing and new technology

Research methods

Media theory



Steven ConwayMA Media, Culture & Technology graduate

I chose the course to broaden my skills, maximise my employability, and most importantly to satiate my curiosity with regard to many subjects, concepts and theories. This course has taught me the enormous value of critical thinking and remains invaluable in the work environment.

161

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: February


Duration: 1 semester full-time, or 6 months part-time


Entry requirements: Applicants are expected to have a BSc/BA or equivalent in the area of arts, humanities, or social science. In addition to these standard entry requirements, all applicants will be interviewed. We will also consider applicants with relevant professional experience, who will be judged by an interview panel. Because the course requires teamwork, it will not run if there are fewer than five students.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Engage in a curriculum that anticipates

the needs of the industry, including up-to-date practices and techniques of working before the camera

n Enjoy the opportunity of building professional contacts and experience while completing the course

n Gain first-hand experience of the roles within a professional multi-camera TV studio equipped with a fully-functional professional gallery

n Benefit from access to a dedicated theatre space for your practice complete with cameras, a projector and a professional gallery

n Participate in exciting research seminars, conferences and projects

n Learn to operate our recording and editing facilities to support your progressive development, archiving and final presentation of your show-reel

About the courseThis innovative course focuses on performing and presenting in front of a camera in a variety of situations, including fictional drama and factual programming. It is designed for individuals who have found the need to develop this area of expertise in their professions and who may, or may not, have a background in acting and public speaking. This could include political figures, spokespersons, presenters, reporters, actors, and any others who may expect to be in the public eye.

The curriculum of this course is largely tailored to your individual needs. To enable your personalised learning, we will address your unique concerns and emphasise the development of your performance through practice-based research. Your performance before the camera is an integral part of your research method. Your learning will be multi-faceted. You will experience different roles within a professional TV studio and theatre via technical workshops and your progress will be archived for a final presentation of your professional show-reel.

You will also be working in an exciting research environment supported by the Research Institute of Media, Art and Design (RIMAD), which holds regular seminars and conferences in which students can be involved. Should you particularly enjoy the research elements of the course, you will have the opportunity to be directly involved, or employed within the Research Informed Teaching (RIT) scheme to work on research projects in co-operation with our academic staff.

Strong professional links embedded within the course provide opportunities to build invaluable professional contacts and experience from your participation in masterclasses and seminars run by directors, actors and other experts working within television, film and other media/professional industries. In addition, our close location to London will enable you to have easy access

to the UK’s hub for the expansion of satellite and digital television and its internationally renowned West End theatre scene.

Career opportunitiesThis course opens up numerous career opportunities for postgraduates pursuing a professional career in acting and presenting for television/film and for those pursuing careers in journalism, politics and business who, in the course of their work, are frequently called upon to present themselves and their ideas before a camera.

Performing Before the Camera (PgCert)

To find out more contact Dr. Maria Wiener:t: +44 (0)1234 489 274e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/media

Working before the camera

Practice-based research methods for performance to camera


162

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

Our Media facilities will help to prepare you to work confidently in front of the camera






Entry requirements: You should possess a good Honours degree, or a Master’s degree or equivalent qualification. Candidates will normally be in relevant employment and experienced senior professionals or managers in journalism, media, television or related fields.

Key featuresn We are the only UK University to

offer this award

n The Research Institute for Media, Art and Design has a mature research base in media, an experimental centre for e-dance research and a highly active exhibition culture in art and design

n The Doctorate runs from October to July for the first year of the research degree, and the taught elements are delivered in blocks, enabling you to continue to work while you study

About the courseOur Professional Doctorate in Journalism, Media, Cinema or Television is ideal for senior practitioners and managers. It is also suitable for media educators, including those with previous industry backgrounds, aiming to equip themselves in these and cognate areas, with a knowledge base and analytical grounding in emerging media theories and multi-platform journalism and research methods, as relevant to individual fields of enquiry. This will ensure candidates have a secure base from which to conduct research that makes an original contribution both to their companies and their professional fields at the highest level.

A Professional Doctorate requires a significant original contribution to knowledge in the student’s field of professional practice. The thesis, and any allied research-based projects

required to complete stage two of the Doctorate, will usually be based in the student’s own industry or workplace and will derive from their own professional practice. It is assumed that this research will contribute to the development of the media industries in general, specific companies in particular, and specifically the capacity of individuals to reflect analytically about their work place.

Read more about this research degree by viewing our online Professional Doctorate brochure at: www.beds.ac.uk/profdoc

Career opportunitiesThe career paths that are available to our graduates include roles as senior teachers, management, and public service jobs in the media industries.

Professional Doctorate in Journalism, Media, Cinema or Television

To find out more contact the Research Graduate School:t: +44 (0)1582 489 031e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/media

Emerging media theories

Professional contemporary practice

Models and methods of media analysis

Thesis – circa 50,000 words in length


Tim CollingsProfessional Doctorate student

“My advice would be: make sure you have enough time, and don’t allow outside pressures to restrict your availability to dedicate yourself to it. I have found some of the things we have been presented with quite enlightening, sometimes entertaining and pretty intriguing.

Scan the code to see what else Tim has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/tim

163

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

Establish networks with like-minded professionals across a range of media industries and develop your own original ideas

The University boasts a body of international staff who

undertake leading research in a wide range of psychology

and social studies fields. Therefore our courses provide

our students with the latest thinking and knowledge, and the skills which meet current

employer and governmental agendas for these professions

– ultimately ensuring that they are highly

employable after graduation.

The University’s Department of Psychology has a body of international staff with

extensive research and teaching interests in a wide range of psychology fields.

There is particular emphasis on the new and more dynamic

aspects of this exciting and rewarding subject.

164

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

Psychology & Social Studies

Courses

168 MA Applied Social Work: Practice Education

169 MA Applied Public Policy: Children’s & Young People’s Services

170 MA Applied Social Work Practice: Children & Families

171 PgDip/MSc Coaching Psychology*

172 MSc Forensic Psychology

173 MSc Health Psychology

174 Master of Professional Social Work

175 Professional Doctorate in Children & Young People’s Services Leadership (PDC & YPSL)

176 Professional Doctorate in Systemic Practice (PDSP)

177 MSc Psychological Approaches to Health & Management

178 MSc Social Work

179 Specialist Social Work



Our students have the opportunity to learn from, and work alongside, internationally renowned researchers who shape policy and service provision. We maintain strong partnerships with government departments, voluntary organisations and providers of healthcare services – allowing us to bring a strong applied focus to our teaching and learning, and deliver courses which meet the needs of the next generation workforce.

Scan the code to see what else Michael has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/michaelps

Professor Michael Preston-Shoot Professor of Social Work Dean of the Faculty of Health and Social Sciences

165

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Benefit from cutting-edge research in which lecturers are involved

We have a fully international staff team with a wealth of expertise from around the world

You will have the opportunity to work collaboratively with staff on research projects and present outcomes at prestigious conferences

Enjoy access to excellent teaching and research facilities which are exclusive to psychology students

In the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008, 50 per cent of our applied social studies research was commended as “world-leading” (including social work and social policy), and our funding more than doubled as a result

Research conducted within the Psychology department provides evidence of outstanding and original achievement in, and contribution to, the discipline of psychology

Psychology Our British Psychological Society (BPS) accredited MSc Health Psychology has received commendations for the quality of provision and student satisfaction. We also have a new BPS accredited MSc in Forensic Psychology – the only one in the region – which supports the requirements of the BPS Division of Forensic Psychology. In addition, we offer the well-regarded MSc Psychological Approaches to Health and Management, providing a range of skills for students with little or no psychology in their undergraduate degree, but who have interests in psychology. There is also an innovative MSc in Coaching Psychology (currently subject to approval).

Specialist facilities We boast the best leading-edge equipment to support our students in their studies, including:

n A cognitive and biological psychology laboratory, offering specialised and up-to-date physiological data acquisition equipment

n Eye-tracking technology

n Problem-solving, perception and skills-learning equipment

n A wide range of psychometric testing software

n A human interaction laboratory, which can be used for child observation and social interaction, fully equipped with a two-way mirror and linked to a multimedia studio

n A qualitative data analysis laboratory with specialist software

n An intranet resource laboratory

n Data analysis laboratories which are equipped with the latest statistical and experimental software

n A TV studio and multimedia editing suites

n Individual research cubicles, fully equipped with psychology-specific software for creating and running experiments

Applied Social StudiesThe University’s Department of Applied Social Studies has rapidly come to be

Jacqui HartPhD in Post-traumatic Stress Disorder

I enjoyed my time at Bedfordshire so much that I came back for a PhD. My undergraduate degree in Psychology was the perfect platform. The most difficult aspect of studying for a PhD is keeping within the parameters of the research question because I start to read fascinating articles in related subjects. But that is also what is so rewarding – it can send you in all sorts of interesting directions.

166

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

recognised as a centre of excellence in the study of social care and social policy. This has been achieved by developing and delivering high-quality courses of academic and professional study and by undertaking innovative and influential strategic and applied research relevant to policy makers, service managers and practitioners.

We are accredited by the National Youth Agency (NYA) to provide courses leading to youth and community work qualifications, and by the General Social Care Council (GSCC) for the delivery of social work courses. The staff combine extensive research and teaching interests across social work, youth work, criminal justice, social studies and health and social care, making for an impressive and hugely active body of research.

Research applied psychological research Research conducted within the Psychology department provides evidence of outstanding and original achievement, and contribution to the discipline of psychology. Members are renowned both nationally and internationally, and their research has been widely disseminated in peer-reviewed journals, books, book chapters and research reports, as well as at national and international conferences.

Examples of the areas of research in the department include:

n Work-life balance, work stressors and wellbeing

n Coaching psychology

n Cyber-harassment

n Drug addiction, obesity and binge eating

n Eye-witness misidentification, offender behaviour and rehabilitation

n Developmental reading disability and eye-movement tracking during reading

n Graduate employability and the student experience

n Cross-cultural studies of marital satisfaction

n Impact of therapies on depression and distress

World-leading applied social studies research In the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008, 50 per cent of our applied social studies research was commended as “world-leading” (including social work and social policy), and our funding more than doubled as a result.

Staff are actively involved in research projects and have authored an impressive number of texts in their specialist areas such as social work, youth work, criminal justice, social studies, and health and social care, as well as investigating ways in which students learn within higher education.

Many of the professors, senior researchers and teaching staff have valuable national and international reputations for the quality of their research, and are frequently consulted by government departments, local authorities, professional associations and voluntary organisations.

Not only does our research inform teaching, but we also work closely

with King’s College London in running a programme of conferences and seminars which draw on the top speakers in their field, open to postgraduate students free of charge.

These exciting opportunities provide direct contact with leading academics.

Research degree study areas We welcome research degree applications in the following areas:

n Child and family welfare: children in care, services for troubled adolescents, children in need, poverty and social exclusion

n Child abuse and child sexual exploitation, and the trafficking of children and young people

n Evidence-based social work

n Crime disorder and public safety

n Special educational needs

n Occupational stress

n Evaluation of education and victim support services

See page 185 for more information.

Students benefit from using state-of-the-art psychological equipment such as the ‘brain wave’ hat monitor

167

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013



Location: Putteridge Bury campus

Duration: Up to 30 months part-time


Entry requirements: This course is designed to meet the requirements of Stage 2 of the new Practice Educator Framework (Skills for Care 2010) as recommended by the Social Work Reform Board. Students applying for this course will normally have the support of their employer and must be in a position to mentor and support the learning of a team member, colleague, or student in work-based learning. Entrants will have achieved Stage 1 Practice Educator status as defined by the Practice Educator Framework prior to commencing the course and should have a minimum of three years post-qualifying experience.Successful applicants will normally have a first degree and preferably a 2:1, must have a professional qualification in Social Work, and be registered with the professional body.

Key featuresn This course builds upon the

University of Bedfordshire’s reputation for providing high-quality education and training in Practice Education

n This course is driven by the new Professional Capabilities Framework for Social Workers [PCF] in mind (SWRB 2010) and ensures excellence in practice

n Benefit from a cutting-edge response to the changing nature of social work education building on the department’s expertise in both teaching, learning and research in effective Practice Education

About the courseThe MA in Applied Social Work: Practice Education is part of a range of Continuing Professional Development (CPD) courses available for Social Workers at the University. This course is part of a developing portfolio of courses designed to support Social

Workers in their professional careers and to extend and deepen professional competence in an area of advanced and applied practice: in this instance Practice Education. This course has been devised following the recommendations of both the Social Work Reform Board and in accordance with the Practice Educator Professional Standards (PEP). Inherent within these proposals is the importance of the Practice Educator role in making complex decisions on students’ suitability for Social Work practice. The role of the Practice Educator is seen as crucial in ensuring the links between academic learning and work-based practice are secured. Practice Educators need to have a systematic understanding of knowledge, and a critical awareness of Social Work practice, its complexity, and have a comprehensive understanding of techniques applicable to Practice Education which this course is designed to deliver.

The PEP sets out learning outcomes that Practice Educators should meet to demonstrate that they are competent. It provides clear expectations as to how they should be assessed and the qualifications and experience required. The overall aim is to improve the quality of Practice Education and to provide qualifying Social Work students with high-quality preparation, appropriate skills and knowledge, in their Social Work training by providing excellent practice learning opportunities with well-trained and qualified Practice Educators.

Career opportunitiesAs this course has been developed within the new framework for CPD as defined by the Social Work Reform Board it offers clear career opportunities. Students successfully completing the course will be able to specialise within their field, in Professional Education in Social Work. Furthermore, as the Practice Educator Framework develops nationally, there will be increased demand for practitioners who have a

high level of skills in work-based learning and assessment in order to provide the practice-based learning required across the spectrum of qualifying and post-qualified education.

Applied Social Work: Practice Education (MA)

To find out more contact Louise Grant:t: +44 (0)1582 489 187e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/psychology

Managing teaching and learning

Mentoring and coaching

Teaching and assessing law

Applied research skills


Did you know?The unique feature of this course is that it has been specifically developed to respond to the Social Work Reform Board’s recommendations for Continuing Professional Development for Social Workers and with particular emphasis upon the Framework for Practice Educators.

168

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have a First or upper Second Class Honours degree awarded by a UK university or other recognised awarding body, or an equivalent academic qualification, and/or relevant work experience.

Key featuresn Work within the Department of

Applied Social Studies, offering unique awards in social work, youth work, and child and adolescent development

n Benefit from the department’s particular expertise in children’s services, youth work and youth crime and justice. It has gained a national and international reputation for its research and scholarship within the Institute of Applied Social Research (IASR)

n Develop key research and analytical skills that are vital for your profession and effectively enhance your expertise in issues relating to children’s and young people’s services

About the courseBy analysing in depth the current policy context for work with children and young people, this innovative Master’s course is especially relevant to those working, or wishing to work, in the field. The course focuses on the theories underpinning policy and practice, addresses the current political and policy perspectives on marginalised children, young people and their families, alongside dealing with methods of social enquiry and research.

Designed for professionals and graduates who wish to enhance their current knowledge of policy for children and young people, this course provides you with an opportunity to research policy intensively. In addition, the course offers a framework for researching how certain policies affect families and a general understanding of how policy impacts upon

children and young people – ultimately equipping you with the skills necessary to operate effectively in this field.

During your time studying this course, you will be able to engage and communicate with others involved in practice and policy-focused research pertaining to children and young people. You will also be able to examine theory on child protection, lifespan development and the sociological and psychological factors involved in childhood and adolescence. The course enables students to gain a strong grounding in politics, policy and service development. In addition, you will explore the relationships between theory, research and evidence, as well as the contributions of qualitative and quantitative approaches to research. This course has been designed with direct input from our “world-leading” researchers, who also teach on the units (RAE 2008).

The teaching on this course is designed to maximise convenience for you as a busy professional. The curriculum is taught in blocks of two-three days throughout the year. There is an expectation of 25 days attendance (maximum). Additional face-to-face and virtual tutorial support is offered throughout the term.

Career opportunitiesThis course is designed to meet the needs of graduates who wish to specialise in working with children and young people, and is aimed at professions in social work, youth work, education and related children and family services. Armed with a good postgraduate degree, students can expect to be promoted to managerial roles or have an opportunity to be recruited into other senior roles within their profession. Graduates will be able to secure employment in a range of positions within service delivery for children and young people across all sectors as well as opportunities in research and policy development.

Applied Public Policy: Children’s & Young People’s Services (MA)

To find out more contact Fiona Factor:t: +44 (0)1582 743 774e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/psychology

Critical issues in the delivery of services to children, young people and families

The conceptual framework – theories shaping public policy for children’s and young people’s services

Models and methods of social investigation

Dissertation

Young people and illicit drug use in the UK (optional)

Socially excluded young people, education, training and employment (optional)

Youth justice: current issues and critical perspectives (optional)

Violent youth crime and group offending (optional)

The trafficking and sexual exploitation of children and young people (optional)

Young people’s participation (optional)


169

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013



Location: Putteridge Bury campus

Duration: Up to 30 months part-time


Entry requirements: There are specific qualification, registration and experience entry requirements for this course.Successful applicants will normally have an Honours degree (2:2 or above), and must have a professional qualification in Social Work. All applicants should be practising social workers in a children and families social work setting. Most applicants will have a minimum of three years of post-qualifying experience within the children and families setting for direct entry into the course.Those social workers who have less than three and more than one year of consecutive post-qualifying experience in children and families social work must successfully complete the 30 credit Embedding Professional Capabilities unit before they are allowed to continue onto the Master’s course.Applicants must be registered with the professional body for social workers.

Key featuresn This course builds upon the

University of Bedfordshire’s reputation for providing high-quality post-qualifying education and training for children and families social workers

n This course has been specifically developed to respond to the Social Work Reform Board’s recommendations for Continuing Professional Development for Social Workers and with particular emphasis upon the Munro Review of Child Protection and her recommendation for developing social work expertise in knowledge, analysis and intervention (DFH 2010b)

n This course is driven by the new Professional Capabilities Framework for Social Workers [PCF] in mind (SWRB 2010) and ensures excellence in practice

n Benefit from a cutting-edge response to the changing nature of social work education that builds on the department’s expertise in both teaching, learning and research in effective Practice Education

About the courseThe MA Applied Social Work Practice: Children and Families is part of a range of Continuing Professional Development (CPD) courses available for Social Workers at the University. This course is part of a developing portfolio of courses designed to support Social Workers in their professional careers and to extend and deepen professional competence in an area of advanced practice: in this instance Children and Families. This course has been devised in accordance with the recommendations of both the Social Work Reform Board and the Munro Review of Child Protection (DFE 2010a; DFE 2010b; 2011).

This course is designed to provide children and families social workers with the advanced systematic understanding, knowledge and skills needed for competent practice and the development of higher level Professional Capability. It recognises that social workers need to develop professional expertise in making the best judgements in complex family interventions. Acknowledging that social workers require confidence, resilience and adaptability to cope with the multifaceted demands, risk and uncertainty in social work practice, this course will be built on a firm foundation of evidence from research and best professional practice. Recognising

the importance of critical analysis and reflection in assessments, planning and decision making, this course will equip social workers with the analytical skills necessary for fostering sound ethical judgements in the changing context of social work. Drawing from the Professional Capability framework for social workers, practitioners will be enabled to demonstrate a substantially enhanced level of competence and management of risk, fostering the principles outlined in the codes and values for social workers whilst emphasising service users’ rights, diversity and the importance of social justice.

Career opportunitiesAs this course has been developed within the new framework for CPD as defined by the Social Work Reform Board it offers clear career progression opportunities. Students successfully completing the course will be able to specialise within their field, as there will be increased demand for practitioners who have a high level of mastery in children and family social work which will undoubtedly enhance career opportunities in the increasingly competitive public sector market.

Applied Social Work Practice: Children & Families (MA)

To find out more contact Louise Grant:t: +44 (0)1582 489 187e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/psychology

Complex decision making and risk

Current issues in children services

Optional units in a range of subject areas such as sexual exploitation, gang crime, fostering and adoption and sexual trafficking


170

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013







Entry requirements: Students will normally be required to have attained at least a second class Honours degree in Psychology or a closely related subject. Relevant work experience in either a paid or voluntary capacity is a desirable, though not essential, entry requirement. Relevant work experience may be in any one or more of the following, or allied areas:

n Counselling (including telephone and computer-assisted counselling)

n Advice and guidance (including careers advice and helplines)

n Teaching and tutoring

n Learning support (including mentoring)

n Research within the area of psychology and related fields

n Health and care related posts

n Support work within the charity and voluntary sector


Key featuresn The MSc Coaching Psychology

is one of a small number of Postgraduate level courses in Coaching Psychology in the UK

n You will be taught by members of a team who are actively involved in the development of the discipline of Coaching Psychology and have been for a number of years

n The course is informed by the teaching team’s areas of individual expertise and informed by our research interests and coaching-related consultancy activities

About the courseThe course is contemporary in its coverage of theory and practice, with a curriculum that reflects recent developments in the rapidly expanding field of coaching psychology. In line with the core philosophy of the course the teaching strategy aims to link theory with practice. Hence students will be introduced to diverse theories, historical and current, relevant to coaching psychology. In doing so, they will be reflecting critically on these ideas whilst considering how they might apply in the setting within which they may be undertaking coaching and/or research. Students will also engage in substantial practical work such as designing coaching interventions; undertaking supervised coaching practice; writing case studies and maintaining reflective practice logs. The course facilitates experiential opportunities to enable students to become more self-aware, and to experiment with new skills and techniques. A deepening knowledge of psychological theory and coaching approaches will be applied to this work as the course progresses.

The course is designed to prepare students for a future career as a coaching psychologist and to give them the necessary skills to continue to develop as coaching psychologists within their own specialism after completion of the MSc.

Career opportunitiesCoaching Psychology is a growing professional route and one that is relevant to applications across a number of employment sectors.

However, the advanced route to accredited practitioner status is only one possibility and, having completed the degree students will find that career opportunities are open both inside and outside psychology. Whilst life coaching is one possible career route from the

course, graduates skills and knowledge obtained can be usefully applied in the charity, voluntary and social enterprise sectors. The MSc is a useful springboard for clinical psychologists, counsellors, educators and nurses who have a particular interest in positive psychology theory and coaching.

Coaching Psychology* (PgDip/MSc)

To find out more contact Dr. Emma Short:t: +44 (0)7881 521 350e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/psychology

Theories of personality and individual differences

Underlying theories of psychotherapeutic approaches

Coaching practice in diverse organisational settings

Specific intervention approaches such as motivational interviewing

Coaching practice and reflective practice development

Psychological perspectives and positive psychology

Research methods in coaching psychology


Did you know?The MSc in Coaching Psychology presents a way into the core approaches that inform the way psychologists work as coaches today. Being a part of this course will enable you to explore the ways in which coaching is used to enhance well-being and performance in everyday life and enable you to grow and maximise your own potential in life and work.

171

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have a good Honours degree in Psychology and provide evidence of the Graduate Basis for Chartership (GBC) with the British Psychological Society (BPS) or equivalent. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

About the courseForensic psychology is not only a key area within the Department of Psychology but is also an established profession, and one that is relevant to the whole community. This course provides Stage One training towards becoming a Chartered Psychologist and a full member of the British Psychological Society (BPS) Division of Forensic Psychology, and is the only MSc Forensic Psychology course in the region – Hertfordshire, Bedfordshire, Buckinghamshire and Northamptonshire.

The course is accredited by the BPS Division of Forensic Psychology and its exciting and engaging curriculum supports the Division’s requirements, as well as incorporating the teaching team’s research expertise. It will therefore cover areas such as criminological psychology, investigative psychology, psychology in the courtroom, and the assessment and treatment of offenders.

The course content is employment-focused, involving ‘realistic learning’ with aspects of forensic psychology tied to real-life scenarios and practice.

A number of specialist lectures are delivered by professionals working in the field. The course will also cover advanced training in research methods and professional skills. The final part of the course includes the dissertation unit which allows the student to engage in detail within a research topic relevant to forensic psychology.

The course provides a strong integrated programme of Forensic and Criminal Psychology at foundation, undergraduate and postgraduate levels. It can be taken as part of a pathway from a foundation degree, through the BSc (Hons) Psychology and Criminal Behaviour or the BSc (Hons) Psychology degrees which confer the Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership with the BPS, to the Master’s level award and Stage One qualification in Forensic Psychology. It is also on track to include the Stage Two qualification in the near future.

Key featuresn Accredited by the British

Psychological Society (BPS)

n We offer a forward-thinking and progressive curriculum

n Excellent links with local courts and prisons

n Our applied research in areas such as psychopathy, violence and drink-driving has gained national and international recognition

n Our research has been published in nationally and internationally recognised journals

Career opportunitiesForensic psychology can be evidenced in a range of settings such as the prison and probation service, the NHS during criminal investigations, and in community settings. More so, the advanced route to Chartership in forensic psychology also opens up a range of career opportunities both inside and outside the forensic sector and the field of psychology.

Forensic Psychology (MSc)

To find out more contact Louise Starkie:t: +44 (0)1582 743 703e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/psychology

Criminological and psychological approaches to crime and patterns of crime

Offender profiling

Geographical profiling

Police interview techniques

Forensic psychology in the courtroom

The treatment and assessment of offenders

Violent and sexual offenders

Working with offenders with mental disorder

Young offenders

Female offenders

Substance misuse and offending


Get hands-on experience of reporting on a witness case

172

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have a good Honours degree in Psychology and provide evidence of the Graduate Basis for Chartership (GBC) with the British Psychological Society (BPS) or equivalent.


Key featuresn We offer a forward-thinking and

progressive curriculum

n Excellent links with healthcare providers and the University’s Postgraduate Medical School

n Our applied research in areas such as stress, and health and weight management has gained national and international recognition

n Our research has been published in nationally and internationally recognised journals

About the courseThis innovative course is designed to meet the needs of psychology graduates who wish to specialise in the psychology of health, illness and the healthcare system, and it forms Stage One of the training required to become a chartered psychologist and full member of the Division of Health Psychology (DHP) within the BPS. It also provides the first step towards becoming a Registered Health Psychologist with the Health Professions Council (HPC). The course comprises eight compulsory taught units and a research project which forms the basis of a thesis. The

taught units are designed to cover the core curriculum for Master’s degrees in health psychology, as stipulated by the DHP training committee (BPS).

The core philosophy of the course revolves around using a scientist-practitioner model to equip you with research and practical skills, all within the diverse cultural background that the Luton community provides. Students completing the course will have a strong theoretical background in health psychology and a variety of practical skills required for working in the field.

The Department of Psychology is very welcoming and relaxed. The Health Psychology team comprises nine members of staff, three of whom are registered health psychologists, and one who is Professor of Applied Psychology.

Alumna Nicola Davies commented: “The MSc Health Psychology at the University of Bedfordshire taught me to think as a scientist and health professional, thus providing me with both theoretical and practical skills that I could apply within the field. The taught units were diverse and conducted in an environment that encouraged active learning.

Since leaving the University, I’ve remained in contact with a number of the staff – who are now my colleagues. I’m indebted to them for helping me get where I am today.”

Career opportunitiesThe success of the course is reflected in the successful careers of our former students who have gained, or are about to gain a PhD. Others have progressed to careers including: Smoking Cessation Co-ordinator for an NHS Primary Care Trust (PCT); shared care support worker; Research Assistant in the Child and Adolescent Mental Health Service (CAMHS); and employees in the Clinical Health Psychology Unit of Northampton General Hospital.

As a chartered psychologist and registered health psychologist, you can work within the health sector at

management level or apply health psychology knowledge and methods to educate and improve patient recovery and health.

Career options include working in Government (advising on policy-making, effective interventions and advertising strategies); research (including project management, preventing illnesses – especially coronary heart disease and cancer – and patient-practitioner communication); and teaching. Graduates also work in the NHS on preparing for surgery/coping skills and psychological methods to manage stress, pain or terminal illness.

The non-BPS accredited Master’s course – Psychological Approaches to Health and Management – can be taken as an alternative if you do not have GBC. See page 177.

Health Psychology (MSc)

To find out more contact Professor Andy Guppy:t: +44 (0)1582 489 329e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/psychology

Health psychology in applied contexts

Lifestyle and individual differences

Public health

Effects of health interventions in areas such as health promotion, chronic stress, eating disorders and addiction

Advanced research methods for health psychologists

Stress, coping and chronic disease

Mechanisms of health and disease

Professional skills for health psychologists (including communication skills)


173

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: Start date to be confirmed, information will be published on the DfE website

Location: Luton campus, Park Square and Aylesbury, Oxford House

Duration: 18 months full-time, work-based

Open to: UK students*

Entry requirements: Applicants for the postgraduate Social Work courses at the University of Bedfordshire must normally have been awarded an Upper Second Class Honours degree (2.1) in a course recognised by Higher Education Institutions in a broadly social science based discipline. For the CWDC approved ‘Step-Up to Social work’ course for which the Master of Professional Social Work Practice is approved, applicants may have a first degree (First Class or Upper Second Class honours) in any discipline. In addition, they must meet the CWDC criteria of having experience of working with children, young people and families, and demonstrate emotional resilience. As for any qualifying Social Work course, all successful applicants must also have achieved at least Key Skills level 2 in English and Mathematics. This would normally be equivalent to grade C in the GCSE examination in English and Mathematics.

The initial selection process will be managed nationally by the Department for Education and applicants will then be interviewed locally by regional employers and their partner HEIs. Applicants will be required, through the selection process, to demonstrate substantial relevant experience and an aptitude to work with children and families in need, ie the appropriate personal qualities, values and skills to be a social worker. All applicants selected will be required to undertake a written task group exercises and personal interview as part of the selection process. Applicants will be required to declare any previous offences (including reprimands and formal warnings) and any previous disciplinary matters, and if selected, successful applicants will be required to undergo a Criminal Records

Bureau check to ensure their suitability for working with vulnerable groups. In addition, successful applicants will need to complete an occupational health check and give permission for contact with their GP, where necessary, to confirm their suitability for Social Work training.Students with relevant prior experience and /or certificated learning may be able to claim APL in accordance with the University’s published criteria and up to a maximum of 90 academic credits at Master’s level.

Key featuresn You will be fully supported by an

employer organisation and paid a bursary while you train

n This course is only open to students selected and sponsored by a Local Authority Children’s Services Department

About the courseThe Step-Up to Social work programme is a Government initiative described as “a tailored training programme which provides trainees with a Masters in social work, alongside intensive hands on experience. It has been specifically designed as a new way for career changers to train to become qualified social workers”.

Local employers have been actively involved in shaping both the curriculum and delivery, providing opportunities for students to engage in work-based learning alongside academic study.

Students will spend fifty per cent of their time over the duration of the course (ie a minimum of 200 days) in supervised and assessed professional practice in a range of social work and related agencies. All unit assessments have been designed to help students to develop and demonstrate the knowledge, skills and values required for professional practice and to prepare them fully to meet the requirements of the professional regulator as registered practitioners.

Career opportunitiesGraduates will be able to enter the Professional Register as qualified

Social Workers and work in a wide range of Statutory, private, voluntary and independent organisations, providing services to vulnerable and disadvantaged individuals, children, families, groups and communities.

Post-qualifying (PQ) level study is available to qualified Social Workers in a range of settings, allowing graduates to engage in Continuing Professional Development (CPD) and demonstrate their fitness for continuing registration. The University of Bedfordshire offers PQ courses at Graduate and Postgraduate level with more courses being developed with local employers to meet the needs of the workplace.

*UK students who have been selected and sponsored by a Local Authority Children’s Services Department, as part of the DfE scheme. Visit: http://uob.cc/prof-social to find out more. You can also register your interest using this link and will be informed of future opportunities if and when they become available.

Master of Professional Social Work

Developing knowledge skills and theories for social work practice

Critical issues in understanding law and society

Ethics, values and anti-oppressive practice

Critical issues in specialist and inter-professional practice

Advanced skills for critical and reflective social work practice

Advanced knowledge and theory for social work practice


174

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

To find out more contact Amanda Thorpe:t: +44 (0)1582 743 058e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/psychology

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK) T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International) E: [email protected] www.beds.ac.uk 175

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013





Entry requirements: You should be a senior practitioner or manager in children and young people’s services, youth justice or an allied field and have substantial practice experience, a relevant first degree awarded with upper second or first class Honours and/or a relevant Master’s degree or equivalent. Please note that this course in not applicable for international applicants.

Key featuresn The PDC&YPSL is the only course of

its kind in Europe

n The course is supported by a large staff team of leading figures in the field, including leading figures in the field including Dr Tim Bateman (Director of Studies), Dr Isabelle Brodie, Dr Cherilyn Dance, Professor Donald Forrester, Professor Ravi Kholi, Professor Margaret Melrose, Professor Jenny Pearce, Professor John Pitts and Professor Michael Preston-Shoot

n A wide range of guest speakers and lecturers contribute to the course

About the courseThe Professional Doctorate in Children and Young People’s Services Leadership (PDC&YPSL) has three strands:

n Children’s services

n Young people’s services

n Youth justice

The course recognises the commonalities between these three fields of service delivery while enabling students to focus their research on the strand that fits most closely with their specialist area of interest.

The PDC&YPSL is an intensive part-time degree developed jointly within the Institute for Applied Social Research at the University of Bedfordshire in partnership with Barnardos, the Brathay

Trust and Nacro Youth Crime Section. It is an applied alternative to a PhD for senior practitioners and managers, equipping them with a knowledge-base and theoretical grounding to make a significant original contribution to knowledge in their own field at the highest level. This course allows students to follow one of the three pathways listed above, depending upon their area of practice expertise.

The structure of the PDC&YPSL The PDC&YPSL is completed in two stages over three years. Stage one consists of one taught year of study and is completed by an 8,000 to 10,000-word article of publishable quality. Stage two runs over two years and is completed by a 60,000-80,000 word thesis, or other form of research based project. It is anticipated that the independent research at stage two will draw on the student’s area of professional expertise.

The course is designed to fit around students’ work commitments. Each year consists of three one week ‘schools’ in the autumn, winter and spring and three two-day seminars. Each student is assigned a supervisory team appropriate to their research interests. The team consists of a Director of Studies and a second supervisor. An external supervisor may be invited to join the supervisory team where expertise relating to a particular topic is required.

There are regular opportunities for tutorials, and students can keep in touch

with staff and fellow students via a dedicated website and email.

Career opportunities The PDC&YPSL equips students to assume senior professional and practice roles in children’s services, young people’s services, youth justice and allied fields, and can provide a career pathway to work in academia.

Professional Doctorate in Children & Young People’s Services Leadership (PDC&YPSL)

To find out more contact Dr Tim Bateman:e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/psychology

Students take ‘Models and methods of investigation’ as a core unit during stage one, providing them with the necessary theoretical grounding and practical knowledge of research methods to undertake independent research during stage two. The remainder of the curriculum is tailored each year to the particular interests of the student cohort, but the cross disciplinary nature of the course ensures that students can draw on broad base of learning to provide a wider theoretical and policy context for their chosen pathway



Starts in: February

Location: Luton campus, Park Square and Putteridge Bury campus, Luton



Entry requirements: Candidates should normally be experienced systemic professionals, working for example as consultants, therapists, leaders, trainers or supervisors. You should have an advanced level of understanding of systemic practice and wish to undertake research into relational practice using dialogical, collaborative, narrative, appreciative, post Milan, postmodern practices from the systemic social constructionist communities. It is expected that candidates will possess a minimum of a postgraduate qualification in an area of Systemic Practice or equivalent or higher professional qualification and a minimum of three years systemic practice experience. Candidates will normally be working in a relevant professional context which enables them to carry out the development of practice-based inquiry and to articulate of accounts of that practice for relevant audiences. Candidates will be required to submit a short piece of original writing on the topic of their proposed research and a statement about why they are interested in pursuing this doctoral course but are not bound by this research proposal.

Key featuresn Produce reflexive practitioner research

using innovative research methods coherent with systemic practice

n Encourages the use and development of systemic research methodologies and systemic adaptation of traditional research methods

n Supervised by highly experienced systemic practitioner researchers, as well as other academics from within the University and from the international systemic community

About the courseThe Professional Doctorate in Systemic Practice is a part-time course with three years of regular meetings designed to support a creative learning community of practitioner researchers who will be developing and writing about innovative and cutting-edge systemic practice. It provides opportunities for experienced practitioners to make an original contribution to their professional field at the highest level.

This PhD equivalent is aimed at people wanting to undertake research directly related to their practice. Systemic Practice occurs in wide range of environments and with a broad range of people. We anticipate that practitioners coming into this course will have an advanced appreciation of the use of systemic ideas in work areas that might include organisations, communities, therapy, groups, teaching and supervision. This course draws on the KCC School of Systemic Practice. It encourages new ways of inquiring into systemic practice, into the fluid and shifting connections in the reflexive shaping of a) systemic theory and practice and b) systemic research theory and practice.

The PDSP is an applied alternative to a PhD for advanced practitioners who want to benefit from membership of a systemic research school and its specialist understanding of systemic theory, practices and values. Like other professional doctorates, this course enables practitioners to engage in practitioner research which will usually be focused on an area of practice in which practitioners are currently engaged.

The structure of the PDSPThe PDSP has three phases requiring an attendance at five blocks of three days in each of the three years. Phase one includes i) learning opportunities which situate systemic practice and postmodern research methods in a social constructionist understanding of science, knowledge and research theory and ii) reflexive space which supports

the emergence and shaping of students’ research interests. Phase two centres around the development of the practical and theoretical inquiry into your practice. Students will continue to develop their practice project in consultation with the programme faculty, fellow students and with other members of the systemic and research communities. This aim of Phase three is to i) progress a completion plan for the research; ii) to develop writing and reporting skills; iii) to work on form and content of the portfolio; iv) to prepare for doctoral examination and understand doctoral standards. In addition, students can take a further year or two to complete Phase three after the end of year three. Throughout the course, there are regular opportunities for tutorials and students can keep in touch with staff and fellow students via a dedicated website and email.

Career opportunities PDSP graduates will have undertaken research at the highest level and create an original contribution to the field. Graduates are encouraged to publish papers or books from their research. Professional doctorates may help to secure positions in academia and enhance one’s professional standing.

Professional Doctorate in Systemic Practice (PDSP)

To find out more contact Dr Gail Simon:t: +44 (0)7979 856 929e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/psychology

Postmodern research methodologies; scientific discourses; reflexivity in and as research; relational ethics; systemic, collaborative, dialogical, social constructionist theory

The student’s own research subject


176

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have a good first degree or equivalent professional qualification, as well as experience of, or interest in, working in a health setting. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Excellent links with local healthcare

providers and the University’s Postgraduate Medical School

n A unique combination of topics in health, psychological assessment and human resource management

n The opportunity to develop skills towards applying for a certificate of Occupational Testing (level A)

About the courseThis course has been specifically designed for health professionals or

students with a health-related academic background who wish to improve their understanding of psychological concepts and applications in the area of health psychology and human resource management, with a view to developing their careers. It is also for graduates from a variety of disciplines who wish to pursue a career in primary mental health. The course will equip you with the managerial and clinical knowledge required for these roles. The course focuses on professional skills, the role of stress in the development of illnesses, the impact of personality and lifestyle variables on health and illnesses, mental health and its interventions and links with skills on human resource management and psychological testing for job selection and research purposes.

The course seeks to develop understanding of the main models and theories in the field of health, mental health and occupational psychology, to provide an insight into the relationship between psychology and other disciplines in the human sciences, and to provide knowledge of research skills needed in a practice setting.

Career opportunities Typically, graduates can enhance their prospects of promotion to more responsible roles or have an opportunity to be recruited in primary care services, especially in relation to mental health.

Career paths of graduates include: local directors of NHS community services for physiotherapy; dietetic, cancer screening and HIV-positive research posts within the NHS; managerial posts in Primary Care Trusts (PCT); mental health workers in primary care; and psychological test administrators in a reading disability centre.

* Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study, but those starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

Psychological Approaches to Health & Management (MSc)

To find out more contact Dr Candan Ertubey:t: +44 (0)1582 489 305 e: [email protected]

Dr Antigonos Sochos:e: antigonos.sochos@beds.

ac.uk

w: http://uob.cc/psychology

Effects of lifestyle and individual differences on health behaviour

Effects of health interventions in areas such as alcohol use and chronic stress

Psychological assessment from test administration to interpretation

Research methods for health psychologists

Occupational health psychology

Managing people and leadership skills at work

Mental health in primary care

Develop skills on application of cognitive behavioural therapies in primary care settings

Stress: theories, measurement and management


Luciano Thomas MSc Psychological Approaches to Health & Management graduate

I am delighted to have chosen this course. It has armed me with practical experience and a confident readiness to embark upon broader horizons.

177

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have at least an upper Second Class Honours degree from a recognised Higher Education institution in a broadly social science-based discipline.

Students with first degrees in other disciplines or with a lower second class degree may be considered if they can demonstrate substantial experience in social work or social care during the previous five years.

Applicants must also have Key Skills level two or above in English and Maths, eg a GCSE at grade C or above, or equivalent qualification which includes an assessment of these skills. All applicants should demonstrate in their application substantial relevant experience of delivering social care services, either in a paid or voluntary capacity.

All applicants selected for an interview will be required to undertake a written task for which advanced notice and a reading list will be provided. They will also be required to declare any previous offences and, if selected, to submit to a CRB check. Applicants will also need to complete a health-check questionnaire and give permission for contact with their GP. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn The GSCC (social work’s regulatory

body until summer 2012) has commended our commitment to the provision of a supportive and student-centred environment

n Blended learning throughout, which facilitates study from home

n The University and GSCC review of Social Work at the University in 2009 commended the involvement of service users and carers in all elements of the courses

About the courseSuccessful students achieve both a higher degree and a professional qualification in social work. The various aspects of the course are fully integrated and you will be encouraged to develop academic and practice skills, plus, from the beginning of your studies, you will develop a value and evidence-based approach to the profession.

Placement opportunities are under constant development with our employer partners and are offered in statutory settings as well as in private and voluntary agencies. Both encompass work with a wide range of service user groups and offer the opportunity to work in partnership with other relevant professionals. Practice learning is structured in recognition of the fact that you may embark on the course with only a limited knowledge of social work practice, but will complete it as a professional ready to embrace employment in a range of settings.

Your studies are designed to equip you with the knowledge and skills you will need to enable you to work with service users across the life course and within relevant statutory frameworks.

You may be eligible for a bursary administered by the NHS Bursaries Unit. For more information, visit: www.nhsbsa.nhs.uk. We also work with employers who sponsor students through the course and hope to further develop this route into the profession with our local partners.

All information is provided in good faith but please note that it may be subject to change because of national developments in social work education.

Career opportunities Successful students will be able to seek employment with a wide range of local authorities and within many private and voluntary agencies throughout the UK.

Social Work (MSc)

To find out more contact Sally Cornish:t: +44 (0)1582 743 174e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/psychology

The professional social work curriculum is under nationwide review following recommendations made by the Social Work Task Force and further developed by the Social Work Reform Board – you can find details at: www.education.gov.uk/swrb

It is anticipated that the University of Bedfordshire’s revised curriculum will be delivered from 2013; details are not yet confirmed but the course will maintain its adherence to professional requirements and employability

Similarly, the transition of the regulation of social work from the GSCC to the Health Professions Council may have implications for the course of which applicants will be advised as necessary. In the light of these imminent changes please note that while all information about the MSc in Social Work is provided in good faith it may be subject to change


178

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: This course is designed for qualified social workers in children and families social work, who are registered with the Health Care Professionals Council, who are employed in social work practice and are seeking to gain the Post Qualifying Award in Social Work at Specilaist Level.

Successful applicants will not be permitted to proceed until they have gained the credits for the appropriate Consolidation unit or have satisfied APL requirements for this unit.

Other professionals/service users may study the course or individual units they will qualify with a graduate diploma in work with Children Young People Families and Their Carers.

Key featuresn This course has been designed in

consultation with local employers to offer social workers and other professionals working with children, young people and their families with specialist knowledge to improve their social work practice

n Drawing upon the extensive specialist knowledge in this field within the department, students will be encouraged to develop critical reflective skills and an ability to access up-to-date evidence and research to inform their practice. Thus, equipping them for the challenges they will face in the workplace

About the courseThis course has been designed for all qualified social workers and other professionals who work with children, young people and their families across all sectors. Equipping you with specialist knowledge and skills to improve your social work practice, this course is delivered by qualified staff and service

users who offer a range of thought-provoking areas of study.

Career opportunities This course enables qualified social workers to demonstrate their competence as a social work practitioner and consolidate their learning since qualification. For those students without a qualifying degree in social work it will enable them, on completion to achieve a degree.

This award allows social workers to demonstrate their commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) and demonstrate their fitness for continuing registration. Many local employees use successful completion of this course as a part of their internal career progression structure.

To find out more contact Louise Grant:t: +44 (0)1582 489187e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/psychology

Specialist Social Work (Graduate Diploma)

Research and child care law

Interprofessional working

Ethics for professional practice

Enabling others


Louise GrantSenior Lecturer in Social Work

The course stresses the importance of reflective practice and professional development. It therefore supports social workers in dealing with the uncertainties and complexities of professional social work practice with children and families.

179

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

180 www.beds.ac.uk

gettingstarted

From fees and finance to town culture and maps to our campuses, it’s all in here and more besides.

The following pages provide you with the information required to get you

to your first day at the University in the simplest, swiftest manner.

181

182 Your postgraduate qualification183 Short professional courses184 Taught courses185 Research degrees186 Part-time study187 Return to learning188 Fees and funding190 How to apply191 Accommodation192 Learning resources193 Student support194 Town life196 Get involved in culture and the arts197 Get involved in the University198 Get involved in the Students’ Union199 Get involved in sport200 Investing in your career201 Take me to Beds: directions202 A-Z course index

gettingstarted

There’s also information on our buzzing Students’ Union and ideas on how you can get involved and make the most of your University experience.

If you require any further information visit our website at: www.beds.ac.uk/pgstudy or call our helpline on: +44 (0)1582 743500

Un

iver

sity

of B

edfo

rdsh

ire

182 www.beds.ac.uk

We have a strong commitment to excellence in teaching, support and research, to ensure you gain a postgraduate qualification with strong career relevance and vocational value.

Your postgraduate qualification

Postgraduate study is an invaluable investment for life, designed to enhance your career prospects, facilitate career change, add to your academic achievements and provide you with an opportunity to gain an in-depth understanding of an area that interests you. Postgraduate qualifications can be studied full-time, part-time or a number of courses are available via distance learning. We offer two main types of postgraduate degrees – taught and research-based.

Taught courses The University offers a selection of taught awards:

n MA (Master of Arts)

n MSc (Master of Science)

n LLM (Master of Laws)

n PgDip (Postgraduate Diploma)

n PgCert (Postgraduate Certificate)

n PGCE (Postgraduate Certificate in Education) – this is an initial teacher training course and focuses mainly on developing teaching skills for the subject you intend to teach

n MBA (Master of Business Administration) – the MBA is best suited for those specialising in business, management or administration

To find out more visit: www.beds.ac.uk/pgstudy

Research degrees Research degrees consist of independent study supervised by academic staff and can take between one to five years to complete. The University awards the following:

n MPhil (Master of Philosophy)

n MRes (Master of Research)

n MA by Research (Master of Arts)

n MSc by Research (Master of Science)

n PhD (Doctor of Philosophy) – a PhD is an advanced level academic course and involves the submission of a thesis which is original academic research in a chosen field of study

n Professional Doctorates – These are practice-based research degrees. Professional Doctorates currently offered by the University include the Professional Doctorate in Children and Young People’s Services Leadership, a Doctorate in Education (EdD) and a Professional Doctorate in Media, Journalism, Cinema or Television

To find out more visit: www.beds.ac.uk/research

Distance learning Some courses are available by distance learning with online support. There is no attendance requirement, which is ideal if you have other work or family commitments. For more information about which courses are available in the form of distance learning please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/distancelearning

Professional Accredited Certificates The University offers a range of professional certificates accredited by professional organisations to gain knowledge and develop skills in a specific area.

Entry requirements Applicants for a taught course require a good Honours degree in a related field or an equivalent qualification from a recognised university in the UK or overseas. Applicants for a research degree should generally have an Upper Second Class Honours or Master’s degree or equivalent in the relevant subject area. For MSc/MA by Research a good Honours degree is required in the appropriate subject. Some courses have additional entry requirements. Please see entry requirements for individual courses in this prospectus or visit our website for more details.

English language entry requirement All international/overseas applicants will be assessed in accordance with University policy. This is to ensure they have the ability to cope with the demands of the course. The minimum requirement is level B2 on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR), equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language for detailed information and a list of other qualifications we accept.

183

You

r p

ost

gra

du

ate

qu

alifi

cati

on

//

Sh

ort

pro

fess

ion

al c

ou

rses

The University of Bedfordshire offers professionally accredited courses in a diverse range of subject areas which provide you with opportunities to progress your career and develop your skills.

Short professional courses

Knowledge Hub The University of Bedfordshire’s Knowledge Hub delivers high-level training to groups and individuals in leadership and management, and works collaboratively with employers to provide training which meets the ever-changing demands of business. For more information on the following courses and bespoke training opportunities, and the latest information on costs and attendance, please contact the Knowledge Hub:

t: 0800 328 5334, e: [email protected] w: www.beds.ac.uk/knowledgehub

Project Management Training n PRINCE2®

n PRINCE2 Foundation Course

n PRINCE2 Practitioner Course

n PRINCE2 Conversion Course

n PRINCE2 Re-Registration Exam Workshop

Project Management Trainingn Coaching & Mentoring Workshop

CMI Level 3

n Award in Leadership & Management CMI Level 5

Advanced Project Management n Managing Successful

Programmes (MSP™)

IT Service Management n ITIL® V3 Foundation Certificate

Sales and Marketing Training n Advanced Sales & Marketing

ISMM Level 3

n Operational Sales & Marketing ISMM Level 4

n Account Management and/or Sales Management ISMM Level 5

n Change Management Foundation

ITIL® and PRINCE2® are Registered Trade Marks of the Office of Government Commerce in the United Kingdom and other countries. MSP™ is a Trade Mark of the Office of Government Commerce

For more information call: 0800 328 5334 or email: [email protected]

Other short professional courses offered across the University’s Department’s include:

The University’s NHS Business Unit n Continuing Professional Development

– Diploma to Degree: e: [email protected]

Department of English Language & Communication n General English Language Courses:

e: [email protected]

n Beginners Business Language Courses: e: [email protected]

The Department of Psychology & Consultancy Training Unit The Department of Psychology at the University of Bedfordshire offers a portfolio of specialist and professional workshops and consultancy to researchers, academics, health and social services, business and not-for-profit organisations. Training areas include research methodology and analysis, creativity and thinking, stress management and wellbeing.

For more information contact the Consultancy and Training Unit: e: [email protected] w: www.beds.ac.uk/ctu

The Institute of Applied Social Research (IASR) regularly designs and delivers industry-relevant courses and training events.

t: 01582 743085 e: [email protected]

Entry requirements Entry requirements for each course vary so please visit our website or contact us for more information.

New courses The University is constantly developing and introducing new courses and training opportunities. For the most up-to-date listing for short and professional courses please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/parttime

184 www.beds.ac.uk

Many taught courses can be carried out on a full- or part-time basis and are usually facilitated through lectures, seminars, tutorials or lab-based work, and tend to be assessed by coursework or examinations.

The structure of a taught Master’s varies from course to course, so it is important to find out what your course of interest is offering. Many include some form of research project or dissertation, as well as taught elements. Some offer a choice of units, but others have a set criteria that all students have to follow. However, if you want to focus fully on research, then a research degree may be the best option. See page 185 for more information.

Qualifying criteria To qualify for a Master’s degree, you will need to gain 180 credit points at Master’s level. Typically this will be made up of eight 15-credit units and a dissertation worth 60 credits. A dissertation is a major piece of independent work in a chosen subject and forms a crucial part of your study. In most subjects, intermediate qualifications are available after completion of 60 credits (a Postgraduate Certificate) and 120 credits (a Postgraduate Diploma). This can be extended to a higher-level qualification at a later date, provided the credits you obtained are still current.

Our Master’s courses involve independent work, with support from a University tutor.

Study planning A Master’s course can usually be completed in one year by full-time study with a September start. We also offer a January or February starts, in which case the course will run for 15 months. A number of our courses are available part-time – check out: www.beds.ac.uk/parttime

Delivery and support Most units are a blend of lectures and seminars, and are supported through materials that are available on the web via the University’s virtual learning environment – Bedfordshire Resources for Education Online (BREO). It is also possible to study particular units within the workplace (work-based learning) or to develop a unit to meet your own needs through independent study.

Education and teaching courses Postgraduate teaching courses run at our Bedford campus offer specialisms in a range of disciplines. Students undertake at least 120 days of practical school placement in addition to attending lectures, seminars and workshops.

Entry requirements Candidates should hold a good undergraduate degree at Honours level in a related field or an equivalent qualification from a recognised university in the UK or overseas. For post-experience and professional qualifications there may be additional entry requirements set by the University or professional body. Please check our website or contact our Admissions team to find out more.

Credit for prior achievements If you have credit from a previous postgraduate qualification, whether studied at Bedfordshire or elsewhere, you may be able to use some of it towards a higher award. APCL (the Accreditation of Prior Certificated Learning) is applicable if you have a recognised qualification, and APEL (the Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning) is where credit is given for wider work experience. Please refer to the academic course contact if you think you may be eligible, who will be able to provide you with guidance and advice.

We offer an extensive selection of relevant taught postgraduate courses embedded with the specialist knowledge of leading academics to provide you with an outstanding qualification.

Taught courses

Advantages of studying a Taught Master’sn Enables you to develop

necessary research skills and techniques

n Study fits in with other commitments such as work or childcare

n The course is taught over a longer period which allows more time for development

n The course is more structured and more guidance on projects is provided

n More contact time with your tutors and peers

www.beds.ac.uk/pgstudy

To find out more about our taught courses, visit:

185

Tau

gh

t co

urs

es /

/ R

esea

rch

deg

rees

For students who want to focus entirely on research, a research degree at the University of Bedfordshire may be the best option.

Research degrees

There are currently around 185 full-time and 165 part-time research students at the University and over one third of those students are international. These are distributed between nine research institutes:

n Business & Management Research Institute (BMRI)

n Institute of Health Research (IHR)

n Institute of Applied Social Research (IASR)

n Institute of Biomedical & Environmental Science & Technology (iBEST)

n Institute for Research in Applicable Computing (IRAC)

n Research Institute for Media, Art & Design (RIMAD)

n Institute for Research in Education (IRED)

n Institute for Sport & Physical Activity Research (ISPAR)

n Institute for Tourism Research (INTOUR)

Leading in the fieldThe University of Bedfordshire has scored consistently high ratings in teaching assessments carried out since 1995 by the Quality Assurance Agency. We work closely with employers and these links with industry are reflected in the research profiles of the institution.

In the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008 the University of Bedfordshire was recognised for the quality of its research, greatly improving its position with respect to other UK institutes compared with previous years.

In this Government report, the University received recognition for its “world-leading” research activity in:

n Communications, Cultural and Media Studies

n Earth Systems and Environmental Science

n English Language and Literature

n Social Work, Social Policy and Administration

n Sport, Tourism and Leisure

The University has also been recognised as “internationally excellent” within the areas of:

n Business and Management Studies

n Computer Science and Informatics

www.beds.ac.uk/research or www.beds.ac.uk/prospectus

For more information on Research Degrees and our Research Institutes please visit:

where you can view a digital version of our Research prospectus.

Advantages of studying a Research Degreen Enables you to focus on/specialise in a particular

research area that interests you

n Independent study opportunity to develop your own ideas

n Useful if you are considering a career in the commercial world where research is a key focus

n Gain a real sense of ownership and achievement in the final product

n You will be well prepared for a career in research and academia

186 www.beds.ac.uk

Whether you aspire to further your career prospects while continuing with your current job, or wish to develop a specialist area of interest, we have plenty of options to suit your needs.

Part-time study

Almost a third of our students study part-time. That is because we have made it easy to study with us while meeting life’s other commitments. So you can rest assured that we understand your needs and are fully equipped to support you.

Study optionsWe offer high-quality courses with a range of part-time study options. Designed with employer requirements in mind, our courses provide opportunities for integrated personal, academic and career development. It is for this reason that the mode of delivery, course structure and length may vary depending on the particular course you wish to study.

To find out what is available to you, simply visit the dedicated part-time section on our website: www.beds.ac.uk/parttime

Supporting our studentsPart-time students benefit from the same support and advice as those in full-time study. Round-the-clock access

to our online learning environment, extended Learning Resources Centre (LRC) and remote access to more than 80 information databases, means that you will always be able to get on with your work. To find out more, see page 192.

Student Information Desks (SiD) are available on each campus and have been built specifically to answer all your questions, ranging from course, staff, finance and counselling. What’s more, outside campus hours, you can access SiD online 24/7.

Our support does not end there. Each student is allocated a personal tutor from day one to advise them on how to develop the skills they need for their course. We pull out all the stops to help you make a success of your time at university. Find out more on page 193.

Financial helpFor information on financial support for part-time students, visit: www.direct.gov.uk

Entry requirementsWe are an inclusive university and consider a wide range of pre-requisites for entry. As well as UCAS tariffs, we also take into consideration any previous learning or relevant work experience you may have done, where appropriate assigning higher education credit through the Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL) or the Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning (APEL) – as well as other elements of your application such as work experience. See pages 190 for further details.

How to applyApplications for part-time study can be made directly to the University of Bedfordshire. To find out more and to download an application form, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/parttime

Aadam Baksh

Part-time basis suits me perfectly. I currently run a business and it is literally impossible for me to study full-time. The way the university has designed the course is excellent! It’s going really well and definitely doable.

MA Public Relations

187

Part

-tim

e st

ud

y //

Ret

urn

to

lear

nin

g

We have students of all ages within our vibrant and diverse community and believe that there should be no barriers to getting a degree. So whether you are interested in career progression, personal development or a career change, we will provide you with an exceptional support network.

Return to learning

Those who choose to return to education are excellent learners for a number of reasons, they:

n Are passionate about what they want to achieve

n Demonstrate invaluable enthusiasm and an eagerness to learn

n Bring a wealth of skills and experience from their work and personal life

Help every step of the wayMany students who choose to study a postgraduate degree are already in career positions so making the decision to undertake postgraduate study can be a key career choice.

We fully understand that many students will have other demands on their time, including perhaps family and other commitments, and that’s why we offer an excellent student support system, to ensure that the experience with us is rewarding and beneficial from day one.

Our services include:

n Employer-led events and workshops to enhance and develop new and existing employability skills

n One-to-one tutorials with your personal tutor for advice relating to your studies

n Access to professionally qualified careers advisers to discuss your individual career needs

n Help with finding childcare and other support services

We value the passion and commitment you can bring to our University.

To find out more, visit www.beds.ac.uk/studentlife/mature or visit us at one of our Postgraduate, Part-time and professional Open Event (see page 3).

Robert ChapmanPgCert Management

The support is very good, all the lecturers are very approachable and you have the chance to contact them if you are stuck on a subject. My advice would be to “do it” as you will enjoy every second of the course and learn masses of information.

46% of our students are aged over 25 years

188 www.beds.ac.uk

Being aware of the costs of further study is important. However, it’s also important to know that there is a wide variety of funding available to help you during your studies. The financial support and advice that we are able to provide go hand-in-hand to ensure you get the most out of your student experience with us.

Fees and funding

When thinking of returning to learning you should remember that there are two main costs associated with postgraduate study at the University of Bedfordshire:

n Your course tuition fees

n Your living costs

The combined fees and living expenses represent a large investment. However, here at Bedfordshire we offer a range of financial support to help you during your time with us and ease any financial burdens, enabling you to focus on your studies.

Fees for 2013Tuition fees can vary quite considerably between institutions. The fees are also dependent on the type of course you are studying.

To find out what the University of Bedfordshire will be charging for the academic year 2013-14 please visit our website: www.beds.ac.uk/money

University funding At the University of Bedfordshire we try to make financing your studies as simple and affordable as possible by offering a wide variety of financial support in the form of Bursaries, Scholarships and Studentships. For the latest information, eligibility criteria and for details on how to apply please visit our website: www.beds.ac.uk/pgfunding

UK/EU ScholarshipFrom September 2012, the University is offering a scholarship of up to £4,500 to UK and EU students on selected postgraduate courses*, providing you pay up front, or at registration – that’s a 50% discount on your tuition fees. This scholarship is for all full-time UK/EU Master’s students who are self-funding their Master’s course*, where full cost fees or pro rata, are being charged. To find out more visit: www.beds.ac.uk/pgmoney

*This scholarship is not available to those studying an MBA or PGCE course.

International Early Fee Payment Scholarships International students can benefit from a number of Early Fee Payment Scholarships if their tuition fees are paid in full either prior to, or during, registration. The scholarships are awarded automatically in the form of a tuition fee discount. These scholarships are not available to students coming from official collaborative partners of the University, as special financial arrangements will already be in place. To find out more about these scholarships please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/internationalscholarship

International Alumni Loyalty ScholarshipA £500 alumni discount for University of Bedfordshire overseas fee paying students who progress from an undergraduate course to a postgraduate course is offered. To find out more please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/internationalscholarship

Non-University funding Postgraduate study is a major investment and sound financial planning needs to be arranged in advance. As well as the University’s Scholarships and Studentships, there is also a wide variety of non-University funding options available to support you during your studies.

However, it is important to remember that non-University funding is not automatically awarded for some postgraduate study in the UK. Below is a list of sources of funding which could be applicable to you.

Part-time employment Some of our students decide to top-up their income by working part-time during their studies. Please note that certain restrictions on employment apply for international students. See: www.ukcisa.org.uk or visit our website: www.beds.ac.uk/international for further information and advice.

At a glance...n Postgraduate study is not as

expensive as you may think

n A wide variety of funding is available from the University and external sources to help support your studies

Please note: All figures are based on 2012 entry. For the most up-to-date information for 2013 entry, and eligibility criteria, please visit our website: www.beds.ac.uk/money

189

Fees

an

d fu

nd

ing

Employer sponsorship Your employer may have a budget for staff development and may consider paying all, or part, of the course fees.

Employer sponsorship could also extend to a contribution to the cost of books and materials, day release to attend classes or the provision of study time.

Career Development Loans A popular way of obtaining funding among UK students is to take out a Career Development Loan (CDL). A CDL is designed to cover course fees and other costs such as books, childcare and living expenses if you are studying full-time. Visit: www.direct.gov.uk/adultlearning to find out more.

Local Education Authority (LEA) Grants While there are no mandatory awards for postgraduate courses your Local Authority may make limited discretionary awards for postgraduate study, so it is always worth making an enquiry.

Educational trusts and charities There are a number of trusts that may be able to provide funding for postgraduate study, including the British Academy (for Social Sciences courses), The Royal Academy of Engineering (for Engineering courses), and the Royal Society (for Science courses). For the most up-to-date information please visit: www.direct.gov.uk

European Social Fund (ESF) EU citizens aged between 21 and 24 who are unemployed at the start of their course may be eligible for assistance with fees from the European Social Fund.

The British Council Visit: www.britishcouncil.org/ learning-funding-your-studies for more details.

Commonwealth scholarships For more details of the scholarships available, visit the Associated of Commonwealth Universities website: www.acu.ac.uk

United Kingdom Council for International Student Affairs (UKCISA) Visit: www.ukcisa.org.uk for information about Government and state scholarships in your own country.

British Chevening Scholarship scheme Chevening is the UK Government’s premier scholarship scheme, aimed at future leaders, opinion formers and decision makers. These scholarships are offered in more than 150 countries and are funded by the Foreign and Commonwealth Office. The scheme covers travel costs to and from the UK, fees, a monthly living allowance and study materials. Visit: www.educationuk.org/scholarships

Commonwealth Scholarship and Fellowship Plan (CSFP) The CSFP is one of the largest and most prestigious scholarship schemes for international students. Visit: www. csfp-online.org to find out more and for details on how to apply.

Royal Society Fellowships The Royal Society offers incoming fellowships for researchers from North America and Asia. The aim is to attract outstanding postdoctoral scientists to undertake high-quality research at a UK laboratory.

Funding for trainee teachers Unlike most other postgraduates, students who are studying a postgraduate course in Initial Teacher Training (such as a PGCE) can qualify for the finance package, comprising the Tuition Fee Loan, the Living Cost Loan, and the non-repayable Living Cost Grant, which are usually only available to undergraduate students. You may also be able to get a Training Bursary which is for students who train in certain ‘priority’ subjects.

To find out more information please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/money or www.direct.gov.uk. For information on the training bursary please visit: www.education.gov.uk

How to find out more There are many other external organisations that offer funding, and you can use the following search engines to carry out a comprehensive search:

www.scholarship-search.org.uk www.prospects.ac.uk www.studentcashpoint.co.uk www.postgraduatestudentships.co.uk

We know how complicated student finance can be. So, if you are unsure about applying for any of the funding, don’t panic. You can always come along to one of our open days and speak to our specialist staff. See page 3 for details on our open events.

190 www.beds.ac.uk

At the University of Bedfordshire we want to ensure that your application process is as simple and efficient as possible.

How to apply

Postgraduate taught courses Once you have chosen the course you want to apply for, whether full or part-time, all you have to do is download an application form from our website: www.beds.ac.uk/pg, fill in all the sections in full and return it – together with any supporting documents or information as detailed on the form – to the relevant Postgraduate Admissions team as below:

UK applicants Admissions University of Bedfordshire Park Square Luton LU1 3JU United Kingdom

t: +44 (0)1582 743500 f: +44 (0)1582 489323 e: [email protected]

EU and International applicants International Office University of Bedfordshire Park Square Luton LU1 3JU United Kingdom

t: +44 (0)1582 489326 f: +44 (0)1582 743469 e: [email protected] e: [email protected]

Education and Teaching applicants Applications for Postgraduate Certificate of Education (PGCE) courses are made online through the Graduate Teacher Training Registry (GTTR). Apply online at: www.gttr.ac.uk or for further information contact GTTR on:

t: 0871 468 0469 (UK) t: +44 (0)871 468 0469 (EU/International)

Applications for the Graduate Teacher Programme (GTP) course are made directly to the University and a strict application deadline applies.

For more information on teaching courses run at the University’s Bedford campus, contact Admissions on: t: +44 (0)1234 793279 f: +44 (0)1234 793277 e: [email protected]

The Admissions team will assess your application and respond to you as quickly as possible. You will be sent a letter detailing its decision.

Research degrees If your application is for a postgraduate research course, please email: [email protected] and you will

be advised on the application process relevant to your subject area. Once your application has been received, it will be considered by the relevant research institute.

Short and professional courses To apply for a short or for a professional course contact the relevant delivery team as detailed on page 183.

Application deadlines If your application is for a postgraduate teacher training course, please refer to the: www.gttr.ac.uk for application deadlines for 2013 entry.

For all other courses there is no specific deadline, but courses do fill early so to avoid disappointment we would encourage you to apply at your earliest opportunity. Applications can be submitted prior to receiving your final grades.

Our short and professional courses have various start dates – please contact the relevant team directly for deadlines information (see page 183).

Want to find out more about applying to Bedfordshire? Why not come along to our Open Events and speak to our Admissions advisers face-to-face and receive first-hand advice – register your interest at: www.beds.ac.uk/pgopenevents

At a glance...n Simple and efficient application

process

n Direct access to academics for pre-application advice

n Dedicated teams to support home/EU and international applicants

For International Nursing studentsInternational students are unable to take this course due to the nature of funding received by the University for these degree courses.

For international studentsThe conditions of leave to remain in the UK on a Tier 4 Student visa prevents holders of that visa from registering for this course. For more information please contact the International Office.

International student information(From courses section)

191

How

to

ap

ply

//

Acc

om

mo

dat

ion

As a postgraduate student, there are many housing options available at the Luton and Bedford campuses where you can make yourself right at home – and the University can provide help and guidance on finding the perfect place.

Accommodation

We appreciate that many postgraduate students may prefer to live with other postgraduates in quieter halls, which is why at the Luton campus we boast dedicated accommodation for you.

Luton campus The University has two Halls of Residence, in the standard Accommodation Halls, allocated specifically to postgraduates and students over 25 who are based at Luton – James Court and Wellington Court. These student Halls are situated in quiet residential areas, a ten-minute walk to the Luton campus. You may also wish to stay in studio flats in our brand-new accommodation – Fitzroy and Wenlock Court. These flats include a bed, desk, wardrobe, en-suite and kitchenette. Postgraduate students who apply for a multi-bed flat in Fitzroy or Wenlock Court will be grouped together where possible.

However, postgraduate students can also apply to live in any of our other accommodation blocks.

Bedford campus Some postgraduate students at Bedford may have the option of living in the £20m purpose-built Liberty Park Halls of Residence or in one of our University halls, all of which are located on campus.

At the Bedford campus we have a limited number of student halls, which

means that we may not be able to allocate you a room in University accommodation. The Accommodation team will assist postgraduates in finding alternative accommodation through the University’s private housing database and through Facebook with other students. For more information, please email us at: [email protected]

Added benefits n Safety first – we take security very

seriously, so we are all geared up with 24 hour security at both campuses including secure entry and CCTV, plus security guards and Resident Assistants at Luton

n All-inclusive value – rent for student halls in Luton and Bedford include the cost of all utility bills and contents insurance

Secure accommodation for nursing students Bedfordshire’s healthcare students have access to safe and secure accommodation at the University’s various hospital sites. Please note: we will send you an application form when you apply. Rent levels vary depending on your chosen hospital.

Away from halls Luton and Bedford boast a variety of approved private rented accommodation

at a significantly lower cost than London. International students could also choose to live with friendly local families through the homestay provision. For more information, please email us at: [email protected] and we can supply you with an information pack.

For information on the individual halls and room contents, and to see what is available to you, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/accommodation or email: [email protected]

Luton campus t: +44 (0)1582 405 000 e: [email protected]

Bedford campus t: +44 (0)1234 793 118 e: studentservices.bedford@ beds.ac.uk

At a glance...n Make new friends whilst living in

our comfortable Halls

n Safe, secure accommodation at all sites

n International students have the option to stay with a local family through our homestay provision

Fitzroy Court, Luton campus Make new friends Bedford accommodation

192 www.beds.ac.uk

Only the best will do when studying at such a high level and that is why we have invested in excellent resources and facilities, as well as extensive information technology, to support you.

Learning resources

Customer serviceOur staff are here to help. Learning Resources prides itself on the standard of its customer service. Staff can help with information needs, the use of equipment and basic assistance with standard software. Customer Service Desks are staffed throughout LRC/Library opening hours.

Academic liaison librarians The Academic Liaison Librarians (ALLs) is an expert team, and can support your learning by providing help and advice on:

n What kind of information you need for your essay, presentation, project or dissertation

n The best resources you should use to find that information

n Using search techniques to find high quality academic information quickly

n Referencing and how to avoid plagiarism

You’ll see them as part of your course but you can find out who your ALLs are here: http://lrweb.beds.ac.uk/help/ALLs

Computer skills trainingLearning Resources offer computer skills training to all students studying at any campus within the University. Training is available throughout the academic year at both the Luton campus and Bedford campus. There are also a number of workshops that are suitable for beginners and for people who wish to enhance existing skills.

Professional Academic Development (PAD)The PAD Team help students to enhance their academic skills. Areas where we can help you include:

n Assignment planning/argument construction/proofreading strategies

n Time management, organisation and ability to prioritise

n Academic reading techniques

n Note-taking

n Exam technique and revision strategies

n Mathematics or statistics

n Dissertation/thesis writing

ResourcesDuring your time at the University of Bedfordshire you will have access to:

n 4,000+ ebooks

n 280,000+ books

n 30,000+ ejournals

n 1,200+ print journals

n 80+ databases

n University past examination papers since 1999

n E-dissertations via the University repository

ComputersOur 700+ PCs will give you access to a wide range of applications including Microsoft Office, email, the Internet and your own University network space. We also have: Smartboards, printers, scanners and WiFi which you can use.

Campus detailsThere are LRC/Library facilities at each campus and you may use any of them. You are advised to check our website: lrweb.beds.ac.uk for the current opening hours.

Library catalogueThe library catalogue is your gateway to all of our print and electronic resources. Visit: library.beds.ac.uk

To get started there is a ‘Just a minute’ video to watch: lrweb.beds.ac.uk/libraryservices/whoweare/videos/1

The catalogue is also the home of the Digital Library. Find out more by visiting: library.beds.ac.uk/search/D and lrweb.beds.ac.uk/help/digital

Specialist software and equipmentTo help you get the most out of your time with us, we offer specialist software. From induction loops, height adjustable tables and flat-screen monitors, to ergonomic keyboards, Big Keys LX (keyboards for visually impaired users) and Keyboard Pro software for developing typing skills. The following software is also available:

n Kurtweil 1000

n Mind Genius

n Zoom text

n Read and Write Gold

n Optolec Text Magnifier

At a glance...n Excellent learning resources at

all campus locations

n Supportive staff to help you make the most of your learning opportunities

n Comprehensive study skills workshops throughout the year

n 24/7 access to digital resources

We know that studying at university often requires you to balance other work and personal commitments, and so our friendly and flexible environment ensures that you will receive all the support you need during your time with us.

Student support

Student services Our Student Information Desk (SiD) is located in our brand new Luton Campus Centre, as well as at our other campuses, so you can access our services wherever you are based. SiD delivers a range of services, all in one place. It is also available 24/7 online, to make accessing services as easy as possible, enabling you to focus on your studies.

SiD is the first port of call if you are experiencing any difficulties during your time with us and can also offer advice on all of the below…

Confidential study support Should you encounter difficulties with your studies you can access free, independent and entirely confidential advice by talking with an Engagement Adviser. Additionally, we assign every student a personal tutor when they register on a course.

Study support Based within the LRCs at both the Luton and Bedford campuses, the University’s Professional Academic Development (PAD) experts offer a series of free workshops to help improve your study skills, or help with reading, note-taking, assignment writing or referencing.

Help to pursue your career The Careers and Employment Service will assist you in making career decisions including CV writing, completing application forms and help with interview techniques. What’s more, using our strong links with local employers we provide students with opportunities to engage with, experience and learn from the “world of work” and assist our graduates to achieve their career goals. Help is also available even after you graduate. See page 200.

Prioritising health and wellbeing Your health should be your top priority. After all, if you’re not feeling your best, you can’t study at your best. Our Student Health Centres in Luton and Bedford offer appointments to see a doctor or a practice nurse. Our Health and Well Being Team is also on hand to discuss additional support issues and can provide services such as sign language interpreters, note-takers, dyslexia screening and support with mobility on campus.

We also provide free professional counselling at our campuses in Luton and Bedford that is confidential and open to all students. An email-response service and mental health support are also available.

Practising your faith Our Spirituality and Faith teams – based in the Tree House at Luton and in SeedBeds at Bedford welcome people of all faiths and beliefs. The chaplains and assistants can advise you on finding a faith community, a church, mosque, synagogue, temple or other places of worship. The teams have strong links with

the Luton and Bedford Councils of Faith and with the ‘Learning Together, living in Harmony’ Interfaith group in Aylesbury, and are able to use these connections to advise on many faith matters.

Financial assistance The Money Advice Team offers confidential advice and support from experienced staff. This is where you can enquire about Career Development Loans, Hardship and Childcare funds and alternative means of financial support. To read more about financial support see pages 188.

International support Our International Student Support Team ensures that each overseas student is well cared for during their time with us. Please see page 10 for more information.

193

Lear

nin

g R

eso

urc

es /

/ S

tud

ent

Su

pp

ort

At a glance...n Full support to develop skills and

ensure academic success

n Practical help with all health, spiritual and financial matters

n SiD is available 24/7 online

194 www.beds.ac.uk

Whether you are studying in Luton, Bedford or Aylesbury, you will discover a wealth of leisure pursuits, including sports, shopping and socialising.

Town life

LutonLuton has plenty of fun places on offer, including pubs, restaurants, clubs, a cinema and bowling. There’s also the University of Bedfordshire Students’ Union (Beds SU), based in brand-new facilities at our Campus Centre, an important hub for social events and student discounts. To find out more about UBSU, see page 198.

In the heart of it A short walk from the Luton campus are a variety of clubs, pubs and other places to wind down after a day of studying:

n While away the afternoon in The Brewery Tap beer garden; which is right opposite the campus

n Head over to The Park, which is a lively venue with pool tables – it’s so close it’s practically on campus

n Liquid is a student favourite playing chart tunes, while Envy is the place for RnB and hip hop

n There is also Charlie Browns and the Chicago Rock Café, both of which are known for their gigs and celebrity appearances

Let us entertain you There is an abundance of other entertainment on offer in the town centre to keep you busy:

n Catch a film or strikeout in one of 16 bowling lanes at the Galaxy Centre

n Head over to the cultural hub of contemporary theatre, art, dance and music, and home of the Filmstock festival, The hat Factory

n Shop ‘til you drop at the Mall Arndale and visit high-street favourites such as Primark, Topshop, and HMV – all under one roof

At a glance...n Wealth of leisure opportunities

right on your doorstep

n Lots to do in lively Luton

n Enjoy Bedford’s thriving student scene

n Discover the style and atmosphere of medieval Aylesbury

The Galaxy, Cineworld Cinema, Luton

Indoor market at the Mall Arndale Town Hall, Luton town centre

195

Tow

n li

fe

Bedford Bedford is a picturesque town on the banks of the River Great Ouse, combining peace and tranquility with a thriving student scene. This historic market town has several beautiful parks and plays host to a range of festivals and events to keep you entertained, the highlight being the Bedford River Festival, held every two years – don’t miss it!

Night fever There’s plenty of choice when it comes to nightlife too:

n Chameleon, Yates and The Rose are the most popular pubs

n Elements is a big favourite with students, as is HiFi and The Pad

n Live music fans will love Esquires, a venue that has a great reputation for featuring up-and-coming acts

Food for thought It is easy and inexpensive to eat out in Bedford. There’s something for all tastes and budgets:

n Enjoy the delicious ‘credit crunch lunch’ menu at Harpur’s, a modern, elegant restaurant

n At The Sizzling Wok, a real local favourite, you pick your ingredients and watch as your meal is prepared

n If Thai or Indian food is what you’re after, you will love Asia Lounge

n For views of the river and great burgers, check out the Riverside Grill

Aylesbury Our Buckinghamshire campus is based in the medieval county town of Aylesbury which is bursting with culture, intercontinental cuisine and cool clubs:

n Get together at the Stars Bar – the official student venue

n You can immerse yourself in the world of classic children’s tales at the Roald Dahl Children’s Gallery

n The new Chicago Rock Café plays cheesy tunes and live music, just perfect for socialising with your newly made friends

n Popular places like The Hobgoblin, the Hop Pole and The Slug and Lettuce offer great food and drink deals

n Friars Square and Hale Leys are Aylesbury’s two main shopping centres, ideal for some retail therapy

n If you like to breathe in the fresh air of English countryside, stroll through the town’s regular open air markets displaying a range of antiques, bric-a-brac and food

Getting out and about in BedfordshireLondon is only a 30-minute train journey from Luton and a 40-minute train journey from Bedford and, if you’re seeking a little variety, catch a bus to Oxford, Milton Keynes, Bedford and Cambridge; many services operate several times each day. If you want to go even further afield, you can also jump onboard a National Express coach to some of Europe’s most famous cities for as little as £15.

For more information on life at Bedfordshire, visit our website: www.beds.ac.uk/studentlife

Luton town centre River Great Ouse, Bedford Aylesbury

Market town of Bedford

196 www.beds.ac.uk

You can take part in countless creative arts activities and events while studying at Bedfordshire. So, if you feel like exploring the local area and what it has to offer, look no further.

Living it large in Luton From comedy nights to carnivals you will find that there is more than enough to keep you busy:

n The Luton International Carnival – Europe’s biggest one-day carnival is held each May

n Luton Fireworks Spectacular – with free admission and warming refreshments fit for a chilly November evening

n The Luton Mela Festival – a festival atmosphere with food, music and dance

n Eid Festival – nearby Dunstable Downs hosts the largest celebration of Muslim culture in the East of England

n Filmstock – an annual film festival held at the hat Factory

n Luton Library Theatre – showing ballet, comedy and theatre

n The Grove Theatre – in nearby Dunstable, staging West End hits and live music

Bringing it on in Bedford With a wealth of parks and green open spaces, Bedford is able to host an enviable range of events:

n Bedford River Festival – one of the UK’s largest outdoor events

n Bedford Italian Festival – offering food stalls and live music

n Bedford by the Sea – the town centre is filled with sand every August, so you can get involved in some traditional seaside fun

n Bedford International Games (BIG) – the largest non-televised event in the athletic calendar

n The Bedford Regatta – Britain’s largest one-day river regatta where you can see the crews race

n The Bedford Corn Exchange – showing live events and home to the Philharmonia Orchestra

The best of Buckinghamshire Aylesbury and High Wycombe offer a variety of activities:

n The Roald Dahl Festival – with stories of Roald Dahl and a parade featuring giant puppets

n Wycombe Museum – is a fascinating 18th-century house which displays the famous collection of Windsor chairs

Loads to love in London If none of the activities in Luton, Bedford, and Buckinghamshire get you going, why not head on over to the Big City instead and visit:

n Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre – a reconstruction of Shakespeare’s open-air playhouse

n Buckingham Palace – the Queen’s official residence

n Changing of the Guard – no visit to London is complete without seeing this military tradition

n The Tate Modern, the National Gallery and the National Portrait Gallery – most of which are free

At a glance...n From comedy to carnivals – dive

into a buzzing local arts scene in Luton, Bedford and Aylesbury

n Entertainment right on your doorstep

n Easy access to all the attractions of London

Get involved... ...in culture and the arts


Luton International Carnival

197

Get

invo

lved

– c

ult

ure

an

d t

he

arts

//

in t

he

Un

iver

sity

Whether you would like to pursue an existing interest or try something new, we offer plenty of opportunities to get involved in all sorts of extra-curricular activities to enrich your student experience and enhance your CV.

To acknowledge the extra-curricular activities undertaken during your studies, the University has also introduced a new Bedfordshire Edge Award which demonstrates employability-related learning to prospective employers, helping to give you the edge when moving up in your career.

Music in the making If you have a musical talent, you can join the University of Bedfordshire’s resident orchestra – Symphonia Academica – which plays everything from Baroque classics through to music from the charts.

Take centre stage The University’s Bedford campus has opened its 280-seat theatre to the public, giving you the chance to get involved behind the scenes and learn about lighting, sound and stage management. Volunteers are also needed to usher and work in the box office. Plus, students, graduates and local residents can sign up to our Dance and Performing Arts Evening School, for a small fee, and try out varied dance styles.

The write stuff If you are the creative type, you can get involved in eLife, our international e-zine. Or you can also help produce The Blend – a monthly newspaper produced by students, for students – as a reporter, photographer or sub-editor. You could write reviews on music, travel and restaurants, or cover the latest news on pubs, clubs and university life.

Simply sports The University has a great reputation for sports, and offers a vast array of teams to suit all interests – from badminton and basketball to martial arts and athletics. See page 199 to find out more. Or if sport is not your thing, then check out the many other clubs and societies the Students’ Union has at the ready, see page 198.

Be a volunteer Our Volunteering service enables students to get hands-on experience and make a difference to their local community. We can even help you find voluntary work related to your studies.

Win-win situation The University helps organise successful events and competitions such as the Flux National, and the i-Factor business concept competition – all providing students with the chance to impress employers and get direct industry feedback.

Students can also get involved in running the Students’ Union through elections or the course representative system, or on one of the committees which shape the Union’s policy – see page 198 for more information.

Get involved... ...in the University

Discover more at www.beds.ac.uk/studentlife The range of activities you can get

involved in at the University

www.beds.ac.uk198

Postgraduate student life is an opportunity for you to make new friends and experience new things. At the University of Bedfordshire Students’ Union (Beds SU) your social life and interests are all catered for.Beds SU is the official representative body for students at the University. Free to join and run by students for students, it organises events and activities to bring students together, including international nights, themed events and a variety of other entertainment encouraging you to get involved.

Beds SU objectives are to:

n Represent and promote your interests

n Act as the main channel of communication between you and the University

n Enrich your student experience at the University by being the focus of the student community, providing support, opportunity and representation

Beds SU has a presence on both main campuses – Luton and Bedford.

What’s more, in Luton, the SU is based in brand-new facilities in our new Campus Centre. Beds SU also holds a fortnightly surgery session at the new Buckinghamshire campus in Aylesbury.

Join our club Beds SU is here to help you make the most of your time at Bedfordshire and connect with a diverse range of people. They have more than 50 cultural, religious, arts and sports-based societies, some of which run special events. From the Indian Student Association to the Creative Writing and the Squash societies, there is always something going on; or you can set up your own society with the SU’s full support.

Beds SU organises annual Raise and Give (RaG) events to raise money for a number of charities in fun and exciting ways, as well as running the Give It A Go taster sessions which give you the opportunity to try new things like snowboarding and ultimate frisbee.

Take the lead The Union is run by elected officers who are there to represent the students of

the University – these elected officials are current students when they run for election. To find out how you can get involved, visit the Beds SU website: www.bedssu.co.uk

Get together in Luton As well as reasonably priced food and drink, Beds SU offers a variety of events, including salsa classes, film screenings, speed friendship dating, quizzes, open-mic nights, poker and the latest sporting events on big screens. The Union also has close links with local nightclubs and provides official nights out at a discount.

Get together in Bedford The Bedford campus has the Hub – the perfect place for gatherings and socialising with friends. The Students’ Union also works closely with local hot spots to provide special student nights. See page 197 for more entertainment ideas.

Get advice If you have questions or concerns about your studies or general welfare, you can seek advice from the Union’s Welfare and Advice Service. It offers support relating to accommodation, finance, plagiarism, employment, health and wellbeing, personal safety and more.

As member of Beds SU you also qualify for the National Union of Students card which brings you great discounts on clothes, food, music, clubs, cinema and travel.

To find out more, visit: www.bedssu.co.uk

Get involved... ...in the Students’ Union

199

Game for it If you have an existing interest in a sport or want to try out something new, we have sports teams to suit you at both our Luton and Bedford campuses. To find out more or visit: www.bedssu.co.uk.

If you would rather watch from the sidelines, come and cheer on the Bedfordshire Bulls (the joint name for all our teams), or see the professionals – Luton Town FC, Bedford Blues Rugby Club, and the Milton Keynes Lions basketball team are all based nearby.

Sport it out Our Bedford campus has great facilities on offer, including an £8m hi-tech Physical Education and Sport Science Centre. This houses a Human Performance Laboratory, two gyms and spectator gallery. And close to campus is the Alexander Sports Hall (ASH), which has playing fields and an indoor, multipurpose sports hall.

However, our students also have access to sporting activities in the towns of Luton, Bedford and Buckinghamshire.

Luton Luton offers lots of first-rate facilities to cater for all of your sporting needs:

n Vauxhall Recreation Club

this facility is only five minutes from the Luton campus and houses a Lifelines Fitness Studio

n Bedfordshire County Tennis Centre the Centre boasts six superb outdoor all weather courts and two indoor courts, where the surface is geared for a faster bounce

n Wardown Leisure Centre located half a mile from town, this sport facility offers the largest pool in Luton. It’s also home to the Luton Swimming Club

n Stockwood Park Athletics Centre the Athletics Centre offers a 400m eight lane track, long jump pits, a shot put area, weight rooms, and spectator seating

Bedford Paula Radcliffe, one of the UK’s top female long-distance runner is based at the Bedford and County Athletics Club. But Bedford isn’t just known for its famous sporting stars, it offers:

n Priory Marina set in 250 acres of Country Park, the Marina provides canoeing, boat hire, sailing and cycle hire. It’s also home to the Bedford Rowing Club

n Bedford Athletics Stadium boasts an international standard, eight lane floodlit track and athletics fields

n Robinson Pool Bedfordshire’s premier swimming facility offers a six-lane competition pool, diving pool, scuba diving club, and aerobics exercise studio

Aylesbury Sport is also well catered for in Aylesbury and High Wycombe. You can train or try something new at Aylesbury College’s fully equipped gyms, sports suite and fitness centre, or head over to the Vale of Aylesbury Athletics Club, and Aqua Vale Swimming and Fitness Centre.

Take it to the extreme The University is close to a variety of extreme and water sports venues where you can try wakeboarding, waterskiing, rowing, kayaking, power boating or sailing. Xscape, in nearby Milton Keynes, offers you year-round indoor skydiving, skiing, snowboarding and tobogganing, as well as rock climbing.

Get

invo

lved

– in

th

e S

tud

ents

’ Un

ion

– in

Sp

ort

Whether you are studying in Luton, Bedford or Aylesbury, you will discover a wealth of sporting pursuits to keep you fit, active and busy. From spectator sports, to competitive sport, each town has a large variety of venues.

Get involved... ...in Sport

To find out more, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/studentlife

200 www.beds.ac.uk

At Bedfordshire we are fully committed to raising student employability and to ensuring that you develop the advanced knowledge, skills and confidence to achieve your aspirations and enjoy outstanding success. Whether you are looking to further your career or manage the transition to a new one, we will help you to strategically position yourself in the global job market.

Investing in your career

Over the last five years the University has delivered award-winning work in knowledge-transfer and skills development, and built strong relationships with employers and business. And because employers look for evidence of your ability, we provide you with plenty of opportunities to put theory into practice.

The Careers and Employment Service We understand the issues and concerns that postgraduate students have when it comes to career planning. Our employability advisers are always available to offer students tailored guidance and support. We provide:

n Dedicated employability advisers for each subject area

n Recruitment Services, our in-house agency who work directly with employers looking to recruit our graduates

n Career-focused events covering generic and subject-specific topics

n Part-time jobs and volunteering opportunities

n First-hand advice from successful graduates across a range of sectors

n ‘JobSaaviGrad’, our new online jobs search engine and applications management system, offering lifetime access and support in one place

Remember, once you have graduated you can continue to use our service for as long as you need us!

Employer contact We work closely with industry to ensure that our courses and teaching methods are aligned to employer requirements. Our courses have a high level of involvement from prospective employers and professional bodies – whether to provide accreditation, a skills framework or work experience opportunities, or simply to offer our students first-hand industry advice. You will benefit from:

n Accreditation from professional bodies – the main route of entry into some professions – including the British Psychological Society, the General Social Care Council, Qualified Teacher Status, the Chartered Management Institute, the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants

n Practice placements in local hospitals and the community

n Consultancy projects for real employers

n Masterclasses from industry professionals

n Workshops and events to support your career planning

n Special programmes designed to encourage entrepreneurship

The Higher Education Achievement Report (HEAR) A postgraduate degree from Bedfordshire will hold you in good stead in your career for life. The HEAR will show potential employers your verified course and extra-curricular achievements recorded during your studies, demonstrating your employability and potential.

University of Bedfordshire Alumni Association After graduating, you will automatically become a member of our Alumni Association, an ever-growing network of more than 46,000 former students who represent some 100 countries. This means that we will help you stay in touch with friends, classmates and lecturers plus you can continue to use our extensive learning resources for free.

At a glance...n Extensive online and dedicated

one-to-one support

n In-house recruitment services

n A new online job search and application management system

n A lifelong commitment to supporting our graduates

To find out more about our careers service visit:www.beds.ac.uk/

careers

201

Inve

stin

g in

yo

ur

care

er /

/ Tak

e m

e to

Bed

s

Stopsley

LondonLuton Airport

Butterfield Park Putteridge Bury

Luton AirportParkwayStation

LutonStation

M1

A5065A505

B579

A6

A6

A5228

A5228

A505

Gipsy Ln

Chap

el S

t

Farley H

ill

Hatters Way

Dunstable

Waller

Ave

Leagrave Rd

Marsh Rd

New

Bedford Rd

Bedford Campus20 miles/31km

StockingstoneRd

Hitc

hin

Rd

Craw

ley G

reen

Rd

Stop

sley

Way

Hitc

hin

Rd

Vauxhall Way

Airpor

t Way

George St

A505A6

0 1

Kilometre

0 2000

Ft

London30 miles/48km


Park St

VauxhallRecreationCentre

WardownPark

StopsleyCommon

StockwoodPark

A505 Eaton Green Rd

Luton campusArndale Shopping Centre

TownHall

Park Viaduct

N

Vica

rage

Stre

et

Bedfordcampus

BedfordStation

HarpurShoppingCentre

The Broadway

NOT TO SCALE

Northampton/Milton KeynesM1 Jn 13/14

Shakespeare Rd

AlexanderSports Hall

A5141

A5141A428

BromhamRd Ashburnham

RdW

oburn Rd Midland Rd

A6

Greyfriars BusStation

A428

Clapham Rd

A6

A6

A6

Tavistock St

Dame Alice St High St

St Peter’s St

A428

Kim

bolto

n Rd

B660

Goldington Rd A428

Polhill Ave

A5140

New

nham

AveCastle Rd

A5140

LongholmeWay

The Embankment

St Mary’s St

Cauldwell St

Prebend St

A5141

Luton & M1Jn 13/14London 46 miles/74km

BedfordPark


N

River GreatOuse

AylesburyStation

Bicester18m/29km& M40

Stoke MandevilleSports Stadium

BusStation

A418

A418

B4443

A413

A41

A4157 A418

A4156

A41

StokeMandeville

Hospital

Vale Park

Aylesbury Park& Golf Club

TownCouncil

Friars SquareShoppingCentre

Hale LeysShoppingCentre

Buckingham18m/29km

Luton Campus23m/37km

Victoria Park Oak Farm Park

London & M2540m/64km

WestonTurvillePark= Halls of Residence High Wycombe

15m/24km

Oxford23m/37km& M40

B4443

Grand Union Canal

Friarage Road

Gatehouse Road

Bicester Road

High Street

Oxford

Roa

d

Churchill Ave

Fowler Rd

NOT TO SCALE

N

Walton

Street

Wal

ton

Road

Buckinghamshire campus

Our campuses are easy to get to whether you are coming from the UK or abroad.We are conveniently located for national and international transport networks whether you are travelling by road, rail or air.

Luton

Bedford

Aylesbury

Luton campus:Situated just 30 miles north of London, the University’s Luton campus boasts superb road, rail and air links.

n Luton is just off the M1 at junction 10, northbound and junction 11, southbound

n Luton railway station is a five-minute walk from the Luton campus and is served by First Capital Connect trains from London St Pancras International Station and Bedford Station

n London Luton Airport is three miles away and has easy access by taxi or airport bus

Bedford campus:Bedford lies 46 miles north of London on the main A6 route and offers easy access from both the north and the south.

n From the north, leave the M1 at junction 14 and take the A422

n From the south, leave the M1 at junction 13 and then follow the A421

n Frequent train links to and from London (40 minutes)

Aylesbury (Buckinghamshire) campus:Aylesbury lies 33 miles north-west of London and can be reached via the M40, exiting at junction 4 if travelling from the south or junction 8a if travelling from the north.

n Aylesbury is located within easy reach of London

n There are frequent trains to/from London Marylebone


Take me to Beds: directions

For travel information and directions to all University locations visit: www.beds.ac.uk/

directions

202 www.beds.ac.uk

A-Z course index *Subject to approval

AAccounting & Finance 37Advanced Nursing Studies 102Advanced Nursing Studies with ONP 103Advanced Practice 104Advanced Professional Certificate in Education 86Applied Computing & Information Technology 66Applied Linguistics (TEFL) 38Applied Public Policy: Children’s & Young People’s Services 169Applied Social Work Practice: Children & Families 170Applied Social Work: Practice Education 168Art & Design 148Art, Design & Internet Technologies 149Association of Chartered Certified Accountants 54

BBiomedical Engineering 105Biotechnology 106Business & Management 29Business Information Systems 67Business Web Analytics & Management 30

CCertificate & Professional Graduate Certificate in Post-Compulsory Education 80Certificate in ELT 41Chemistry Subject Knowledge Enhancement 81Children & Young People’s Services Leadership (Professional Doctorate) 175Clinical Exercise Physiology 126Coaching Psychology* 171Community Dance Leadership 151Community Sport Management 127Computer Animation & Games Technology 69Computer Networking 70Computer Science 71Computer Security & Forensics 72Corporate Law 40Creative Digital Film Production* 152

DDance Performance & Choreography 153Dance Science 154Dental Education 107Dental Law & Ethics 108Diabetes 109Digital Film Technologies & Production* 155Documentary 156

EEducation 83Education (e-Learning) 83Education Key Stage 2/3 Middle Years 87Education (Leadership & Management) 83Education (Primary Education) 83Education (Special Educational Needs) 83Education (Specialist Mathematics Teaching) 83Education Studies (International) 84ELT Management 42Embedded Systems Engineering 73Engineering Business Management 43Enhancing Quality Through Patient Safety 110Environmental Management* 111Executive MBA 56Executive MBA (Healthcare) 57Executive MBA (Information Technology Management) 57

FFashion Design, Styling & Promotion* 157Finance & Business Management 31Forensic Psychology 172

GGraduate Teacher Programme 82

HHealth Psychology 173Health Related Studies (Professional Doctorate) 121Health Studies 112Hospitality & Hotel Business Management 32Human Resource Management 58,59

IInformation Management & Security 74Information Systems & Business Management 33Intercultural Communication 44International Business & Management 34International Cinema 158International Commercial Law 45International Finance & Banking 46International Human Resource Management 47International Journalism 159International Relations 48International Tourism & Hospitality Management 138International Tourism Management 139Investment & Finance 49

JJournalism, Media, Cinema or Television (Professional Doctorate) 163

LLogistics & Supply Chain Management 50

MManagement 60Marketing & Business Management 35Marketing Communications 51Mass Communications 160Master of Business Administration 26Master of Business Administration (Brand Management) 27Master of Business Administration (Educational Leadership)* 27Master of Business Administration (Finance) 27Master of Business Administration (Hospital & Health Services Management) 27Master of Business Administration (Human Resource Management) 28Master of Business Administration (Information Technology Management) 28Master of Business Administration (Marketing) 28Master of Professional Social Work 174Mathematics Subject Knowledge Enhancement 96Media, Culture & Technology 161Medical Education 113Medical Education Leadership 114Medical Simulation 115Molecular & Cellular Exercise Physiology 130

OOsteopathy 116

PPerforming Before the Camera 162Pharmacology 117Physical Activity, Nutrition & Health Promotion 128Physical Education & Sport Pedagogy 129Postgraduate Certificate in Education Studies 85Postgraduate Certificate in e-Learning 85Postgraduate Certificate in Strategic Leadership & Management in Education 85Postgraduate Certificate in Special Educational Needs, Inclusion & Disability 85Postgraduate Certificate in Primary Education 85Postgraduate Certificate in

Education (National Award for Special Educational Needs Coordinators) 85Postgraduate Certificate in Specialist Mathematics Teaching 85Postgraduate Certificate in Academic Practice 85Postgraduate Certificate in Behavioural Issues in Schools 85Postgraduate Certificate in Difficulties in Literacy Development & Dyslexia 85Pre-Masters in Business 36Primary Education 88Primary Education with Early Years 89Project Management 52Psychological Approaches to Health & Management 177Public Health 118Public Relations 53Public Service Interpreting Diploma 55

RResearch in Business 39Research in Computing 68Research in Media 150Research Methods 119

SSecondary Education 14-19 Applied ICT 97Secondary Education Dance 90Secondary Education English 91Secondary Education Mathematics 92Secondary Education Modern Languages 93Secondary Education Physical Education 94Secondary Education Science 95 Social Work 178Specialist Community Public Health Nursing (Health Visiting) 120Specialist Community Public Health Nursing (School Nursing) 120Specialist Community (District) Nursing 120Specialist Social Work 179Sport & Exercise Rehabilitation 131Sport Development Management 132Sports Performance 133Sport Tourism Management 140Systemic Practice (Professional Doctorate) 176

TTelecommunications Management 75Tourism & Events Management 141Tourism & Environmental Management 142

203

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13A

-Z c

ou

rse

ind

ex /

/ C

on

dit

ion

s an

d r

egu

lati

on

s

Conditions and regulationsThis prospectus describes the courses and services offered by the University of Bedfordshire. While all reasonable care and diligence has been taken to ensure the accuracy of the information in this prospectus, the University of Bedfordshire does not warrant its accuracy and disclaims any liability, legal or otherwise, resulting in any injury (except death or personal injury arising from the negligence of the University of Bedfordshire), damage, direct or indirect loss, consequential or economic loss or any other loss suffered as a result of the use or reliance upon information contained in this prospectus to the maximum extent permitted by law. This provision does not exclude liability for fraudulent misrepresentation or misrepresentation as to a fraudulent matter nor any other liability which cannot be excluded or limited under an applicable law.

n The University of Bedfordshire takes all reasonable steps to provide educational services in the manner set out in this prospectus. The University does not, however, guarantee the provision of such services and disclaims any liability, legal or otherwise, to the extent as outlined above

n The University reserves the right to withdraw, amend or restructure any courses or units listed from time to time without liability in accordance with the University’s published policies and regulations

n The University reserves the right to change its name without liability

n The University draws the attention of all prospective students to the University’s published policies and regulations that form part of the contract between the student and the University. These policies and regulations are available to view at: www.beds.ac.uk/aboutus/qa/students

n The University reserves the right to exclude students where monies owed to the University are not repaid

n If a payment is missed or defaulted upon, the University reserves the right to apply immediate sanctions which might include, but not be limited to, withholding of references, degree certificates or transcripts

n All contracts and agreements made between the University of Bedfordshire and the student are governed by English law and the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts

n Tuition Fees are reviewed at the beginning of each academic session so that the revised rates may apply in the second or subsequent year of your course. Please note that fees are not refundable except in accordance with the University’s current published refund policy. See: www.beds.ac.uk for details

n Equality and Diversity Statement: ‘The University of Bedfordshire is

committed to providing equality of access to all our prospective and existing students and staff to ensure that they are able to reach their full potential in the course of the student admission or staff recruitment process and during their studies, employment and pursuit of future goals in the wider economy and external environment. It takes its responsibilities seriously and aims to ensure that no one is unlawfully discriminated against, bullied or harassed on the basis of age, race, gender, trans status, pregnancy or maternity status, religion or belief, marriage or civil partnership status, sexual orientation or disability’

n Single Equality Scheme:

The University’s Single Equality Scheme can be found on the University’s website or is available on request. The University’s disability policy can be visited at: www.beds.ac.uk/studentlife/current/disabilities/policy. If required this can be provided in alternative format – e.g. large print, braille and audio

n Smoking is only permitted in designated areas and is not permitted in any buildings

n Like all other universities, the quality of the University’s academic provisions is reviewed by the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education. Copies of its reports are available from the University’s Quality Directorate

The English courts will have exclusive jurisdiction over any claims arising from or related to this prospectus. This prospectus and any dispute arising out of or in connection with it, its subject matter or formation (including non-contractual disputes or claims) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of England and Wales.

Published by: The University of Bedfordshire.

Marketing Manager: Sarah FosterMarketing Officer: Sarah HamptonMarketing Assistant: Lauren Hague

Designed by Aura Creative Communications Ltd www.aura-online.com

Thank you to all the staff and students who helped in the production of this prospectus.

© University of Bedfordshire 2012. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or part is strictly prohibited without the permission of the publisher. Views expressed are not necessarily those of the University of Bedfordshire. Prices and information correct at the time of publishing but subject to change.

Luton campusPark Square Luton BedfordshireLU1 3JUUK

Bedford campusPolhill Avenue Bedford Bedfordshire MK41 9EA UK

Buckinghamshire campusOxford House Oxford Road Aylesbury Buckinghamshire HP21 8SZ UK

Keep in touch:

www.beds.ac.uk/facebook

@uniofbeds @uobelife

www.youtube.com/uobvideos www.beds.ac.uk

UK contact: 01582 743500EU/International contact: +44 (0)1582 489326

SUBSCRIBE TO OUR POSTGRADUATE E-ZINEbeds.ac.uk/pglife

SUBSCRIBE TO OUR INTERNATIONAL E-ZINEbeds.ac.uk/elife

Un

iversity of Bedfordsh

ire

ww

w.b

ed

s.ac.u

k P

ostgraduate P

rospectu

s 20

13

Documents

Prospectus